y ■» ■'» % ti I mumlu II

12

3

M.

■ 1

» t

• ' ► ' , I

** -' . ^

s ■■■ ■ - • -- ■

' r* . .

si-li . ^ tk. .

»■

-. ■ I «

1

4>

^ .

♦!**

THE

LADIES’ FLOWER-GAEDEN.

V,

I

-iJ

i

f

f' ‘

i ^ 1 ; li

4

}

1

?t!

'/ I.

, f

r^‘

I

• 4

’ ■)*.•

j(t'. '■■'

* V

J

>

» ■■

'■ ■' '

'vW'

/

't

■r

^ .

I

\

v'

’<#

■rf

<'i-i ■

irijj

' ^ ■ ■'

■ ;

■ V'

- ‘H ,

n

THE

LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

ORNAMENTAL GREENHOUSE PLANTS,

BY MRS. LOUDON.

LONDON :

WILLIAM SMITH, 113, FLEET STREET.

MDCCCXLVIII.

i '

%

V ■ '•

)

. »i

•'rw^.5?;

•., ■■ ■ ,>■

V "' . ■', '

■■

i

).

St

,i r ( *. ^ '

• . . ; #
jr*-

CONTENTS,

GKNUS

PAGE

CHAPTER VII.

List of Plates

ix.

GENUS

PAGE

19

MALVACE.E.

Introduction

1

I. Malva

- The Mallow ...

.

19

II. Sphseralcea

- The Globe.Mallow -

-

21

CHAPTER I.

III. Hibiscus

- The Hibiscus - -

-

21

RANUNCULACE^.

3

IV. Sida

- The Sida ...

-

24

Clematis -

- The Clematis - - - -

V. Abutilon

- The Abutilon ...

26

I.

3

II.

Anemone -

- The Anemone - - - -

5

III.

Knowltonia

- The Knowltonia - - -

6

CHAPTER VIII.

PITTOSPORACEiE.

26

CHAPTER II.

I. Billardiera

- The Apple-Berry -

-

27

DILLENIACE.®.

6

II. Sollya-

- The Sollya ...

-

28

I.

Hibbertia -

- The Hibbertia - - - -

7

III. Pittosporum

- The Pittosporum

-

29

IV. Bursaria

- The Bm’saria ...

-

30

V. Marianthus

- The Marianthus

.

31

CHAPTER III.

VI. Pronaya

- The Pronaya ...

-

31

MAGNOLIACEiE.

8

I.

lUicium -

- The lUicium . - - -

9

CHAPTER IX.

II.

Magnolia -

- The Magnolia - - - -

10

TREMANDREiE.

32

I. Tetratheca

- The Tetratheca ...

.

32

CHAPTER IV.

II. Tremandra

. The Tremandra

33

CISTINE^.

- The Cistus, or Rock-Rose

11

CHAPTER X.

I.

Cistus

11

II.

Helianthemum- The Helianthemum, or Sun-Rose

12

SARRACENIE.E.

34

111.

Hudsonia -

- The Hudsonia - - - -

13

I. Sarracenia -

- The Side-Saddle Flower -

-

34

CHAPTER V,

CHAPTER XL

POLTGALE*.

14

CAPPARIDE^.

36

I.

Polygala -

- The Milkwort ...

14

I. Capparis -

- The Caper ...

-

36

II.

Muraltia

- The Muraltia - - - -

16

CHAPTER XII.

CHAPTER VI.

BYTTNERIACE^.

37

LINACEiE.

17

I. Reevesia

- The Reevesia ...

.

37

I.

Linum

- The Flax ....

18

II. Rulingia -

- The Rulingia ...

-

38

h

VI

CONTENTS.

GKNUS PAGE

III.

Lasiopetalum

- The Lasiopetalum -

-

.38

IV.

Hennannia -

- The Hermannia

- -

39

V.

Mahernia

- The Mahernia

-

40

CHAPTER XIII.

TERNSTECEMIACE.E.

41

I.

Gordonia

- The Gordonia

- -

42

II.

Polyspora

- The Polyspora

-

42

III.

Camellia

- The Camellia

- -

43

IV.

Thea

- The Tea

-

46

CHAPTER XIV.

AURANTIACE.E.

48

I.

Citrus -

- The Citrns

- -

48

II.

Murraya -

- The Mm'raya -

-

.52

III.

Cookia

- The Wampee Tree

- -

53

CHAPTER XV.

HYPERICINE^.

54

I.

Hypericum

- The St. John’s Wort

-

54

CHAPTER XVI.

REAUMURIACE^.

56

I.

Reaumuria -

- The Reaumuria -

- -

57

CHAPTER XVII.

SAPINDACE^.

57

CHAPTER XVIII.

MELIACE^.

58

CHAPTER XIX.

CEUEELEiE.

58

CHAPTER XX.

AMPELIDEiE.

58

CHAPTER XXI.

GERAMACE^.

59

I.

Monsonia -

- The Monsonia

.

59

II.

Sarcocaulon

- The Sarcocanlon

- -

60

III.

Geranium -

- The Crane’s-Bill

-

61

IV.

Pelargonium

- The Stork’s-Bill

- -

62

CHAPTER XXII.

TROP.EOLACE^.

71

I.

Tropaeolum -

- The Indian Cress -

-

72

CHAPTER XXIII.

GENUS PAGE

RUTACE2E.

74

I.

Diosma -

-

The Diosma

-

-

-

74

II.

Boronia

-

The Boronia -

-

-

78

III.

Crowea -

-

The Crowea

-

-

-

79

IV.

Eriostemon -

-

The Eriostemon

-

-

80

V.

Corraea -

-

The Corrsea

-

-

-

80

CHAPTER XXIV.

LEGUMINOS^.

83

I.

Sophora -

-

The Sophora -

-

-

84

11.

Edwardsia -

-

The Edwardsia -

-

-

-

85

III.

Cyclopia -

-

The Cyclopia -

-

-

86

IV.

Podalyi’ia -

-

The Podalyria -

-

-

-

87

V.

Chorozema

-

The Chorozema

-

-

87

VI.

Podolobium

-

The Podolobium

-

-

-

90

VII.

Oxylobium -

-

The Oxylobium

-

-

91

VIII.

CaUistachys

-

The CaUistachys

-

-

-

92

IX.

Brachysema

-

The Brachysema

-

-

92

X.

Gompholobium-

The Gompholobium

-

-

-

93

XI.

Euchilus -

-

The Euchilus -

-

-

94

XII.

Dillwynia -

-

The Dillwynia -

-

-

-

94

XIII.

Eutaxia -

-

The Eutaxia -

-

-

95

XIV.

Pultenaea -

-

The Pultensea

-

-

-

96

XV.

Hovea

-

The Hovea

-

-

97

XVI.

Lalage

-

The Lalage

-

-

-

98

XVII.

Platylobium

-

The Flat Pea -

-

-

99

XVIII.

Bossiaea

-

The Bossiaea

-

-

-

99

XIX.

Goodia -

-

The Goodia

-

-

99

XX.

Scottia

-

The Scottia

-

-

-

100

XXI.

Templetonia

-

The Templetonia

-

-

100

XXII.

Rafnia

-

The Rafnia

-

-

-

101

XXIII.

Borbonia -

-

The Borbonia -

-

-

102

XXIV.

Liparia -

-

The Liparia

-

-

-

102

XXV.

Priestleya -

-

The Priestleya

-

-

103

XXVI.

Hallia

-

The HaUia

-

-

-

104

XXVII.

Crotalaria -

-

The Crotalaria

-

-

104

XXVIII.

Aspalathus

-

The Aspalathus -

-

-

-

105

XXIX.

Cytisus -

-

The Cytisus -

-

-

106

XXX.

Genista

-

The Genista

-

-

-

107

XXXI.

Psoralea -

-

The Psoralea -

-

-

108

XXXII.

Indigofera -

-

The Indigo Tree

-

-

-

108

XXXIII.

Swainsonia

-

The Swainsonia

-

-

110

XXXIV.

Lessertia -

-

The Lessertia

-

-

-

110

XXXV.

Sutherlandia

-

The Sutherlandia

-

-

111

XXXVI.

Clianthns -

-

The Glory Pea -

-

-

-

111

XXXVII.

CoroniUa -

-

The CoroniUa -

-

-

112

XXXVIII.

Adesmia

-

The Adesmia

-

-

-

113

XXXIX.

Kennedya

-

The Kennedya

-

-

113

XL.

Hardenbergia

-

The Hardenbergia

-

-

-

115

XLI.

Zichya

-

The Zichya

-

-

116

XLII.

Physolobium

-

The Physolobium

-

-

-

117

XLin.

Erytlirma -

-

The Coral Tree

-

-

118

XLIV.

Acacia

-

The Acacia

-

-

-

151

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER XXV.

GENUS PAGE

ONAGRACE^.

130

I.

Fuchsia - -

The Fuchsia -

-

-

130

CHAPTER XXVI. .

LYTHEACE^.

138

I,

Cuphea -

The Cuphea

-

-

139

II.

Lagerstroemia -

The Lagerstroemia -

-

-

140

CHAPTER XXVII.

MYRTACEiE.

141

I.

Calythrix - -

The Calythrix -

-

-

141

II.

Verticordia

The Fringe Myrtle -

-

-

142

III.

Hypocalymma -

The Peach Myrtle

-

-

143

IV.

Tristania -

The Tristania

-

-

144

V.

Beaufortia - -

The Beaufortia

-

-

144

VI.

Calothamnus -

The Calothamnus -

-

-

145

VII.

Melaleuca - -

The Melaleuca -

-

-

146

VIII.

Eudesmia

The Eudesmia

-

-

147

IX.

Eucalyptus - -

The Eucalyptus

-

-

148

X.

Angophora

The Angophora

-

-

148

XI.

CaUistemon - -

The CaUistemon

-

-

148

XII.

Metrosideros -

The Metrosideros -

-

-

150

XIII.

Leptospermum -

The Leptospermum -

-

-

150

XIV.

Billotia -

The Billotia -

-

-

151

XV.

Fabricia - -

The Fabricia

-

-

152

XVI.

Bseckia -

The Bseckia -

-

-

152

XVII.

Myrtus - -

The Myrtle

-

-

153

CHAPTER XXVIII.

PASSIFLOHACE^.

154

I.

Passiflora

The Passion-Flower

-

-

154

II.

Disemma - -

The Disemma

-

-

166

III.

Tacsonia -

The Tacsonia -

-

-

157

CHAPTER XXIX.

CRASSULACEiE.

158

I.

Crassula - -

The Crassula

-

-

158

II.

Kalosanthes

The Kalosanthes

-

-

159

III.

Cotyledon - -

The Cotyledon -

-

-

160

IV.

Echeveria

The Echeveria

-

-

161

V.

Sedum - -

The Stonecrop -

-

-

163

VI.

Sempervivum -

The Houseleek

-

-

164

CHAPTER XXX.

FICOIDE.®.

166

I.

Mesembryanthemum The Fig-Marigold

-

-

166

CHAPTER XXXI.

CACTACE.®.

168

I.

Cereus - -

The Torch-Thistle -

-

-

169

GENUS

CHAPTER XXXII.

PAGE

ESCALLONEiE.

169

I.

Escallonia

- The EseaUonia -

- - 170

CHAPTER XXXIII.

CAPRIFOLIACE.E.

170

I.

Abelia

- - The Abelia

- 170

CHAPTER XXXIV.

SAXIFRAGACE.E.

171

I.

Hydrangea

- - The Hydrangea

- 171

CHAPTER XXXV.

RUBIACEA!.

172

I.

Luculia -

- The Luculia

- - 173

II,

Bouvardia

- - The Bouvai’dia

- 174

in.

Burchellia

- The Bm’chellia -

- - 175

IV.

Gardenia

- - The Cape Jasmine -

- 175

CHAPTER XXXVI.

COMPOSITES.

177

I.

Cineraria

- The Cineraria -

- - 177

II.

III.

IV.

Heliclirysum - The Helichrysum -
TriptUion - The Triptilion -

Brachycome - The Swan River Daisy

- 179

- - 181

- 181

CHAPTER XXXVII.

CAMPANULACEiE.

182

1.

Canarina -

- The Canarina

- - 182

II. Roella - - The Roella - - - - 183

CHAPTER XXXVIII.

lobeliacejE. 183

I. Siphocampylos - The Siphocampylos - - - 184

CHAPTER XXXIX.

STYLIDE^. 186

I. Stylidium - The Stylidium - - - 185

CHAPTER XL.

GOODENIACE^. 186

I. Euthales - - The Euthales - - - - 186

II. Leschenaultia - The Leschenaultia - - - 187

CHAPTER XLI.

EEICACE.®. 188

I, Erica - - - The Heath - - - - 189

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER XLII.

GENUS

PAGE

GENUS

PAGE

VII. Buddlea

- - The Buddlea -

- 200

EPACRIDEiB.

190

VIII. Calceolaria

- The Calceolaria -

- - 201

I.

Styplielia

- The Styphelia

-

190

II.

Epacris -

- The Epacris

- -

191

CHAPTER XLVIII.

GESNERACEiE,

202

CHAPTER XLIII.

192

I. Acliimenes

- The Acliimenes

- 202

ASCLEPIADE^.

hi. Ampliicome

- Tlie Ampliicome

- - 204

I.

Tweedia

- The Tweedia -

-

192

II.

Philibertia

- The Philibertia -

"

192

CHAPTER XLIX.

ACANTHACE.E.

205

CHAPTER XLIV.

193

I. Ruellia

- - The Ruellia -

- 205

GENTIANACEiE.

I.

Chironia -

- The Cliiroiiia -

-

193

CHAPTER L.

II.

Lisianthus

- The Lisianthus -

194

PRIMULACE^.

206

CHAPTER XLV.

194

I. Cyclamen
II. Primula -

- The Cyclamen -

- The Primrose

- - 206

- 207

BIGNONIACE.^:.

I.

Bignonia -

- The Bignonia -

-

195

CHAPTER LI.

CHAPTER XLVI.

PLUMBAGINACE.E.

207

SOLANACE^.

195

I. Plumbago

- - The Leadwort -

- - -208

II. Statice

- The Sea Lavender -

- 208

I.

Solanum

- - The Nightshade

- -

196

11.

Anthoeercis

- The Anthocei’cis

- The Cestrum

-

196

CHAPTER LII.

III.

Cestrum -

197

PROTEACE^.

209

CHAPTER XLVII.

I. Grevillea

- - The Grevillea

- - 209

SCROPHULARIN^.

197

CHAPTER LlII.

I.

Lopuospermum The Lophospermum

-

197

II.

Maurandya

- - The Maurandya

- -

198

THYMELACEJE.

210

III.

Torenia -

- The Torenia -

-

198

I. Gnidia

- - The Gnidia

- 210

IV.

Mimulus

- - The Monkey-Flower -

- -

199

II. Pimelea -

- The Pimelea

- - 211

V,

Veronica -

- The Speedwell

-

200

VI,

Chsenostoma - The Chcenostoma

- -

200

Index

- 213

LIST or PLATES.

PAGE

PLATE I. 4

FIG.

1 1. Clematis cserulea. The Blue Clematis.

2 2. Clematis Sieboldii. The Many-flowered Clematis.

3 3. Illicium floridanum. The Florida Aniseed Tree.

PLATE II. 12

4 1. Cistus purpureus. The Purple Cistus.

5 2. C. vaginatus. The Sheathed-leaved Cistus.

6 3. C. formosus. The Beautiful Cistus.

7 4. C. Algarvensis. The Algarve Cistus.

8 5. C. incanus. The Hoary-leaved Rose Cistus.

PLATE III. 14

9 1. Polygala speciosa. The Showy Polygala.

10 2. P. Chamsebuxus. The Box-leaved Milkwort.

11 3. P. bracteolata. The Large-bracted Milkwort.

12 4. Muraltia mixta. The Heath-leaved Muraltia.

PLATE IV. 28

13 1 . Sollya heterophylla. The Common Sollya.

14 2. Billardiera mutabilis. The Changeable Apple-

Berry.

15 3. Pittosporum Tobira. The Chinese Pittosporum.

PLATE V. 6

16 1. Anemone japonica. The Japanese Anemone.

17 2. Anemone capensis. The Cape Anemone.

18 3. Anemone palmata. The Yellow Anemone.

PLATE VI. 20

19 1. Malva umbellata. The Umbellate Globe-MaUow.

20 2. Malva Creeana. The Showy Red-flowered Mallow.

21 3. Linum arboreum. The Tree Flax.

22 4. Linum trigynum. The Three-styled or Indian

Flax.

PAGE

PLATE VII. 22

FIG.

23 1. Hibiscus militaris. The Military Hibiscus.

24 2. H. Cameroni fulgens. Mr. Cameron’s Hibiscus.

25 3. H. lilacinus. The Lilac Hibiscus.

26 4. H. Manihot. The Palmate Manihot.

PLATE VIII. 26

27 1. AbutUon striatum. The Striped Abutilon.

28 2. A. vitifoUum. The Vine-leaved Abutilon.

29 3. A. graveolens. The Heavy-scented Abutilon.

PLATE IX. 32

30 1 . Marianthus caeruleo-punctatus. The Blue-spotted

Marianthus.

31 2. Pronaya elegans. The Elegant Pronaya.

32 3. Tetratheca hirsuta. The Hairy Tetratheca.

33 4. Tetratheca verticiUata. The Whorled-leaved Te-

tratheca.

PLATE X. .34

34 1. Sarracenia purpurea. The Purple Side-saddle

Flower.

35 2. Sarracenia flava. The Yellow Side-saddle Flower.

36 3. Capparis acuminata. The Taper-leaved Caper.

PLATE XI. 38

37 1. Reevesia thyrsoidea. The Thyrse-flowered

Reevesia.

38 2. Lasiopetalum quercifolium. The Oak-leaved Lasio-

petalum.

39 3. Hermannia flammea. The Flame-coloured Her-

mannia.

40 4. Mahernia grandiflora. The Large-flowered Ma-

li ernia.

X

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

LIST OF PLATES.

PAGE

PLATE XII. 42

PIG.

1. Camellia japonica. Tlie Common Camellia, or

Japan Rose.

2. C. j. Chandleri. Chandler’.s Camellia.

3. C. j. pomponia. The Pompone Camellia.

4. C. j. anemoneflora. The Waratah, or Anemone-

flowered Camellia.

PLATE XIII. 44

1. Camellia reticulata. The Reticulated-leaved

Camellia.

2. C. oleifera. The Oil-bearing Camellia.

3. C. maliflora. The Apple-blossom-flowered Camellia.

4. Thea vu’idis. The Green Tea.

PLATE XIV. 54

1. Hypericum monogynum. The Chinese St. John’s

Wort.

2. H. Uralum. The Nepal, or Myrtle-leaved St.

John’s Wort.

3. H. balearicum. The Majorca St. John's Wort.

4. Reaumuria hypericoides. The Hypericum-like

Reaumuria.

PLATE XV. 62

1 . Geranium anemonefolium. The Anemone-leaved

Geranium.

2. Pelargonium tricolor. The Three-coloured Pelar-
gonium.

3. P. crassicaule. The Tliick-stemmed Pelargonium.

4. P. peltatum. The Ivy-leaved Pelargonium.

5. P. zonale. The Horse-shoe Pelargonium.

PLATE XVI. 68

GARDEN VARIETIES OF PELARGONIUM.

1. Large-flowered White.

2. Gem.

3. Sunrise.

4. Anais.

PLATE XVII. 72

1. Tropmolum azm’eum. The Blue Tropseolum.

2. T. polyphyllum. The Many-leaved Tropseolum.

3. T. Lobbianum. Mr. Lobb’s Tropseolum.

4. T. crenatiflorum. The notched-flowered Tropse-

olum.

PLATE XVIII. 76

1 . Diosma speciosa. The Showy Diosma.

2. Diosma fragrans. The Fragrant Diosma.

3. Diosma pulchella. The Pretty Diosma.

4. Diosma hirta. The Purple Diosma.

PLATE XIX. 78

FIG.

70 1. Boronia serrulata. The Saw-leaved Boronia.

71 2. Boronia creiiulata. The Crenated Boronia.

72 3. Crowea saligna. The Willow-leaved Crowea.

73 4. Eriostemon buxifolium. The Box-leaved Erios-

temon.

PLATE XX.

74

1. Corrsea alba.

The White Corrsea.

75

2. C. pulchella.

The Pretty Corriea.

76

3. C. speciosa.

The Showy Coi’rsea.

77

4. C. longiflora.

The Long-flowered Corrsea.

PLATE XXL 84

78 1. Sophora velutina. The Velvet-leaved Sophora.

79 2. Edwardsia microphylla. The small-leaved

Edwardsia.

80 3. Cyclopia genistoides. The Broom-like Cyclopia.

81 4. Podalyria buxifolia. The Box-leaved Podalyria.

PLATE XXII. 88

82 1. Chorozema Dicksonii. Mr. Dickson’s Chorozema.

83 2. C. ovatum. The Ovate-leaved Chorozema.

84 3. C. Henchmanni. Mr. Henchman’s Chorozema.

85 4. C. varium. The Various-leaved Chorozema.

86 5. C. spartioides. The Broom-like Chorozema.

PLATE XXIII. 92

87 ]. Oxylobium retusum. The Netted-leaved Oxy-

lobium.

88 2. Brachysema latifolium. The Broad-leaved Bra-

chysema.

89 3. Euchilus obcordatus. The Heart-leaved Eucliilus.

90 4. Dillwynia parvifolia. The Small-leaved DiUwynia.

91 5. Eutaxia pungeus. The Sharp-leaved Eutaxia.

92 6. Hovea pungens. The Prickly Hovea.

PLATE XXIV. 100

93 1. Lalage ornata. The Ornamental Lalage.

94 2. Scottia dentata. The Tooth-leaved Scottia.

95 3. Templetonia retusa. The Retuse-leaved Temple-

tonia.

96 4. Crotalaria purpurea. The Purple Crotalaria.

97 5. Aspalathus Chenopoda. The Goose-foot Aspa-

lathus.

PLATE XXV. 110

98 1. Indigofera violacea. The Violet-coloured Indigo

Tree.

99 2. Swainsonia coronillsefolia. The Coronilla-leaved

Swainsonia.

LIST OF PLATES.

XI

FIG. PAGE

100 3. Clianthus puniceus. The Crimson Glory Pea.

101 4. Adesmia Loudonia. Mr. Loudon’s Adesmia.

102 S. Kennedya coccinea. The Scarlet Kenuedya.

103 6. Physolobium carinatum. The Large-keeled Phy-

solobium.

PLATE XXVI. 122

104 1. Acacia dentifera. The Toothed Acacia.

105 2. A. biflora. The Twin-flowered Acacia.

106 3. A. longifolia. The Long-leaved Acacia.

107 4. A. Lambertiana. Mr. Lambert’s Acacia.

PLATE XXVII. 134

108 1. Fuchsia macrantha. The Long-flowered Fuchsia.

109 2. F. serratifolia. The Serrated-leaved Fuchsia.

110 3. F. splendens. The Splendid Fuchsia.

111 4. F. radicans. The Rooting Fuchsia.

PLATE XXVIII. 140

112 1 . Cuphea cordata. The Heart-shaped Cuphea.

113 2. C. platycentra. The Broad-centred Cuphea.

114 3. C. Mel villa. General Melville’s Cuphea.

115 4. Lagerstroemia indica. The Indian Lagerstrcemla.

PLATE XXIX. 142

116 1. Verticordia insignis. The Splendid Fringe Myrtle.

117 2. Calythrix virgata. The Twiggy Calytlu’ix.

118 3. Melaleuca neriifolia. The Oleander-leaved Melaleuca.

119 4. Melaleuca squamea. The Scaly-branched Melaleuca.

1 20 5. Myrtus communis. The Common Myrtle.

PLATE XXX. 148

121 1. Callistemon microstachyum. The Small-spiked Cal-

listemon.

122 2. Angophora cordifolia. The Heart-leaved Angophora.

123 3. Metrosideros speciosa. The Showy Metrosideros.

PLATE XXXI. 154

124 1. Passiflora cserulea. The Common Passion Flower.

125 2. Passiflora alato-cserulea. Masters’s Hybrid Pas-

sion Flower.

126 3. Tacsonia pinnatistipula. The Feather-stipuled

Tacsonia.

PLATE XXXII. 158

127 1. Crassula centauroides. The Centaury-like Crassula.

128 2. Kalosanthes coccinea. The Scarlet Kalosanthes.

129 3. Kalosanthes versicolor. The Red and White

Kalosanthes.

PACK

PLATE XXXIII. 166

PIG.

130

1.

Mesembryanthemum albidum. The White-leaved

Fig-Marigold.

131

2.

M. tricolor. The Three-coloured Fig-Marigold.

132

3.

M. rubrocinctum. The Red-edged Fig- Marigold.

133

4.

M. inclaudens. The Never-closing Fig-Marigold.

134

5.

M. micans. The Glittering Fig-Marigold.

PLATE XXXIV.

170

135

1.

Escallonia Organensis. The Organ Mountains

Escallonia.

136

2.

Hydrangea japonica var. cserulea. The Blue-

flowered Japan Hydrangea.

137

3.

Luculia gratissima. The Fragrant Luculia,

PLATE XXXV.

174

138

1.

Bouvardia triphylla. The Three-leaved Bouvardia.

139

2.

Bouvardia versicolor. The Trumpet-flowered

Bouvardia.

140

3.

Bm’chellia capensis. The Cape Burchellia.

141

4.

Gardenia radicans. The Dwarf Cape Jasmine.

PLATE XXXVI.

176

142

1.

Cineraria lanata. The Woolly Cineraria.

143

2.

C. cruenta. The Purple-leaved Cineraria.

144

3.

C. populifoUa var. The Poplar-leaved Cineraria.

145

4.

Astelma eximium. The Giant Astelma.

146

5.

Triptilion spinosum. The Spiny Triptilion.

147

6.

Brachycome iberidifolia. The Large Swan Daisy.

148

7.

Helichrysum sesamoides. The Superb Helichrysum.

PLATE XXXVII.

184

149

1. Siphocampylos Cavanillesii. Cavanilles’ Sipho-

campylos.

150

2.

Leschenaultia biloba. The Two-lobed Lesche-

naultia.

151

3.

Leschenaultia formosa. The Beautiful Lesche-

naultia.

152

4.

Stylidium graminifolium. The Grass-leaved

Stylidium.

153

5.

Euthales macrophylla. The Large-leaved Euthales.

PLATE XXXVHI.

190

154

1.

Erica tumida. The Tumid Heath.

155

2.

E. Jacksonii. Mr. Jackson’s Heath.

156

3.

E. NeiUii. Dr. Neill’s Heath.

157

4.

E. Aitoniana. Mr. Alton’s Heath.

158

5.

E. Banksiana. Sir Joseph Banks’s Heath.

159

6. E. ardens. The Glowing Heath.

160

7.

Epacris impressa. The Beautiful Epacris.

161

8.

Styphelia tubiflora. The Tube-flowered Styphelia.

xii

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

16.9

170

171

172

173

LIST OF PLATES.

PAGE

PLATE XXXIX. 192

PIG.

1. Chironia decussata. The Cross-leaved Chiron ia.

2. Lisianthus Russellianus. The Duke of Bedford’s

Lisianthus.

3. Tecoma jasminoides. The Jasmine-like Tecoma.

4. Bignonia Telfairise. Mrs. Telfaii’’s Bignonia.

5. Tweedia cserulea. The Blue-flowered Tweedia.

PLATE XL. 196

1 . Torenia asiatica. The Asiatic Torenia.

2. Buddlea Lindleyana. Dr. Lindley’s Buddlea.

3. Authocercis viscosa. The Clammy Anthocercis.

4. Rhodochiton volubile. The Tivining Rhodochiton.

5. Solanum lycioides. The Lycium-like Solanum.

6. Cestrum aurantiacum. The Orange-flowered

Oestrum.

7. Chienostoma polyanthum. The Many-flowered

Chsenostoma.

PAGE

PLATE XLI. 202

PIG. .

174 1. Calceolaria crenatiflora. The Crenate-flowered

Calceolaria.

175 2. Calceolaria arachnoidea. The Cobweb Calceolaria.

176 3. Achimenes longiflora. The Long-flowered Achi-

menes.

177 4. Achimenes patens. The Spreading Achimenes.

178 5. Amphicome arguta. The Finely-cut Amphicome.

PLATE XLII. 204

179 1 . Ruellia ciliatiflora. The Fringe-flowered Ruellia.

180 2. Cyclamen persicum. The Persian Cyclamen.

181 3. Primula sinensis. The Chinese Primrose.

182 4. Plumbago capensis. The Cape Leadwort.

183 5. GreviUea punicea. The Crimson Grevillea.

184 6. Gnidia oppositifolia. The Opposite-leaved Gnidia.

185 7. Pimelea incana. The Hoary Pimelea.

INTKODUCTION.

'I^HEN I began the series of works known as The Ladies’ Flower Garden, I stated tbat I
intended at some future period to devote one of the series to greenhouse and hothouse
plants, and I propose to redeem my pledge in the present volume. As, however, my works are
intended solely for amateurs, and as the more tender kinds of stove plants cannot be grown well
without the aid of a regular gardener, I have confined myself in the following pages chiefly to
greenhouse plants; and I have only mentioned such hothouse plants as may be set out in the
open air during summer; or, at any rate, that may be placed in a greenhouse or room when in
flower.

The plants I am now about to describe are, generally speaking, more beautiful than any included
in my previous works, as they are natives of countries where the sun has most power, and where
consequently colours are the brightest; but they also demand rather more care in the culture,
especially when kept in pots. When exotic plants are grown in the free soil, as they generally
are in a conservatory, the principal points to be attended to are to keep the house at a proper
heat, and to give the necessary supplies of air and water. The heat of the house should be
about 50°; and though it should never be allowed to fall below 45°, equal care should be taken
to prevent it from mounting higher than 60°. Too much fire-heat, especially when there is not
a strong degree of fight from the sun, weakens the plants, and makes them become drawn up
and blanched. It should never be forgotten in the culture of greenhouse plants, that they may
be killed by too much heat, or too much damp, as well as by cold. Air should be given in the
middle of every day, unless it is absolutely freezing; and air is necessary, as well as fire heat,
to dry up the damp. Air should always be given by opening the upper sashes ; and unless these
are made to open, or there is a ventilator in the wall near the roof, the plants cannot be
kept in health. Watering is another important part of culture, as plants under glass are deprived
of the advantage of rain ; and they should not only be regularly watered at the roots while in a
growing state, but they should be frequently syringed over the leaves; as, unless the leaves are
kept healthy, and their pores open, the functions of vegetable life cannot go on properly. At

B

2

INTRODUCTION.

the same time, great care must be taken not to suffer any stagnant water to remain about the
roots; as, if that were the case, they would soon decay.

A greenhouse requires still more care than a conservatory, as the plants are aU in pots, and
these pots are generally small. Plants in pots are in a most unnatural state, as their roots are
not only confined to a very small space, but they are exposed to much greater alternations of
heat and cold, moisture and dryness, than plants can be in the free sod. On this account, plants
in a greenhouse require to be watered oftener than those in a conservatory. In the winter,
plants in a growing state in a greenhouse should he watered twice a week, whereas in a eonser-
vatory once a week wiU be quite enough ; and in the summer they should be watered every day,
and in veiy hot weather twice a day; though in a conservatory every other morning will he
generally found sufficient. It must be observed, however, that regular watering should only be
given to plants in a growing state. A season of repose is as necessary to plants as sleep is to
animals; but the rest of plants lasts longer, and is taken at intervals wider apart. When plants
are in their native countries, they cease growing at certain times from the changes in the seasons,
and other natural causes ; hut when plants are kept in a greenhouse, their season of rest must
depend upon the gardener, who gives them repose by withholding water almost entirely. The best
season for giving plants repose is just after they have ripened their seed, if they are permitted
to bear seed ; or just after they have flowered, and the flowers have fallen, if they do not produce
seed. The necessity of giving plants repose was not understood formerly ; and tliis is one principal
reason why greenhouse plants, particularly geraniums, are so much finer now than they used to be.

Greenhouse plants are now also planted out much more commonly in the open air than they
used to he, and for this purpose euttings are made in autumn, and struck by plunging them
into a hotbed; and the plants thus raised are kept during the winter in what is called a cold
pit, and they are planted out in May or June. A cold pit is formed by making an excavation
in the ground about two feet deep, and lining it with brick. On tliis is set a frame with glass
lights, like that used for a hotbed, and the plants which are put in it are kept as dry as possible.
Air is given every mild day betiveen ten and three o^ clock ; and the glass lights are covered with
mats every evening between foui- and five, when it appears at aU likely to freeze.

In the present work, when the plants I describe require any particular kind of culture, I shall
mention it under the head of “ Description, &c. ; ” but when I say nothing of their culture, it
must be understood that they require no other care than the general routine cultm’e which I
have above described. In the general arrangement of the work I shall follow the same plan as
I have adopted in the previous volumes of this series.

THE

LADIES’ FLOWER-GAKDEN

OF

CHAPTER I.

RANUNCULACEiE Dec.

Essential Characteii. — Sepals usually five, but sometimes varying
from three to six. Petals frequently wanting, or confounded with the
sepals ; when present frequently unequal, or assuming unusual shapes.
Stamens numerous, growing from beneath the pistil. Carpels numerous.

growing close together on an elevated receptacle or torus. Fruit ge-
nerally either a caryopsis or follicular. Leaves alternate or] opposite,
generally much laciniated, with the petiole dilated, so as to form a kind
of sheath round the stem.

Description, &c. — There are very few exotic plants in this order, and, indeed, of those few still fewer are
ornamental. A few kinds of Clematis and Anenome are all that can be properly called ornamental in the order ;
though the genus Knowltonia may he mentioned for its singularity.

GENUS I.

CLEMATIS Un. THE CLEMATIS.

Un. Syst. POLYANDRIA POLYGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Petals wanting. Calyx of from four to eight coloured petal-like sepals. Carpels caryopsides, and terminated by a long
tail, which is generally feathery. Leaves opposite, generally deeply cut. Roots fibrous.

Description, &c. — Some of the greenhouse species of this genus will live and flower in the open air, and this
is the case with the two that I have figured. There is, however, a great difference between merely existing, and
flowering in full beauty ; and no one who has ever seen the splendour of the one, can rest satisfied with the
other, unless compelled to do so. The genus Clematis is divided into two sections ; the first of which comprises
the most hardy species, and is distinguished by the tails of the carpels being long and featheiy, like those of
the Common Traveller’s Joy ; and the other, which contains the more beautiful and ornamental species, which
are also more tender, is distinguished by the tails of the carpels being short and naked. The plants I am
about to describe are all contained in the last section.

E 2

4

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

1.— CLEMATIS FLOEIDA Thunh. THE MANY-FLOWERED CLEMATIS.

Synonyme. — Atragene indica Desf.

Varieties. — C. f. flore-pleno ; C. f. Sielioldii, syn, C. bicolor.
Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 834 ; and Bot. Reg., t. 402. Of the
variety, C. f. Sieboldii, Sweet’s Brit. Flower-gard., 2nd series, t. 396 ;
The Botanist, t. 241 ; and out jig. 2, in PI. 1.

Specific Character. — Peduncle one-flowered, longer than the
leaves. Leaves tritemately parted ; the segments cordate and un-
equally lohed ; lobes ovate, acute, entire. Sepals five, rhombo-ovate,
acute.

Description, &c. — Clematis florida is an old inhabitant of our gardens. It is a native of Japan, and it
is said to have been introduced by Dr. Fothergill, in 1776; and, singular enough, it was the double variety
that was first brought to England, the single-flowered plant being introduced about thirty years afterwards. The
variety Sieboldii was introduced from Japan, by Dr. Siebold, about 1836, and it is remarkable for the beauty
of its centre, which is of so dark a purple as to be almost black, and which, when grown under glass, is extremely
beautiful. The plant thrives best in a mixture of peat and loam, and it is propagated by layers.

2.— CLEMATIS C.1ERULEA Lindl. THE BLUE CLEMATIS.

Synonyme. — C. azurea gi'andiflora Ilort.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1955 ; Bot. Mag , t. 3983; The Botanist,
t. 126 ; and om jig. 1, PL 1.

Specific Character. — Plant hairy. Leaves temate ; segments

ovate, acute, entire. Peduncles one-flowered. Sepals six, oblong-
lanceolate, acute, membranaceous, distinct from each other at the
margin.

Description, &c. — This is another of the veiy beautiful plants introduced by Dr. Siebold, from Japan, in
1836 ; and it is certainly by far the most ornamental species of Clematis. It is very nearly hardy, and if
the weather be tolerably mild, it will survive the winter in the open air ; but its flowers are infinitely more
beautiful when grown under glass. It is admirably adapted for planting in the free gromid of a conservatory.

in situations where it can be trained up a column or pillar conjointly with some evergreen plant ; as in winter,

when its leaves have fallen, it is far from ornamental, and, indeed, its stem has so much the appearance of a
dead stick, that it is frequently cut away as such by inexperienced gardeners. It is a very free-growing plant.

and imder favourable circumstances it produces an abundance of flowers.

OTHER SPECIES OF CLEMATIS.

There are a few other species of half-hardy Clematis, but they are now veiy seldom seen in this country.
The fact is, that nearly all the kinds of Clematis bear so much general resemblance to each other, that it seems
scarcely worth while to grow any of them in plant-houses, where they would be probably mistaken for hardy
plants of the same genus, which can be grown without either expense or trouble in the open air. The kinds
I have mentioned, however, are, when well grown, so distinct, that they might be mistaken for plants of a different
genus ; and when trained under glass they are most exceedingly beautiful.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

5

GENUS II.

ANEMONE C. Bank. THE ANEMONE.

Un. Syst. POLYANDRIA POLYGYNIA.

Geneeic Character. — Involucre of three leaves, more or less distant from the flower. Petals wanting in the single flowers. Calyx of from
five to fifteen coloured, petal-like sepals. Caryopsides without feathery tails. Leaves deeply lohed. Roots tuberous.

Description, &c. — There are only a few greenhouse plants belonging to this genus, and of these, two are
now comparatively seldom seen ; while the other, which is extremely beautiful, has been only lately introduced.
They are all half-hardy greenhouse plants, which, when in flower, may be brought into a room, or even placed
in the open air in summer, without injury.

1.— ANEMONE CAPENSIS Lin. THE CAPE ANEMONE.

Synonvmes. — Atragene capensis Willd. ; Pulsatilla apiifolia Herm. trifid, the middle one elongated ; segments generally three-toothed.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 716 ; and owfig. 2, in PI. 5. Carpels very hairy.

Specific Character. — Leaves biternate ; leaflets wedge-shaped,

Description, &c. — This beautiful plant is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in
1795. It was first supposed to belong to the genus Atragene, which is very nearly allied to the Clematis. It
flowers in March, and requires the protection of a greenhouse. It is propagated by seeds only, and is easily
killed by cold or damp. It varies very much in its flowers, which are sometimes very double, and sometimes
scarcely so at all ; and which are sometimes more or less tinged with pink, and sometimes pure whtie. Like all
natives of the Cape of Good Hope, it requires to be kept in a warm, dry situation, without water, during its
season of repose, and to have abundance of water while it is in a growing state.

2.— ANEMONE JAPONICA Siehold. THE JAPANESE ANEMONE.

Synonymes, — Atragene japonica .• Clematis polypetala Dec. I Specific Character. — Radical leaves ternately divided ; segments

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1845| t. 66 ; and om fig. 1, in PI. 5. | cordate, trilohed, unequal, doubly serrated.

Description, &c. — This is one of the most beautiful plants belonging to the genus, and it was introduced by
Mr. Fortune in 1844, who met with it at Shanghae, the Japanese port of China. It has hitherto been kept in a
greenhouse, where it flowers abundantly, its stems growing nearly two feet high, and the flowers varying considerably
in shades of colour, so as to he extremely oruamental. As Siehold, in describing it, mentions that it grows at a
considerable elevation on the mountains in the centre of Japan, it is probable that it may bear the open air in this
countiy, at least during the summer months. Siehold also informs us that in its native country it is found in
damp woods, near rivulets, and that it grows best in a moist, loamy soil. It is usually propagated, even in Japan,
by offsets, as it rarely ripens any seeds.

3.— ANEMONE PALMATA Lin. THE YELLOW ANEMONE.

Specific Character. — Root tuberous, oblong, vertical; root-leaves
petiolated, rotundately cordate or reniforni. Stem-leaves sessile,
three-lohed ; lobes trifid, spreading, ciliated.

Synonymes. — A. latifolia Ger.; A. hortensis Clus.

Variety. — A. p. alhida Hook.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg , t. 200 ; and our fig. 3, in PI. 5. Of
the variety, Bot. Mag., t. 2079.

Description, &c. — This very handsome plant is a native of the south of Portugal and the coast of Barbary,
particularly in the neighbourhood of Algiers. It is half-hardy, only requiring to he protected during the winter

6

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

and early spring ; but it pi’oduces much larger flowers when kept under glass all the year, or at least till after
April, which is its season for flowering. It was introduced in 1597. It is very ornamental, not only from its
beautiful golden yellow flowers, but from its very singular leaves, which be"!’ considerable resemblance to those
of the Cyclamen ; and hence the plant was fonnerly called the Cyclamen-leaved Anemone. The variety has
cream-coloured flowers, faintly tinged on the inside with yellow; and the leaves, which are smaller than those
of the species, are purple on the underside, like those of some kinds of Cineraria. The flowers are smaller
than those of the species, and the plant is more tender, though it is bi’ought from the same countries. Both
the species and variety have sometimes double flowers.

GENUS III.

KNOWLTONIA Salisb. THE KNOWLTONIA.

Un. Syst. POLYANDRIA POLYGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five sepals. Petals five to fifteen, with a naked claw. Stamens numerous. Ovaries numerous, seated on' a
globose receptacle. Caryopsides numerous, one-seeded, baccate. Styles deciduous, awuless. ((?. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — The plants included in this genus were formerly considered to belong to Adonis, but they

were separated fii’st by Mr. Salisbury, an English botanist, under the name of I\jiowltonia, in honour of a

gardener named Knowlton, and afterwards by M. Ventenat, who gave the genus the name of Anamenia.

The species are all evergreen perennial plants, with biternate or triternate leaves, and umbels of greenish-yellow

flowers. The only species that is at all ornamental is K. vesicatoria.

1 — KNOWLTONIA VESICATOKIA Sims. THE BLISTERING KNOWLTONIA.

Synonymes. — Adonis vesicatoria Lin. ; A. capensis Lam. : A.
laseqfitiifolia Pers. ; Ranunculus perelegans Lob. ; Astrantia afri-
cana Mor. ; Imperatoria r.anunculoides Plulc. ; Anamenia lasei'pitii-
folia Vent. ; A. vesicatoria Dwni.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 775; Bot. Reg., t. 936.

Specific Character. — Leaves biternate ; segments subcordate,
serrated, smooth. Umbels simple, few-flowered.

Desceiption, &c. — This species is a greenhouse evergreen, possessing but little beauty, and flowering in
winter. The acridity of the leaves is so great as to cause violent inflammation and swelling when applied to
the skin. In the old books on gardening, K. vesicatoria is called the Cape Adonis. There are several other
species of Knowltonia, and one of them [K. rigida) is figui’ed in Loddiges’ Botanical Cabinet, t. 850.

CHAPTER II.

DILLENIACEiE Dec.

Essential Character. — Parts of flowers imbricate in the bud.
Calyx of four or five permanent sep.als. Petals four or five, permanent
or deciduous, alternating with the sepals. Stamens indefinite, free, or
polydelphous. Anthers adnate, bursting inwards or laterally. Carpels
one-celled, numerous, usually from two to five, but sometimes solitary
from abortion ; capsular, baccate, or two-valved, free, or connected into
one fruit. Seeds attached to the inner angles of the cells of the

carpels, usually in two rows, numerous or few, sometimes solitary from
abortion. Embryo small, placed in the base of a cartilaginous albu-
men.— Elegant evergreen trees, shrubs, or climbing shrubs, with
alternate, simple, feather-nerved, entire, or toothed leaves. Flowers
solitary, racemose or panicled, terminal or lateral, usually yellow,
emulating those of Cistus. (J3. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — All the plants belonging to this order are elegant evergreen trees or shrubs, many
of them with climbing stems, and very ornamental flowers, which are generally yellow. They will none of them

Tl, 5.

ff

■'r'

■f

I' •

\ *

f r

t • '

\

,’l‘ ’.'■ . ^

:f j i

•I

F*. f /

.a/.

./

■/

•?

y' ’/‘•s*''>‘ -*<■

,

/.■y V ■

;

>

r-

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

7

live without the aid of artificial heat, and most of them require the warmth of a stove. I shall only describe
a few of the hardiest of the genera.

GENUS I.

HIBBEETIA Andr. THE HIBBEETIA.

Un. Syst. POLYANDRIA, MONOGYNIA TO POLYGYNIA.

Generic CHARiCTER. — Sepals five, permanent. Petals five, deciduous. Stamens indefinite, filiform, inflexed. Carpels membranous,
dehiscent, usually one to two-seeded. Seeds without any axil. ((7. Don.)

Description, &c.' — The plants belonging to this genus are erect, procumbent, or twining shrubs, with showy,
bright yellow flowers. They all require the protection of a greenhouse, and they are natives of New Holland. The
genus is named in honour of George Hibbert, Esq., a gentleman who was the means of introducing a great number
of exotic plants into Great Britain. All the species vary exceedingly in the number of their styles and stamens.

1.— HIBBEETIA GROSSULARIAIFOLIA Salish. THE GOOSEBERRY-LEAVED HIBBEETIA.

SvNONYME. — H. crenata Andr. Flowers on peduncles, opposite the leaves. Stems procumbent or

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1218; Bot. Rep., t. 187. climbing. ((?. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves nearly orbicular, crenately toothed.

Description, &c. — This is a very pretty trailing shrub, which produces a succession of bright yellow, solitary
flowers throughout the summer. It may be planted out on rockwork in May or June, and continue in the open
air till the latter end of September or the beginning of October, but it requires protection during winter. In
situations where rockwork is introduced into a conservatory, it will continue producing flowers for nine or ten
months m succession. It was introduced in 1803.

2.— HIBBEETIA VOLUBILIS Aridr. THE TWINING HIBBEETIA.

Synonvmes. — Dillenia speciosa Curt.; D. humilis Donn ;
D. turneitcflora Qawl. ; D. scandens Willd. ; D. Integra Moench. ;
D. volubilis Vent.

Specific Character. — Leaves obovate-lanceolatc, nearly entire.

mucronate ; undersurface pubescent. Flowers sessile, with from four
to eight styles. Stems twining. {G. Don.)

Engravings. — Bot. Rep., t. 126 ; Bot. Mag., under the name of
Dillenia speciosa, t. 449.

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant was figui’ed in the “ Botanical Magazine ” as Dillenia speciosa,
though this is a native of the East Indies, with white flowers, and can only live in a stove ; whereas Hibbertia.
volubilis is a native of New Holland, growing wild in great abundance near Port Jackson, and being, in this
countiy, what is called a hardy greenhouse shrub, that is, only requiring protection from frost during winter.
The flowers, which are as large as those of the Gum Cistus, and of a brilliant yellow, are very' ornamental, but
they have an unpleasant smell. The leaves are of a bluish green, and covered with a whitish down, and the seeds
are black, pea-shaped, and very hard.

3.— HIBBEETIA DENTATA B. Br. THE TOOTHED-LEAVED HIBBEETIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 282 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 347 ; Bot. Mag., t. 2338.

Specific Character. — Leaves oblong, acuminate, smooth, aristately serrated. Flowers pedunculate, with three styles. Stem twining.

Description, &c. — This is a veiy handsome plant, with bright yellow flowers and dark-green leaves. The
stem and midrib of the leaves are red ; and the leaves themselves have their projecting parts or teeth terminating

8

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

in small bristles. They are also roughly furred on the under side, the hairs being crooked and all set one way, so
as to occasion an unpleasant feeling when the hand is drawn against the grain. The species is a native of New
Holland, from the Blue Mountains, whence it was introduced in 1814. It is rather more tender than the
preceding Idnd, and it flowers in March.

OTHER SPECIES OF HIBBERTIA.

H. PEDUNCULATA, Bot. Reg., t. 1101 ; Syn. H. CORIFOLIA, Bot. Mag., t. 2672.

This is a very pretty little plant, with long slender stems, veiy small leaves, and abmidance of small yellow
flowers. It is a native of Port Jackson, whence it was introduced in 1821.

H. CUNNINGHAMII Ait.-, Bot. Mag., t. 3183,

A twining shrub, with slender zigzag stems, clothed with smooth reddish bark. The leaves are two or three
inches long, and narrow, somewhat clasping the stem at the base. The flowers are of a bright yellow, and very
abundant, but they fall almost as soon as they expand. The plant is a native of St. George’s Sound, and it is veiy
nearly hardy, only requiring protection during winter.

There are seventeen other species of Hibbertia, all of which have been introduced, but which are very seldom
seen in gardens. The flowers of all are very much ahke, and the principal difference is in the leaves.

OTHER GENERA BELONGING TO THE ORDER DILLENIACEriE.

CANDOLLEA Lalill.

There is only one species in this genus, viz. C. cuneiformis; a much branching shrub, which grows, in its
native country (St. George’s Sound), eight or nine feet high. The leaves are wedge-shaped, and the flowers, which
are small, are of a bright yellow ; their greatest peculiarity Ijung in the calyx, which consists of five sepals, two
of which are much longer than the others. This genus is named after the celebrated De Candolle. It was
introduced in 1823.

PLEURANDRA LaUll.

A genus of pretty little shmbs ; all natives of New Holland, and all having yellow flowers. They are peculiar
ui their botanical construction from the number of their stamens varying from five to twenty, but all growing
from one side of the flower. Eight species have been introduced, but they are seldom seen in British green-
houses.

CHAPTER III.

MAGNOLIACE^ Dec.

nected at maturity, one-cclled, one or many-seeded, sometimes
capsular, and opening either on the under or upper side, sometimes
fleshy, indehiscent, sometimes samarae-formed. Seeds adnate to the
inner angle of the carpel. Emhryo straight, smaU, inferior. Albumen
fleshy. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — All the plants belonging to this order are trees or shrubs, and they have generally
ornamental flowers, and ai’omatic bark. The leaves are feather-nerved, and articulated or jomted at the base of
the petiole. They are all natives of either Asia or America. The order is divided into two tribes, which some
botanists consider distinct orders.

Essential Character. — Parts of flower imhricate in the hud.
Calyx of three or six deciduous sepals. Petals three to twenty-seven,
disposed in a ternary order, in one or many series. Stamens indefi-
nite, free. Anthers adnate, elongated. Ovaries numerous, inserted
in the torus above the stamens, usually disposed in spikes, rarely con-

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

9

GENUS I.

ILLICIUM Un. THE ILLICIUM.

Un. Syst. POLYANDRIA POLYGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of from three to six petal-like sepals. Carpels stellately disposed, capsular, opening on the upper side, one-
seeded. Seeds shining. Evergreen smooth shrubs, with oblong stalked coriaceous leaves. ({?. Don.)

Description, &c. — There are three species in this genus, all of which have an agreeable aromatic smell, and
very double flowers. The name of Illicium is said to be derived from illicio, to allure, in allusion to the very
agi’eeable fragrance the plants give out.

1.— ILLICIUM FLOEIDANUM Ellis. THE FLORIDA ANISEED TREE.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 439; Lodd. Bot Cab., t. 209; and omfig. 3, in PI. 1.

Specific Character. — Petals twenty-seven to thirty, dark purple ; outer ones oblong ; inner ones lanceolate. (0. Don.)

Description, &c. — This plant is a native of West Florida, on the banks of the Mississippi, and it is very
nearly hardy in British gardens. The leaves, when bruised, smell like Aniseed, and hence the popular English
name of the plant. It was introduced in 1771. It was first kept in the stove, and thence removed to the
greenhouse, and finally to the open air ; but it is now found that the conservatory is its proper station, as its
flowers are much finer and more aromatic under glass than in the open air. It can only be grown in pure heath-
soil, and, when planted in the open air, it requires protection during winter. It is an evergreen shrub, growing to
the height of six or eight feet.

2.— ILLICIUM ANISATUM Lin. THE CHINESE, OR YELLOW ANISEED TREE.

Specific Character. — Petals twenty-seven to thirty, yellowish ; outer ones oblong ; inner ones linear, subulate, (fi. Don.)

Description, &c. — There is so little botanical difference between the two species, that Linnaeus distinguished
them merely by their colours. This kind is, however, much more fragrant than the last, though it is less
ornamental. The capsules of the yellow Aniseed are imported from China, under the name of Chinese Anise, on
account of the flavour they impart to certain dishes and liqueurs ; and they are more especially used for this
purpose in France, where they form the basis of the liqueur called Anisette de Bordeaux. In Japan, bundles of
this tree are burnt in the temples before the idols, and on the tombs of their friends. The Chinese are said to
chew it after dinner, as a stomachic and sweetener of the breath. The Chinese and Japanese watchmen also use
the bark, finely powdered, to measure time ; as they fill with it long, narrow tubes, which are graduated on the
outside at regular distances. The powder is then lighted at the extremity of the tube, and, as it burns regularly
and slowly, the watchman, when the flame has reached a certain point, rings the bell. This species is a large
shrub or low tree. It was introduced into England in 1790. It will not live in the open air in England, but it
grows well in a conservatory, where it will attain the height of ten feet ; but, like the other species of the genus,
it grows very slowly.

OTHER SPECIES OF ILLICIUM.

ILLICIUM PARVIFLORUM Miclix. THE SMALL-FLOWERED ILLICIUM.

This species is much hardier than either of the other kinds. It is a native of Florida, where it forms a
compact evergreen bush, from eight to ten feet high. It was introduced into England in 1790.

c

10

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS II.

MAGNOLIA Lin. THE MAGNOLIA.

Lyn. Syst. POLYANDRIA POLYGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of three deciduous sepals, that re-
semble petals. Corolla of from six to nine petals. Stamens numerous.
Pistils numerous. Carpels disposed compactly in spikes, opening by the

e.xternal angle, one or two-seeded, permanent. Seeds baccate, some-
what cordate, pendulous, hanging out beyond the carpels by a very long
umbilical thread. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The Magnolias, as is well known, are all beautiful trees with very ornamental flowers; hut

all the North American kinds are quite hardy. The Asiatic species, on the contrary, are all more or less
tender ; and though the greater part of them will live in the open air in the neighbom’hood of London, yet their
flowers are more abundant and more ornamental in a warmer climate. Magnolia conspicua is generally grown
in the open air in this country, and it flowers profusely ; but the beauty of its flowers is very apt to he destroyed
by the spring frosts, and it is seldom seen to advantage, unless it is trained against a wall where it can be
protected if necessary. Magnolia purpurea is quite hardy ; but the flowers will not expand unless the weather
is warm. M. gracilis is nearly allied to M. purpurea, and both will not flower well m the open air in exposed
situations. They are, however, rarely grown in conservatories, on account of the space they take.

1.— MAGNOLIA FUSCATA Andr. THE BROWN-STALKED MAGNOLIA.

SvNONYMES. — M. anouEcfolia (SaZAZi. ; M. versicolor the neighbouring part of the stem clothed with a brown glandular

Engravings. — Bot. Rep., t. 229 ; Bot. Mag., t. 1008. pubescence.

Specific Character. — Flowers six-petaled, erect ; the calyx and

Description, &c. — It is a native of China, whence it was introduced about the year 1800. When first
introduced it was kept in a stove, and found to be evergreen, but as it did not flower well, it was removed to a
greenhouse, where its leaves dropped in autumn, and it flowered freely the following June, producing a succession
of blossoms till September. The flowers are of a reddish brotvu, the petals being very thick and fleshy, and they
have a very peculiar kind of fragrance, which is generally considered more agreeable than the odour of Magnolia
grandijiora, which is unpleasant to many persons from its excessive sweetness. M.fuscata is a shrub of low
growth, seldom attaining a height of more than two feet. It is propagated by cuttings.

2.— MAGNOLIA PUMILA, Andr. THE DWARF MAGNOLIA.

Synonyms. — Talauma pumila Dec. I Specific Character. — Flowers globose, six-petaled. Stems smooth.

Engravings. — Bot. Rep., t. 226 ; Bot. Mag., t. 977. j Leaves elliptic, acuminate, undulated.

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant most nearly resembles Magnolia glaitca, both in the shape of its
flowers and in their fragrance ; though in this plant the fragrance is so much more powerful than in any other
species of the genus, that a small flower will perfume a large apartment. Like the last species, this plant is an
evergreen in the stove, and deciduous in the greenhouse. It was introduced from China in 1786.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

11

CHAPTER IV.

CISTINE^ Dec.

Essential Chahacter. — Calyx of five permanent sepals, iThich are
continuous with the pedicel ; they are usually unequal : the two exte-
rior ones are usually much smaller than the others, and even some-
times almost wanting ; the three inner ones are twisted when in the
bud. Petals five, caducous, equal, twisted before expansion, hut in a
contrary direction to the sepals. Stamens usually indefinite, hypogy-
nous, erect, free ; anthers ovate, two-celled, and two-chinked, inserted
by the base. Ovary free. Style one, filiform, crowned by a simple
stigma. Capsule constantly of from three to five, hut rarely of ten,

valves, sometimes bearing in the middle of each valve a longitudinal,
placentarious nerve, and hence the capsule is one-celled ; sometimes
these middle lobes jut out more or less into dissepiments, therefore, in
this case, the capsule is, completely or incompletely, many-celled.
The seeds are, therefore, either truly parietal, but sometimes contiguous
to the parietal placenta, or fixed to the inner angle of the dissepiment,
when there is any ; they are very numerous and small. Albumen
mealy. Embryo spiral, or curved within the albumen. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — There are four genera belonging to this order, two of which {Cistus and Helianthemum)

differ very slightly from each other. Their general appearance, indeed, is the same ; hut the botanical difference
consists in the capsule, which is one-celled in the Helianthemum, and ten or five-celled in the Cistus. The two
other genera are called Hudsonia and Lechea ; the first consists of pretty little greenhouse shrubs, which look like
Heaths when not in flower; and the second of North American hardy herbaceous plants, with inconspicuous flowers.

GENUS I.

CISTUS Tourn. THE CISTUS, OR ROCK-ROSE.

Lin. Syst. POLYANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five sepals ; sepals disposed in a
double series, the two outer ones unequal, sometimes wanting. Petals
five, equal, somewhat cuneated, caducous. Stamens numerous, usually
exserted from the glandular disk. Style filiform. Stigma capitate.

Capsule covered by the calyx, five or ten-valved, with a seminiferous
partition in the middle of each valve, therefore five or ten-celled.
Seeds ovate, angular. Embryo filiform, spiral. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — All the species belonging to this genus are elegant shrubs, generally of low growth, with
large handsome flowers, the petals of which are either white or some shade of red or purple. They are mostly
greenhouse shrubs, which will bear planting out in the open air during summer. The name of Cistus is derived
from a Greek word signifying a box, in allusion to the remarkable shape of the capsules. The flowers of all
the plants belonging to this genus fall a few hours after they have expanded.

1.— CISTUS PURPUREUS Lam. THE PURPLE CISTUS.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 408 ; Sweet’s Cist., t. 17 ; and our
fig. 1, in PI. 2.

Specific Character. — Leaves oblong-ianceolate, tapering at both

ends, slightly wrinkled and undulated at the edge; foot-stalks very
short, hairy, and stem-clasping. Flowers terminal, sometimes solitary,
and sometimes two or three together.

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant is supposed to be a native of the Levant, but it has been so
long in om’ gardens that it is difiicult to say where it came from, or when it was introduced. We only know that
it cannot be a native of this country, as it will not live in the open air during \rinter without protection. The
petals of this species are marked with a dark spot at the base, and they are imbricate, that is, they touch and lie
slightly over each other when the flower is expanded. The shrub grows from two to four feet high, and it is
well suited for a conservatory, as its flowers are most beautiful under glass, though it will stand perfectly well
in the open air during summer.

c 9

12

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

2.— CISTUS INCANUS Lin. THE HOARY-LEAVED ROSE CISTUS.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 43 ; Flora Graeca, t. 494 ; and our fig. somewhat three-nerved, sessile, somewhat connate at the base ; upper
5, in PI. 2. leaves narrower.

Specific Character. — Leaves spathulate, tomentose, wrinkled.

Description, &c. — This species is very remarkable, from the whiteness of its leaves and the crumpled
appearance of its flowers. The petals are imbricate, hut not so decidedly so as in the last species. Though
this plant is a native of Spain and the South of France, it is more tender than C. purpureus, which is a native
of the East. Under glass, however, it flowers freely, and ripens abundance of seeds.

3.— CISTUS VAGINATUS Ait. THE SHEATHED-LEAVED CISTUS.

SvNONYME. — C. symphitifolius Lam.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 225 ; and o\a fig. 2, in PI. 2.

Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, acute, three-nerved, hairy.

the under surface reticulated ; footstalks furrowed, dilated, sheathing,
and joined together at the base. Peduncles one to three-flowered,
axillary and terminal, fumished with large spreading bracteae at the base.

Description, &c. — This very handsome plant differs considerably from the other species which I have
described, particularly in the footstalks of its leaves, which are curiously dilated and joined together so as to
form a ribbed sheath, half-an-inch or more in length, to the stem.

OTHER SPECIES OF CISTUS.

Tliere are numerous other species of Cistus mentioned in hooks, but they are seldom seen in Brttish
gardens, with the exception of those kinds whick are hardy enough to stand out in the open air, such as the
Gum Cistus, and several nearly allied species. Of those kept in greenhouses, the names are very frequently
confused together, some slight variations of C. purpureus and C. incanus being Imown by several other names.
The following, however, are quite distinct : —

C. CRETICUS Lin.

This species has very handsome flowers, the petals of which are purple, %vith yellow at the base, and imbricate.
The flowers are generally solitaiy, and the leaves somewhat downy.

C. ROTUNDIFOLIUS Swt.

This species has roundish leaves and purple flowers, with a yellow mark at the base of each petal. It is
a native of the South of Em’ope, and it is nearly hardy. It is only about a foot high.

C. CANDIDISSIMUS Lin.

This species is a native of the Grand Canary Islands, where it is found in pine forests at a considerable
distance above the level of the sea. The leaves are quite white, with a downy wool ; and the flowers are of a pale
rose-colour, with the petals quite distinct.

GENUS II.

HELIANTHEMUM Tourn. THE HELIANTHEMUM, OR SUN-ROSE.

Lin. Syst. POLYANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of three equal sepals, but when five,
they are disposed in a double series ; the two outer sepal* are usually
smaller than the inner ones, very rarely larger. Petals five, usually
regularly denticulated at the top. Stigma capitate. Style sometimes

Description, &c. — The greater part of the species
some slirubhy. The flowers are generally smaller than

almost wanting, sometimes straight, sometimes oblique, and sometimes
bent at the base. Ovary triquetrous. Capsule three-valved ; valves
with a narrow dissepiment, or a seminiferous nerve in the middle
of each. Seeds angular, smooth. Albumen mealy. ((?. Don.)

are trailing plants, some of which are herbaceous, and
those of the Cistus, and more abundant, being produced

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

13

almost in clusters. The flowera of most of the species are yellow, but some are white and some pink. The
plants are generally of a much smaller size than those belonging to the genus Cistus, and their stems are
usually trailing instead of being erect. The name of Helianthemum is from two Greek words signifying flower
of the sim, because the petals of most of the species unfold when the sun rises, and drop before it sets in the
evening.

1.— HELIANTHEMUM FORMOSUM Dun. THE BEAUTIFUL HELIANTHEMUM, OR SUN-ROSE.

Synonyme.' — Cistus fonnosus Si/rns.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 264; and our fig. 3, in PI 2, under
the name of Cistus formosus.

Specific Character. — Erect. Branches tomentosely villous, ca-

nescent. Leaves on short footstalks, ohovate, lanceolate, tomentosely
villous, younger ones hoary. Peduncles and calyx villous. Calyx
of three sepals.

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant is a native of Portugal, whence its seeds were introduced in 1780.
It is very nearly hardy, and it may be grown in the open border all the year if it can be protected from the spring
frosts ; but it flowers much better under cover, and particularly when it is grown in a pot, which may be done, even
when the plant is tkree or four feet high, without its sustaining any injury.

2.— HELIANTHEMUM ALGARVENSE Dun. THE ALGARVE HELIANTHEMUM.

Synonyme. — Cistus Algarvensis Sims.

Engravings.— Bot. Mag., t. 627; Sweet’s Cist., t. 40 ; and our
fig. 4, in PI. 2, under the name of Cistus Algarvensis.

Specific Character. — Stem branched. Leaves sessile, ovate-

lanceolate, obtuse, hoary on the under surface ; upper surface green,
pilose. Peduncles somewhat panicled, pilose. Calyx of three sepals,
acute, hairy. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This very pretty little plant is a native of Algarve, a province in the south-west of Portugal.
The flowers ai’e small, but very pretty, and they are produced in great abundance. The stem of the plant is
trailing, and only the flower-stems raise themselves erect. The flowers appear in July and August, but they
rarely ripen seed ; therefore, the plant is generally propagated by cuttings. It is tolerably hardy, and may be
grown on rockwork in the open air dm’ing summer.

OTHER SPECIES OF HELIANTHEMUM.

These are very numerous, but very few of them are found in British gardens, and very often the same plant is
known under several different names. H. umhellatum, with white flowers, and the flowers in a kind of umbel,
and H. candidum, with yellow flowers, and leaves covered with a white down, are perhaps among the most common.

Almost all the kinds of Helianthemum ripen their seeds, and consequently new plants may be raised from
them ; or cuttings of the ripe wood may be taken off in August and September, when they will strike readily.
Nearly all the greenhouse species only require protection in the winter, and may be planted on rockwork during
the summer months.

GENUS III.

HUDSONIA Lin. THE HUDSONIA.

Lin. Syst. POLYANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Petals five. Stamens from fifteen to thirty;
filaments filiform ; anthers small, longitudinally dehiscent. Style
straight, simple, equalling the stamens in length. Stigma simple.

Capsule one-celled, three-valved, one to three-seeded, oblong or obo-
vate, coriaceous, smooth or pubescent. Seeds granulated. Embryo
immersed in a homy albumen. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — There are only five species belonging to this genus, two of which have been introduced.
They are pretty little Heath-like plants with yellow flowers, natives of New Jersey and Virginia in North America ;

14

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

and they were introduced early in the present century. They are, however, greenhouse plants, which require
to be kept in the house all the year, being more tender than many of the species of Helianthemum. It is on this
account, probably, that they are compai'atively rare in England, as they are scarcely worth the trouble that must
be taken to grow them. H. ericoides is the only species now found in British greenhouses, and even that is
very rarely to be met with.

CHAPTER V.

POLYGALE^ Juss.

Essential Character. — Calyx of five sepals, whicli are imbricate
in aestivation, the two inner ones usually petal-formed, the three outer
ones smaller ; of these last two are connected. Petals three to five,
hypogynous, more or less connected with the staminiferous tube, which
is usually cleft in front, rarely distinct. Filaments united AAdth the
petals, monadelphous ; these are divided at the top into two equal
bundles, containing four anthers each. Anthers eight, one-celled,
inserted by the base, opening by a pore at the top. Ovary one, free.

two-celled, rarely one, three-celled. Style one, incurved. Stigma
funnel-shaped, or two-lobed. Pericarp capsular, or drupaceous, two-
celled, or only one-celled from abortion ; valves bearing a dissepiment
in the middle. Seeds solitary in the cells, pendulous, usually with an
arillate caruncle at the base, sometimes pilose, or with a tuft of hairs.
Embryo straight, flat. Albumen thin, but rarely rvanting, with the
endopleura sometimes tumid. ((?. Don.')

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are either herbaceous or suffruticose, and they
frequently abound in a milky juice, more especially in the roots. The leaves are entire, and articulated about the
stem. The flowers are disposed in racemes, and veiy closely resemble those of the leguminous plants. Polygala
is the only genus which is common in British gardens.

GENUS I.

POLYGALA Tourn. THE MILKWORT.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA OCTANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Sepals five, permanent ; the two inner ones
wing-formed, the three outer ones small. Petals three to five, united
Avith the tube of the stamens ; lower petal keel-formed (perhaps from
two petals being constantly joined). Stamens eight, with the filaments

connate into a tube at the base, which is cleft in front. Anthers
opening by a pore at the apex. Capsule compressed, elliptical, obovate
or obcordate. Seeds pubescent, carunculate at the hilum, Avith the
caruncle rarely inappendiculate. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are mostly greenhouse shrubs, with very ornamental

flowers. The name of Polygala is from two Greek words signifying much milk, in allusion to the jilant being
supposed to produce a great deal of milk in the cows that feed on it. The species are natives of different countries.

and they are very numerous.

1.— POLYGALA OPPOSITIFOLIA Lin. THE OPPOSITE-LEAVED POLYGALA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 492 ; Bot. Reg., t. 636.

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, cordate, ovate, acute. Flowers crested.

Description, &c. — This is one of the handsomest species of the genus, and one of the most common in
collections. The flowers are purple, with a pale crest and keel ; and the plant is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, whence it was introduced in 1790. There are several other reputed species, which ai’e probably only
varieties of this, such as P. cordifolia Thunb., P. latifolia Ker, and P. oppositifolia major Lindl.; all of which

J-i

3^'

' T^/atS/. /i c.-

u^/c-a.

’iay /mxi:-3a/

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

15

are very ornamental plants, and, being all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, they all require a greenhouse in
this countiy. They should all he grown in peat earth mixed with sand, and they are easily increased by cuttings.

2.— POLYGALA BRACTEOLATA Lin. THE LARGE-BRACTED MILKWORT.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 345 ; and om fig. 3, in PI. 3.

Specific Character. — Flowers crested, racemose. Bracts three-leaved. Leaves linear-lanceolate. Stem shrubby.

Description, &c. — This plant is very different from the Polygalas usually seen in greenhouses, from its spear-
like leaves, and dark crimson flowers. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in
1713, but it is now very rarely to be met with.

a— POLYGALA LIGULARIS Kev. THE TONGUE-LEAVED MILKWORT.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 637. I spreading, glabrous. Branches villous. Bracteas permanent, equal.

Specific Character. — Leaves ligulate-linear, rather obtuse, crowded, ( Racemes short, crowded.

Description, &c. — This is a very curious species : the branches, with their thick leaves crowded together,
bear some resemblance to those of the Rosemaiy ; while the flowers, which are like those of the other Polygalas,
are crowded together in clusters at the extremity of the branches. The species is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, whence it was introduced in 1820.

4.— POLYGALA SPECIOSA Sims. THE SHOWY POLYGALA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1780; Bot. Reg., t. 150; and onr fig. I Specific Character.— Flowers crested, in long racemes, alternate,
1, in PI. 3. I and rather distant. Leaves alternate, oblong-cuneate, glabrous.

Description, &c. — This, though it is called the showy Polygala, is one of the least ornamental species of the
genus. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1814; and, when grown in a
conservatory, it forms a loose spreading shrub, upwards of six feet high.

5.— POLYGALA MYRTIFOLIA Lin. THE MYRTLE-LEAVED POLYGALA.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 669. | nated ; hranchlets clothed with appressed down ; bracteas equal,

Specific Character. — Leaves obovate or oblong, somewhat mucro- [ permanent; pedicels shorter than the flowers (G Don.)

Description, &c. — This very beautiful species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and wrs one of the first
plants introduced from that country. It was cultivated here by the Duchess of Beaufort, a great patroness of
greenhouse plants in the early part of the last century. The date of its introduction is 1707. The plant itself
forms a slender, branched shmb, growing three or four feet high, and of very easy cultivation. There are a great
many varieties, among which, perhaps, may be reckoned P. grandijlora Lodd., which has very large bluish-
purple flowers.

6.— POLYGALA CHAM^BUXUS Lin. THE BOX-LEAVED MILKWORT.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 316 ; and om fig. 2, in PI. 3. i Leaves oblong-lanceolate, mucronated. Racemes one to two-flowered;

Specific Character. — Stem suflruticose, branched, procumbent. | keel of the flower crested. (^G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This beautiful little plant is a native of mountainous places in woods, in vaiious parts of
Europe, particularly in Switzerland. As, however, in its native country, it is covered with snow during winter, it
is, like many other Alpine plants, seriously injured by cold without snow ; and hence it is veiy apt to have

16

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

its foliage injured, and the beauty of its flowers greatly impaired, by the cold of British winters. It has, therefore,
been recommended to keep it, dmaiig a portion of the winter and early spring, under glass, and only to place it
in the open ground to flower. When it is planted out, however, it should be placed in an open situation, fully
exposed to the sun and air.

OTHER KINDS OF POLYGALA.

These are very numerous, but they are seldom seen in British gardens.

GENUS II.

MURALTIA Neck. THE MURALTIA.

Lin.Syst. MONADELPHIA HEXANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx glumaceous, of five sepals. Sepals almost equal. Petals three, connected, middle one bifid, Avith obtuse lobes.

Ovary crowned with four bonis or tubercles. Capsules two-valvcd, two-celled, croAvncd with four horns or four tubercles. {G. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — The species belonging to this genus are all shrubs, with a rigid spiny habit of growth,
and small red or purple flowers. They are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and, of course, require
a greenhouse in this country.

1.— MURALTIA HEISTERIA Dec. THE FURZE-LEAVED MURALTIA.

Synonymes. — Polygala HeisteriaZm.; Spartiumafricanum Comm. ; Specific Character. — Leaves triquetrous, stiff and spiny at the

Thymbra capensis Pluk. ; Heistcria pungens Berg. apex, produced in bundles. Flowers axillary, sessile.

Engraving — Bot. Mag., t. 340.

Description, &c. — This very singular plant, wdien grown in a conservatoiy, becomes a shrub of considerable
size, so closely resembling a Furze bush when not in flower, as to be occasionally mistaken for one, and to
excite sui’prise that a plant so hardy as the common Fm’ze, should be kept under glass. When the plant is
in flower, however, the resemblance is less striking, as the flowers are of a brilliant purple. It is a native of
the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1787 ; but it is not so common as it deserves to be, on
account of the difficulty of propagatmg it, as it does not grow readily from cuttings.

2.— MURALTIA MIXTA Am.//. THE HEATH-LEAVED MURALTIA.

Synonyme. — Polygala mixta Lin.

Engravings, — Bot. Mag., t. 1714 ; Bot. Rep., t. 455 ; and owx fig.
4, in PI. 3.

Specific Character. — Leaves linear, awl-sbaped, mucronulate,
straight, in crowded bundles, glabrous. FloAvers axillary, sessile ;
borns shorter than the capsule. ((7. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a very singular looking plant, closely resembling a Heath, with pretty pink flowers-
intermixed with green leaves. The stem is shrubby, but the branches are long and flexible, like those of several
kinds of Heath. The plant is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1789. When
kept constantly in the greenhouse, it continues in blossom nearly all the year.

OTHER SPECIES OF MURALTIA.

M. STIPULACEA Bwreh.— Bot. Mag., t. 1715.

This is a slender growing plant, nearly allied to M. Heisteria, but isith smaller flowers, which are of a dark
purple as in that plant.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

17

M. ALOPECUROIDES Dec, \ Bot. Mag., t. 1006.

This is a veiy pretty little plant, with soft spreading leaves, which are covered with a downy pubescence, and
bright crimson flowers. It was a great favourite in greenhouses towards the close of the last, and about the
beginning of the present century ; but it is now rarely to be met with. Its popular English name was the Fox-tail

Milkwort. >

M. HUMILIS Dec.; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 420.

A pretty little plant, not growing more than five or six inches from the ground, but having many branches.
The flowers, which are rather large in proportion to the size of the plant, are of a pale pink, with a golden yellow
crest. Like the others, it is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1817,

OTHER PLANTS BELONGING TO THE ORDER POLYGALE^.

MONNINA OBTUSIFOLIA Kvmtl.-, Bot. Mag , t. 3122.

A pretty little plant, with purple pea flowers, which, when magnified, will be found very curiously formed in
a botanical point of view. The species is a native of South America, and it was introduced in 1831.

MUNDIA SPINOSA Kwnth.

A pretty little plant, closely resembling the Furze in its general appearance, but with pink and white flowers.

COMESPERMA GRACILIS Paxt. ; Mag. of Bot., VoL V. t. 145.

A pretty little plant, with purple flowers and very slender stems. It is a native of Australia, whence it was
introduced in 1834. It is of very slow growth ; but if supplied with heat and moisture it produces an immense
number of flowers.

There are several other species of Comesperma, most of which are natives of New Holland, and have purple
flowers.

CHAPTER VI.

LINAGES Bee.

Essential Character. — Calyx of three to four, but usually of five
sepals, hardly eonnected at the base, continuous with the peduncle,
permanent, imbricate in aestivation. Petals equal in number to the
sepals, and alternating with them, hypogynous, unguiculate at the base,
eonnected with the ring of the stamens, as well as sometimes being
connected together at the base, twisted in aestivation. Stamens equal
in number with the petals, shghtly monadelphous at the base, alternat-
ing with the petals, with a tooth or abortive filament between each :
anthers ovate, inserted by the base, two-celled, birimose. Ovary sub-
globose, with as many cells as there are sepals, rarely fewer. Styles

equal in number to the cells of the ovary, capitate or simple at the apex.
Capsule globose, usually acuminate, crowned by the permanent bases
of the styles, constantly composed of carpels having induplicate margins,
each opening by two valves at the apex, with an incomplete dissepiment
rising from the centre of each, therefore each carpel is divided into two
incomplete cells, containing two seeds, one in each cell. Seeds ovate,
compressed, shining, inverted. Albumen sparing, but usually wanting,
but instead there is always a fleshy tumid endopleura. Embryo
straight, flat, with the radicle turned towards the hilum, and with
elliptical cotyledons. (Q. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are all remarkable for the tenacity of their fibres.
There are only two genera, viz. lAnum and Radiola ; the latter consisting of a single species, an insignificant
British weed.

D

18

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

\

GENUS I.

LINUM Bauh. THE FLAX.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Flowers with a quin.ary proportion of parts. Sepals entire. Styles very rarely three, but generally five, as well as

the petals and stamens, (ff. Don.)

Description, &c. — The genus Linum consists of a great number of species, some of which, like the common
Flax used in making linen, are hardy annuals, generally with blue flowers ; and others greenhouse or stove plants,
many of which are shrubby, and which have generally yellow flowers, though some are white or brownish. Of
course, only the greenhouse species will be described in this work.

1.— LINUM ARBOREUM Lin. THE TREE FLAX.

Synonyme. — L. campannlatum Dec.

Engravings — Bot. Mag., t. 234; andourj^i^. 3, in PI. 6.

Specific Character.— Shrubby, glabrous, glaucous. Leaves cunei-

form, obtuse, alternate, recurved. Flowers few, somewhat capitate.
Sepals oval-lanceolate, acuminated. Petals thrice as long as the calyx.
Style free. Stigmas oblong. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — Though this plant is called the Tree Flax, it is, in fact, only a shrub, which rarely grows
more than two feet high when kept in a pot in a greenhouse. It is a veiy pretty greenhouse plant, from its
glaucous leaves and golden-yellow flowers, which it generally begins to produce in March, and wliich continue
during the whole of the summer. It is a native of the Levant, whence it was introduced in 1788 by Dr. Sibthoi-p.

2.— LINUM TRIGYNUM Boxb. THE THREE-STYLED OR INDIAN FLAX.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1100; Bot. Rep., t. 449; axiA ova fig.
4, in PL 6.

Specific Character. — Shrubby, glabrous. Leaves alternate, ellip-

tical, entire, pointed at both ends, feather-nerved. Flowers large,
bracteate. Styles three, distinct. Capsule obtuse. Sepals lanceolate.
Petals obovate, cmarginate. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant is a native of India; but as it is found on the top of lofty mountains,

it is considered only a greenhouse shrub in this country. It is, however, best to give it a little bottom-heat, either
in a flower-house, or by plmiging the pot in a hot-bed, so as to stimulate it to form its flower-buds, and if it is put
into heat in February, it will flower in its natural season, that is, in March or April ; whereas, if it is left in the
greenhouse without any bottom-heat, it will not flower till July or August, and the flowers will be very inferior
both in size and beauty. If kept in a stove all the year, it will flower in November and December.

OTHER SPECIES OF LINUM.

L. AFRICANUM Lin.\ Bot. Mag., t. 403.

This species is a very slender shrub, with yellow flowers, which are produced in Jmie and July. It is a native
of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1771.

L. QUADRIFOLIUM Un. ; Bot. Mag., t. 431.

A pretty little herbaceous plant, with yellow flowers and glaucous leaves, the latter being produced in whorls
of four each. It is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1787. It flowers in May and June.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

19

CHAPTER VII.

MALVACE^ Brown.

Essential Character. — Calyx usually of five sepals, rarely three to
four, more or less connected at the base, valvate in astivation, usually
hearing hracteas at the base ; these constitute an outer calyx or an invo-
lucrum. Petals equal in number to the sepals, and alternating -svith
them, hypogynous, equal, twisted in astivation, sometimes distinct, hut
usually adnate to the tube of the stamens at the base. Stamens nume-
rous, definite, hut usually indefinite ; filaments connected into a column,
unequal, outer ones shortest ; anthers one-celled, kidney-shaped, burst-
ing by a transverse chink. Ovary usually of many carpels disposed in
a whorl around the axis, almost always connected. Styles equal in

Descbiption, &c. — Almost all the plants included i

number with the ovaries, sometimes distinct, sometimes joined in one,
with an equal number of stigmas, which are more or less distinct. Car-
pels one to two-seeded, opening by a chink on the inside, sometimes
many-seeded, opening by valves and with a dissepiment in the middle
of each valve, hearing the seeds, sometimes nearly free, sometimes con-
nected into a many-celled capsule, sometimes connate, into an anoma-
lous kind of berry. Seeds ovate or somewhat triquetrous, covered by
a smooth or villous epidermis. Albumen none. Embryo straight,
dicotyledonous, with a terete radicle, and yellow twisted cotyledons.
((7. Don.)

this order have showy flowers, and they all abound in

mucilage. Botanically they are distinguished by the filaments of the stamens being connected into a column.

inclosing the styles, and the anthers being one-ceUed and Iddney-shaped. From these peculiarities, plants

belonging to the order Malvacese are very easily recognised. The petals of the flowers are frequently astringent,
and those of the Chinese Rose Hibiscus are said to be used in China for blacking. One of the genera of this
order (Gossypium) produces cotton, but all its species are stove plants.

GENUS I.

MALVA Lin. THE MALLOW.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, girded by a three-leaved involucrum, or rarely with a five or six-leaved involucrum. Leaflets
oblong or setaceous. Carpels capsular, many, disposed in a round head. {Q. Don.)

Description, &c. — Veiy few species of Mallow are greenhouse plants, and even those that are, will generally
stand out in the open air during the summer and autumn, only requiring protection during the winter, and from
the frost of spring.

1.— MALVA CREEANA Graham. THE SHOWY RED-FLOWERED MALLOW.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3698 ; and our jig. 2, in PI. 6.
Specific Character. — Shrubby. Branches nearly erect. Leaves
three-lobed, deeply cut, somewhat undulated, deltoid-ovate, covered

with a green stellate pubescence above, and with a white dense pubes-
cence below. Flowers solitary, axillary, on large peduncles. Leaves
of the involucre filiform.

Description, &c. — This very handsome species was named in honour of Mr. Cree, of the Addleston Nursery,

near Chertsey, though neither its native country nor the exact date of its introduction are known. It is supposed,
however, to have been introduced about the year 1834. It is a most abundant flowerer, and it continues
producing a succession of blossoms for several months.

2.— MALVA CALYCINA Thunh. THE BROAD-CUPPED MALLOW.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 297. I young, pilose, hispid. Flowers solitary. Peduncles longer than the

Specific Character. — Leaves cordate, crenate, sub-lobate when 1 petioles of the leaves. Sepals of the calyx very broad.

Description, &c. — This is a very handsome species, with large rose-coloured flowers, and broad dark-green

leaves. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, where it is said to grow to the height of fifteen or sixteen feet.

D 2

20

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

The exact year of its introduction is not known, but it must have been a great many years ago, as very large
woody plants of this species are occasionally found in old greenhouses.

OTHER SPECIES OF MALVA, ^

M. AM(ENA Sol. ; Bot. Mag., t. 1998.

This is a very pretty kind of Cape Mallow, with rather large pink flowers, and large handsome five-lohed
leaves. It is a greenhouse skrub, flowering in Apiil and May ; and it was introduced from the Cape of Good
Hope in 1796.

M.DIVARICATA Dec.; Bot. Rep., t. 182.

This is another Cape species, very distinct in its habit of growth ; its stem being twisted backwards and
forwards in a zig-zag direction, and the branches growing almost at right angles with the stem, and spreading
out from it as far as possible. It is a lively little greenhouse plant, and the flowers (which resemble
those of M. capensis, being white starred with crimson at the base) continue to appear from June to December.
It is easily propagated, either by cuttings, which strike freely, or by seeds, which it ripens in great abundance.
It was introduced from the Cape of Good Hope about the year 1792, so that it is a very old inhabitant of our
greenhouses.

M. FRAGRANS Jacq. ; Bot. Reg., t. 296.

This species has deep crimson flowers, which are produced on long peduncles, like those of M. Creeana, and
which are remarkable for their fragrance, which is, indeed, so powerful that it remains a long time in the hand
or glove which has been drawn over the plant. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was
introduced in 1759; and tmder favourable circumstances it will form a shrub twelve or fifteen feet high.

M. CAPENSIS Lin. ; Bot. Reg., t. 295.

The common Cape Mallow is a well-known species wliich has been cultivated in British greenhouses since the
year 1738. It is of easy culture, but it seldom exceeds the height of fom' or five feet; and the flowers, which
are rather small, have white petals, tipped with pink at the base.

M. REFLEXA Andr.‘, Bot. Rep., t. 135.

This is a very singular species. The flowers are white, slightly stained with pink, and the petals are very
long, and placed widely apart. The leaves are wedge-shaped, and cut into veiy unequal lobes. But what
particularly distinguishes tliis species is, that when the flowers are fully expanded, the petals turn back to the
stem, like those of the Martagon, or Tm-k’s-Cap Lily, and this has so singular an appearance, that it is scarcely
possible to suppose the plant to be a Mallow. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and was introduced
in 1794.

M. GROSSULARI^FOLIA Willd.-, Bot. Reg., t. 561.

This species very closely resembles M. fragrans, except in its being entu’ely without odour, and having much
smaller leaves. It is also nearly hardy, only requiring protection from frost. It seeds freely, and is easily
propagated by cuttings.

M. MINIATA Cav.; Sweet’s Brit. Flow. Gard., 2d ser., t. 120.

This is rather a singular growing plant, the flowers being produced five or six together on one peduncle, all
growing on the same side of the peduncle, which is usually terminated with a small leaf. The flowers themselves

3. —

■IHO

'i:-e€4t^n.a.- .

4.

'(.t^n-'' ^^^/yuMny

\‘T^

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

21

are small, and of a bright vermilion colour, without any fragrance. The species is a native of Chili, whence it
was introduced in 1798. It flowers in the months of October and November.

M. CONCINNA ir. <6 IF.; Flor. Cab., t. 38.

Another South American species, with very slender stems and small pale purple flowers. Introduced in 1835.

GENUS II.

SPHiEEALCEA St. Hilaire. THE GLOBE-MALLOW.

• £in. Syst. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, girded by a shorter deciduous three-leaved involuceL Carpels many, separable, verticillate, two
to three-seeded, opening by two little valves on the back, disposed into a globular head. Seeds kidney-shaped. ((?. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — The plants included in this genus were separated from the Malvas by M. Auguste St.
Hilaire on account of the globe-like form of the carpels.

1.— SPH^RALCEA UMBELLATA G. Don. THE UMBELLATE GLOBE-MALLOW,

SvNONYMEs. — Malva umbellata Can.-, M. rosea Dec,

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1608; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 222; and
our fig. 1, in PI. 6, under the name of Malva umbellata.

Specific Character. — Leaves sub-peltate, five-lobed, obtuse.
Peduncles axillary, umbelliferous. Leaflets of the involucel obovate,
somewhat stipitate, deciduous.

Desceiption, &c. — This very splendid and curious plant is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in
1826, and where it forms a shrub ten feet high. It is tolerably hardy as respects cold, but is easily lolled by damp.

OTHER SPECIES OF SPHd^,RALCEA.

S, ABUTILOIDES Dec.‘, Bot. Mag., t. 2544.

A plant having very much the habit of the common Marsh-Mallow, and possessing no beauty. A native of
the Bahama Islands. Introduced in 1725.

S. OBTUSILOBA G. Dm.', Bot. Mag., t. 2787.

A plant of no beauty, with dingy purple flowers ; a native of Chili, whence it was introduced in 1827.

S. ANGUSTIFOLIA Cav.; Bot. Mag., t. 2839.

A sufiruticose species, with pinkish flowers, and large leaves, which are four or five inches long. It is a native
of Mexico, and is nearly hardy in British gardens, only requiring protection from the frost.

GENUS III.

HIBISCUS Lin. THE HIBISCUS.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx encompassed by a many-leaved, rarely valved capsule, witb a dissepiment in the middle of each valve on the

by a few-leaved involucel, sometimes connected at the base. Petals inside. Cells many-seeded, rarely one-seeded. ((?. Don.)

not auricled. Stigmas five. Carpels joined into a five-celled, five.

. Desceiption, &c. — The species of this genus are some of them stove-plants, others greenhouse plants, and
others quite hardy; but nearly all the kinds are remarkable for the beauty of their flowers. The name of

1

22

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

Hibiscus is said to be derived from Ibis a stork, that bird being said to be exceedingly fond of pecldng the leaves
of some of the species. The bark of all the kinds of Hibiscus is so tough that it may be made into ropes, or
spun into coarse thread like hemp.

-HIBISCUS PEDUNCULATUS Cav. THE LONG-STALKED CAPE HIBISCUS.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 231.

Specific Character. — Leaves three or five-lobed, ohtuse, crenated, hairy. Peduncles axillary, twice as long as the leaves. Corolla campanulate.

Description, &c. — This is a very ornamental greenhouse plant, which blossoms freely about July ; the beauty
of its large rose-coloured flowers being greatly enhanced by the dusky green of its foliage. It is an upright shrub,
growing about two feet high. The flow'ers are somewhat campanulate. The plant is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, and was introduced in 1812. The flowers appear from May to December.

2.— HIBISCUS MANIHOT Lin. THE PALMATE MANIHOT.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1702 ; and our 4, in PI, 7.
Specific Character.. — Stem unarmed. Leaves smoothish, pal-
mately parted into five or seven acuminated coarsely-toothed lobes.

Involucel four or six-leaved, hispid. Pedicels when in flower declinate.
((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This beautiful plant, which is a native of China and Japan, was first sent to this countiy iu
the year 1712, being one of the plants which at that period was annually presented to the Eoyal Society from the
Apothecaries’ Garden at Chelsea. When Sir Hans Sloane gave a piece of ground at Chelsea to be laid out as a
Botanic Garden, it was upon condition that the Apothecaries’ Company, to whom the garden was to belong, should
present to the Royal Society every year fifty new plants, till the number of two thousand five hundred plants had
been thus presented, that being supposed to include all the plants likely to be obtained. This species produces its
bright yellow flowers iu August and September, and though it is frequently treated as a stove shrub, it is found to
thrive equally well iu a greenhouse, and, like many other Japan plants, it will probably stand even in the open air.

3.— HIBISCUS TELEAIRI^ Benth. MRS. TELFAIR’S HIBISCUS.

Engraving. — The Botanist, t. 212.

Specific Character. — Stem shrubby, branched. Leaves petiolate,
ovate, subobtuse, glabrous, crenate or dentate ; petioles pubescent ;

stipules subulate. Peduncles shorter than the leaves. Petals longer
than the style and stigmas.

Description, &c. — This very beautiful species of Hibiscus is a hybrid raised at Bury Head, near Dorking, in
1825. It is a dwarf plant, never exceeding two feet in height, and it has rose-coloured flowers about the size of a
single Camellia. It is always kept in a greenhouse.

4.— HIBISCUS HETEROPHYLLUS Vent. THE VARIOUS-LEAVED HIBISCUS.

Synonyme. — H. grandiflorus Salisb. j acuminate, for the most part three-lobed, with prickly serratures.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 29. | Involucel ten-leaved. (G. Don.)

Specific Character. — Stem shrubby, prickly. Leaves lanceolate, |

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant is a native of New Holland, and requires a greenhouse in this
country. In its native country it forms a large-sized shrub, and the natives make its bark into cordage. In
England it grows best in a conservatory, where it is extremely ornamental, not only for its flowers, but for its leaves,
which vary exceedingly. The only drawback to its cultivation is, that its flowers last a very short time, falling
almost as soon as they have expanded.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS

23

5.— HIBISCUS RACEMOSUS THE NEPAL HIBISCUS.

•Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 917. I pubescence. Leaves five-lobed, much longer than the peduncles, cordate,

Specific Character. — Stem shrubby, covered ■with a stinging | subrotund, serrated, woolly. Raceme terminal.

Description, &c. — A veiy handsome shrub, with yellow flowers, and having much the habit of growth of a
hollyhock. The stem is covered with a number of transparent hairs, which, on being pi'essed, create a slight
stinging sensation. It flowers freely, and appears very nearly hardy.

6.— HIBISCUS MILITARIS Fursh. THE MILITARY HIBISCUS.

SvNONYMEs. — H. laevis Scop. ; H. 'virginicus Walter H. hastatus
Michx. ; H. riparius Pers.

Engravings — Bot. Mag., t. 2385; and omjig. 1, in PI. 7.

Specific Character. — Very smooth. Leaves trilobed, somewhat
halbert-shaped, middle lobe acuminate, serrated. Corolla tubularly
campanulate. Capsules ovate, acuminate, smooth. Seeds silky.

Description, &c. — This very handsome species is a native of Carolina and Louisiana, and it is generally found
growing on the banks of rivers. It flowers in August and September. It is tolerably hardy, and will sometimes
live through the winter in the open air, but its flowers will not come to perfection without artificial heat. It is best

grown in a pot and kept in a greenhouse during winter, and then placed in a flower house or plunged in a hot-bed
to bring it forward in spring. It was introduced in 1804.

7.— HIBISCUS SPECIOSUS Lin. THE SHOWY HIBISCUS.

SvNONVME. — H. coccineus Walt. | lanceolate acuminated lobes which are serrated at the apex. Corolla

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 360. I spreading. Capsule ovate, smooth, five-angled. {O. Don.)

Specific Character.— Leaves smooth, palmately five-parted, with I

Description, &c. — This magnificent species is another native of South Carolina, Louisiana, and Florida, where
it was found on the banks of rivers, growing in similar situations to H. militaris. H. speciosus is, however, a
herbaceous plant, and not at all shrubby, though it sends up eveiy year from the root a stem many feet in height,
supporting at its summit several flowers, which are remarkable for the brilliancy and richness of their colour, which
is scarlet with a tint of crimson. The plant is tolerably hardy, and will grow in the open air during summer,
provided it is kept in a greenhouse during the winter, and set in a flower house or plunged into a hot-bed in the
spring, to force it to form its flower-buds. It will flower without this precaution, but the flowers will be very
inferior both in size and beauty.

5.— HIBISCUS PALUSTRIS Lin. THE MARSH HIBISCUS.

SvNONYMES. — Althiea palustris Bauli. ; A. bortensia Dod. ; Ket-
mia palustris Town.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 882.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, toothed, somewhat three-lobed,
hoary with down beneath ; pedicels axillary, free from the petioles,
jointed above the middle. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — ^A splendid plant, a native of North America, where it is found in swamps and marshes, from
Canada to Carolina. It is generally considered a greenhouse plant in this country, though it will stand the winter
in the open air. It will not, however, flower well without the aid of some artificial heat. It was introduced in 1759.

9.— HIBISCUS CAMERONI W. and K. MR. CAMERON’S HIBISCUS.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3936 ; Flor. Cab., t. 82. Of the variety, H. C. fulgens, Bot. Reg. for 1844, t. 28; and our fig. 2, in PI. 7.
Specific Character. — Stem shrubby. Leaves five-lobed, segments dentate. Petals ovate, obtuse ; margin wavy. Involucel minute.

Description, &c. — This plant has a very singular flower as regards its colour. The petals have a wavy margin
of a dull buff colour, tinted with rose, and strongly veined with deep maroon ; the claws of the petals, forming the

24

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

eye, are of a bright buff, surrounded by a deep and red-headed ring of dark maroon colour. This beautiful plant
is a native of Madagascar, whence it was introduced in 1837, and first raised from seed in the Birmingham Botanic
Garden, the seeds having been brought home by some of the Missionaries. A very beautiful garden variety, figured
in the “Botanical Eegister” for 1844, t. 28, has been raised between H. Cameroni and H. speciosus. It flowered
for the first time in 1843.

10.— HIBISCUS WRAY^ Lindl. MRS. WRAY’S HIBISCUS.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., 1840, t. 69,

Specific Character. — Stem shrubby, covered with tomentum.
Leaves palmate, cordate, woolly ; lobes obovate, pinnatifidly cut ;

segments rounded, subcrenate. Peduncles axillary, two-flowered,
longer than the leaves. Involucel fifteen-toothed. Segments of the
stigma linear, revolute.

Desceiption, &c. — A most beautiful plant with large lilac flowers, which was raised from Swan River seeds,
by Mrs. Wray, of Cheltenham. It is a greenhouse shrub of very easy cultivation, which grows so luxmiantly that
it will attain the height of eight or ten feet in one season, if planted in a conservatory. It continues in flower nearly
all the year.

11.— HIBISCUS LILACINUS Lindl. THE LILAC HIBISCUS.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 2009 ; and our fig. 3, in PI. 7.
Specific Character. — Glabrous. Leaves entire, or three-parted
into linear or trifid lobes; segments linear-lanceolate, acuminate,
sometimes pinnatifid and coarsely toothed. Involucel obsolete, or six-

parted ; segments subulate. Segments of the calyx acuminate, three-
ribbed, twice as long as the tube of the flower. Corolla funnel-shaped,
much longer than the calyx, club-shaped, not divided.

Desceiption, &c. — This is another species from the Swan River, the seeds of which were sent home by
Sir James Stirling, and raised by Robert Mangles, Esq., in the year 1840. The flowers are extremely beautiful,
and very unlike most of the half-hardy kinds of Hibiscus. The plant has hitherto been kept in a greenhouse,
but it will probably prove sufficiently hardy to stand in the open ground during the summer.

OTHER KINDS OF HIBISCUS.

There are several other kinds of greenhouse Hibiscus, but those that have been described are the most
ornamental.

GENUS IV.

SIDA Cav. THE SIDA.

Lyn. Syst. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA,

Generic Character. — Calyx naked, five-cleft, usually angular. Style multifid at the apex. Carpels capsular, five to thirty, in a whorl
around the central axis, more or less connected together, one-celled, one-seeded, mutic or awned at the apex. (fi. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus have generally small flowers only partially opened.
They are all natives of hot countries, but most of them will flower in a greenhouse almost as well as in a stove ;
the difference being, that the flower becomes paler and more expanded when exposed to the influence of heat.
The lands generally found in British gardens are, 8. grandifolia, which has small dark orange flowers, when kept
in a greenhouse, but the flowers of which become much larger and yellow when kept in a stove ; 8. rosea, a native
of Brazil, which has small globe-shaped flowers of a brilliant scarlet ; 8. glohiflora, the flowers of which are of
the same shape as those of 8. rosea, but of a cream colour ; and 8. incequalis, the flowers of which are
campanulate, and of a beautiful cream-colour.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

25

GENUS V.

' ABUTILON Kunth, THE ABUTILON.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx naked, five-cleft, usually angular. | seeded, connected so closely together as to form a many-celled capsule,
Style multifld at the apex. Carpels capsular, usually bladdery, five to mutic or awned at the apex. ((?. Don.')
thirty, in a whorl around the central axis, one-celled, three or many- |

Description, &c. — This genus has been divided from Sida from a difference in the seed-vessel ; which, in
both genera, consists of several carpels, each carpel in Sida containing only one seed, while in Abutilon each
carpel is many-seeded and usually bladdery. Almost all the plants now called Abutilon w^ere originally supposed
to belong to Sida. They are all very ornamental, and neaidy all will flower in a greenhouse, though they appear
to thrive better if kept in a stove at least part of the year. Some of the species will flow'er in the open air if
brought forward in a flower-house or stove.

1.— ABUTILON STRIATUM Dickson. THE STRIPED ABUTILON.

Synonyme. — Sida picta Gill.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3840; The Botanist, t. 144; and our

fig- 1. in PI- 8.

Specific Character. — Leaves trilohed, serrated, very smooth, sub-

cordate at the base. Peduncles very slender, and very long. Flowers
campanulate. Styles eight, projecting beyond the stamens. Stigmas
capitate.

Description, &c. — This species is a native of Brazil, and it is found abundantly both on the lofty Organ
Mountains, and in the valleys beneath. In this country it grows freely, and flowers abundantly in a moist stove ;
but it also flowers freely, and becomes a stronger, though smaller, plant in a greenhouse, where its flowers continue
to appear nearly all the year. The flowers in this country rarely open, but hang drooping on their long stems,
only half-expanded, as represented in our figure ; but when exposed to the strong light of a tropical sun, the
petals are said to open widely, and even to curve back. The plant is generally grown in a pot, one quarter of
which is filled Avith broken potsherds, to insure perfect drainage. The soil should be a light sandy loam. As
the stems are very slender, particularly when the plant is grown in a stove, they require to be supported by being
trained against a wall or a trellis. Sometimes this species is planted in the open air ; and it will grow and flower,
though not so freely as under glass, if in a sheltered situation, and protected from the winter and spring frosts. It
was introduced in 1830. The species figured in the “ Botanical Magazine,” t. 3892, and called there Sida
Bedfordiana, closely resembles Abutilon striatim, in its general appearance, but it differs in being a small tree,
in the peduncles being articulated, which frequently occasions the flowers to fall before the seed-pods are formed,
and in the petals and divisions of the calyx being slightly different in their form. The colom’ of the flowers is
exactly the same.

2.— ABUTILON VITIFOLIUM Presl.

Synonyme. — Sida vitifolia Cav.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1844, t. 57 ; Bot. Mag., t. 4227 ;
and OUT fig. 2, in PI. 8.

THE VINE-LEAVED ABUTILON.

Specific Character. — Leaves cordate, three, five, or seven-lobed ;
lobes acuminate, serrated. Peduncles terminal, racemosely umbellate,
longer than the petioles. Carpels nine, united in a circle.

Description, &c. — This is by far the handsomest species of the genus, and when planted in the free ground
of a conservatory, it forms a bushy shrub, six feet high, with large vine-like leaves, and a profusion of beautiful
lilac flowers, which make it seem one mass of blossom. In the neighbourhood of Dublin it has stood out upwards

E

T

26 the LADIES’ FLOAVER-GARDEN

of three years without any protection. When kept in a greenhouse, it should he grown in a tub, to allow the
roots plenty of room. “ The worst of this plant,” says Dr. Lindley, “ is, that it occupies a great deal of room,
and, therefore, can only be grown in large houses ; and, secondly, that it is, like all its family, a favourite resort of
the red spider.” The plant requires as much light and air as can conveniently be given to it, and the most
suitable soil for it is heath-mould mixed with silver sand. It is a native of Chili, and seeds of it were first
brought to Europe by Captain Cottingham, in 183G.

3.— ABUTILON P^ONI^FLORUM. THE PAIONY-FLOWERED ABUTILON.

Synonvme. — Sicla paeoniseflora HooTc.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 4170.

Specific Character — Shrubby. Branches round, puhescently
hairy. Leaves on short petioles, broad, ovate, acuminate, serrated,
pubescent ; stipules subulate, deciduous. Peduncles axillary, two or

three together, one-flowered, shorter than the leaves. Calyx ventricose.
Pet.als concave, roundish, strongly veined. Ovary globose. Style
dividing into twelve or thirteen erect branches, each with a capitate
stigma.

Description, &c. — This very ornamental species is a native of the Organ Mountains of Brazil, where it was

found by Mr. Lobb, the indefatigable collector of Messrs. Veitch, Nurseiymen, Exeter, who have been the means
of introducing so many beautiful plants from the same region. This species requires the same treatment as
Ahutilon striatum, and may be growTi either in the greenhouse or in the stove, and probably in the open air.

though this last has not yet been tried.

4.— ABUTILON GRAVEOLENS White et Am. THE HEAVY-SCENTED ABUTILON.

Synonvmes. — Sida gi’aveolens i?oa:6. ; S. hirta Reich; S. tomen-
tosa Wall.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag. t. 4134; and oav fig. 3, in PI. 8.
Specific Character. — Branches covered with spreading hairs.

Leaves cordate, ohsoletely lobed, dentate, very downy on both sides.
Peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered, jointed below the calyx.
Petals imbricated. Style divided into numerous branches, each bearing
a small globose stigma.

Description, &c. — This species is much more tender than the others, being a native of the East Indies. It
has soft pale green foliage, and golden yellow flowers, which are short and stained with red, so as to give them an
orange hue. The flowers are fragrant, but they have an oppressive odour. The species was introduced in 1843.

CHAPTER VIII.

PITTOSPORACE^ Lindl.

Essential Character. — Calyx of five deciduous sepals, which are
sometimes free, and sometimes united together to the middle ; they are
imbricate in the bud. Petals five, hj'pogynous, with the claws con-
niving, sometimes united, with spreading lamina:, which are imbricate
in the bud. Stamens five, hypogynous, distinct, alternating with the
petals. Ovary one, free, with the cells or placentas two to five or

many-seeded. Style one, crowned by numerous stigmas, which are
equal in number to the placentas or cells of the ovary. Pericarp cap-
sular or baccate ; cells many-seeded, sometimes incomplete. Seeds
usually covered with glutinous pulp. Embryo minute, placed near-
the umbilicus in a fleshy albumen, with a longish radicle and short
cotyledons. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This order contains plants widely different from each other, some of which are evergreen

shrubs, mth thick leaves and rather small flowers, wliile others are climbing or twining shrabs, with well-shaped

flowers, which in some of the species are highly omamental. Notwithstanding this apparent difference, the plants
contained in this order are all easily knowm by their seeds being covered with a resinous pulp, so that the fruit,
though it forms a pulpy berry, is uneatable, from its strong flavour of tui’pentine. Several of the most ornamental
genera are of recent introduction.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

27

I

GENUS I.

BILLAEDIERA Smith. THE APPLE-BERRY.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five acuminated sepals. Petals five, with approximate claws, which are somewhat convolute at their edges,
forming a bell-shaped flower. Berry elliptical, terminated by the style. (<?. Don.')

Desceiption, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are climbing shrubs, natives of New Holland and Van
Diemen’s Land. The flowers are bell-shaped and generally pretty, and the fruit, which is pulpy, would he eatable
if it were not for its strong resinous flavour, which most persons find very disagreeable. It is very ornamental,
however, when ripe. All the species thrive best in a conservatory, hut are very nearly hardy.

1.— BILLARDIERA SCANDENS Smith. THE CLIMBING BILLARDIERA, OR APPLE-BERRY.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 801. I Leaves linear-ohlong, entire; pedicels one-flowered, villous, shorter

Specific Character. — Branches climbing, younger ones villous. than the'flowers. Berries velvety. (O. Don.)

Description, &€.■ — This was the first species discovered of the genus, and as it was found by Labillardiere, it
was very appropriately named after him. Dr. Labillardiere was a Frenchman, who sailed as botanist on board one
of the ships sent to the South Seas in search of the unfortunate M. De La Peyrouse. Though called the Climbing
Billardiera, it is less disposed to climb than any other of the species. The first colonists in Van Diemen’s Land
set a high value on the fruit of this plant, which they considered the only kind eatable in the colony, and compared
it to roasted apple, and hence the plant received its Enghsh name of Apple-Beny. It has, however, like that of all
the other species of the genus, a strong flavour of turpentine. The flowers are cream-coloured. The species was
introduced in 1790.

2.— BILLARDIERA MUTABILIS Salisb. THE CHANGEABLE APPLE-BERRY.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1313 ; and owv fig. 2, in PI. 4. villous. Leaves lanceolate-linear, entire. Peduncles one-flowered.

Specific Character. — Branches climbing, younger ones rather glabrous, the length of the flower. Berries glabrous. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — ^This is a still more slender-stemmed plant than the preceding species, and the flowers,
which ai’e larger, are first of a pale greenish yellow, but afterwards become of a rich dark pui’ple. The berries are
long» green, and perfectly smooth. It is a native of New Plolland, and was introduced in 1795.

3.— BILLARDIERA LONGIFLORA Lahill. THE BLUE-BERRIED BILLARDIERA.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 1507. brous, one-half shorter than the flowers. Berries almost globose un-

SpEciFic Character.— Branches climbing, younger ones scarcely equal on the surface, glabrous,
pubescent. Leaves lanceolate, entire. Peduncles one-flowered, gla-

Description, &c. — This species is perhaps the hardiest of the genus, as it will stand perfectly well in the open
air against a south wall, and it is very ornamental, from its fruit, which is nearly globular and deeply grooved. It
is covered with a shining skin, and when ripe is of a fine violet blue. This is, perhaps, the most decidedly a
climber of all the species, as its long twining shoots take hold of everything within their reach. It flowers from
July to August, and towards the latter end of that month it begins to ripen its fruit. It is propagated by cuttings
or by seeds, which it ripens in abundance. It was introduced in 1810. Wlien grown under glass, it does best
planted in the free ground of a conservatory, and trained up a pillar, where its long pale yellow flowers and very
ornamental dark blue fruit will be seen to the best advantage.

E 2

28

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

4.— BILLARDIERA OVALIS Lindl. THE OVAL-LEAVED BILLARDIERA.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg,, t. 1719. I oblong, obtuse. Peduncles one-flowered, glabrous, nearly as long as

Specific Character. — Younger branches pubescent. Leaves linear- j the flowers. Petals straight, and somewhat obtuse.

Desceiption, &c. — This is a very pretty species, with compact leaves, somewhat like those of the box- tree, and
rather small greenish flowers, the stamens of which have blue anthers. It is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, and
is very nearly hardy in this country. Its flowers appear in May, and it is said that before they die off they change
from a greenish yellow to a dark pm'ple.

OTHER SPECIES OF BILLARDIERA.

There are several other species of Billardiera, but as they have not been introduced, it appears doubtful
whether they belong to this genus or to Sollya.

GENUS II.

SOLLYA Lindl. THE SOLLYA.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx fiv'c-leavcd. Petals five, spreading. Anthers connivent, cohering at the apex. Stigma two-lobed. Pericarp

two-celled, many-seeded.

Desceiption, &c. — The species mcluded in this genus have been separated from Billai’diera, from the
difference in the anthers and in the shape of the flowers. In all the kinds of Billardiera the flower-stalks spring
from the axils of the leaves ; the flowers themselves are long, and the petals form a tube at then’ base ; the
stamens are long ; and the anthers far apart from each other. The flower-stallis of the Sollya, on the contrarj’,
grow opposite to the leaves ; the flowers ai’e bell-shaped, and the stamens short, “ with the anthers adhering in a
cone round the style, and opening by two pores at their pomts.” The fi’uit was at first supposed to be a dry
papery carpel, but it is now foimd to be a succulent berry, filled with a soft pulp, in which two rows of seeds are set
fast : when ripe, the fruit has the resinous smell common to all the plants of the order, but the taste is not quite
so disagreeable as that of the common Apple-Berry. Only two species of Sollya have been introduced ; and
though a tim’d has been described, it is supposed by Dr. Lindley to be only a variety of S. heterophylla. The
genus was named by Dr. Lindley, in honour of Richard Horsman Solly, Esq., F.R.S., &c.

L— SOLLYA HETEROPHYLLA Lindl. THE COMMON SOLLYA.

Synonyme. — Billardiera fusiformis Lahill.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate-lanceolate ; lower ones ser-
rated ; upper ones entire ; petioles winged.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1466; Bot. Mag., t. 3S’23; Sweet’s
Brit. Flow. Gard., 2d ser., t. 232 ; Lodd. Bol. Cab., t. 1975; and our
fig. 1, in PI. 4.

Desceiption, &c. — Tliis beautiful little plant, which is now become an universal favourite, was introduced
about the year 1830, and was at first supposed to be sufficiently hardy to grow in the open air. It is now fomid,
however, to be more suitable to a greenhouse or conservatory ; and it is also found to be a valuable window or
balcony plant, as it grows well and flowers freely in a small pot.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

29

2.— SOLLYA LINEARIS Lindl. THE NARROW-LEAVED SOLLYA.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., 1840, t. 3.

Specific Character, — Leaves very smooth, linear or linear-lanceolate. Cymes many-flowered. Stigma nearly simple. Fruit oblong.

Description, &c. — This species differs from the preceding one in having rather narrower leaves, which are never
serrated, and darker, though rather smaller flowers, which are produced in such abundance that there are sometimes
as many as eleven flowers in one cluster, and five or six clusters on a single branch. The species is a native of the
Swan River Colony, and it was introduced in 1840. It is best propagated by seeds, as cuttings of it are rather
difficult to strike ; and, like the preceding species, it grows best in a pot in a mixture of loam and peat. When,
however, planted in a conservatoiy it forms a handsome hush, and it will live in the open air in a sheltered
situation, if protected from severe frosts.

GENUS III.

PITTOSPORUM Banks. THE PITTOSPORUM.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five sepals. Petals five, with the claws conniving into a connate tube. Capsules smooth or hairy, two to five-
valved , one-celled, bearing a dissepiment in the middle of each valve. Seeds covered with a resinous pulp, {G, Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are evergreen shrubs, with the habit of the Spurge
Laurel. The flowers are produced in terminal clusters, and are either white or yellowish.

1.- PITTOSPORUM TOBIRA Ait. THE CHINESE PITTOSPORUM.

Synonymes. — P. chinense Bonn.; Euonymus Tobira Thunh. I Specific Character. — Leaves obovate, obtuse, very smooth, leathery.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1396 ; and oMxfig. 3, in PI. 4. I Capsules three-valved.

Description, &c. — This is a large and very handsome shrub, with shining glossy leaves, and terminal clusters
of white flowers, which assume a yellow tinge when they begin to fade, and which are very fragrant. If, however,
the leaves or hark should he bruised, their smell is very disagreeable, and their taste nauseous. The plant is a
native of Japan and China, whence it was introduced in 1804.. It is very nearly hardy, and flowers nearly all the
summer. It should be planted in the free soil of a conservatory, as it will not grow well unless its roots have
plenty of room. It is propagated by cuttings, as its seeds have not ripened in this country. Tobira is the name
of the plant in Japan.

2— PITTOSPORUM CORIACEUM Ait. THE LEATHERY-LEAVED PITTOSPORUM.

Engravings. — Bot. Rep., t. 151 ; and Lodd. Bot. Cab , t. 569.

Specific Character. — Leaves obovate, obtuse, coriaceous, quite smooth. Peduncles umbellately branched, many-flowered.

Description, &c. — This veiy handsome species is a native of Madeira, whence it was introduced in 1783. It
should be planted in a conservatory, in rich earth, when it will form a shrub six or eight feet high, very ornamental
from its smooth leathery leaves and snow-like flowers, which have the odour of the Jasmine, but which are not very
durable. They appear in May. It is rather difficult to propagate this plant, as it will not ripen its seeds in this
country, and does not grow readily from layers. The best way is to make cuttings from the plant in April, and to
fix them rather tight in stiff loam. The pot containing them is then placed under a hand-glass on a shady border

30

THE LADIES’ FLOWER GARDEN

till autumn, when it is removed either to the hothouse and plunged into the hark bed, or plunged into a hotbed.
Thus treated, the cuttings will generally begin to grow the following spring.

3.— PITTOSPORUM REVOLUTUM Ait. THE YELLOW-FLOWERED PITTOSPORUM.

i;

Synonymes. — P. tomentosum BoTvpl. ; P. flavum Rudge. | Specific Character. — Leaves elliptic, obtuse, pubescent on the I

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 186. I underside, revolute at the margin. ■

Description, &c. — This very handsome species differs considerably from all the other kinds of Pittosporum. j|

The flowers are yellow, and are disposed in a simple drooping raceme instead of forming a cluster as in P. Tohira. !

The branches and the under side of the leaves are covered with a bright reddish brown pubescence, and the plant j

forms a compact shrub, seldom growing above two or three feet high. It is a native of New South Wales, whence j

it was introduced by Sir Joseph Banks in 1795. jj

OTHER SPECIES OF PITTOSPORUM. j

P. VIRIDIFLORUM Sbns. — Bot. Mag., t. 1684. |

This species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1806. The flowers are small !|

i|

and green, having no beauty, but with a very fragrant scent, resembling that of the Lemon-scented Verbena. f

P. UNDULATUM Andr. — Bot. Rep., t. 393. '

A very handsome species, with large glossy leaves, which are so far undulated that they look shrivelled up. The |

i!

flowers are rather lai'ge and white, and the stems pinli. Planted in a conservatoiy this species will grow upwards ii
of ten feet high. It is a native of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1789. |

P. FERRUGINEUM Aft.— Bot. Mag., t. 2075. |

A slender shrub, with very small white flowers. It is a native of Guinea, and requires a stove in this country. ||

GENUS IV.

BURSARIA Cav. THE BURSARIA.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Caly.x five-toothed. Petals five, distinct. Capsules compressed, obcordate, somewhat stipitate, tw'o-cellcd,

two-valved. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — There is only one species in this genus. The name of Bursaria is from hursa a pouch or
pocket, in allusion to the capsules, which bear some resemblance in form to a woman’s pocket.

1.— BURSARIA SPINOSA Cav. THE SPINY BURSARIA.

Synonymes. — Itea spinosa Andr.-, Cyrilla spinosa Spreng. I Specific Character. — Shrubby, much branched. Leaves oblong.

Engravings. — Bot. Rep., t. 314 ; and Bot. Mag., t. 1767, 68. | cuneate, entire. Flowers disposed in terminal or lateral panicles.

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant is a native of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1809.

It has a very fine effect in a conservatory, as it is an abundant flowerer, and is very showy when covered with its

elegant little white blossoms. It should be grown in a mixtm’e of sand and peat with a very little loam. It will

grow with a very little protection in the open air.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

31

GENUS V.

MAEIANTHUS Hugel. THE MAUIANTHUS.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Sepals five, subulate, equal. Petals five,
rather unequal, unguiculate, the claws channelled, conniving into a
tube; limb spreading, recurved. Stamens five, rather declinate, at
length diverging, shorter than the corolla, rather unequal in length.
Filaments subulate, glabrous; anthers deeply sagittate, two-celled,
emarginate at the base, fixed by the back, at length recurved ; cells

deliiscing longitudinally. Ovarium sessile, elongated, compressed.
Ovulae numerous, horizontal, in two series. Styles subulate ; stigma
obsoletely emarginate. Fruit capsular, elongated, compressed, termi-
nated by the persistent style, two-celled. Seeds somewhat globular,
or angular, smooth.

Description, &c. — The plants contained in this genus are all Australian. The flowers are very ornamental ;
but only one species has been introduced. The name of Marianthus is said to allude to the Virgin Mary, because
white is dedicated to the Virgin, and the flowers of the first species that was discovered were of the purest white.

1.— MARIANTHUS CAIRULEO-PUNCTATUS L. K. et 0.— THE BLUE-SPOTTED MARIANTHUS.

Synonyme. — Campylanthera elegans Jlort. 1 Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. viii., p. 247; and onr fig. 1, in PI. 9.

Engravings. — Ladies’ Mag. of Gard., PI. 7 ; Bot. Mag., t. 3893 ; 1 Specific Character. — Leaves entire, simple. Cymes many-flowered.

Description, &c. — A very ornamental climbing plant, common in the nurseries under the name of

Campylanthera elegans. It is a greenhouse plant in this countiy, and it was first raised from seeds received in

1839 from the Swan River Settlement in Austi’alia. It is also found on the Darling Mountains.

OTHER SPECIES OF MARIANTHUS.

M. CANDIDUS Hugel.

This plant, which is found among rocks at the Swan River, has white flowers arranged in long-stalked
repeatedly di- or trichotomous terminal cymes. It does not appear to have been yet introduced into Great Britain.

M. PICTUS Undl.

This plant has long, smooth, deep brown branches, which are very much divided, and oblong leaves, some of
which are serrated, with terminal few-flowered cymes of white flowers striped with purple.

GENUS VI.

PRONAYA Benth. THE PRONAYA.

Lm. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Sepals five, acuminate. Petals five, sharply acuminate, spreading, sometimes unguiculate. Anthers free, linear,

spirally curved. Ovarium oblong, hairy, two-celled, pulpy.

Description, &c. — Climbing shrubs, with oblong leaves, and terminal corymbose flowers. There are three
species Imown of this genus, aU of which are decidedly ornamental, but only one has been introduced. The
name is given in honour of Baron Pronay, a Hungarian nobleman. The genus has also been called
Campylanthera and Spiranthera.

32

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

1 — PRONAYA ELEGANS Hilgel

Engravings. — Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. xii., p. 99; and our Jig. 2,
in PI. 9.

Specific Character. — Suffruticose. Branches slender, twining.

THE ELEGANT PRONAYA.

Leaves nearly sessile, alternate, oblong-linear ; margins revolute,
glabrous above, and covered with very adpressed hairs below. Pe-
duncles short, terminal, solitary.

Description, &c. — An elegant little greenhouse plant, with close cymes of flowers, which continue expanding
a long time. Its branches have somewhat of a twining habit, hut it is a dwarf plant. Botanically, it is easily
distinguished from the allied genera by its very curious stamens, the anthers of which are bent almost double.
The best mode of training this plant, is twisting its branches round a pyramidal trelhs. It should be grown in
small pots, in sand, peat, and a little loam ; if put into a large pot it generally withers at the root. It is a native
of Australia, near the Swan River, and it was introduced about 1840.

OTHER SPECIES OF PRONAYA.

P. FRASERI Benth; Syn. CAMPYLANTHERA FRASERI Lindl.

This species has very narrow leaves ; and rather loose cymes of violet flowers on long peduncles.

P. SPECIOSA Endl.

This species has compound cymes above five inches in diameter of large pure white flowers. Neither of these
species has been introduced.

CHAPTER IX.

TREMANDREiE R. Br.

Essential Character. — Calyx of four or five unequal sepals, wbicb
are valvate when in the bud, and somewhat united at the base, deciduous.
Petals equal in number with the sepals, and alternating with them ; these
are involute in the bud, enclosing the stamens, and much larger than
the calyx, also deciduous. Stamens hypogynous, distinct, two in front of
each petal, therefore, there are eight or ten in each flower ; filaments
erect ; anthers inserted by the base, two to four-celled, bursting by a

pore or tube at the apex. Ovary ovate, compressed, two-celled, each
cell containing one to three ovulie. Capsule ovate, compressed, two-
celled, two-valved, bearing a dissepiment in the middle of each valve.
Seeds pendulous, ovate, with a naked umbilicus, and terminated by a
caruncle-like appendage, inserted at the apex of the dissepiment.
Embyro cylindrical, straight, placed in the axis of a fleshy albumen,
^vith the radicle pointing towards the umbilicus, not superior, (fi. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a very small order, consisting only of elegant little shrubs, natives of New Holland.

GENUS I,

TETRATHECA Smith. THE TETRATHECA.

Lin. Syst. OCTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of four almost equal sepals. Petals four ; stamens eight ; anthers four-celled. Seeds generally solitary.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are distinguished by their anthers having four cells, and
by their stems being covered with glandular hairs.

I.— TETRATHECA HIRSUTA Lindl. THE HAIRY TETRATHECA.

Synonyms. — Tremandra Hiigelii. Hort.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1844, t. 67 ; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol.
xiii. p. S3 ; and ourjig. 3, in PI. 9.

Specific Character. — Branches tomentose, sometimes bristly.
Leaves oblong, distant or opposite, tomentose below, hairy above.
Peduncles bristly or rough.

Description, &c. — A very pretty greenhouse plant with rose-coloured flowers, which are produced in great
abundance. “ It grows freely,” says Dr. Lindley, “ in a compost of peat, loam, and sand, in equal proportions.

'// y^^Jy/V-yy^'

'iyy?y-tZyiZ-a.' £^/e^eiyzy/tJ .

/y

y'yylZi^y'^fyy^yi.

■ A

j. 'Sa .- <-■■

vfVd^, I'os;

«* ** ;

.V:

. ..^<1^ ^ 1. dk. ■! Ml ^ ■

!^,'. ■•■-rti. i -i

■ .- l' <■,

. ' ■(.

» ,<

»'.;i.* .i ^

. V . "'

v' '4'f.i ■

.■' i >

■'■ '"f*A •'• ‘ .'yii ,- , . •,

viiiyjWlit ''^ j jiair

.'•:■•• -'U.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

33

and if a few potsherds are mixed with it so much the better. In summer plenty of air and water should be given,
and shade in sunny weather.” In winter very little fire heat is necessary ; but it requires to be placed in an airy part
of the greenhouse, as it is easily killed by damp. The plant was mtroduced from the Swan River Colony in 1843.

2.— TETRATHECA VERTICILLATA Paxt. THE WHORLED-LEAVED TETRATHECA.

Synonymes. — T. speciosa Hort. ; Tremandra verticillata Hugel.
Engrayings. — Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. xiii., p. 171 ; and our fig.
4, in PI. 9.

Specific Character. — Pubescent. Leaves linear, whorled, acute,
hairy. Flowers axillary, peduncled ; segments of the calyx linear-
lanceolate.

Description, &c. — This is probably the same plant as that described by Cunningham as T. nihioides. The

flowers not only differ in colour from those of T. hirsuta, but they do not close in the absence of the sun, as is the
case with that species. The plant is easily gi’own in light sandy soil ; but it requires ample drainage. It was
raised by Mr. Low of Clapton from seeds gathered by Drummond in New South Wales, and sent home in 1843.

OTHER SPECIES OF TETRATHECA.

T. JUNCEA Smith.

A plant with reed-like branches and two-edged stems, which are almost naked, the leaves being very few and
lanceolate. The flowers are generally white. It was introduced in 1803.

T. GLANDULOSA LaUll.

This species bears considerable resemblance to T. hirsuta, but the flowers are larger, and purple. It was
introduced in 1822.

T. ERIC^FOLIA Smith.

A heath-like plant, the flowers of which are rose-colour or white, and somewhat drooping. It was introduced
in 1820.

T. THYMIFOLIA Smith.

This species is nearly allied to the last, but the flowers are purple. It was introduced in 1824.

T, RUBIOIDES CuTiM.

This species is very nearly allied to the last, but the branches are hoary, and the flowers, which are purple, are
decidedly drooping. It was introduced in 1825.

The last three species are all low shrubs, from half a foot to a foot high, and bear so much resemblance to each
other, that they will probably prove to be varieties of the same species. All the species of this genus are rather
difficult to preserve, as they are easily killed by damp ; and they are also difficult to procure, as when the seeds
are sent home, they very often do not vegetate.

GENUS II.

TREMANDRA R. Br. THE TREMANDRA.

lAn. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five sepals. Petals five. Stamens ten. Anthers two-cclled. ((r. Don.')

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are shrubs, with the habit of Helianthemum, but beset
with starry hairs. Only two species are described in books, and it does not appear that either of them have been
introduced. The name of Tremandra alludes to the anthers being so slightly fixed to the points of the filaments
as to shake with the slightest movement.

p

34

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

CHAPTER X.

SARRACENIE^ Turp.

Essential Character. — Calyx of five permanent sepals, which are
concave at the base and furnished with a three-leaved involucrum just
under it. Corolla of five petals, which are contracted at the base, and
unguiculate. Stamens numerous, hypogynous, closely packed together;
filaments shortish ; anthers fixed by their hark, oblong, two-celled,
opening upwards from the base, hardly to the apex. Ovary one, large,
globose, with five longitudinal furrows. Style columnar, crowned by
a broad, convex, leafy, five-angled stigma. Capsule globose, croumed
by the permanent style and stigma, five-lobed, five-celled, five-valved,
many-seeded, valves separating from the apex. Placentas five, one in

each cell closely covered with seeds, progressing from the central axis.
Seeds small, minutely tubercled. Embryo cylindrical, cleft at one
extremity into two cotyledons, placed at the base of a copious waxy
granular albumen, with the radicle pointing towards the hilum. The seeds
are keeled on their underside, inserted by their narrowest point
upon a large club-shaped stipitate receptacle, which stands out from
the central column or axis into the middle of each cell. The valves
of the capsule open from above between the cells, whose dissepiments
are attached to the centre of each valve, and separate from the central
axis of the column. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are all contained in one genus, and are natives of the

swamps of North America ; and singularly enough, though several of them are found in Canada, they will not
stand in the open air in Great Britain. They are all remarliable for the singular’ form of their leaves, which are
tubular, and hold water. The flowers are large and handsome, and they are remarkable for the very singular shape
of tlie stigma, which bears some resemblance to a pillion or side-saddle.

GENUS I.

SARRACENIA Tourn. THE SIDE-SADDLE FLOWER.

Lin. Syst. POLYANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — As there is only one genus in the order, there is no distinct generic character.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to tliis genus are ornamental, but very singular; and as already,
observed, they require artificial heat to keep them alive in England during winter. They also require to be grown
in soil kept constantly moist, as they are marsh plants hi their native country. The name of Sarracenia was given
to the genus by Tournefort, in honour of Dr. Sarrazin, a French physician residing at Quebec, who first discovered
S a r race ilia jmrp urea.

1.— SARRACENIA PURPUREA Lin. THE PURPLE SIDE-SADDLE FLOWER.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 849 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 308 ; and our tube inflated and gibbous, and the lid or wing or helmet-like appen-
fig. 1, in PI. 10. dage erect, broad-cordate, and sometimes emarginate. ((?. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves short, constricted at top, with the

Description, &c. — This very handsome plant is a native of Canada, but it will not flower in this country
without artificial heat. It should be kept in a warm situation in a greenhouse, and planted in a large pot in bog
earth, which should be kept moist, and covered with moss to prevent evaporation. The plant was introduced in
1640, and it flowers in March.

1 (a A^c t'Ai'^. i>t:YC

fl iU

< * \\\

I

'I

p'

r- '

■■ h

■■■ i

s

*•

i ■:

f

• 4:

IP

,»

TVl* -f'*

I

[ ,

•"i

V

f

fc.( * 1 "■• ■ • 1 •

>■ in'-

* J

is&

■

r^v.

C'j

gf-*-w

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

35

2.~SARRACENIA FLAVA Lin. THE YELLOW SIDE-SADDLE FLOWER.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 780; Lodd, Bot. Cab., t. 1957; and
o\a fig. 2, in PI. 10.

Specific Character. — Leaves straight, very long, funnel-shaped,

with a spreading throat ; appendage erect, constricted at the base, with
the sides and the lower part bent backwards, and ending in an awl-
shaped mucrone. {G. Don.')

Descbiption, &c. — This is the tallest gro-wing of all the species, the leaves being often upwards of two feet
long. The flower, however, is not so handsome as that of S. purpurea, as the petals are long and flaccid, and not
of a bright yellow. The leaves seldom contain water, but are generally half filled with flies. This species requires
the same treatment as the last ; or it may be placed in a pot which is kept constantly up to the rim in water.
Some gardeners assert, that the best way of keeping both species is to place them in a stove till they have formed
their flower-buds, and then to let them flower in the open air. According to this system, as soon as they have
done flowering, they are again placed in heat. The Yellow Side-saddle Flower was introduced in 1752.

3.— SARRACENIA RUBRA Walt. THE RED SIDE-SADDLE FLOWER.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3515 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1163. I with netted veins ; tube of the leaf ending in a somewhat arched, long,
Specific Character.— Leaves short, coloured in the upper part 1 pointed appendage.

Descbiption, &c. — This species, which is perhaps the most beautiful, is a native of the swamps of Georgia and
Florida. The flowers are of a rich dark crimson, and the leaves are cm'iously marked with dark crimson veins, the
upper part being drawn out into a point. This species is extremely difiicult to cultivate, and though it has been
frequently introduced, it is generally soon lost. It is likewise very difficult to throw it into flower.

OTHER SPECIES OF SARRACENIA.

S. PSITTACINA Michx.

This species is very frequently confounded with 8. rubra, but it is said to be much more beautiful ; and, as the
involucrum is of a bright orange, the petals are scarlet, and the broad stigma is of a dark green, its specific name,
which signifies a parrot, does not seem to be misapplied. It is a native of Florida, and it is uncertain whether it
has been introduced.

S. VARIOLARIS Michx. ; Bot. Mag., t. 1710 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 803. Syn. S. ADUNCA.

The flowers of this species are of a greenish yellow, and consequently they possess no beauty ; but the leaves
are curious, partly from being hooked at the point, and partly from their being spotted towards the upper part with
transparent spots, which have a very singular appearance. The flowers are small, and the petals are spreading
instead of hanging down, as in all the other species.

S. MINOR Nutt.

This species is often confused with 8. variolaris, but it is very different. The flowers and leaves are both
smaller than in any other species of the genus. The leaves are very little inflated, and they are streaked longitu-
dmally with dark purple lines, and the dilated stigma is more faintly veined with the same colour. The petals are
purple on the outside and green within, but the whole plant is more curious than beautiful. It is a native of
Georgia, whence it was introduced in 1830.

36

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

CHAPTER XI.

CAPPARIDEiE Juss.

Essential Character. — Parts of flower usually imbricate in the
bud. Sepals four, seldom more, sometimes almost free, equal or un-
equal, sometimes connected at the base into a tube with a variable
limb. Petals four, seldom more, cruciate, usually unguiculated and
unequal. Stamens almost perigynous, inserted at the bottom of the
calyx, rarely tetradynamous, usually disposed in a quaternary order,
definite or indefinite. Torus hemispherical or elongated, usually bearing

glands. Stipe of ovary slender, rising from the torus ; the ovary is,
therefore, stipitate. Ovary composed of two or more closely-joined
carpels. Style none or filiform. Fruit variable, siliquose, or baccate,
one-celled, but rarely one-seeded, usually with two or more many-
seeded placentas ; in the dehiscent fruit these are intervalvular. Seeds
usually kidney-shaped, without albumen. Embryo incurved. Coty-
ledons leafy, flat, somewhat incumbent. ((?. Don.')

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are characterised by the peculiarity of the seed-vessels
growing from a long stalk in the centre of the flower. The flowers are all ornamental, and are remarkable for the

number and length of their stamens, which are much more conspicuous than the petals. The only genus which
contains greenhouse plants is the Caper.

GENUS I.

CAPPARIS Lin. THE CAPER.

Lin. Syst. POLYANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx four-parted. Petals four. Tprus small. Stalk of the fruit slender, Stamens indefinite. Siliques somewhat

baccate, stipitate. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are divided into four sections, the first of which contains
all the greenhouse plants belonging to the genus which are common in Great Britain.

1.— CAPPARIS SPINOSA Lin. THE COMMON CAPER.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 291.

Specific Character.— Stipules spinose, hooked. Leaves ovate, roundish, deciduous. Pedicels solitary, one-flowered. (Q. Don.)

Description, &c. — This plant is well known from the use made of the flower-buds, which are pickled with
salt and vinegar, and used for making sauce, as their taste, though slightly bitter and acrid, is aromatic. The plant
is a low shrub, gromng wild on the south coast of France, and in Italy and Sicily on the shores of the Mediter-
ranean. The flower-buds are gathered when quite young, and the shrub continues to produce them for six months
in the year. In this country it is generally considered a gi’eenhouse plant, but it has been known to grow in the
open air, and a plant of it stood for nearly a centmy against a wall in the garden of Camden House, Kensington,
and which produced flowers annually. This plant was killed in the severe winter of 1838 — 9, and a portion of its
root is now in my possession, having been given to my late husband by Miss Teed, the present occupier of that
mansion. The petals of the flowers are white, but the filaments of the stamens and the footstalks of the flowem
are red.

2.— CAPPARIS ACUMINATA Lindl. THE TAPER-LEAVED CAPER.

Engravings — Bot. Reg., t. 1320 ; and owv fig. 3, in PI. 10. | ovate, mucronately acuminated, rusty-tomentose on the under surface ;

Specific Character. — Stipules spinose, booked at the top ; leaves | pedicels two to three together. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a very ornamental species, but it is more tender than the other kinds. It is a
native of China, whence it was introduced in 1820. The leaves are long and tapering at the point, and they are

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

37

without the hooked stipules which distinguish C. spinosa. The flowers have small petals, which are white, each

having a pink spot at the base. The stamens are very long and white, with blue anthers.

,'r

V OTHER SPECIES OF CAPPARIS.

ft . _

y C. RUPESTRIS Sm et THE ROCK CAPER TREE.

, This species is a native of Crete, where it grows on rocks by the sea side. The flowers are large, with white
petals and numerous stamens, which have red filaments and yellow anthers, like those of C. spinosa. The leaves,
however, ai’e rounder and more fleshy, and they are destitute of the hooked stipules. This plant also requires a
greenhouse in England.

CHAPTER XII.

BYTTNERIACEiE Brown.

Essential Character. — Calyx sometimes naked, sometimes girded
by an involucre. Sepals more or less connected at the base, constantly
valvate in aestivation. Petals five, hypogynous, alternating with the
sepals, convolute in a:stivation, of various forms, rarely unequal or
wanting. Stamens equal in number to the sepals or petals, or double.

triple, or multiple that number ; filaments monadelphous, or variously
divided at the top, some of them are sometimes sterile ; anthers two-
celled. Carpels four or five, distinct, or joined into one ovary, and
crowned by as many distinct or connected styles.

Description, &c. — In this order, including Sterculiacese, are many very interesting plants, one of the most

important of which is the Theobroma, from which cacao, or cocoa, and chocolate are made. The Adansonia, or
Baobab Tree, which is said to be the largest plant in the world, and the curious Hand Plant, also belong to this
order. The trees belonging to the genus ■ Sterculia have veiy handsome foliage, but the greenhouse species have
not very ornamental flowers.

GENUS I.

REEVESIA Lindl THE REEVE SIA.

Lim,. Syst. MONADELPHIA DODECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx campanulate, five-toothed, imbricate
in sestivation, tomentose. Petals five, unguiculate, convolute in esti-
vation. Stamens joined into a long filiform tube. Anthers fifteen,
sessile, collected into a little head, two-celled, bursting lengthwise.

Description, &c. — There is only one species in this
an eminent botanist, who was long resident in China.

Ovary sessile, within the antheriferous head. Capsule stipitate, woody,
obovate, five-angled, five-celled, five-valved, without any central axis.
Seeds two in each cell, winged at the base. ((?. Don.')

genus, which is named in honour of John Reeves, Esq.,

I — REEVESIA THYRSOIDEA Lindl. THE THYRSE-FLOWERED REEVESIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1236 ; and our fig. 1, in PI. 11. I acuminated, entire ; petioles articulated. Flowers in compound, ter-

^ Specific Character. — Leaves alternate, exstipulate, lanceolate, I minal, or axillary racemes.

Description, &c. — This species is an evergreen tree, a native of China, with white flowers, and smooth green

leaves. It was introduced in 1824. It should be planted in a conservatory, as it is too large for a pot. It flowers

in January.

38

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS II.

RULINGIA R. Br. THE RULINGIA.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Petals five, eoucave at tlie base, and ligulate. Sterile stamens five, undivided. Ovarium five-celled, cells two-seeded.

Description, &c. — The species belonging to this genus are natives of New Holland, near Port Jackson. They
are very nearly allied to Commersonia, a genus of stove plants. The genus is named in honour of John Philip
Ruling, Esq., author of an “ Essay on the Natural Orders.”-

1. --RULINGIA DASYPHYLLA B. Br. THE HAIRY-LEAVED RULINGIA.

Synonvmes. — Commersonia das}’pbylla Andr.', Byttneria dasy-
pliylla Cray. ; Lasiopetalum dasyphyllum Cels.

Engraving.— Bot. Rep., t. 603.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, lanceolate, unequally serrated,
hairy on both surfaces. Mucrones of the petals exceeding the calyx.
(G. Bon.)

Description, &c. — This species is a low branching shrub, a native of New Holland and Van Diemen’s Land,
whence it was introduced in 1780. It grows freely in a conservatory in this country, and is ornamental from the
rich browTi hail’s which cover the leaves, and the abundance of its terminal columns of flowers. These flowers are
of a brilliant white, and though they are vei’y small when examined individually, they are exceedingly ornamental
from their great abundance, and they are valuable from being produced in early spring when few plants are in

flower. These flowers are remarkable for their strong smell of cucumber, which they do not lose even when they

are dried.

OTHER SPECIES OP RULINGIA.

R. PANNOSA E. Br. ; Bot. Mag., t. 2191.

The leaves of this species are clothed with white tomentum, and the flowers are white ; but as they are
produced ui very small clusters, the plant is not at all ornamental. It was introduced in 1800.

R. HERMANNIiEFOLIA Bee.

A native of New Holland ; introduced in 1828.

GENUS HI.

LASIOPETALUM Smith. THE LASIOPETALUM.

Lin. Sysi. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx permanent. Petals five. Filaments five, free, or connate at the base. Ovary one or three-celled, cells

containing two or more ovules. Capsules tliree-valved.

Description, &c. — These are very ornamental plants, all natives of New Holland. The genus has been
divided into four genera ; but as the plants are generally found under their old names in the nurseries, I have not
thought it necessary to divide them here. The name of Lasiopetalum is from two Greek words signifying woolly-
petaled, in allusion to the calyx being woolly.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS,

39

1.— LASIOPETALUM QUBRCIFOLIUM Andr. THE OAK-LEAVED LASIOPETALUM.

SvNONYME. — Thomasia quercifolia (Jew/.

Engravings. — Dot. Rep., t. 459; Bot. Mag., t. 1485; and our^ff.
2, in PI. 11.

Specific CHAiucTKR.-^Pubescent. Leaves alternate, three or five-

lobed ; lobes obtusely sinuated ; stipules opposite, three-lobed, petiolate.
Calyx coloured, five-cleft, rotate, campanulate. Bracts three, linear,
reflexed, nearly as long as the calyx.

Description, &c. — A very handsome though a very singular plant, which has a remarkably rich appearance
from the dark brown woolly hair which covers it on every part. The leaves are shaped like those of the oak ; and
the flowers, which are of a deep rose-colour, are very pretty. The plant is a native of New South Wales, whence
it was introduced in 1803, and it is now veiy common in collections.

2.— LASIOPETALUM SOLANACEUM Sims. THE POTATO-LEAVED LASIOPETALUM.

Synonvmes. — L. tripliyllum ; Thomasia solanacea (?ay. 1 Specific Character.— Petals five. Leaves sinuate, lobed, hairy.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 1486. | (ff. Don.)

Description, &c. — This species is a native of the south-west coast of New Holland. The flowers are white,
and very curious ; and the leaves are generally bordered by a yellowish stripe, which forms a decided margin to
them, the leaf-hke stipules having the same peculiarity. The whole forms a pretty and curious shrub, growing
from two feet or more high, and requiring the protection of a greenhouse. The flowers are produced from May to
July. The species was introduced in 1803.

OTHER SPECIES OF LASIOPETALUM.

L. PURPUREUM Ait, ; Bot. Mag., t. 1755.

This is a pretty httle decumbent shrab, producing abundance of small pm’ple flowers from April or May till
September or October. It is a native of New Holland; introduced in 1803. It should be grown in sandy peat,
with a very small quantity of loam, and the pot in which it grows should be placed on a high shelf, so that the
decumbent branches may hang down.

L. FERRUGINEUM Smith-, Bot. Mag., t. 1766.

This is one of the two plants still left by modem botanists in the genus Lasiopetalum. It is covered in every
part with rusty tomentum, and the calyx, which constitutes the principal part of the flower, is green. It was

y

introduced in 1791.

There are several other species, but they do not possess any beauty.

GENUS IV.

HERMANNIA Un. THE HERMANNIA.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA PENTANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx almost naked, campanulate, five-cleft. Petals five. Stamens five. Filaments lanceolate, usually winged,
monadelpbous at the very base. Styles five, joined into one. Capsules five-ceUed, five-valved ; cells many-seeded. (O. Don.)

Description, &c. — The species belonging to this genus are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope. They are
shrubs, generally covered with star-like hairs, and though their flowers are small, they are generally brilliantly
coloured. There are nearly fifty species, but I shall only give a few of the most ornamental.

40

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

▼

1.— HBRMANNIA ALTH^EIFOLIA Lin. THE MARSH MALLOW-LEAVED HERMANNIA.

SvNoNYMEs. — H. aurea /acg. ; H. capensis Pet. ; Ketmia africana
Com.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 307.

Specific Character. — Leaves tomentose, obovatc, plaited, crenate ;
stipules ovate-lanceolate, three or five-nerved. Peduncles solitary or
twin, two or three-flowered, longer than the leaves. (G1 Don.)

Description, &c. — This species is a plant of free grotvth, which continues to produce its deep orange-coloured
flowers nearly all the summer. The flowers are pretty in themselves, but the plant is not particularly ornamental
on account of its leaves, which have a somewhat weedy appearance. It was introduced from the Cape of Good
Hope in 1728. When planted in the free soil of a conservatory, it forms a hush three or four feet high. ■

2.— HERMANNIA FLAMMEA Jacq. THE FLAME-COLOURED HERMANNIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1349 ; Bot. Rep., t. 550 ; and our fig.

3, in PI. 11.

Specific Character. — Leaves smooth, wedge-shaped, lanceolate.

truncated, and toothed at the apex. Racemes terminal. Peduncles
one or two-flowered. Calyx somewhat reflexed. {Q. Don.)

Description, &c. — A very pretty little shrub, with curious wedge-shaped leaves, and weak branches. The
flowers are drooping, and grow all on one side of the stem. The petals are of a brilliant scarlet on the outside,
and yellow within ; they are very curiously twisted together, and are veiy seldom seen completely expanded. The
species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1794. The flowers are very
odoriferous after sunset, but they have no fragrance in the daytime. They appear in succession during the
whole of the season.

OTHER SPECIES OF HERMANNIA.

H. TENUIFOLIA Sims-, Bot. Mag., t. 1348.

This is a very pretty little plant, with very slender leaves, and bright yellow flowers. Like the other species it
is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced early in the present century.

H. ALNIFOLIA Lin. ; Bot. Mag., t. 299.

A pretty little plant, with bright yellow flowers.

H. LAVANDUL^FOLIA lAn. ; Bot. Mag., t. 304.

A plant with small yellow flowers, and very glaucous leaves.

All the species grow freely in any light rich soil, and they all are very free flowerers, continuing to produce a
succession of blossoms nearly all the summer months.

GENUS V.

MAHERNIA Lin. THE MAHERNIA.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA PENTANDRIA.
Generic Character. — Calyx naked, campanulate, five-cleft. Petals
five, with an obcordate limb, spirally twisted, and straightish claws.

Filaments five, monadelphous at the base, dilated into a cordate

tubercle, or a cup-formed process in the middle. Styles five, some-
times joined into one. Capsules five-celled, five-valved, many-seeded.
{0. Don.)

Description, &c. — The species included in tliis genus are not half so numerous as those included in
Hermannia, from which they have been separated. The Mahemias are small shrubs with toothed or pinnatifid
leaves, and red or yellow flowers. They are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope. The word Mahemia is

an anagram of Hermannia.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

41

1.— MAHERNIA GRANDIFLORA Burch. THE LARGE-FLOWERED MAHERNIA.

b

Synonyme. — Hermannia grandiflora toothed, white beneath. Peduncles usually two-flowered, divaricated,

' Enora VINOS. — Bot. Reg., t. 224 ; and our fig. 4, in PI. 11. and clammy.

Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, cuneated, obtuse, serrately

Description, &c. — This is by far the handsomest species of the genus. It was found by Mr. Burchell, the
African traveller, covering vast plains in the neighbourhood of the Cape of Good Hope. Its flowers are
campanulate and drooping, and they are produced in the greatest abimdance. The plant itself seldom exceeds
, two feet in height, but its branches are widely spreading. Mr. Burchell found this plant in 1813, and brought it

I with him to England ; but it had been previously introduced and lost in 1791.

OTHER SPECIES OF MAHERNIA.

i M. ODORATA Andr.; Bot. Rep., t. 85.

r

; The flowers of this species are rather lai'ge. They are drooping and yellow, with a scent like that of the
j Jonquil. The plant was introduced in 1789.

I M. INCISA Jacq.; Bot. Mag., t. 353.

I The flowers of this species, when in the bud ; are of a deep crimson, but as they open, they show the deep
I orange-colour of their centre, and finally become of a pale yellow.

I M. DIFFUSA Jacq.', Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 187.

j The flowers of this species are drooping, and of a fine rose-colour, which is very deep in the bud, but becomes
j paler as the flowers open. It was introduced in 1774.

There are several other species of Mahemia, but they are very seldom seen in British greenhouses.

CHAPTER XIII.

TERNSTRCEMIACEiE Dec.

I Essential Character. — Calyx of three to five unequal, concave,
I coriaceous, obtuse, permanent, imbricate sepals, usuaUy furnished with

I two hracteoles at the base. Petals usually five, rarely more or fewer,

: inserted on the disk, sometimes free, sometimes connected at the base.

■ Stamens numerous, hypogynous, somewhat adnate to the petals at the

t base, free or connate, rarely disposed in bundles ; filaments short,

awl-shaped ; anthers erect, two or four-celled, adnate or versatile.

I Ovary ovate. Styles two to seven, free, or more or less joined together.

I ■ Description, &c. — The
shrubs or trees.

1 containing the

Fruit ovate-globose, radiately divided on the inside into as many cells
as there are styles or stigmas, sometimes dry-baccate, indehiscent,
sometimes capsular, dehiscent. Seeds few or numerous, fixed to the
central placenta, sometimes arched, sometimes roundish or compressed.
Albumen fleshy or wanting. Embryo arched or straight, slender,
terete, with oblong cotyledons, and an inconspicuous plumule, with a
long radicle, which is turned to the hilum. (Q. Don.)

plants belonging to this order are all very ornamental, and most of them are stove
A few of the genera contain greenhouse plants ; and of these, the best known are those
Camellia and the Tea.

42

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS I.

GORDONIA Ellis. THE GORDONIA.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five rounded coriaceous sepals. valved ; cells two to four-seeded. Seeds ending in a leafy wing, fixed

Petals five, somewhat adnate to the urceolus of the stamens. Style to the central column, filiform. {Q. Don.)

crowned hy a peltate five-lohed stigma. Capsules five-celled, five-

Desceiption, &c. — There are only two species of tliis genus in British greenhouses, but they are both very
ornamental. They are both natives of the southern part of North America.

1.— GORDONIA LASIANTHUS Lin. THE LOBLOLLY-BAY.

Synonymes. — Hypericum lasianthus Cates.; Acea floridana Pluk. leaves. Leaves oblong, coriaceous, smooth, serrated. Calyx silky.
Engraving — Bot. Mag., t. 668. Capsules conoid, acuminated. ((?. Don.)

Specific Character. — Pedicels axillary, usually shorter than the

Desckiption, &c. — The Loblolly Bay is a native of South Carolina, where it grows in wet swamps. In
England it requh’es a conservatory, where, if the roots are kept properly moist, it will form a beautiful evergreen
tree fourteen feet high. The flowers are extremely beautiful from the brilliant white of the petals, which are of
a solid fleshy substance, and are covered externally with a silky down. The plant was introduced in 1769.

2.— GORDONIA PUBESCENS PnrsJi. THE PUBESCENT GORDONIA.

Synonymes. — G. Franklini L'Her.; Lacathea florida Sal.; Frank-
linia Alatamaha Marsh.

Specific Character. — Flowers almost sessile. Leaves obovate"

lanceolate, pubescent beneath, somewhat serrated, membranaceous.
Petals and sepals rather silky on the outside. Capsules spherical.
{0. Don.)

Description, &c. — Tliis is a most beautiful tree, which will grow to the height of twenty feet. The flowers,
which are produced in August and September, are large and white, with golden yellow anthers, and are delightfully i
fragrant. The species was introduced in 1774; and it is a native of the banks of the river Alatamaha in
Georgia, North America.

GENUS II.

POLYSPORA Sweet. THE POLYSPORA.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx girded by accessory bracteas. Sepals celled, five-valved, many-seeded. Seeds imbricate, ending in a wing
and petals five. Stamens numerous, monadelphous at the base. ((?. Don.)

Style crowned by a four or five-lobed stigma. Capsule conical, five-

Desceiption, &c. — There is only one species in this genus, which is divided from Camellia. The name of
Polyspora is from two Greek words signifying many-seeded.

1.— POLYSPORA AXILLARIS Sweet. THE AXILLARY-FLOWERED POLYSPORA.

Synonymes. — Camellia axillaris Roxh.; Gordonia anomala Spreng. I Specific Character. — Leaves smooth, obovate, entire. Flowers
Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 349 ; and Bot. Mag., t. 2047. 1 axillary, solitary, almost sessile.

Description, &c. — A very beautiful plant, with flowers of a yellotvish white, and nearly the size of the common

single red Camellia. The plant requires heat to throw it into flower ; the flowers appearing from November to

March. It is a native of Pulo-Penang, and was introduced in 1816. It forms a shrub about three feet high.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

43

GENUS III.

CAMELLIA Lin. THE CAMELLIA.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

the middle of each valve, separating from the free triquetrous axis
■when ripe. Cells one or two-seeded. (<?. Don.)

Generic Character. — Calyx imbricate, surrounded hy accessory
bracteas or sepals. Stamens monadelphous. Anthers elliptical, two-
celled, bursting lengthwise. Capsule furrowed, with a dissepiment in

Description, &c. — The Camellias, as is ■well known, are evergreen shrubs with dark green shining leathery
leaves, and large flowers resembling a rose. Most of the kinds common in British greenhouses are varieties of
one species, Camellia japonica. The name of this genus was given in honour of Father Kamel, a Mora-vian
Jesuit who travelled in China, and whose name in Latin becomes Camellus.

1.— CAMELLIA JAPONICA Lin. THE COMMON CAMELLIA, OR JAPAN ROSE.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, acuminate, acutely seirated.
Flowers axillary, sessile, usually solitary. Ovary smooth. ((?. Don.)

Synonymes. — Rosa sinensis Thv/tib. ; Thea rosea Pet. ; Tsubaki
Kcemp,

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 42 ; and out fig, 1, in PI. 12.

Description, &c. — The Camellia japonica was first brought to England in the year 1739, and it was
introduced by Robert Lord Petre, a great patron of botany of those days. 'When the Camellia was fii’st received
by this nobleman, he had it placed in his hothouse at Thomdon Hall, in Essex, fancying, as it was a native of
Japan, that it would require a considerable degree of heat in this country. Notwithstanding, however, that this
stove had great advantages (for it was not only of very considerable size, but contained beds of earth like a
conservatory), the heat was too great for the Camellias, and the two that Lord Petre had imported, died.
The single red was re-imported in 1792, and being placed in a greenhouse, flowered beautifully. As Thunberg,
in his Flora Japonica, had spoken copiously of this plant, which he described as a large and tall tree, and
mentioned that it had a great many varieties in the groves and gardens of Japan, the attention of collectors was
directed towards them, and a gentleman connected with the India House (John Slater, Esq.), procured the
double white and variegated red from China. These plants were brought home in the year 1793, by Captain
Connor, in the Carnatic East Indiaman. Thunberg’s assertion respecting the large size of the Camellia in its
natural state, is corroborated by Mr. Fortune, who met with several specimens of the single red variety, twenty or
thirty feet in height, with stems thick in proportion, gro-wing wild in the woods of Poo-to-san in China.

The success which attended the importation of these plants, induced persons fond of gardening to procure
others; and the. next that was imported was the double red, which was procm’ed by Sir Robeit Preston, of
Valleyfield, in Perthshire. From this time an immense number of Camellias have been brought from China,
among the most beautiful of which may be mentioned the Waratah, or Anemone-flowered Camellia, C. j. anemone-
flora (see fig. 4, in PI. 12), and the fringed white, C. j. fimbriata. C. j. Welbankii, and C. j. pomponia (see fig. 3,
in PI. 12), were introduced by Captain Welbank. The single white was not introduced till 1818. In addition to
the varieties of Camellia imported from China, several veiy beautiful ones have been originated in this country, as
examples of which may be mentioned C. j. Chandleri (see fig. 2, in PI. 12), C. j. corallina, C. j. punctata, and C.
j. Pressii. All the varieties of Camellia japonica are very nearly hardy, particularly the single red. They should
be grown in light loam, or loam and peat. The pots should be haK-filled with pieces of potsherds, in order

44

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

that the roots may not get soddened with water, “ as nothing injures them more than over-watering, particularly
when they are not in a growing state.” When the plants are growing freely, they can scarcely have too much
water, and they should he sprinkled over the leaves with a fine-rosed watering-pot. Camellias are propagated by
cuttings, layers, gi’afting, and inarcliing, and the single red is genei’ally used as the stock on which the young plants
are to be grafted or inarched. Camellias are usually thought to look best in a house entirely devoted to them ;
and they may be certainly grown best in such a situation, as there are many points in which they differ exceedingly
from most other greenhouse plants. They like the shade, and they are injured by too much heat. When
exposed to the full effect of the sun, the flowers very frequently fall ofi" without opening, or as soon as they j
have opened ; but they are the better for having bottom-heat after they have done flowering, and when they are
making their young shoots.

2.— CAMELLIA RETICULATA Lindl. THE RETICULATED-LEAVED CAMELLIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1078 ; Bot. Mag., t. 2784; and our reticulated. Flowers axillary, solitary. Calyx five-leaved, coloured
fig. 1, in PI. 13. Ovary silky. (0. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves oblong, acuminated, seiTated, flat.

Description, &c. — This splendid species is hotanically separated from C. japonica only by its reticulated
leaves and silky ovaiy ; but it can never be confounded with any of the varieties of that species, by even the most
casual observer, from the appearance of its large and elegant flowers, wliich contain from sixteen to eighteen very
large petals, which are loosely arranged, and form in every respect a decided contrast to those composing the
flowers of C. japonica. The stamens, also, instead of being all joined together at the base, form several distinct
bundles. This vei7 handsome plant was brought over by Captain Rawes, in 1824.

3.— CAMELLIA MALIFLORA Lindl. THE APPLE-BLOSSOM-FLOWERED CAMELLIA.

Synonyme. — C. Sasanqua florepleno Ker.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 547 ; Bot. Mag., t. 2080 ; and our fig.
3, in PI. 13.

Specific Character. — Leaves obovate, convex, bluntly serrated.
Flowers terminal and axillary, usually solitary. Branches and petioles
pubescent. Ovary smooth. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This beautiful little plant has small semi-double pink flowers, which bear considerable
resemblance to some kinds of apple-blossom. . It is a native of China, from which country it was brought to
England in 1816. It is rather more tender than C.jagmiica or C. reticulata. When it was first introduced, it
was supposed to be a variety of C. Sasanqua.

4.— CAMELLIA SASANQUA Thimh. LADY BANKS’S CAMELLIA.

Synonymes. — Thea oleosa Lour. ; Cha-whaw Staunt. ; Sasanqua Kcempf.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 12, and t. 1091.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate-oblong, serrated. Flowers terminal and axillary, solitary. Branches and ovary villous. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This plant forms a small tree, somewhat larger than the Tea tree, but smaller than
Camellia japonica. Sir George Staunton, in his account of Lord Macartney’s embassy to China, describes it in
the following terms ; — “ A plant very like the Tea flourished, at this time, on the sides and the very tops of
mountains, where the sofl. consisted of little more than fragments of stone, crumbled into a sort of coarse earth
by the joint action of the sun and rain. The Chinese call this plant Cha-whaw, or Flower of Tea, on account of

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

45

the resemblance of one to the other, and because its petals, as well as the entire flowers of the Arabian Jasmine,
are sometimes mixed among the teas, in order to increase their fragrance. This plant, the Cha-whaw, is the
Camellia Sasanqua of the botanists, and yields a nut, from whence is expressed an esculent oil, equal to the best
which comes from Florence. It is cultivated, on this account, in vast abundance ; and is particularly valuable
from the facility of its cultm’e, in situations fit for little else.” The species was introduced in 1811; but the
double-flowered variety (Bot. Eeg., t. 1091), which is much more ornamental, was not introduced till 1823.

5.— CAMELLIA KISSI Wall

Synonymes. — C. Keina Samil. ; Kengua in Nepal ; Kissi-swa in
the Newar language.

Engraving. — Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1815.

Specific Character. — Leaves elliptical, serrulated, bluntly acu-

THE NEPAL CAMELLIA.

minate. Flowers sessile, generally solitary, axillary, but somewhat
terminal, usually four-petaled, with three distinct, furrowed, woolly
styles, which are about equal in length to the stamens. (G. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — A very distinct species, a native of Nepal, whence it was introduced in 1825. Its growth

is rather lax, with many long branches ; and its leaves have a very strong, but transient, smell of tea. The
Nepalese extract an oil from the seed, which is much valued by them as a medicine. The blossoms of this plant

very closely resemble those of the black Tea.

6.— CAMELLIA OLEIFERA Ahel THE OIL-BEARING CAMELLIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 942 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1065; and aceous, shining. Flowers solitary. Calyces silky, deciduous. Petals
omjig. 2, in PI. 13. five or six, two-lobed. (JG. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves elliptic-oblong, acute, serrated, cori-

Description, &c. — The flowers of this plant are very numerous ; they are of a pure white, and fragrant. The
Chinese extract an oil from the seed by pressure. The seeds are white, and are reduced to a coarse powder, when
it is said to be boiled in bags before it is pressed for extracting the oil. The species was introduced about 1820.
Dr. Abel, speaking of this plant as he found it in the South of China, observes, that it was generally as large as a
moderate-sized cherry tree, and that even when it took the character of a shrub, it was seldom less than seven or
eight feet high, presenting a beautiful appearance, from the great abundance of its large white blossoms.

7.— CAMELLIA EURYOIDES Lindl THE EURYA-LIKE CAMELLIA.

SYNoNYME.-^Thea euryoides Booth, silky beneath. Branches hairy. Peduncles lateral, one-flowered,

Engravings. — Bot. Reg.,t. 983; and Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1493. scaly.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrated.

Description, &c. — This plant possesses none of the beauty of the other species, as its flowers are small,
resembUng those of an Orange more than those of a Camellia. But the plant is interesting from the singular
circumstances which attended its introduction. In the year 1822, a very fine variety of C. japonica, which had
been imported by the Horticultural Society from China, died down to the ground ; and when, in the following
spring, a fresh shoot sprang up, it was found to be this plant. Another Camelha sent home from China in 1824
having died in the same manner, this plant sprang up the following season from its roots also. It therefore
appears evident, that the Chinese use this species as a stock for grafting their finer lands of Camellia ; and it will
probably prove much hardier than any of the species of Camellia previously introduced.

46

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS IV.

THEA Lin. THE TEA.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

at the apex. Capsules three-berried, or three-seeded ; the dissepiments
are formed from the edges of the valves being bent inwards. (Gcert.)

Generic Character. — Calyx of five sepals. Petals five to nine,
disposed in two or three rows, cohering at the very base. Stamens
almost unconnected to the very base. Anthers roundish. Style trifid

Description, &c. — This genus was separated from Camellia from a few botanical differences, not perceptible
to any eyes but those of a botanist. In the Camellia, the stamens are generally conspicuously united at the base,
but in the Tea they adliere together very slightly. The anthers are differently shaped, and the capsules are
smooth on the outside, instead of being furrowed ; the divisions inside are also formed by the edges of the valves
being bent inwards, instead of having a dissepiment running down the centre of each valve, as in the Camelha.
All the kinds of Tea resemble the Camellias, in being beautiful evergreen shrubs, with shiniag laurel-lUie leaves ;
but they differ in the flowers, which are much smaller in the Tea, and always white. The name of Thea is altered
from Tcha, the Chinese name for tea.

1.— THEA VmiDlS Lin. THE GREEN TEA.

Synonymes. — T. Bohea laxa T. chinensis var. a viridis Dec.-, ; Specific Character. — Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, coriaceously mem-

branaceous, waved and wrinkled, convex from the margins being
recurved. Flowers solitary, a.xillary, on a short peduncle, drooping.

T. cantonensis Lour.-, Camellia viridis Link.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3148 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 227 ;

Woodv. Med. Bot. Supp. 116, t. 256; and ooxjig. 4, in PI. 13.

Description, &c. — This species forms a handsome free-growing shrub, rising to the height of eight or ten
feet, and requiring very slight protection. The leaves are rather broad, and their margins curve inwards. They
are of a much thinner texture than those of the Camellia, and not of so dark a green on the upper surface;
they are much paler below, with the midrib and veins prominent. The flowers are solitary, seldom more than
one on each branch, and that near the top of the shoot, and drooping, so that the flower is scarcely seen without
looking on the underside of the branches. The branches are large and spreading, and the tree, which is very
nearly hardy, grows veiy rapidly, and with great vigour. Though this plant is called the green tea, it is said
that both green and black tea are made from it, as they are also from the black tea ; but the finer teas are
generally made from the green. The tea called peko, is said to be made entirely from the half-opened buds of
the green tea. It is said that there are thu’ty-six different kinds of tea made in China, and of these about
twenty lands are made from Thea viridis. The Japanese have a curious fable respecting the origin of tea. “ An
Indian prince, a holy and religious character, of the name of Danna, visited China about the year 516 of the
Christian era, with the view to instruct the natives in the duties of religion. He led himself a life of great
abstinence, and denied all manner of rest or relaxation to his body ; but he was at length so weary of his fatigues
and fasting, that he fell asleep. As a penance for so great a dereliction of duty, he cut off both his eyebrows,
the instruments and ministers of his crime, and threw them upon the ground ; each eyebrow became a shrub,
and those shrubs the black and green Tea, whose vh’tues were till then as unknown to the world as the plant itself.
Darma quickly discovered the agreeable properties of the foliage, which endowed his mind with fresh powers
to pursue his divine meditations. Haring recommended the use of it to his disciples, it soon became general in
China, and has now extended to the remotest regions of the earth ; while the individual who first discovered

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

47

its qualities is held in remembrance by a rude figure in Chinese and Japanese drawings, of an old man standing
upon water with a reed under his feet, and one of his eye-brows sprouting out into a Tea leaf.” Upwards of a
million square miles in China are occupied in the cultivation of the Tea Plant, which is there never suffered to
attain any great height, the main stem being cut down every year to force the plant to send up new shoots, as the
young leaves are more tender and have a finer flavour than the old ones.

Numerous attempts were made to introduce the Tea Plant before it was actually obtained, and amongst others,
Archibald Duke of Argyle, who had a very fine collection of plants at his seat, at Whitton, near London, sent a
collector to China with the express purpose of bringing home the Tea. The collector obtained a plant, but,
unfortunately, the plant died during the voyage ; and the collector having obtained, while in China, a specimen of
the Lycium Chinense, also for the Duke, put the label of the Tea plant to it. The Duke of Argyle was at first
deceived, but showing the plant to his friends, it was discovered to be a species of Injcimn, and was supposed to be
a variety of Lycium barbamm, which plant was already in the country. The Chinese Lycium was, in consequence
of this circumstance, called the Duke of Argyle ’s Tea Tree ; but as it was a weak feeble-growing plant, it was
soon lost, and the name was transferred to Lycium barbarum, which still bears it, and which is even now supposed
by some persons to be the true Tea Plant. Linnaeus, however, had at last the honour of introducing this
interestmg plant alive to Europe ; but not till he had experienced many disappointments, the following account of
which is extracted from the “ Botanical Magazine : ” — “ The seeds would never bear the voyage, for, like all oily
seeds, they soon became rancid, and in that state would not vegetate. Finding this, Linnaeus determined to
import a plant, and his pupil, Osbeck, brought one as far as the Cape of Good Hope, where it was washed over-
board in a storm. After this Lagerstroem conveyed two shrubs to Upsal, supposing them to be the true Tea, but
they turned out to be a species of Camellia, which the Chinese called by the same name as the Tea. Some
months afterwards, a Tea plant ‘ reached the harbour of Gottenburg, in good health, but the evening before
landing, the captain set the plant on the table of his cabin, where it was eaten by rats. At length, Linnaeus
advised Captain Ekeberg to sow the fresh seeds in pots of earth at the moment of his departure from China, so
that they might vegetate after passing the line ; and the growing plants were thus brought in safety to Gottenburg,
the 3rd of October, 1763, and transported to the Botanic Garden of Upsal.’ ” Itwas not introduced into England
till the year 1768. The green Tea is very nearly hardy in the neighbourhood of London, and if protected against
severe frost, it will live in the open air, forming a handsome shrub from eight to ten feet high, with long, rather
slender, branches, light green leaves, and large white fragrant flowers, which are produced in September and
October.

2.— THEA BOHBA Lin. THE BOHEA OR BLACK TEA.

Synonymes. — T. chinensis var. Bohea Sims ; T. Bohea var. stricta Ait. ; T. sinensis Black. ; T. fiutex Barth.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 998; and Lodd. Bot. Cat., t. 226.

Specific Character. — Leaves elliptic, oblong, obtuse, crenated. Flowers of five sepals and five petals, axillary.

Description, &c. — This species of Tea is very distinct from T. viridis. The plant is much smaller, and more
compact, and the branches are more rigid. The leaves are also of a much darker green, and more coriaceous in
their textoe ; and the flowers are smaller. Notwithstanding, however, these very distinct marks of difference,
some botanists still consider them to be only varieties of the same species. The black Tea is much more tender
than the green, and requires either to be grown in a conservatory, or to be cai’efully protected during winter.

48

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

OTHER SPECIES OF THE A.

It is said that there are several other species of this genus known in the East, but none of them have as yet
been introduced into Great Britain.

CHAPTER XIV.

GENUS I.

CITRUS Lin. THE CITRUS.

Lyn. Syst. POLYADELPHIA POLYANDRIA, OR POLYANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx urceolate, three to five-cleft. Petals
five to eight. Stamens twenty to sixty, with compressed filaments,
which are more or less connected together at the base into many
bundles, or free. Anthers oblong. Style cylindrical, crowned by an

Anthers terminal, inserted by the base, ereet. Ovary ovate, many-
celled. Style one, terete, crowned by a thick subdivided stigma.
Seeds situated in the carpels, fixed to their inner angles, numerous or
solitary, exalbuminous, usually pendulous, often inclosing many
embryos ; seed-cover usually marked with a raphis and a cup-shaped
chalaza. Embryo straight, Avith a retracted superior radicle turned
towards the hilum, and large thick cotyledons, which are auricled at
the base, and a conspicuous plumule. ((?. Don.)

AURANTIACE^ Corr.

Essential Character. — Calyx urceolate, campanulate, somewhat
adnate to the disk, short, three to five-toothed, marcescent. Petals
three to five, broadest at the base, sometimes free, sometimes a little
connected at the base. Inserted on the outside of the disk, imbricate in
sestivation by the margins. Stamens equal in number with the petals,
or double, or multiple that number ; filaments flat at the base, some-
times free, sometimes variously connected in many bundles, sometimes
truly monadelphous, but always free at the apex, and subulate.

Desceiption, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are smooth trees and shrubs, generally of great beauty.
The leaves are alternate, generally with a winged or dilated petiole, which is articulated both to the stem and to
the leaves. This peculiarity of the jointed petiole is one of the distinguishing marks of the order, and it is very
conspicuous in Orange and Lemon trees. Another peculiarity is, that the leaves, the rind of the fruit, and the
flowers all abound in transparent reservoirs of fragrant oil, which possesses the most tonic and stimulating
properties. The flowers are fragrant, and the fruit is generally eatable. All the plants require artificial heat in
this couutiy, and most of them will not live without a stove. The most interestmg genus is Citrus, which contains
the Orange, Lemon, Lime, and Shaddock.

hemispherical stigma. Fruit baccate, seven to twelve-celled ; cells
many-seeded, full of pulp, spermaderm, membi'anous. Auricles of
cotyledons very short. ((?. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — The species belonging to this genus are all evergreen trees or shrubs, with axfllary
spines, and simple leaves, the foot-stalks of which are generally winged. The flowers are white, and exquisitely
fragrant, but the odom' is generally oppressive. The fruit is a kind of berry, the seeds lynig in the midst of pulp,
which is contained in innumerable little bags, which may be separated from each other with the greatest ease.
Another peculiarity of the fruit of this genus is, that the carpels, which are disposed in a whorl round an imaginary
axis, may be separated from each other without laceration, each consisting of a thin skin or membrane fiUed ■
with pulp. The outer skin or rind seems to be an enlarged receptacle something like that of the fig, but never 1

'I

becoming pulpy; and it is full of transparent reservoirs of essential oil. There are numerous species of the ^
genus Citrus, nearly all of which are in cultivation in Italy, though only a few of them are known in British* |

greenhouses.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

49

■i'

1.— CITRUS MEDIC A Bisso. THE CITRON.

Engravings. — Black. Herb., t. 361; Nouveau Duhamel, vol. vii.,
t. 22.

Specific Character. — Branches spiny ; petioles naked ; leaves

oblong, obtuse, flowers with from thirty-five to forty stamens, often
without a style ; fruit ohlong, wrinkled, with a thick rind and acid
pulp. {G. Don.)

Descbiption, &c. — The stem of this species rises to the height of twelve or fifteen feet, and the branches,
instead of taking the close compact character usually found in orange-trees, spread widely, and assume a tree-like
character. The flowers are pm’plish on the outside, and less odoriferous than those of most other species of the
genus. The pulp is white and acid, and the rind is very thick and irregular. There are generally two seeds
in each carpel. The fruit of the Citron is scarcely ever eaten raw, but when preserved, it makes a delicious
sweetmeat. The species is a native of the warm regions of Asia, whence it was introduced in 1648. There are
many varieties on the Continent, but seldom more than three are grown in this country.

2.— CITRUS LIMETTA Bisso. THE SWEET LIME.

Synonyms. — Lima dulcis Volk. serrulated. Flowers very white. Fruit globose, crowned, terminating

Engraving. — Nouveau Dubamel, vol. vii., t. 26, fig, 2. in a point; rind very thin; flesh sweet.

Specific Character — Petioles subulate. Leaves ovate, roundish.

Description, &c. — This species forms a handsome tree, with compact branches, which are easily trained into
a round head. The young shoots are of a yellowish green, while those of the Citron are pm’phsh ; and the flowers,
which are of a beautiful white on both sides, are very fragrant. The petioles of the leaves have scarcely any wings.
The flowers are disposed alternately aU along the branches, and each has about thirty stamens, the filaments of
which are flattened, and adhere at their base into little bundles of three each. The fruit is rather small and
round, teiTuinating in an obtuse protuberance like that of the Lemon. The rind is very thin, of a dark orange-
yellow, and it adheres firmly to the pulp, which is divided into from seven to ten cells. The juice is sweet, and
has a delightful perfume. The seeds are veiy few in number, and are of an oval shape. There are ten varieties ;
the most ornamental of which is called the Bergamot, from its delightful perfume, and from the pulp of which,
though it is bitter to eat uncooked, various kinds of sweetmeats are made. There is another kind of Lime, the
fruit of which has an acid juice, and a much paler rind. The species was introduced in 1 648.

3.— CITRUS LIMONIUM Bisso. THE LEMON.

Synonymes. — C. Limon Lin. ; Limon acris Perr. ; Limon vulgaris
Black.

Engraving. — Nouveau Duhamel, vol. vii., t. 28.

Specific Character. — Petioles somewhat winged ; leaves oval-

ohlong, crenulated ; flowers with fi-om twenty-five to thirty-five sta-
mens, but usually without styles ; fruit oblong, with a very thin rind,
and very acid pulp. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The Lemon makes a very handsome tree, though its branches are somewhat angular. The
young shoots are pm'plish, and the flowers have the same hue on the outside of the petals. The Lemon tree is
remarkable for its fecundity, as it continues to flower and produce fruit from Februaiy to October, and sometimes
the flowers continue expanding all the winter. The flowers are very fragmnt when they first open, but their
fragrance soon goes off. The fruit is oblong, terminating in a protuberance ; the rind is of a pale yellow, thin but
compact, frequently rough on the outside, but closely adhering to the pulp within. The pulp is divided into ten
cells, which contain a very acid juice. There are many varieties of Lemons, but the most curious is the Chinese

H

50

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

fingered Lemon, which has a solid fruit without any cells or pulp, and is divided in the middle into five or more
long round parts, a little crooked, and having the appearance of the human hand, with the fingers slightly bent.
The limes used in maldng punch are a small round variety of the Lemon.

4.— CITRUS PARADISI Macfayden. THE FORBIDDEN FRUIT.

SvNONYMES. — C. Limonum Paradisi iJisso; Pomum Paradisi Ferr.

Specific Character. — Leaves oval, rounded, crenulate, smooth ; petioles winged. Fruit large, subacid. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The tree of this species has numerous branches, and the leaves are much longer and
narrower than those of any other kind of Citrus. The flowers are large, and have from four to seven unequal
petals, which are tinged with purple like those of the Lemon. The fruit is very large, with a very thick rind, and
scarcely any pulp, but what there is contains a veiy acid juice, and only two or three seeds. There are two
varieties of this species, both of which are natives of Jamaica, where they form trees thirty feet high. The fruit
makes an excellent sweetmeat, but is not good to eat uncooked.

5.— CITRUS AURANTIUM Bisso. THE ORANGE.

Varieties. — C. A. sinense Risso, the China Orange ; C. A. flore-
pleno Risso, the double-flowered Orange ; C. A. Hierocunthicum Risso,
the Maltese Orange ; C. A. minutissimum Risso, the Kin-kan Orange ;
C. A. ilicifolium Risso, the Holly-leaved Orange ; C. A. nobile Risso,
the Mand.arin Or.ange.

Specific Character. — Petioles almost naked. Leaves ovate-

oblong, acuminate, with a blunt point. Flowers with twenty or
twenty-two stamens. Fruit globose, with a thin rind, and a sweet
pulp. ((?. Don.)

Engravings. — Nouveau Duhamel, vol. vii., t. 35, fiO- 3- Of the
variety C. A. nobile, Bot. Reg., t. 211.

Description, tfec. — The Sweet Orange forms a noble tree, growing to the height of from twenty to forty feet. |
The trunk is nalved at the bottom, and the branches form a tuft at the top. The flowers are white and very .
fragrant, and as they continue appearing for several months together, the tree has almost always flowers and fruit
on it at the same time. The species is a native of Asia, but it has been long cultivated in the South of Europe, '
and many of the varieties have been originated there. These varieties are very numerous, but the best of them are i
the following : — the China Orange, which is the land most generally sold in the market, and which not being so j
sensitive to cold as the other varieties, is grown in the open air in great quantities at Nice and in the Azores ; the '
Genoa Orange, which is imported in great quantities from Genoa, and which has a thick rind, commonly marked
with a little ridge down one side : this orange is considered very inferior to the preceding variety. The double- |
flowered Orange has flowers composed of ten petals, the pistil is usually divided in two parts at the top, each !
bearing a yellow stigma, and the pulp of the fniifc is formed of a double range of cells, imequal in size, but all full of |
very sweet juice : this tree is very seldom cultivated. The Maltese Orange has a very thin rind, and the pulp, }
which is at first of a golden yellow, becomes of a deep red when it is ripe ; the juice is very sweet, and the seeds !
are very small. The small-fruited Orange has lanceolate leaves, and very long petioles ; the frait of this variety is
not much larger than a cherry ; it is very ornamental, but the juice is acid. The Mandarin Orange has both the j
rind and the pulp of the fruit reddish ; it has sweet juice, and a sweet eatable rind, which adheres so loosely to the i
pulp as to be separable from it by the slightest effort, and which, when ripe, often separates natm'aUy. There
are many other varieties, but these are the most important. The Sweet Orange trees are generally propagated by |
budding or grafting on the Citron or the Sevflle Orange, as when Sweet Oranges are raised from seed, they do not ;

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS

51

bear any blossoms till they are seven or eight years old. They are, however, occasionally propagated by cuttings or
by layers. The plants should be potted in a loamy soil, mixed with vegetable mould and the remains of an old
hotbed, as they require a somewhat rich but stiff soil. They may be kept in a dormant state at a temperature of
40° during winter; but they should not be exposed to a greater degree of cold, as though they will bear some frost
without being killed by it, the beauty of their leaves and flowers will be quite destroyed. Orange trees may be
kept through the winter in a house with an opaque roof ; but when this is the case, great care should be taken to
give them plenty of air, and to prevent them from being afiected by the damp, as damp is quite as injurious to them
as cold. Even in the growing season, orange trees do not require a great deal of water, but care should be taken
that they have enough, by piercing the ball of eaiih containing the roots in several places with an iron rod, as
imless this is done, the mass of earth in the pot or tub often becomes quite hard, and the water runs down its sides,
between the earth and the pot, without penetrating into the centre. The trees are generally kept in boxes, which are
made to open on each side in order to allow the gardener to examine the roots ; and a box for a tree seven or eight
feet high, with a well-formed head of six feet in diameter, ought to be about four feet square. The trees are
generally pruned in February, and only the ill-placed branches are cut out, unless the fruit is an object, in which
case the branches should be thinned and shortened like other fruit trees. The orange trees which are imported
from Italy have generally been so severely cut in as to be two years before they come into blossom properly, but
when they do, they usually form handsome trees. In choosiug the plants at an Italian warehouse, it is not always
adwsable to select those which have the strongest roots, and appear the most healthy trees, as they are usually
either Shaddocks or Citrons, and of coimse are less valuable, both in their flowers and fruit, than the Sweet
Oranges. Oranges will remain on the tree for two or three years, but Lemons drop as soon as they are ripe.

6.— CITRUS VULGARIS Eisso. THE SEVILLE ORANGE.

Synonymes. — C. Aurantium Ker ; C. A. indicum Gall. ; C. Biga-
radia Ferr. ; C. sinensis Pers. ; C. Calot Lag.

Varieties. — C. v. corniculata Pisso, the horned Seville Orange;
C. V. folio crispa Risso, the houquetto Seville Orange ; C. v. multi-
flora Risso, the many-flowered Seville Orange ; C. v. flore-pleno Risso,
the double-flowered Seville Orange; and C. v. myrtifolia Risso,
syn. C. Aurantium myrtifolia Ker, the Myrtle-leaved Seville Orange.

Engravings. — Nouveau Duhamel, vol. vii., t. 30. Of the variety
C. Aurantium myrtifolia, Bot. Reg., t. 346.

Specific Character. — Petioles winged. Leaves elliptical, acumi-
nate, crenulated. Flowers with twenty stamens. Fruit globose,
with a thin, scabrous, or smooth rind, and a hitter acrid pulp.
((?. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — This species does not form quite so large a tree as the sweet Orange. The petioles have
heart-shaped wings, the flowers are white, and the filaments of the stamens are flat. The rind of the fruit is sweet-
scented, but the pulp, which is divided into twelve or fourteen cells, contains a bitter acid juice. The fruit is
used in making wine and marmalade, and also in medicine ; and the best orange water is obtained by distillation
from the flowers. There are many varieties of the Seville Orange, but perhaps the most distinct are those men-
tioned below. The Horned Orange has a tall tree, with large leaves and fruit, the pulp of the latter being divided
into fourteen cells separated from each other by pith, but without any marked centre, so that when the orange is
cut across, it has somewhat the appearance of a Pomegranate. Eau de Bigarade is made from the flowers of
this variety. The Boquettier is a small tree, thickly covered with leaves, which are curiously cmied up. The
flowers are produced six or seven together; they have six petals each, and have the fragrance of the Lily of the
Valley. The fruit has a tubercled and very thick rind, which contains a bitter acid pulp. The many-flowered and

H %

52

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

double-flowered Seville Oranges are only remarkable for their flowers, which are very ornamental. The Myrtle- I;
leaved Orange never grows to be a tree, but is generally a very small shrub. The leaves closely resemble those :■
of the broad-leaved Myrtle ; the flowers are small, white, and veiy numerous ; and the fruit, which is also very
small, is full of a very bitter acid juice. The species was introduced in 1595, and its culture is the same as that
of the Sweet Orange. ,

7.— CITRUS DECUMANA Lin. THE SHADDOCK.

Engraving. — Noveau Duhatncl, vol. vii., t. 38. I emarginate, pubescent beneath. Petioles with broad cordate wings.

Specific Character. — Branches prickly. Leaves oval, obtuse, | Fruit large, with a red or white pulp. Stamens thirty. ((?. Bon.)

Desceiption, &c. — This species is a native of China and Japan, and as in the latter country it is called
Pampelmoes, this name has been corrupted by the French into Pampelmouse. The fruit is very large and
round, being frequently ten or fourteen poimds in weight ; the rind is very thick, and of a greenish-yellow tinge ;
the pulp is generally white, and the juice acid. The fruit takes its popular English name from Captain Shaddock,
who first took it from China to the West Indies, and it is only good for preserving. The plant is rather more
tender than most of the other species of the genus Citrus.

GENUS II.

MURRAYA Keen. THE MURRAYA.

Lin.Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted. Corolla campanulate, I roundish anthers. Fruit baccate, sometimes two-celled, but usually
five-petaled. Stamens ten, with linear, awl-shaped filaments, and ] one-celled. Seeds pendulous, with a thick woolly covering. ((7. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are trees, with pinnate leaves and white sweet-scented
flowers. The fruit is eatable, but not particularly agreeable. The genus is named in honom’ of Professor Murray, a
German botanist, a pupil of Linnajus, and editor of some of his works. There are three species, two of which
have been introduced.

1.— MURRAYA EXOTICA Un. THE ASH-LEAVED MURRAYA, OR CHINESE BOX TREE.

Synonymes. — Chalcas paniculata Hontt.; C. japonensis Lour.;
C. cammuneng Burm. ; Marsana buxifolia Sonn. ; Camunium
japonense Rwmpli.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 434.

Specific Character. — Leaves alternate, pinnate ; leaflets five or
seven, oblique, obovate-oblong. Corymbs terminal, globose, crowded.

Description, &c. — This species, in England, is generally a small shrubby plant, if kept in a pot, or a tolerably
large handsome shrub if planted in the open groimd in a conservatory ; but in the East Indies it takes the form
of a small tree, with a pale ash-coloured bark. It is not a native of the East Indies, but was brought originally
from China to the coast of Coromandel. The plant was introduced into England in 1771, and it proves a most
desirable evergreen for either the conservatory or the greenhouse. The flowers are of a beautiful opaque snow-
white hue, and they are delightfully fragrant. The leaves are of a very dark and yet bright green, resembling
those of the common box, whence the plant takes its name ,* and the fruit, which is about the size of a large pea,
has a leathery rind, and resembles a small orange. The tree is a great favomite with the Chinese, and is
cultivated in almost all their gardens.

■ i|

l!

II

ii

i.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

53

I * OTHER SPECIES OF MURRAYA.

M. PANICULATA Jack.

This species is said to be a native of the East Indies. It forms a tree twenty feet high ; and its flowers, which
are white, and have the fragrance of the Jasmine, are produced in panicles. The fruit is about the size of a small
capsicum ; it is red, and smells like a gooseberry.

GENUS III.

COOKIA Sonn. THE WAMPEE TREE.

Lin. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft. Petals five, navicular, villous. Fruit fiaccate, somewhat globose, five-celled, but sometimes

only one or two-celled from abortion ; cells one-seeded.

Description, &c. — These are small trees with impari-pinnate leaves ; the leaflets are alternate, and unequal
at the base. The plants are mostly natives of China ; and the genus was named in honour of Captain Cook, the
celebrated circumnavigator, who was killed in the Sandwich Islands in 1779.

1.— COOKIA PUNCTATA Betz. THE COMMON WAMPEE TREE.

Synonyme. — Quinaria lansium Lour.

Specific Character. — Leaflets ovate-lanceolate, only sbghtly unequal at the base.

Description, &c. — A middle-sized tree, with small white flowers, wliich are disposed in racemose panicles.
The fruit is eatable ; it is about the size of a pigeon’s egg, yellow on the outside, with a white pulp, which is
sweet, but slightly acrid. This fruit is sold in the markets at Canton. In England it requires to be grown in a
conservatory, except in the warmest parts of Devonshire, where it may be planted in the open ground ; but when
this is the case, it requires to be protected in winter, as a slight frost will kill it.

OTHER SPECIES OF COOKIA.

There are several other species belonging to this genus, one of which {C. falcata) has sickle-shaped leaflets,
and another has blue fi’uit. Very little, however, is known of these plants.

OTHER GENERA BELONGING TO THE ORDER AURANTIACE^. ‘

FERONIA ELEPHANTUM Roxb. THE ELEPHANT APPLE.

This plant is a native of Coromandel, where it grows wild in the woods on the mountains. The flowers are
I white, with red anthers ; and the fruit is as large as an apple. The wood is white, hard, and durable, and a
transparent liquor which exudes from it when it is cut or broken, is useful for mixing up painters’ colours.

A:GLE MARMELOS Corr. THE BENGAL QUINCE.

This plant is also a native of the mountainous parts of Coromandel, where it forms a shrub ten feet high. The
fruit is much larger than the Elephant Apple, and more dehcious to the taste. It is also exquisitely fragrant.

54

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

In some respects it resembles an orange, but it contains a large quantity of £vn exceedingly tenacious transparent
gluten, which, when fresh, may be drawn out into threads two or three yards long. From the rind the Dutch in
Ceylon prepare a perfume. The flowers are white and very fragrant. This plant in England requires a stove.

CHAPTER XV.

HYPERICINEtE Dec.

Essential Character. — Calyx four to five-parted, or four to five-
sepaled, permanent, usually unequal, the two outer ones small, the
three inner ones largest, usually dotted and glandularly-toothed.
Petals four to five, hypogymous, .alternating ivith the lohes of the calyx,
twisted in the bud, commonly yellow, and veined, sometimes full of
black dots. Stamens numerous, usually indefinite, collected together
at the base into small bundles, very rarely free or monadelphous, with

long filaments, and yellow, minute, oscillatory anthers. Ovary one,
free. Styles numerous, but sometimes joined into one. Stigmas
simple, rarely capitate. Capsules many-valvcd, many-celled; cells
equalling the styles in number. Central placenta entire, or many-
parted, fixed to the inflexed margins of the valves. Seeds numerous,
commonly terete, rarely flat. Integument double, both membranous.
Embryo straight, with an inferiorradicle, destitute of albumen. (G.Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are some of them herbaceous, and some of them
shrubby ; some of them even attaining the size of trees. They all abound in a yellow resinous juice, so nearly
approachiiig the gamboge, that one of the species has received the name of the American Gamboge Tree. This

order may be easily distinguished from the preceding ones by its abounding in a resinous juice. The flowers are
generally large and showy, and they are produced in great abundance. The principal genus in the order is
Hypericum.

GENUS I.

HYPERICUM Lin. THE ST. JOHN’S WORT.

Lin. Syst. POLYADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Capsule membranaceous. Stamens nume-
rous, free, or joined at the base into three or five bundles. Petals
five. Sepals five, more or less connected at the base, unequal, rarely
equal. Styles three to five, rarely connate in one, permanent. Cap-

sule one or many-celled, many-seeded, three to five-valved. Integu-
ment of seed double. Albumen none. Embryo with the radicle
situated at the umbilicus, and with semi-cylindrical cotyledons.
{G. Lon.)

Description, &c. — All the species belonging to this genus are either herbaceous or sufiruticose. They ai'e i

natives of various countries, so that some are quite hardy in this country, while others require a greenhouse or a
stove. The leaves are opposite, and either sessile or with very short footstalks, and they ai’e usually full of
transparent black dots. The margins of the leaves are also frequently very elegantly fringed. The flowers ai'e
variously disposed, but they are almost always yellow.

1.- HYPERICUM MONOGYNUM Lin. THE CHINESE ST. JOHN’S WORT.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 334 ; and our Jig. 1, in PI. 14.
Specific Character. — Stem terete, shrubby. Leaves oblong-oval,
recurved at the base, somewhat auricled, without dots. Peduncles

subcorymbose, leafy, bibracteate; bracteas nearly opposite. Sepals
lanceolate, acutish. Styles five, coadnate, equal in length to the
stamens and corolla.

Description, &c. — This plant is a native of China, and it was first introduced into this country in 1753, by
Hugh Duke of Northumberland. It is a half-hardy greenhouse plant, which if planted in a very warm situation,
will live in the open air ; and even in that situation it will continue in flower nearly all the summer ; but if kept

I*

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

55

in a greenhouse, or at any rate removed into shelter in autumn, it will continue in flower nearly all the year. It
is propagated by layers, and as layers of woody plants should be made from the first of July till September or
October, it may be as well to say a few words here on the subject. The operation of layering is performed by
choosing a young shoot, generally of the current year, bending it down to the ground, and after having fixed it
there at a joint with a hooked stick, covering it an inch deep or more with soil. To facilitate the rooting of all
layers, particularly of woody plants, it is customary to make a notch or slit in that part of the shoot which is buried
**in the soil ; or it is twisted, and a portion of the bark taken off, or it is in some other way wounded, bruised, or
1 A, injured, so as to check the return of the sap by the bark; when the sap accumulating at the upper part of the wound
i forms a callosity there of granulated matter, from which the roots are soon after emitted. It must he observed that

the great point in making a layer of any woody plant, is to form an obstruction to prevent the retmn of the sap,
■ as unless an accumulation of sap takes place, roots cannot be produced. When a slit is made in the shoot of a
woody plant, it is always made on the upper side, and the knife is entered immediately below a bud or joint ; and it
must be observed that it is from the joints the roots are expected to proceed, and that consequently it is the joints
that must be buried in the earth. The layers made the latter end of summer or in autumn are generally ready
for removing from the parent plant the following spring.

2.— HYPERICUM URALUM Ham. THE NEPAL, OR MYRTLE-LEAVED ST. JOHN’S WORT.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2375 ; and our fig. 2, in PL 14. corymbose; sepals oval, very blunt; petals orbicular; styles shorter

Specific Character. — Branches compressed, two-edged. Leaves than the stamens. ((?. Don.')
elliptical, mucronulate, smooth, shining. Flowers terminal, somewhat

Descetption, &c. — This species is a native of Nepal, where it was first discovered by Dr. Francis Hamilton.
In India it is called Urala Swa. When it was first introduced it was thought it would prove hardy, but it is now
found that it requires the protection of a conservatory. It grows about two feet high, and the leaves are much
more ornamental than those of most other plants of the genus, as in general the leaves are so numerous in
proportion to the flowers, as to give the plants somewhat of a weedy appeai’ance. The species was introduced in
1823, and it flowers from July to September.

3 — HYPERICUM BALEARICUM Lm. THE MAJORCA ST. JOHN’S WORT.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 137; and om fig. 3, in PL 14.

Specific Character. — Stem quadrangular, warted. Leaves ovate, obtuse, rather stem-clasping. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a very singular looldng plant, which, notwithstanding the size and brilliant colour of
its flowers, is not very ornamental, from the leaves having the look of being diseased. The stalks of this species
are usually of a bright red, and covered with little warts. The leaves are small, with many depressions on their
upper side like scai’s ; and the flowers are either solitary or form a kind of corymb. The plant is tolerably hardy,
and it is readily propagated by cuttings. It continues producing a succession of flowers during the greater part
of the summer. It was first called Myrtle Cistus, and is said to have been introduced under that name in the
year 1580, by Thomas Penny, a physician in London in those days.

56

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

OTHER SPECIES OF HYPERICUM.

H. GRANDIFLORUM Chois.

This is rather a handsome species, a native of the Canary Islands, the flowers of which are produced in
clusters. It flowers in July and August. H. florihimdum and H. milleporum ai'e two other natives of the Canary
Islands, which ai’e also very ornamental. H. canariense is one of the oldest inhabitants of our greenhouses
belonging to this family, as it is said to have been introduced by the Duchess of Beaufort in 1699. It is an
ornamental little plant, with rather pale yellow flowers. The flowers seldom come out till late in the season, but
they last till winter. The plant requires to he kept in the greenhouse or conservatory, and it may be multiplied
by cuttings. The soil should be a light loam.

H. CHINENSE Un.

This species is a native of the East Indies, and it is remarkable for the brilhant yellow of its flowers. The
leaves are marked with a few black dots.

H. CORDIFOLIUM Chois.

This is a very handsome species, with heart-shaped leaves, and an abundance of brilhant yellow flowers. It is
a native of Nepal, and was introduced in 1825.

There are several other species that requhe a gi'eenhouse in this country, and a few from Java and the hottest
part of Brazil, which will not live without a stove. All these have yellow flowers, but there is one greenhouse
species, which has been called H. Cochin-Chinensis, which is said to have scarlet flowers, and to be a shrub sixteen
feet high. It is doubtful, however, whether tliis plant really belongs to the genus.

The genus Lancretia contains only one plant, a pretty little greenhouse prostrate shrub, with clusters of white
flowers. It is a native of Upper Egypt and Nubia.

The genus Ascyrmn contains several species, all of which are elegant little plants, most of them being shrubby,
and having elegant yellow flowers. They are all natives of North America, and the genus was formerly included
in that of Hypericum.

The genus Ochranthe is placed in this order by some botanists, though it is by no means certain, as the only
plant known of it in this countiy died soon after it had flowered, and it has never again been introduced. The
flowers were oi-namental, looking like a panicle of very small pale yellow or cream-colom’ed roses. It is a native
of China, and was lost after havmg flowered in March 1826, having been introduced a year or two previously.

CHAPTER XVI.

Essential Character. — Calyx five-parted, sun'ounded externally
by imbricating bracteas. Petals five, hypogynous. Stamens definite
or indefinite, hypogynous, with or without a hypogynous disk; anthers
peltate. Ovarium superior. Styles several, filiform or subulate. Fruit

REAUMURIACEtE Lindl.

capsular, with two or five valves, and as many cells, opening into the
middle of the cells. Seeds definite, villous. Embryo straight, sur-
rounded by a small quantity of mealy albumen, with the radicle next
the hylum. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are shrubs, with small fleshy leaves, which are fre-
quently ai’ranged like scales. The flowers are solitaiy. The genus Reawnuria was formerly mcluded m Ficoidea

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

57

with the Mesembryanthemums, but it is found so essentially different from that order, that it is now formed into
an order of its own, and placed in a different division of the Natural System. The chief peculiarity which dis-
tinguishes these plants from the genus Mesembryanthemum is, that the stamens grow from below the seed-vessel
instead of being attached to the calyx.

9 GENUS I.

REAUMURIA Lin. THE REAUMURIA.

Lin. Syst. POLYANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Generic Cbarscter. — Calyx five-parted, involucrated by leaves on Capsule five-celled, five-valved ; dissepiments easily separated from the

the outside. Petals five, furnished ■with a ciliated appendage on each valves ; seeds two in each cell, very hairy. [G. Don.)
side at the base. Ovarium distinct. Stigmas five or six, filiform.

Description, &c. — There are only two species belonging to this genus, and they are both oriental shrubs, with

I fleshy dotted leaves, which exude globules of saline alkali, and are of a glaucous colour. The flowers are produced
at the ends of the branches. The genus is named after the celebrated entomologist Reaumur.

1.— REAUMURIA HYPERICOIDES Willd. THE HYPERICUM-LIKE REAUMURIA.

Synonymes. — R. linifolia Salish. ; R. cistoides Lin. ; R. vermiculata var. ^ Bnxb.\ Hypericum altemifolium Lab,

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2057 ; Bot. Reg., t. 845 ; and our fig. 4, in PI. 1 4.

Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, flat, rather remote. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This species is a native of Syria and Persia, in dry sandy places. The stem is half shrubby;
and the leaves are narrow, fleshy, and covered with glandular dots. The leaves, when chewed, have a slightly acid
and yet salt taste. The plant was introduced about the year 1 800 ; and it flowers from May till August. The
flowers are pretty, and rather singular, as the petals are of a reddish purple, and the anthers are blue. The hairs
on' the seeds are quite woolly. The plant should be kept in a greenhouse, but it does not require any
extraordinai’y heat.

OTHER SPECIES OF REAUMURIA.

R. VERMICULATA Un.

I This species is a native of Sicily, Barbary, and Egypt. The flowers are of a pale red ; and the hairs on the
I seeds are of a rusty colom’ and very stiff. The plant flowers from July to October, and it was introduced in 1828.

CHAPTER XVII.

SAPINDACE^ Dec.

Description, &c. — Only two or three plants belonging to this order can be called ornamental, and even those
rather belong to the stove than to the greenhouse. Most of the species, indeed, are natives of the East Indies,
Jamaica, and the west coast of Africa, so that they require great heat to be grown at all in this country. There is,
however, one hardy tree, the Kolreuteria paniculata, and one ornamental greenhouse shrub, Diplopeltis Hilgelii, a
native of New Holland, introduced in 1838. It is a pretty little plant, with small pink flowers and glaucous leaves.

I

58

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

CHAPTER XVIII.

MELIACE^ Dec.

Description, &c. — This order, like the last, consists almost entirely of stove plants, and, in fact, there is
only one species deserving of cultivation in a conservatory, and this is the Indian Lilac, or common Bead Tree
{Melia Azcdarach). It is a native of the east, being found wild in Syria ; but it is of such easy cultivation in. all
climates that are sufficiently warm for it, that it appears to have become acclimatised wherever it has been intro-
duced ; and hence it has been found growing spontaneously in the East and West Indies, in North and South
America, and in the South of Em’ope. In the latter country, indeed, it is cultivated on a large scale for the sake
of its seeds, which are in common use for making rosaries, for which they are admirably suited, having naturally a
hole through them, so that they do not require to be perforated. It is from this use that the plant has taken its
name of Bead Tree; its other popular name of the Indian Lilac alludes to its dowel’s bearing considerable
resemblance to those of the common Lilac. It is also sometimes called the Pride of India, but this name more
properly belongs to another plant, viz. Lagerstrcemia indica.

CHAPTER XIX.

CEDRELE.^ Brown.

Description, &c. — Only two greenhouse plants belong to this order, and both are natives of New Holland :
one being a shrub with white flowers, called FUndersia australis ; and the other a tree a hundred feet high, the
flowers of which are imknown. The latter plant is called Yellow Wood (Oxleya xanthoxyla). This order contains
the Mahogany Tree and the Satin Wood Tree; but both require the protection of a stove in Great Britain, and are
not ornamental in their flowers.

CHAPTER XX.

AMPELIDE^ Dec.

Description, &c. — The principal plants belonging to this order are the different kinds of Vine, none of which
can properly be called ornamental, though one {Vitis riparia) is sweet scented. The Virginian Creeper belongs to
this order, but it is perfectly hardy. Several of the species belonging to the genus Cissus are greenhouse plants,
but they have inconspicuous flowers, and can scarcely be considered ornamental.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

59

CHAPTER XXI.

GERANIACE^ Dec.

Essential Character. — Calyx permanent, of five sepals; sepals
more or less unequal, imbricate in sestivation, sometimes one of them
is drawn out into a hollow spur at the base, which is closely connate to
the peduncle. Petals five (rarely four, one of which being abortive,
very rarely absent altogether), unguiculate, alternating with the
sepals, equal or unequal; in the first they are hypogyuous, in the
second they are usually inserted in the calyx or connated together.
Stamens with the filaments rarely fi’ee, but almost always monadel-
phous at the base, disposed in a simple series, hypogynous or perigy-
nous, equal or double in number to the petals, rarely triple that
number, as in Monsonia ; sometimes some of them are sterile, equal or

unequal. Ovary at first five-celled, ending in a long thick style,
crowned by five stigmas. Carpels five, rather membranous, indehiscent,
one-celled, biovulate, at first pressed to the base of the torus, each
ending in a style or awn, which is closely adnate to the angles of the
torus, but after maturity twisting variously from the base to the apex,
and, by their elasticity, separating the carpels from the torus, but still
adhering at the middle to the top of the torus. Seeds solitary in the
carpels, pendulous, exalbuminous. Embryo curved, with a deflexed
radicle directed to the bottom of the carpel, with leafy, convolute, or
flexuously plicate cotyledons, which arc sometimes lobed. (61 Don.')

Description, &c. — There are several genera in this order, most of which have been introduced. Those best

known are the genera Geranium and Pelargonium ; the plants usually called Geraniums belonging chiefly to the
latter genus, nearly all the species contained in which are greenhouse plants. All the species ai’e herbaceous
or suffraticose, and the young stems are jointed at the articulations, and easily separable without tearing the outer
skin. Most of the kinds are fragrant, and the juice of some of them is so astringent that it will blacken a steel
knife, if one is used to cut through the stem. The carpels of the seed-vessels terminate in long points, which
grow together like the beak of a bird ; and when the seed is ripe, the carpels separate at the base, and curl up,
the points remaining attached at the apex.

GENUS I.

MONSONIA Lin. THE MONSONIA.

Lin. Syst. POLYADELPHIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five equal sepals, with an aivned mucrone at the apex of each. Petals five, equal, twice the size of the
calyx. Stamens fifteen, disposed in five bundles, containing three anthers in each. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — The species in this genus are perennial or biennial plants, with large showy flowers,
which were common in greenhouses forty or fifty years ago, but are now very seldom met with. The genus is
named in honom: of Lady Ann Monson, who introduced many curious plants from India, and who assisted
Mr. Lee, of the Hammersmith Nursery, in writing his Introduction to Botany.

1.— MONSONIA LOBATA Mont. THE LOBED-LEAVED MONSONIA.

Synonvmes. — M. filia Lin. fit.; Geranium anemonoides Thunb. Engraving. — Bot. Mag,,, t. 385.

Specific Character. — Leaves cordate, five to scven-lobed ; lobes blunt, serrated, hairy beneath.

Description, &c. — The flowers of this plant are very pretty in the bud, but have no beauty comparatively
when they have expanded, as they generally open mregularly, and, indeed, frequently drop without opening at all,
particularly if kept in a shady place. It is, indeed, a very difficult plant to grow, or at least to flower, in this
country, as it requii’es a very powerful degree of light and heat from the sun. It is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, and was introduced in 1774. It flowers in April and May. The leaves are very little cut, and the seed-
vessel has an exceedingly long beak. The plant grows about a foot high.

60

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

2.— MONSONIA SPECIOSA Lin. fil. THE SHOWY MONSONIA.

Synonymes, — M. grandiflora Burm.', Geranium speciosum Tliunb. Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 73.

Specific Character. — Leaves palmately five-parted, vvitli the segments finely bipinnatifid. The leaves, petioles, and calyxes are all hairy.

Descbiption, &c. — This is by far the handsomest species of the genus, and, singularly enough, though it is a
native of the same country as the last (both coming from the Cape of Good Hope), it is much more easy to
flower, as it only requires the ordinary degree of light usually found in greenhouses. It is easily propagated by
cuttings of the root, planted in a pot of mould, and plunged into a hotbed or tan-pit. The point of the cutting
which contains a bud should be left just above the earth, and in a very short time, if the cutting succeeds, this
bud will produce a shoot which will flower the same season, or the following spring. The flowers of this species
are much larger than those of the other. There are two varieties, in one of which the flowers are rose-coloured,
with a dark crimson eye, and greenish outside ; and in the other they ai’e straw-coloured, with a red centre,
and a dai’k velvet-like eye. The species was introduced at the same time as the other, and the flowers are produced
at the same season; that is, in Apiil or May, unless the plant has been raised from a cutting, in which case it^
frequently flowers in the autumn.

t

OTHER SPECIES OF MONSONIA.

M. PILOSA WUld.

This species is probably only a variety of the last, as the principal difference appears to consist in the whole p
plant being more hairy, and the flowers of a somewhat darker colour. jj

— - ' ■ -t

t-

GENUS II.

SARCOCAULON Sweet. THE SARCOCAULON.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA DODECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five equal mucronately-awned sepals. Petals five, equal, twice as large as the sepals. Stamens fifteen,

joined together in one body at the base. (O. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and of
course all require a greenhouse in this countiy. The species are shrabs, with fleshy and spiny stems, and generally
very large and ornamental flowers. They take their name from two Greek words signifying a fleshy stem.

1.— SARCOCAULON L’HERITIERI Swt. L’HERITIER’S SARCOCAULON.

Synonymes. — Monsonia spinosa UHer. ; M. L’Heritieri Dec.

Specific Character — Leaves ovate, mucronate, entire, some of them almost sessile, others on long stalks. {G, Don.)

I

Description, &c. — A very showy plant, with dark crimson flowers two inches in diameter. The petioles of
the leaves do not fall off, but remain in the shape of spines. The peduncles are one-flowered. The plant was
introduced in 1790, and it flowers in May and June. It succeeds best when planted in a conservatory, where it .
forms a handsome bush two feet high.

\

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

61

OTHER SPECIES OF SARCOCAULON.

S. PATERSONII a Bon.

4. This species has wedge-shaped leaves, and pui'plish crimson flowers, which are not quite so large as those of
the previous species. It was introduced in 1827.

S. BURMANNI Sweet.

, The leaves of this species are wedge-shaped, and the branches knotted ; the flowers are much smaller than

( those of either of the other species ; and the seed-vessels have twisted awns. When the leaves fall, the

|!

! petioles remain, and become spines. All the species are natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and they are all
■ easily grown in a greenhouse in this counti’y ; they are very ornamental, and are readily distinguished from
i Monsonia, which the flowers resemble, by their spiny stems.

S . . =

!

f

GENUS III.

GERANIUM L’Her. THE CRANE’S-BILL.

Lyn. Syst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five equal sepals. Petals five, i the base of each of the larger stamens. Awns of carpels smooth on
equal. Stamens ten, five of which are fertile and longer than the the inside, at length separating elastically from the base to the apex of
sterile five, alternating with each other, with a nectariferous gland at | the axis, where they adhere, circinnately revolute. ((7. Bon.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are partly hardy, and partly sufficiently tender to

' require a greenhouse in this country ; and the tme Geraniums are nearly all herbaceous, as those plants which are
j called Geraniums, generally speaking, belong to the genus Pelargonium. A few years ago, indeed, all the
j' greenhouse Geraniums were Pelargoniums ; those belonging to the genus Geranium having been neglected on
I account of the comparative smallness of their flowers. Latterly, however, hybrids have been raised between some

I of the species of Pelargonium and some of the tme Geraniums, and I have, therefore, thought it advisable to

i .

mention one or two of the most oi’namental species of the latter. The word Geranium signifies Crane’s-bill, in
allusion to the shape of the seed-vessels, which with then’ long awns, bear some resemblance to the head of a
crane. Some of the greenhouse species of this genus are, like the Pelargoniums, natives of the Cape of Good
Hope ; but several of them are from other countries.

I

I.— GERANIUM ANEMONEFOLIUM L’Her. THE ANEMONE-LEAVED GERANIUM.

Synonymes. — G. palmatum Car.-, G. lacvigatum Burm.
Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 206 ; SAveet’s Geraniacese, t. 244 ; and
our fig. 1, in PI. 15.

Specific Character. — Stem suffruticose. Leaves smooth, pal-
mately five-cleft, with bipinnatifidly-cleft segments ; upper ones three-
parted. Peduncles opposite, erect, smooth. ((? Bon.)

Description, &c. — This species is very ornamental, as well from its bi’ight crimson, or rather rose-coloured
flowers, as from its very handsome leaves, which closely resemble those of the garden Anemone in shape. It is a

native of Madeira and TeneriSe, whence it was introduced in 1778. It flowers from May to September, and as

it ripens its seeds freely, it is an excellent plant to try to hybridise with some of the Pelargoniums. In fact, it is
probably the parent of some of the new kinds which have been lately raised, and so much admired at the different
flower-shows. It may be here observed, that it is always interesting to raise Geraniums and Pelargoniums from

62

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

seeds, as they vary a good deal, even when no trouble is taken with them, and the fertilisation of the seed is left
to Nature. When, however, it is wished to raise regular hybrids, the stamens should he cut off the plant which
is intended to produce the seed before the cells of the anthers have burst. The flowers of the other parent of the
hybrid should then be watched, and as soon as the cells of the anthers burst, and the fine dust called the pollen
appears, the stigma of the seed-bearuig plant should be dusted with it, and the plants raised from the seed
produced will be a cross between the two. Some persons apply the pollen with the point of a pen-knife, or with a
camel-hair pencil ; and others merely tie a truss of flowers producing the pollen, to the seed-bearing plant,
leaving the fertilization to Nature. Whatever means may be taken to produce hybridisation, the seed-vessels
which have been fertilised should be marked by a piece of coloured thread being tied romid the stem of the
plant, just below the truss of flowers.

2.— GERANIUM CANESCENS. THE WHITISH-LEAVED GERANIUM.

Specific Character. — Stems trailing. Leaves hoary beneath, five-parted, with oblong deeply-toothed segments. Peduncles very long,
and clothed as well as the calyxes with glandular hairs. Petals emarginate. (O. Don.')

Description, &c. — There are two species, the one called G. cmiescens, and the other G. incanum, which
appear to be veiy nearly the same, though the flowers of G. incanum are said to be white, and those of the present
species ai’e pink. Both kinds differ from the generality of Geraniums in having long trailing stems, and in the
leaves being covered with a lioaiy pubescence, w’hich is seldom found in any but the hardy kinds.

OTHER SPECIES OF GERANIUM.

G. MULTIFIDUM Sweet.

The stem of this plant is very much branched, and the leaves deeply cut ; they are silky and white beneath.
The petals are rose coloured, and bearded at the base. The plant is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence
it was introduced in 1825.

The genus Erodium has only two or three of what are called greenhouse species, and even those are so nearly
hardy, as to be very seldom thought worthy of being grown in a greenhouse.

GENUS IV.

PELARGONIUM L’Her. THE STORK^S-BILL.

Lin. Syst MONADELPHIA TETRA-HEPTANDRIA.

Generic Character. — C.alyx five-parted ; upper segments ending I Filaments ten, four or seven of which are fertile, the rest sterile,
in a spur, or slender nectariferous tube, running down the peduncle, Beaks or styles bearded inside, and spirally twisted at maturity,
and adnate to it. Petals five, rarely four, more or less irregular. I ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This genus is divided into fourteen sections, eleven of which are so distinct as to be
considered by many botanists as distinct genera. In addition to the great number of distinct kinds included in
these sections, innumerable hybrids, or garden varieties as they are called, have been raised, the names of which
it is impossible to record, as they are perpetually changing ; every gardener not only having names of his own, but
raising fresh plants every season, and losing others from accidental deaths, or the plants degenerating in com’se of

PI 15

O'p /

1 (L/i'Ui'NMt/m/ ayn.e^u>n-£//TlMim -: Z ■yMa-ifmurm

V

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

63

cultivation. Neaiiy all the proper species of the genus Pelargonium are natives of the Cape of Good Hope, but
hybrids have been raised from them in almost every country where the art of floriculture is known. As the
sections are very distinct, I shall take them separately, and give the sectional character to each. The genus is
named Pelargonium from the Greek word Pelargos, a stork, from the carpels bearing some resemblance to the
head and beak of the stork. All the plants belonging to this genus are distinguished from the true Geraniums by
the upper segments of the calyx ending in a slight spur or slender tube, adhering to the footstalk of the truss of the
flowers. This, in some of the sections, is so very slight as to be scarcely perceptible ; but in the true Pelargoniums,
which include nearly all the ornamental plants found in om’ greenhouses, it is very perceptible.

SECT. I.— HOAREA.

Sectional Character. — Petals five, rarely four, lanceolate or the lower sepals ; four or five of the stamens fertile, the rest sterile,

linear ; two upper ones parallel, with long claws, abruptly reflexed and shorter than the fertile ones,

in the middle. Stamens ten, in a long tube, which is the length of |

Description, &c. — The species belonging to this division have all tuberous, or rather tumip-like, roots, from
which rise a tuft of leaves on long footstalks, and a tuft of flowers, also on a long footstalk, but without any
proper stem. These species were cultivated, and innumerable hybrids raised from them, about forty or fifty years
ago, by Sir Richard Colt Hoare, at Stourhead in Wiltshire, and hence the section is very appropriately named
in honour of that gentleman. Sweet, indeed, thought the plants so distinct that he formed them into a separate
genus, and hence they are sometimes found so named in collections.

1.— PELARGONIUM INCRASSATUM Sims. THE FLESHY-LEAVED PELARGONIUM.

Synonyme. — Geranium incrassatum And/r. I Specific Character. — Leaves pinuatifid, with lobed obtuse seg-

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 761 ; Bot. Rep., t. 246. ] ments. Scape a little branched. Superior petals ohcordate. (Q. Don.')

Description, &c. — This is a very handsome species, and from the flower-stem being branched, two or more
trusses, of eight or ten flowers in each, are produced from one root. The flowers have the three lower petals of a
pale pink, and the upper petals of a dark rose-colomr, very much veined. The leaves are glaucous and very fleshy.
Like all the tuberous-rooted Pelargoniums it is rather tender, and very difficult to propagate. It was first described
and figured in 1801, but it does not appear certain whether it was introduced from the Cape of Good Hope, or
raised from seed in this country ; but the former is probably the case, as it is always classed as a distinct species.

2.— PELARGONIUM NUTANS Dec. THE NODDING-FLOWERED PELARGONIUM.

Synony MEs. — P . rapaceum ra/r. luteum Sims ; P. rapaceum Jacq. ;
Geranium prolificum I/in, ; G. selinum Andr, ; G. africanum var,
luteum Qom. ; Hoarea carinata Sweet,

Engravings.— Bot. Mag., t. 1877; Bot. Rep., t. 239; Sweet's
Geraniaceas, t. 135.

Description, &c. — This
somewhat of a yellow tinge in autumn.

1788 ; but as it is somewhat difficult to

Specific Character. — Leaves hipinnate, hairy ; leaflets bipin-
natifidly jagged, multifid, linear, rather toothed. Umbels capitate,
crowded, depressed. Flowers nodding; superior petals refracted,
inferior ones concave, connivent.

very singular species has pale yellow flowers and curiously cut leaves, which take
It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in
propagate, it is probably now lost.

64

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

There are numerous other species belonging to this section, and about forty named hybrids and varieties, but ij
they are now seldom seen in collections, as they are generally not only inferior in beauty to the common |j «
Pelargonium, but much more difficult to propagate.

SECT. II.— DIMACRIA.

Srctional Character. — Petals five, unequal, two upper ones con-
niving, divaricate at the apex. Stamens shorter than the sepals, five
of which are fertile, the two lowest ones twice the length of the rest.

stretched out, upper ones shortest, the five sterile ones very short,
and nearly equal.

Description, &c. — The species included in this section are stemless herbs, with tumip-like roots, and the
flower-stems proceeding from tufts of leaves. They are mostly natives of the Cape of Good Hope, only a few
hybrids having been raised in this country. Dimacria signifies twice as long, and alludes to two of the fertile
stamens being twice as long as the rest. This section was made a genus by Sweet.

SECT. III.— OTIDIA.

Sectional Character. — Petals oblong-linear, nearly equal, about
double the length of the calyx, two superior ones auriclcd at the base on
the upper side. Stamens ten, erect, five of which are antheriferous,
two upper ones of these spatulate or awl-shaped, three lower ones

SECT. IV.— CAMPYLIA.

SECT. V.— PHYMATANTHUS.

Sectional Character. — Petals five, unequal, two superior ones warted at the claws. Stamens ten, in a snort tube, the five fertile ones
recurved, and the five sterile ones straight, all pilose or pubescent. ((7. Don.)

shortest, the three lower sterile ones erect or uncurved. Stems
shrubby, fleshy. Leaves alternate, pinnate, fleshy. Flowers white.
((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — Though this is a small section, several of the species contained in it are still to be found in
old greenhouses. They are not remarkable for the beauty of their flowers, but they are curious and grow rapidly.
All the species have stems, but they are short and fleshy, and frequently warted or tuberous at the base. The
flowers ai’e small and tvhite. Two of the species are figured in the “ Botanical Magazine,” viz. P. ceratophyllum,
t. 315, and P. dasycaulon, t. 2029. Tliis is one of the sections that was made a genus by Sweet. The word
Otidia signifies an ear, in allusion to the two upper petals being auricled at the base.

Sectional Character. — Petals five, unequal; the two upper ones largest, somewhat auricled at the claw. Filaments ten, hairy or pubescent ; ji i

five fertile ones erect, five alternate ones sterile ; the two upper ones of these longer than the others, and hooked at the apex. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants contained in this section, which was another of Sweet’s genera, are now veiy
rarely to be met with. They were principally half herbaceous, with rather small puiqilish flowers. The word
Campylia is derived from the Greek campylos, a curve, in allusion to the two upper filaments being hooked.

Description, &c. — Though there are only two species included in this section, it is perhaps better known than
any of the others, as both the species are still frequently seen in greenhouses and at flower shows. It is probable,
indeed, that one of the species is only a variety of the other. This section also was made a genus by Sweet.
Phymatanthus is from two Greek words, signifying a warted flower, in allusion to the warted claws of the petals.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

65

3.— PELARGONIUM TRICOLOR Curt. THE THREE-COLOURED PELARGONIUM.

Synonymes. — Geranium violaceum Jacq.\ G. tricolor Andr.- PLy-
matanthus tricolor Sweet.

Engravikgs. — Bot. Mag., t. 240 ; Sweet’s Geraniace®, t. 43, and
OUT Jig. 2, in PI. 15.

Specific Character. — Stem erect. Leaves lanceolate, villously
canescent, deeply toothed, or jagged. Peduncles usually three-flowered ;
upper petals short, warted at the base; lower ones oval. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — Though this plant is popularly known as Pelargonium tricolor, it has, in fact, only two
distinct colours, and these are deep red and clear white. The two upper petals, which are red, have, however, a
dark stain at the base, which is considered to make up the three colours. This species is more hardy than the
tuherous-rooted kinds, but hardly so much so as the Pelai’goniums commonly found in greenhouses. P. tricolor

was raised from seeds received from the Cape of Good Hope in 1791.

OTHER SPECIES BELONGING TO SECT. V.

P. ELATUM Sweet.

This plant differs principally from the preceding species in growing much higher, and in the upper petals of
the flowers being of a paler hue. Four hybrids were raised from this species by Sweet, and they appear, from the
figures he has given of them, to have been ornamental; but they are all now lost to our gardens.

SECT. VI.— GRENVILLEA.

Description, &c. — This section contains only one species, which was named in honour of Lady Grenville.
There are only fom’ fertile stamens, and five petals ; the two upper ones on long claws, and much larger than the
three lower ones, which are very small. The plant is tuberous-rooted, and has simple leaves. The flowers are of
a pale blush, and the two upper petals have a dark spot in the centre of each.

SECT. VII.— SEYMOURIA.

Description, &c. — This section contains only two species, the flowers of both of which have only two petals,
distinct at the base, and abruptly reflexed in the middle. There are five stamens, all of which are fertile, and
which grow together into a long straight tube. They have no stems, but tumip-like roots. The flowers of both
species are purple. The section is named in honour of the Hon. Emily Seymour.

SECT. VIII.— JENKINSONIA.

Sectional Character. — Petals four or five, superior ones much five or seven of which usually bear anthers, the sterile ones very short,
larger than the rest, emarginate at the apex, streaked with lines. and awl-shaped. ((?. Don.)

Stamens ten, ascending, spreading at the top, and pilose at the base.

Description, &c. — The species belonging to this section are partly shrubs, and partly herbaceous plants. The
leaves are generally very much cut, and the flowers are ornamental. In their botanical construction they vary
considerably, some having four petals, and some five, and either five or seven anthers. The section is named in
compliment to Mr. Jenkinson, but it was one of Sweet’s genera.

K

66

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

4.— PELARGONIUM QUINATUM Curt. THE FIVE-FINGERED PELARGONIUM.

Synonymes. — Geranium praemorsum And/r. ; Jenkinsonia quinata
Swt.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 547; Bot. Rep., t. 150; Sweet’s Ger.,
t. 79.

Specific Character. — Stem shrubby, fle.xuous. Leaves pubescent.

palmately five-cleft; lobes cuneated, three-toothed at the apex.
Peduncles one or two-fiowered. Stamens pilose at the base. Nectar
riferous tube twice the length of the large calyx. Superior petals
emarginate. ((?. Don.)

Desckiption, &c. — This veiy curious plant has large handsome flowers, though not at all like what we
generally see on Pelargoniums, and the leaves are cut into five distinct finger-like lobes. The stem is very
slender, and of a beautiful pink tinge. The species was raised from seeds imported from the Cape in 1793.
The flowers are cream-coloured, the upper part being marked with dark simple veins. The plant forms a shrab
from one to two feet high.

SECT. IX.— CHORISMA.

Description, &c. — There is only one plant hi this section, which was included by Sweet in the genus
Jenkinsonia. The stems are square and fleshy ; and the stamens are joined into one long tube, which is jointed
m the middle. The flowers are rather pretty, but the peculiarity of the plant is its square fleshy stem, which
sometimes appears broad and flat, as if i\inged. Chorisma is from two Greek words signifying a separation,
in allusion to two of the stamens being free and separate from the rest.

SECT. X.— ISOPETALUM.

Description, &c. — There are only two species in this division, and neither of them is remarkable for its
beauty. Isopetalum is from the Greek, and signifies equal petals, the petals of the flowers being equal.

SECT. XI.— CICONIUM.

Sectional Character. — Petals five, two superior ones approximate, sboit, and narrow, or nearly equal between themselves. Stamens
ten, seven or five of which bear anthers, two upper ones of these very short, three or five sterile. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this section are generally well known in gardens, and most of
them have produced hybrids handsomer than the true species. The section is subdivided into those that have large
oval petals, neaiiy equal in size, but with the upper two beautifully veined ; and those which have the petals all of
one colour, as in the Common Scarlet Pelargonium. All the species are erect and shrubby. Ciconium is from
ciconia, a stork, in allusion to the shape of the seed-vessels.

Subsect. 1. — Petals sub-oval, nearly equal.

P. LATETIITIUM Willd.

This species has cordate five-lobed hairy leaves, and large umbels of brick-red flowers, which are produced in
succession from May till September. The plant was raised in 1800, and it forms a shrub about two feet high.

P. MALV^FOLIUM Jacq.

A veiy handsome species, with the stem shrubby at the base. The petals are flesh-coloured, reticulated with
darker veins. The nectariferous tube is scarcely to be perceived. The species was introduced in 1812.

I

t;

II

i

[

I !

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

67

Subsect. 2. — Petals of one colour. Stems shrubby, fleshy.

5.— PELARGONIUM ZONALE Willd. THE HORSE-SHOE PELARGONIUM.

I Synonyme. — Geranium zonale Lin. toothed, zonate above. Peduncles many-flowered. Petals wedge-

Engraving. — Our fig. 5, in PI. 15, . shaped. (Cr. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves cordate, orbicular, obsoletely lohed,

' Description, &c. — The Horse-shoe Pelargonium is so called in reference to a dark mark on its leaves, some-
* what in the shape of a horse-shoe : its flowers are of a brilliant scarlet. It is a native of the Cape of Good
Plope, whence it was introduced in 1710 ; and when kept in a greenhouse, or room, it will continue in flower from
\ April till December. Under favourable circumstances, it will form a shrub from three to six feet high, particularly
I if trained against a wall. Under other circumstances, it may be planted out in flower-beds, where it is highly
ornamental, from its masses of bright scarlet flowers. The plant ripens seeds freely, and it may be propagated

' easily by cuttings. ^

j .

] OTHER SPECIES BELONGING TO SECT. XI.

j P. INQUINANS Ait.

’ This species differs very little from the last in the flowers, but it is easily known by the leaves, which have no
. black mark upon them, and are covered with a soft down. The juice from the stem, when cut, will also stain the
fingers of a brownish colour, and turn a steel Imife black. A great many hybrids have been raised between this
!: and the common horse-shoe, the flowers of which are of various shades of crimson and scarlet, and which bear the

I

j names of the places at which they have been raised. The Variegated-leaved Pelargonium, the leaves of which are

1

: not only white round the edge, but curved and wrinkled, is supposed to be a variety of this species ; but the
flowers* which are small, and of a pale crimson, are very inferior in beauty. All the scarlet-flowered Pelargoniums
were introduced nearly about the same time, viz. from 1710 to 1714, but the hybrids from them have been
raised at different times, and fresh ones are still continuing to be raised by those gardeners who take an interest
in such matters.

There are several other species and varieties in this section, but they are seldom seen in British greenhouses.

SECT. XII.— POLYACTIUM.

) There is only one species in this division (P. multiradiatimi) . It has a tuberous root, and nearly black
I flowers, which are produced in such abundance that each umbel has from twenty to thirty. The leaver are deeply
I cut and hairy. The name given to this section signifies many-rayed, in allusion to the numerous flowers.

t

f

i

I

I

i

SECT. XIII.— PERISTERIA.

The species contained in this division are all herbaceous trailing plants, many of which are natives of New
Holland, and the flowers of which are generally white spotted with red. They are all greenhouse plants, but are
now very seldom seen in collections. Peristeria is from a Greek word, signifying a dove, in allusion to the
leaves of some of the species bearing a resemblance to those of the common Dove’s-foot Geranium.

68

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

SECT. XIV.— PELARGONIUM.

Sectional Chaiiacter. — Petals five, unequal ; two upper ones approximate. Stamens ten, unequal, seven of ivhich are antheriferous •

the three sterile ones being awl-shaped.

Description, &c. — As this section contains nearly all the most ornamental species of Pelargonium, it may
perhaps he well here to say a few words on the general culture of these well-known plants. The usual mode of
treating them is to make cuttings of them in the open border about the middle of July, in a situation fully exposed
to the mid-day sun. In about six weeks the cuttings will be rooted, and they should be then potted into the smallest
sized pots. After potting they should be placed in a shady situation for a few days, after which they may be fully
exposed to the sun and ah’ till the end of September, when they should be housed for the winter. They are at
this time shifted into larger pots, the soil being loam, chopped turf, if it can be procured, and sand. When the
plants have been potted, the shoots should be cut off at the third or fourth joint from the base. After this shifting
only a little air is given for about eight or ten days, after which the plants are allowed as much air as the season
will permit till about the beginning of December, when the plants are again shifted mto larger pots, and again
stopped, by having the tops of the shoots taken off. The temperatm’e of the greenhouse is kept at about 45°, but
at the end of about ten days, it may be allowed to fall a little lower. About the middle of Febraary, the plants
intended for large specimens are again shifted into larger pots, and, at this time, each shoot is tied separately to
a proper stake. By this treatment the plants will acquire a very large size, and produce an immense quantity of
blossoms ; but where they are not required for show plants, the cuttings may be put into large pots and kept in a
cold pit during the winter ; after which they should be potted off in Febmary, and then plunged into a hot-bed till
tliey have struck fresh roots ; observing that wliile they are in the hot-bed, they should have very httle water, as they
are rather apt to damp off. When they appear sufficiently strong, they should be re-potted and set within the
frame, but not plunged ; and thence they may be removed to the greenhouse, where they should be kept near the
glass, and well syringed over-head twice or three times a week till they have formed their flower-buds. In Apiil
or May they will probably begin to flower, and if the season is mild they may be planted out in the open ground,
where, if they are watered every evening, when the weather is dry, and syringed over-head two or three times a
week, they will grow luxuriantly, and contmue to produce abundance of flowers during the whole of summer and
autumn. Cuttings should be taken from them, as before directed, in July or August, and the old plants may be
left in the ground till they are killed by the frost, as they seldom flower well the second season after they have
been grown in the open ground, and ai’e very difficult to keep through the winter.

As there are above a hundred species of Pelargonium included in this section, besides innumerable hybrids and
varieties, it will be impossible to give details of all of them, and I shall therefore confine myself to a few of
those which are best known, and most distinct.

6.— PELARGONIUM TRISTE Ait. THE NIGHT-SMELLING PELARGONIUM.

Synonyms. — Geranium triste Knorr. I leaflets pinnatifld, with linear, acute segments. Umbels many-

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1641 ; Sweet’s Gerauiacese, t. 85. flowered. (G. Don.)

Specific Character. — Nearly stemless. Leaves hairy, pinnate ; |

Description, &c. — The flowers of this species are of a very uncommon colour for Pelargoniums, as they are
of a yellowish brown, streaked with dark purplish crimson. In the day-time they are entirely without smeU, but

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

69

after sunset, and through the night, they emit a powerful odour, like that of some kinds of fruit. The species is
tuberous-rooted, and it is propagated either by seeds or by cuttings of the root. There are several other species
nearly allied to this, all with tuberous roots, but they are now very seldom grown ; as they are not only inferior in
beauty to the common kinds, but they are also much more difficult to cultivate. Some of them have been a
long time in the country, as P. triste is said to have been introduced before 1632.

7.— PELARGONIUM BICOLOR Ait THE TWO-COLOURED PELARGONIUM.

Synonyme. — Geranium bicolor Jacq.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 201 ; Sweet’s Geraniace®, t. 97.
Specific Character. — Stem suffruticose. Leaves cordate, trifid.

waved, hairy, obtuse, toothed, lateral segments three-lobed, middle
ones five-lobed; stipules kidney-shaped, entire. Umbels crowded,
many-flowered. Calyx reflexed. {G. Don.')

Description, &c. — A very curious species, both in its leaves and flowers. It is still occasionally seen in old

greenhouses, both in England and on the Continent, particularly the latter. The flowers are rather small, but
they are usually of a very rich dark purplish crimson, edged with white ; and the leaves are green, edged with dark
pui’plish red. The plant was introduced in 1778. P. pictmn hears considerable resemblance to this species,
but the petals contain more white, and the leaves have not a dark margin.

8.— PELARGONIUM CRASSICAULE L'Her. THE THICK-STEMMED PELARGONIUM.

Synonyme. — P. primulinum Sweet.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 477; and our Jig. 3, in PI. 15.
Specific Character. — Stem fleshy, branched, smooth. Leaves

kidney-shaped, rather acuminate, toothed, silky on both surfaces.
Umbels many-flowered ; bracteas four times shorter than the pedicels.
Petals obcordate.

Description, &c. — The flowers of this species are very ornamental. The petals are white, with a blood-red
spot in the middle of each, and the flowers smell like a Primrose. Both the leaves and stem are thick and fleshy,
and the leaves are covered with a soft silky down on both sides. They are curiously plaited when young. This
species was first discovered on the south-west coast of Africa, whence it was introduced in 1786. It requires a
warm dry situation, and should he kept in a greenhouse all the year, as, from its root being tuberous, it is very apt
to rot if the ground where it is placed is cold and damp. It is of very slow growth, and is propagated by

cuttings, but with difficulty. It flowers in June and July.

It

9.— PELARGONIUM PELTATUM Ait. THE IVY-LEAVED PELARGONIUM.

Synonyme. — Geranium peltatum lAn. Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 20 ; and ova Jig. 4, in PL 15.

Specific Character. — Stem shrubby ; branches fleshy, angular; leaves peltate, five-lobed, quite entire, fleshy. Umbels few-flowered. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — The Common Ivy-leaved Pelargonium has pnik or pale crimson flowers, but there is a
variety the flowers of which are white. The leaves are like those of the common Ivy in form, and have generally
a dai’k ring in the centre. They are what is called peltate, that is, the stalk springs from the centre of the back
of the leaf. The plant is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1701. It was for many
years comparatively neglected, but it has lately become popular, and has been grown occasionally as a show-flower.
It will bear planting out quite well in the open air, and is, in fact, hardier than several of the other kinds.

70

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

OTHER SPECIES OF PELARGONIUM.

P. RENIFORME CvM-t.

This is a very handsome species, though the flowers are rather small. They are of a purplish crimson ; the
upper petals are marked at the base with dark spots or streaks. The leaves are kidney-shaped.

P. TOMENTOSUM Jacq.

This plant bears considerable resemblance in its flowers to the common weed called Herb Robert. “ It forms
a large heavy bush, but, the branches being brittle, and the tops hea^7, is very apt to be broken and disfigured
by the wind. It is not remarkable for the beauty of its flowers ; and the odour is too strong to be pleasant to
many persons, though to others it is very agreeable, much resembling Penny Royal or Peppermint.”

P. PULCHELLUM Curt.

The flowers of this p)lant are abundant and rather pretty, but it is principally distinguished by the stipules of the
leaves, which are of a more firm and rigid texture than the leaf itself, and when it falls, they become brown,
hard, and erect, looldng like a small bunch of holly leaves.

P. PINNATUM Vner.

This plant is extremely unlike a Pelargonium when not in flower, from its very curious pinnate leaves. It
was introduced in 1797 from the Cape of Good Hope ; but it appears now to be lost.

P. TERNATUM Jacq.

This species is distinguished by its temate leaves and very rough stalks. The flowers, which ai’e rose-coloured,
are rather large and handsome, and they are produced in June and July. The plant is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, whence it was introduced in 1789.

P. ECHINATUM Curt.

This very handsome species is one from which several hybrids of the showy kinds now grown have been raised,
particiflarly between it and P. cucullatum. The flowers of P. ecMnatum are white, with a dark red spot in each
of the upper petals, but they vary exceedingly in plants raised from seed, some of which are crimson or even
puiTDle. This species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced about the year 1800.
The flowers of P. cucullatum are very large, and of a dark purplish crimson, with still darker veins. Both
species seed fi’eely.

P. LOBATUM Willd.

A very singular species, with very large leaves and small flowers, the flowers being of a dark pm’ple, with a
narrow white margin romid each petal. It is a tuberous-rooted species, and its tubers were sent from the Cape of
Good Hope to Holland in 1098, where they were grown for some years before they were introduced into England.

P. GRAVEOLENS Ait.

This is the kind usually called the Rose-Scented Pelargonium, from its leaves, which are very much cut, having
a strong but somewhat hea-s^ fragrance resembling that of the Rose. The flowers are rather small, and not
handsome ; but the plant is still in general cultivation on account of the fragrance of its leaves.

P. QUERCIFOLIUM Ait.

This species bears considerable resemblance to the last, but the leaves have somewhat broader lobes, and there
is an odour of turpentine mixed with the heavy fragrance of the leaves.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

71

There ai'e numerous other species described in hooks, hut these species have been so repeatedly hybridised, and
the hybrids again crossed and recrossed with each other, that it is now very difficult to know which are original
species, or even what the species were from which the most popular hybrids have been raised.

HYBRID PELARGONIUMS,

In Sweet’s work on the Geraniacea, above three hundred hybrids are named, described, and figui'ed ; and as
Sweet’s book was published above twenty years ago, there can be little doubt that as many more have been raised
siuce that period ; though, at the same time, there can be no doubt that many of those described by Sweet are now
lost, and could not possibly be procured. In fact, as a continual succession of new kinds are produced, it is very
seldom that any hybrid, however beautiful it may be, lasts longer than two or three seasons ; and though there are
some exceptions to the general rule, they are very few. P. macrantlion, the Large-flowered White (see our Jig. 1,
in PI. 16), is almost the only garden hybrid among all those named by Sweet which is still in general cultivation.
The Gem (see om’ Jig. 2, in PI. 16) and the Bridesmaid were raised about 1840, and they are still common. The
Sylph, which is somewhat older, and Sunrise (see our Jig. 3, in PI. 16), which was raised in 1842, were both intro-
duced from Mr. Eendle’s Nursery, at Plymouth ; Sunrise having been raised by Mr. Lyne, a gentleman residing
in that neighbourhood.

About the year 1845, some new kinds of hybrids were introduced of quite a diflerent chax’acter to those which
had been so long popular, and which have evidently for one of their parents some of those lands which have all the
petals alike. The most popular of these, Anais (see ourj^^. 4, in PI. 16), is said to have been originated in France
or Belgium. Another, called Queen Victoria, has the same general appearance, but the flowers are much lighter ;
while others, called La Belle AJricaine, and Statushii, are so very dark as to be almost black. It is probable that
many handsome hybrids might be raised between P. tricolor and some of the other species and varieties.

CHAPTER XXII.

TROPYEOLACE^ Juss.

Essential Character. — Calyx five-parted, coloured, superior seg-
ruent furnished with a free spur at the hase ; lohes sometimes free,
sometimes joined together more or less. Petals five, inserted in the
calyx, and alternating with its lohes, unequal, irregular ; two superior
ones sessile and remote, fixed in the mouth of the spur ; three lower
ones unguiculate, smaller, sometimes abortive. Stamens eight ; fila-
ments free, closely girding the ovary, inserted in the disk ; anthers
terminal, oblong, erect, two-celled, bursting by a double chink. Styles

three, connected together into one, which is three-furrowed. Carpels
three, adnate to the base of the style or axis of the fruit, one-celled,
one-seeded. Seed large, without albumen, filling the cell, and con-
forming to the cavity. Embryo large ; cotyledons two, straight, thick,
younger ones distinct, but at length closely connected together, and
also adhering to the spermoderm, but rather distinct at the base ;
radicle lying within the process of the cotyledons, bearing four tubercles,
which at length become radicles. ((?. Don.)

Descetption, &c. — All tbe plants belonging to this order are natives of South America ; they are, indeed, all,
excepting one, belonging to the genus Tropseolum. They are all very ornamental, and most of them may be grown
in the open air during the summer months.

72

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS I.

TEOP^OLUM Lin. THE INDIAN CRESS.

Lin. Syst. OCTANDRIA MONOGYNIA,

Generic Character. — Calyx live-parted ; upper lobe fumislied what erose, kidney-shaped, indehiscent, furrowed, roundish. Seed large,
with a spur. Petals five, unequal, three lower ones smallest, or vanished filling the cell. ((?. Don.')

altogether. Stamens eight, free from the base. Carpels three, some-

Desceiption, &c. — All the species of Tropseolum have ornamental flowers, which are generally yellow, some-
times mixed with red, and in one species are of a beautiful light blue. They are all greenhouse perennials, but
many of them may be grown as annuals in the open air. Some of them, however, have tuberous roots, and can
only be gi’own either in frames or greenhouses. The leaves have generally a hot taste, like cress, and it is on this
account that the common garden Tropaeolum is popularly called the Nasturtium, Nasturtium being the botanic
name for cress. It is singular that it is only in this order and in Crucifera that the peculiarly acrid flavour, so
well known in cress and other cruciferous vegetables, is found to exist. The leaves of most of the species are what
is called peltate, that is, the foot-stalk grows from the centre of the leaf on the imder side. All the species have
slender climbing stems, which require support. The word Tropmolum signifies a trophy, alluding to the arms of
a vanquished warrior, the leaves being somewhat in the form of a buclder, and the flowers resembling an empty
helmet. It will be observed, that in this genus it is extremely difficult to decide which should be called greenhouse
plants, and which are to be considered hardy ; since all the species, even the common garden Nasturtium, are,
properly speaking, greenhouse perennials. It has been the custom, however, so long to consider some of the lands
as garden annuals, that it would appear quite ridiculous now to speak of them in any other light ; and as even some
of those which are tuberous-rooted will live in the open ground dm’ing the summer, they are frequently included in
the lists of hardy plants. The following kinds, however, have, I believe, never been planted in the open air, and
may, therefore, at present at least, be fairly considered as greenhouse plants ; though in a few years, no doubt,
they, or at least some of them, will share the fate of their elder brethren, and be found to succeed in the open air.

1.— TROP^OLUM POLYPHYLLUM Cav. THE MANY-LEAVED TROP.;EOLUM.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4042 ; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. x.,
p. 175; and out fig. 2, in PI. 17.

Specific Character. — Stem prostrate. Leaves palmate-peltate,

deeply cut into five or nine obovate lobes. Spur of the calyx drawn
out and longer than the sepals. The upper petals longer than the
others, and emarginate.

Description, &c. — The stem of this plant is succulent, and grows to the length of one or two feet. It is
naturally prostrate, but it may be trained over a wire or frame in the same way as several of the other species.
The stems are covered with immense quantities of glaucous leaves, and numerous flowers, which are yellow, streaked
with red. The calyx is green, and rather small, but it ends in a very long, attenuated spur. The plant is a native
of Chili, where it is found on both sides of the Cordilleras, and as it grows tolerably high up the mountains, it will
probably prove as hardy as any of the other species of the genus. It was introduced in 1839.

■pl, 17

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

73

2.— TROP^OLUM EDULE Eort. THE EATABLE TROP^OLUM.

Engraving. — Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol ix., p. 127. acute. Spur of the calyx elongated. Upper petals much larger than

Specific Character. — Stem climhing. Root tuberous. Leaves the others, emarginate. Filaments of the stamens recurved,
with long twisted petioles, digitate, peltate ; leaflets linear-lanceolate,

Desceiption, &c. — This is a very distinct species, from the twisted footstalks of the leaves, and the narrowness
of the leaflets. The tubers, when cooked, taste something like a very firm potato. The flowers are yellow, hut
they generally drop off before they expand, so that they are seldom seen excepting in the hud, when they have a
deep greenish hue in the thick part, though the spur of the calyx, which is drawn out to some length, is of a bright
orange-yellow. The plant is a native of Chfli, and it was introduced about 1840.

3.— TROP.^OLUM AZUREUM Miers. THE BLUE TROPflDOLUM.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3985 ; Bot. Reg. for 1842, t. 65 ; Petals equal, bilohed, entire, much longer than the ealyx. Spur of
Paxt. Mag. of Bot., voL ix., p. 247 ; and out jig. 1, in PI. 17. the calyx conical, shorter than the sepals.

Specific Character. — Leaves five-lobed; segments linear, equal.

Desceiption, &c. — It was long supposed that it was impossible to have blue flowers in any genus where most
of the species were either red or yellow. It has, however, been discovered that this supposition was incorrect, and
in the year 1842 it so happened that two plants with blue flowers were introduced, belonging to genera of which all
the species before known had either red or yellow flowers. One of these plants was the Blue Tropseolum, a native
of Chili, where it was found growing on the mountains at the height of about four thousand feet above the level of
the sea. The plant when not in flower resembles T. hracliyceras, in the slenderness of its stem and its general
habit of growth ; but it is like T. edule in the shape of the leaves and their twisted footstalks. Since the plant
was first introduced, it has been found to vary considerably in the colour and size of its flowers, some of them being
of a deep violet colour, and others of a light azure blue.

4 TROP^OLUM LOBBIANUM EooTc. MR. LOBB’S TROPiEOLUM.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4097 ; and out Jig. 3, in PI. 17.
Specific Character. — Leaves orbicular, obscurely lobed, peltate,
(lobes mucronate,) glaucous on the under side. Stem climbing, hairy.

Spur of the calyx draivn out, hairy. Upper petals obovate, entire, or
sub-lobed ; lower ones much smaller, roughly toothed, fringed in the
lower part, and on long slender claws.

Desceiption, &c. — This very handsome species was found in Columbia by Mr. Lobb, collector to Messrs.
Veitch, nurserymen, of Exeter, and it was sent home early in the year 1843. Its leaves, though at first sight they
appear to bear considerable resemblance to those of the common garden Nasturtium, will be found, when closely
examined, to be very curiously formed ; being slightly lobed, and bearing small bristly points at the extremity of
what would have been the lobes had they been fully developed. The flowers are of a flame colour, and at first
sight look a good deal like those of the smaller garden Nasturtium ; but when closely examined, they will be foimd
to be much more curiously formed, particularly in the lower petals.

5.— TROP^OLUM CRENATIFLORUM Eoolc. THE NOTCHED-FLOWERED TROPflSOLUM.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4245 ; and our Jig. 4, in PI. 17. to be distinguished from the calyx, obovate, spreading, subequal, trun-

Specific Character. — Very smooth. Leaves peltate, semi-orbicular, cate at the apex, crenated. Spur attenuated, higher than the flower,
with a broad truncate base, five-lobed, lobes obtuse. Petals scarcely

Desceiption, &c. — This species is another of those found by Mr. Lobb in Peru, and it was introduced by him
in 1846. The whole of the flower is yellow, except the extreme point of the spur, and the tip of each segment of

L

74

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

the calyx. It is a long, straggling plant, -with the flowers and leaves rather wide apart, and thus it forms a striking
contrast to T. polyphyllmn, the leaves and flowers of which are crowded together as closely as possible.

It appears, from the works of Ruiz and Pavon, that there are several other ornamental kinds of Tropaeolum in
South America which have not yet been introduced ; and amongst others, one called T. bicolorum, which is said
to have the upper petals of a bright yellow, and the lower ones of a brilliant scarlet.

The other genus included in the order Tropseolaceae, is called Mayallana, hut it contains only one species, a
climbing annual plant with ternate leaves and yellow flowers, which has not yet been introduced.

CHAPTER XXIII.

RUTACEyE Juss.

Essential Character. — Calyx ■witli four or five divisions, toothed,
cleft or parted. Petals equal in number to the divisions of the calyx,
and alternating with them, usually distinct, and longer than the calyx,
rarely connected into a monopetalous corolla. Stamens sometimes
equal in number Avith the petals, and alternating with them ; some-
times double that number, Avith the alternate ones shortest. Fila-
ments inserted in the gynophore, rarely beneath the hypogynous disk,
and more rarely perigynous, or adhering to the bottom of the calyx,
in consequence of the disk being joined Avith it ; either naked or fur-
nished Avith a scale at the base, free, very rarely connected at the base,
or glued to the corolla, as in those Avith monopetalous flowers. Anthers
tAvo-celled, bursting lengtliAvise. Ovary free, Avith the cells equal in
number to the petals, and opposite them, rarely fewer, verticillate ;
sometimes fixed around the common axis ; sometimes distinct to the
base, sometimes joined together. Ovul* fi.xcd to the central placenta,

usually two in each cell or carpel, rarely one, or from four to twenty.
Styles equal in number to the cells or carpels, usually connected toge- j
ther in one, or only connected at the base or top, rarely wholly distinct. I

are joined. Fruit sometimes simple, having as many valves as there

are styles, with a dissepiment in the middle of each valve, dehiscent, \
hut more usually Avith an equal number of two-valved separable |j
carpels, rarely indehiscent, composed of many drupes or carpels. Sar- I
cocarp thin, or more or less fleshy. Endoc.arp thin or woody, closely E
adhering to the sarcocarp, or separable from it into a two-valved elastic
cocculiim. Seeds fcAver than the ovulas from abortion, Awth a mem-
branous, or usually Avith a testaceous, covering. Albumen fleshy or j'
cartilaginously horny, rarely Avanting. Embryo Avhite or greenish, Avith ^
a straight radicle pointing towards the top of the cells, rarely turned !
obliquely toAvards the hylum. Cotyledons of various forms. ((7. Don.) '

Description, &c. — This is a very extensive order, hut the greater part of the plants contained in it have a very i:
strong and disagreeable odour, which prevents them from being so generally cultivated as they otherwise would be |
from their ornamental flowers. The common Rue, and other siiecies in the same genus, are almost the only plants )
in the order which are perfectly hardy ; but there are numerous greenhouse plants belonging to it, which are natives
of the Cape of Good Hope and New Holland. Nearly all the plants contained in the order are shnibs. S

GENUS 1.

DIOSMA Berg. THE DIOSMA.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Flowers regular ; petals five ; disk adhering crested at the apex. Albumen very thin or wanting. Embryo Avith

to the calyx ; fertile stamens five, perigynous. OA'aries one to five, a short radicle and ovate cotyledons, not rarely multiple,

joined in one. Seeds covered with a thin shining testa, usually

Description, &c. — ^All the plants contained in this genus are natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and they are
all distinguished by a very strong fragrance, which appears to have been so agreeable to some of the older botanists
that they named the genus from two Greek words signifying a divine smell. The Hottentot women at the Cape
are also so partial to it that they make a kind of ointment from the bruised leaves, with which they anoint the body,

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

75

and which they call huku. The genus Diosma has been divided by modem botanists into several new genera, but as
the plants are still generally Imown by their old names, and as, indeed, the new names do not appear to have been
generally adopted even by botanists, I have retained all the plants in their old genus, and have only noticed the
other names given to them under the head of synonymes.

1.— DIOSMA UNIFLORA Lin. THE SINGLE-FLOWERED DIOSMA.

Synonymes. — Adenandra uniflora Willd,; Hartogia uniflora Berg.;
Eriostemon uniflora Smith.; Cistus humilis Bulk.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 273.

Specific Character. — Leaves scattered, oblong-lanceolate, some-
what pointed, revolute, smooth, dotted beneath. Flowers solitary,
terminal. Calyx ciliated. Petals obovate. ((?. Bon.')

Description, &c. — This plant forms a small bushy shrub, the leaves of which are small and irregularly
scattered over the branches quite up to the flowers, which are produced at the extremity of each shoot. The
flowers are very large, being sometimes beyond the size of half-a-crown. The petals are white, with a streak of
pink lamning down the middle of each ; they are also pink on the under side, and consequently look verj^ pretty in
the bud, but when the flowers expand their beauty is somewhat injured by the petals being so far apart as to show
the calyx between them. These flowers have no scent, but they are distinguished by a botanical peculiarity found
in all the other species which Willdenow included in his genus Adenandra; and this is, that there are ten

filaments, five of which are without anthers, but terminate in a thick concave or globose gland, the use of wliich is
unlmown ; the other five bear anthers, which are large and egg-shaped. The species is a native of the Cape of
Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1775.

2.— DIOSMA ACUMINATA Lodd. THE POINTED DIOSMA.

Synonymes. — Adenandra acuminata Nweei ,• Agathosma acuminata Specific Character. — Leaves scattered, roundisb- ovate, rather
Willd. ; Bucco acuminata Wendl. cordate. Peduncles terminal, umbellate.

Engraving. — Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 493.

Description, &c. — The flowers of this species are large and white, with a pink stripe up each petal, as in the
former species. This plant is, however, much more ornamental than D. unijiora, as the petals are not so far apart
as in that species, and the calyx, instead of being a dingy gi’eeu, is pink. The glands of the sterile stamens look
lilie little shells. The leaves are much more dense than in the last species, and they have a strong smell, which,
however, is not so disagreeable as in some of the other kinds of Diosma, as it is somewhat aromatic. The species
is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and was introduced in 1805.

3.— DIOSMA AM(ENA Lodd.

Synonymes. — D. ovata Jlort. ; Adenandra amcena Sweet ; A.
glandulosa lAch.

Engravings. — Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 161 ; Bot. Reg., t. 553.

THE PLEASING DIOSMA.

Specific Character. — Leaves oval, glabrous. Flowers sessile,
disposed in terminal umbels. Petals imbricate, nearly orbicular, termi-
nating in a small mucrone.

Description, &c. — This is a very handsome species. The flowers are of a pale pink, with a dark pink streak
up each petal, broader than in the other species ; the back of the petals is of a deep rose colour. The flowers, as
in all the other species of the genus, last a long time without fading after they have expanded ; they are -without
scent, but the leaves have the strong smell peculiar to the genus. The species is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, and it was introduced in the year 1798.

76

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

4.— DIOSMA SPECIOSA Sims. THE SHOWY DIOSMA.

Synonymes. — D. cistoides Lam. ; D. umbellata Uort. ; D. rugosa
Bonn ; Adenandra speciosa Link.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1271 ; and our fig. 1, in PI. 18.
Specific Character. — Leaves scattered, oblong or obovate, revo-

lute, dotted beneath, smooth, but sometimes slightly fringed on the
edges. Flowers terminal, umbellate. Calyx fringed, but petals with
smooth margins. ((7. Bon.)

Description, &c. — This is perhaps the handsomest species of the genus. The flowers in colour and general i
appearance resemble those of D. ammna, but they are much larger and are in more numerous clusters. The leaves
are also considerably larger and handsomer, and though they are still what botanists call scattered, that is, '
produced at irregular distances from each other, they cover the stem much better than those of D. uniflora, which '
are too far apart to he ornamental. The plant grows from a foot to eighteen inches high, and remains in flower a
long time, the flowers beginning to expand about April, and continuing all the summer. The species was
introduced in 1790, and it is one of the most commonly cultivated. It is necessary, however, to keep it in a
greenhouse or balcony, as the flowers are apt to drop off without expanding if it is planted in the open ground.
The pots in which the plants are kept should be well di’ained with potsherds broken very small and placed so as to Ij
fill nearly a quarter of the pot ; and the soil should be a mixture of sand and peat. The plants should be watered |
every day when they are in flower or have flower-buds, but they should be kept nearly diy, so as to allow them a
season of repose, when the flowers ai’e over. The cuttings should be taken from the top of the shoots, and potted
in pure sand with a bell-glass over them, in the same manner as is done with the cuttings of Heath. [

5.— DIOSMA FRAGRANS Sims. THE FRAGRANT DIOSMA. !

Synonyme. — Adenandra fragrans R(nm. ct Schult. , ovate-oblong, glandular, a little crenulated ; pedicels clammy, aggre- n

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1519 ; and our fig. 2, in PI. 18. 1 gate, umbellate, almost twice as long as tbe leaves. Calyxes refiexed. [

Specific Character. — Leaves scattered, spreading very much, I Petals crenulate. (G. Bon.) j

Description, &c. — This species differs from the others in the flowers being of a beautiful rose-colour, and not f
being termmal. They have also a veiy agreeable aromatic smell, and the leaves are handsome, being somewhat t
lai’ger than those of the other species, and of a glossy green on the upper side. The flowers, though they are rather
small, are also very ornamental, from their brilliant colour and then’ great abimdance. The species was introduced '
in 1812, and, like thejothers, it is a native of the Cape of Good Hope.

6.- DIOSMA PULCHELLA Lin. THE PRETTY DIOSMA.

Synonymes. — Hartogia pulchella Berg. ; Bucco pulcbella Rcem. et j Specific Character. — Leaves crowded, ovate, quite smooth, with
Sc/mit. ; Barosma pulchella Wcndl. j thickened, crenate-glandular margins. Peduncles axillary, usually

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1357 ; and our fig. 3, in PL 18. I solitary, exceeding the leaves. {G. Bon.)

Description, &c. — Nothing can be more different than the general appearance of this plant from those which
have been already described as belonging to the genus, as the flowers are small, and produced at the ends of the
shoots in veiy great abundance. It is also more hardy than the other kinds, though, like them, it is a native of
the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1789. The smell of this species is very disagreeable, and it
remains so long, that if a nosegay containing it is held in the hand when a leather glove is on, the glove scarcely
ever loses the scent. The Hottentots are said to be particularly fond of the leaves of this plant, which, when
dried and powdered, they mix with grease to make their buku ; and when they have anointed themselves with it,

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

77

it gives them so rank an odour, that Thunberg says he could not endure the smell of the men who drove his
waggon, and that he was obliged to keep so far from the party, on this account, as to be sometimes exposed to

considerable inconvenience.

7.— DIOSMA HIRTA Vent. THE PURPLE DIOSMA.

Synonymes. — D. purpurea Hort.-, D. Ventenatiana Sprang. •, D.
glandulosa Thuni. ; Agathosma lasiophylla G. Don ; Bucco Vente-
natiana Dmm. et Schult.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 369; and out fig. 4, in PI. 18.

Specific Character. — Leaves imbricate, linear-lanceolate, incurved
at tbe apex and bluntisb, hairy beneath. Branches a little whorl.
Pedicels unequal, short, pubescent. Calyxes smooth. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This species, when not in flower, has very much the appearance of the kind of heath called
Erica vestita, as the branches are completely clothed by the imbricated leaves. The flowers are produced in
clusters at the ends of the shoots ; they are small, and of a bright purple. The plant is a native of the Cape of
Good Hope, whence it was mtroduced in 1794. It requires the same treatment as directed for D. speciosa.

OTHER SPECIES OF DIOSMA.

D. RUBRA lAn.

A little heath-like plant, with very small flowers, which are sometimes pm-ple edged with white, and sometimes
white. It is a tolerably hardy greenhouse shrub, and when planted in the free ground of a conseiwatory, it gi’ows
three or four feet high, and looks somewhat like a juniper bush. It was introduced about 1752. It is a true
Diosma, and has the strong smell common to the genus.

D. ERICOIDES Lin.

A little plant, with very small white flowers. The leaves of this plant are said to have a more delicate
fragrance than those of some of the other species, and they are so highly prized by the Hottentot ladies for
making a superior kind of buku, that it is said that a thimbleful of the dry leaves in powder is reckoned equal in
value to a sheep. The species was introduced in 1756, but is very seldom grown as it does not possess any beauty.

D. CUPRESSINA Lodd.

A very slow-growing little plant, rarely exceeding a foot in height, with white flowers, and small leaves clothing
the stem. It has very little odour.

D. SERRATIFOLIA Lodd.

Rather a pretty-looking plant, with white flowers and large red anthers. The leaves are rather large for the
size of the plant, and they are sharply serrated at the margin. It is one of the most ornamental of the small
plants belonging to the genus. It is sometimes called Barosma serratifolia.

There are many other species belonging to the genus, but those which have been enumerated are the kinds
most commonly seen in greenhouses.

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS II.

BORONIA Smith. THE BORONIA.

Lin. Syst. OCTANDRIA MONOGYNTA.

Genehic Character. — Calyx four-parted or four-cleft, pennanent.
Petals four, marcescent. Stamens eight, the four opposite the petals
shortest, all shorter than the petals, free, fringed or tuhercled, linear,
usually dilated at the top, whence a very short thread rises, hearing the
anther; anthers heart-shaped, usually with a short appendage at the

apex. Styles four, erect, smooth, approximate or joined together, ter-
minated by an equal or capitate four-furrowed stigma. Fruit of four
two-valved carpels. Seeds ovate, compressed, usually one in each
carpel. {0. Don.')

Description, &c. — The plants contained in this genus are all natives of Australia, and they require a green-

house in this country. They are shruhs, generally from one to four feet high, with flowers of some shade of purple, ij
and having an agreeable fragrance. The genus is named in honour of Francis Borone, Dr. Sihthorp’s Italian i'
servant, who assisted him in collecting specimens of most of the plants figured in the “Flora Graeca,” and vAo lost '
his life at an early age, by an accidental fall at Athens. It is singular enough, that this young man, before he |
entered into the service of Dr. Sibthorp, had attended Professor Afzelius in a botanical expedition to Sierra Leone, i
and, from his indefatigable zeal and singular acuteness, he had made such rapid progress in the knowledge of I
plants, that had liis life been spared a few years longer, there is no doubt he would have become a most excellent j!
botanist. i

1. —BORONIA PINNATA Smith. THE PINNATE-LEAVED BORONIA. !

Engravings. — Bot. Rep., t. 58 ; Bot. Mag., t. 1763; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 473.

Specific Character. — Leaflets two, three, four pairs, linear, acute, quite smooth. Peduncles dichotomous. Flowers octandrous. {G. Don.) r

Description, &c. — A very pretty little plant, with very slender leaves and pretty pink flowers, which some- j|
times take somewhat of a purplish tinge. It is a native of Australia, near Port Jackson, and it was introduced in j.
1794. The flowers smell like the Hawthorn. 1

2.— BORONIA SERRULATA Smith. THE SAW-LEAVED BORONIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 842; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 998 ; Sweet’s front, smooth, full of glandular dots. Peduncles aggregate, terminal.
Flora Austriaca, t. 19 ; and our Jig. 1, in PL 19. ((?. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves trapeziform, acute, serrulated in

Description, &c. — For many years the Boronia pinnata was the only species of the genus known in tliis
country, and Boronia serrulata has not the honour of even being second, as, in fact, it was not sent to England till

about 1820, when some of its seeds were received from the neighbourhood of Port Jackson, and raised in this
country. It foi’ms a densely leafy bush, with bright rose-colom'ed flowers, which have a fragrance somewhat Iflce
that of the rose. It is a free-growing plant, and in the ground of a conservatory will grow four or five feet high, but
it is very inferior in beauty to B. pinnata, as it has neither the lightness nor the elegance of that very pretty plant.

3.— BORONIA CRENULATA Smith. THE CRENATED BORONIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3915; Bot. Reg., for 1838, t. 12; Pedicels axillary, terminal, one-flowered. Filaments obtuse, glan-
and omjlg. 2, in PL 19. dular at the apex. {6. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves ohovate, mucronulate, crenulated, j

Description, &c. — This species is a native of King George’s Sound, whence specimens were brought home by j
the late Mr. Menzies upwards of fifty years ago, though the living plant was not introduced till 1837. The flowers i

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

79

are rose-coloui'ed, and the plant forms a neat deep-green bush. It should he kept in an airy part of the greenhouse,
but not exposed too much to the sun in summer. It is generally multiplied by cuttings, which should be taken off
in AprU or May.

OTHER SPECIES OF BORONIA.

B. DENTICULATA Smith.

An elegant little plant with round branches, slender leaves, and an abundance of pink flowers. It is a native
of King George’s Sound, in New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1825.

B. ALATA Smith.

A very curious plant with pinnate leaves, the footstalks of which ai’e winged. It is a native of the west coast
of New Holland, and is a strong upright shrub, with square branches and stems. The flowers are pink, slightly
tipped with green.

There are several other species, but they are veiy little known.

GENUS III.

CROWE A Smith. THE CROWE A.

Un. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted, permanent. Petals five,
sessile. Stamens ten, the five opposite the petals shortest, all shorter
than the petals, linear, fringed, lying close together so as to form a
tube ; anthers oblong, cordate, adnate, drawn out at the apex into a

long, bearded appendage. Style five-furrowed, smooth, terminated by
a capitate, five-furrowed stigma. Fruit of five-jointed, one-secded
carpels. ((?. Don.')

Desceiption, &c. — There are only two species in this genus, and they are both shrubs with lanceolate leaves,
full of pellucid dots. The branches are three-cornered, and the flowers are convolute in the bud.

1.— CROWE A SALIGNA Andr. THE WILLOW-LEAVED CROWE A.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 989 ; Bot. Rep., t. 79 ; and out Jig. 3, in PI. 19.

Specific Character. — Stem three-corncrcd. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, entire. Flowers solitary, axillary.

Description, &c. — This very pretty plant is a native of New Holland, whence it was introduced in the year
1790; and it has almost ever since that period (now nearly sixty years) been a favourite plant in greenhouses and
balconies. It is very nearly hardy, and only requires to be protected from frost during winter ; and, in fact, it
flowers better when it is allowed plenty of free air during the summer months, than when it is kept in a very
warm situation.

OTHER SPECIES OF CROWEA.

C. LATIFOLIA Lodd.

This species differs from the last, principally in having broader leaves. The flowers have also more of a
purple tinge. It was introduced in 1824. Both species, when kept in a greenhouse, flower from July till
December.

80

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS IV.

ERIOSTEMON Smith. THE ERIOSTEMON.

lAn. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted, permanent. Petals five,
marccscent as well as the stamens. Stamens ten, the five opposite the
petals shortest, all shorter than the petals, free, flat, hispid, fringed,
tapering to the apex into a thread, which hears the anthers ; anthers

heart-shaped, appendiculate at the apex. Style five-furrowed, very
short, hispid or smooth, terminated hy a capitate, five-furrowed stigma.
Fruit of five carpels, which are joined together at the base, each con-
taining one, rarely two seeds. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants contained in this genus are all shrubs, with alternate simple leaves, sometimes
ending in a hard point, and full of pellucid dots. The name of Eriostemon is talien from two Greek words, signi-
fying a woolly stamen, from the filaments of the stamens being covered with soft woolly hairs.

1.— ERIOSTEMON BUXIFOLIUM Smith. THE BOX-LEAVED ERIOSTEMON.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4101 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1831 ; and
OUT Jig. 4, in PI. 19.

Specific Character. — Leaves spreading, sub-rcflexed, ovate, obtuse.

ending in a mucro. Flowers axillary, on very short peduncles. Calyx
divided into five short acute lobes. Petals oblong-ovate. Filaments
hairy.

Description, &c. — A very handsome shrub, a native of New Holland, resembhng a box-tree when not in
flower, but producing its handsome showy blossoms in April and May. It was introduced in 1822.

GENUS V.

CORREA Smith. THE CORREA.

Lin. Syst. OCTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

1.— CORR.EA ALBA Andr. THE WHITE CORRAiA.

Synonvmes. — C. cotinifolia Salish. ; The Botany Bay Tea-Tree.
Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 515; Bot. Rep., t. 18; Lodd. Bot.
Cab., t. 152 ; and our Jig. 1, in PI. 20.

if it were furnished with a calyptra. Style four-furrowed, smooth, ter-
minated by a four-lobed stigma. Fruit of four capsular carpels ; cells
truncate, compressed. Seeds two or three in each cell, shining, fixed
to the inside. {G. Don.)

Generic Character. — Calyx cup-shaped, four-toothed or entire, per-
manent. Petals four, somewhat connivent at the base, or joined into
a long tube. Stamens eight, equal or longer than the petals ; the four
opposite them shortest ; filaments smooth, awl-shaped, or dilated above
the base. Ovary four-lobed, densely beset with stellate hairs, and as

Description, &c. — This is a genus of very showy-flowering shrubs, which may be easily hybridised, and from
which, consequently, a great number of new kinds are continually being raised. The flowers of the species first
introduced are not remarkable for their beauty ; but those of some of the hybrids that have been raised are highly
ornamental. The species are all natives of Australia. The genus is named in honour of a Portuguese botanist.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, downy beneath. Teeth of
the calyx small, acute, distant. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This plant, when not in flower, has somewhat of a dusky appearance, from the leaves being
covered on the under side with a reddish down, and having, generally, a cottony appearance on then' upper surface.
The flowers are nearly white, though the white is tinged with yellow on the outside. When drawn through the
hand, the whole plant has a refreshing fragrance, like that of the myrtle. It is said to be used in New South
Wales as a substitute for tea, but there is great difficulty in preventing the infusion from being too bitter. The

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

81

species was introduced bj’- Sir Joseph Banks in 1793, and it soon became very common,. from its being of very easy
culture, and readily multiplied by cuttings. Under favourable circumstances it flowers twice in the year ; ' that is,
in eai’ly spring, and again in autumn. It is veiy nearly hardy.

2.— CORRiEA PULCHELLA B. Brown. THE PRETTY CORRHIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1224; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1684; The Botanist, t. 152 ; and our fig. 2, in PI. 20.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, obtuse, undulated, and pubescent. Corolla cylindrical, ventricose. Calyx short, truncate.

Description, &c. — This very handsome species is a native of Kangaroo Island, on the south coast of New
Holland. It is a very ornamental plant, with bright salmon-coloured flowers, which it produces in very great
abundance. It was introduced in the year 1824, and is a remarkably healthy, free-growing plant, striking readily
from cuttings.

3._C0RR^A SPECIOSA Andr. THE SHOWY CORRiEA.

SvNONYMEs. — C. rubra Smith; C. revoluta Vent.

Engravings. — Bot. Rep., t. 653 ; Bot. Mag., t. 1746 ; Bot. Reg.,
t. 26 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 112 ; and our fig. 3, in PI. 20.

Specific Character. — Leaves oblong, obsoletely ovate, rounded at

the apex, covered with rusty down on the lower side. Corolla cylin-
drical, erect. Style hairy for half its length with tufted hairs. Calyx
truncate.

Description, &c. — This very showy species, which is now one of om’ commonest greenhouse plants, was intro-
duced in 1806. It is a remarkably free-growing plant, particularly if planted in the ground in a conservatory,
where it forms a shrub six feet high, which is covered with flowers during the months of March and April. The
flowers are remarkably showy, being of a deep crimson, tipped with green ; hut they are totally without fragrance.
The soil which suits the plant best is a mixture of hazel loam and peat earth ; and the species is propagated by
cuttings, which strike without the slightest difficulty.

4.— CORREA LONGIFLORA Sort. THE LONG-FLOWERED CORREA.

Engravings. — Paxton’s Magazine of Botany, vol. vii., p. 195 ; and owr fig. 4, in PI. 20.

Specific Character. — Leaves obovate. Flowers much longer than the leaves.

Description, &c. — This is a very beautiful hybrid, raised apparently between C. pulchella and some of the
other species. It is a very elegant little plant, and an abundant flowerer ; but much less robust than most of
the other kinds. It does not strike readily from cuttings, and on this account it is generally propagated by
grafting on some of the more robust species. The operation should be performed very early in sprmg, as soon as
the plant begins to grow ; the stock should be C. speciosa or C. pulchella, and the graft should be inserted either
close to the base of the stem, or not more than three inches from it. When the plant is grafted, it should be
placed in a slight heat, such as that afibrded by a bark bed in which there is a very moderate degree of fermen-
tation ; or, if this cannot be procured, the pots may be placed in a spent hot-bed, or in a bed of sand on hot-water
pipes, such as that described and figured in my Amateur Gardener's Calendar, p. 191.

OTHER SPECIES AND HYBRIDS OF CORREA.

C. HARRISII Beaton.

This is a remarkably handsome hybrid, raised by Mr. Beaton between C. speciosa and C. pulchella. It has
great “boldness of habit and luxuriance of stems and branches.” Mr. Beaton has given a detailed account of his

M

82

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

mode of raising this hybrid in “ The Gardener’s Magazine,” from which it appears that he took care that the I
plant intended to produce the seed should he very healthy, and in a luxuriant state of growth, bearing flowers on I
its strongest leading branches. He placed this plant in the stove about the end of February ; not removing it at
once from the greenhouse, but changing its temperature gradually by placing it, first, in a moderate hot-bed. He
then took off all the blossom buds from the side-shoots, leaving oiily those on the main stems; and for the
remainder of the process he gives the following directions, which he says are sm’e to be attended with success.

“ As soon as the flower expands, extract the anthers fl’om the intended female parent; and next day, or as soon as
you perceive the pistils getting moist, apply the pollen, at the same time maldng two or three slits in the whole
length of the corolla, to let out the sweet secretion often lodging on the germen. See that the decaying corolla
does not cause the style to damp off, as this ought to be preserved till it dries of itself. As soon as you perceive
the germen swelling, stop the leading shoots. Apply all safe stimulants till the seeds are ripe, but do not let the
plant expand its energies in the production of young wood. Pinch off eveiy bud as it offers to expand. Keep the '
plant or plants as near the glass as possible all the time, and sow the seeds as soon as ripe.” It must be observed
tliat this plan, though likely to produce hybrids with very ornamental flowers, will have a tendency also to make
them more tender than hybrids raised from plants kept in a common gi’eenhouse during the whole period of
hybridisation and ripening of the seeds.

C. BICOLOR Hort.

This is an exceedingly pretty hybrid, raised between C. pulcliella and C. alba, and, unlike most other hybrids,
it preserves the shape as well as the colours of both its parents ; the lower part of its flowers being cylindrical and ,
crimson, and the upper part being white and cleft uito large segments lilce C. alba. This combination of colours
and forms, with the addition of golden yellow stamens, gives the flowers a remarkably lively and brilliant
appearance. It is rather a smaller plant than most of the other hybrids, and it should be grown in a light loamy ,
soil. It may be propagated either by cuttings or by grafting it on stocks of C. j^ulcJiella, C. alba, and C. speciosa.

C. VIRENS Smith.

This species was introduced from Van Diemen’s Land, in which country it is found wild, as well as in New !
South Wales. It has cylindrical flowers, which are green ; and the whole plant is covered with brownish hairs.
The plant is not very ornamental, as its foliage is coarse and rough, and its green flowers are not at all conspicuous.

C. RUFA Dec.

This plant is said to have w'hite flowers, resembling those of C. alba, and rusty leaves. It was introduced in
1819, but it is now very seldom seen in collections.

C. FERRUGINEA ffooh

This species appears very closely to resemble C. rufa, and indeed it may possibly be the same plant under a
different name. The leaves are rather small, and covered on the under surface with a dense brown-red down,
formed of numerous short stany hairs thickly matted together. The branches are covered with a similar down,
but the upper surface of the leaves is green and quite smooth. The flowers bear some resemblance to those of
C. alba, but they are more cylindrical, and have a greenish tinge. The species was introduced from V an Diemen s
Land in 1836.

Several other hybrids have been raised, of diff'erent shades of crimson, pink, and yellowish white, with
occasionally shades of green ; the form varying from the long cylinder of C. speciosa to the short and deeply cleft
corolla of C. alba.

PI 1:0.

r/yyya'
Y^yy/ y^y^

t

"‘ii' ■' >jR?v.n>:

,'''■ '‘. '4

'■'A-

'■ ^.r'W- , .«

\

«

■ ■ A* fj ■ *

, ;-y:r‘;' •■,•. i.-.i

t

.. :jua^

'S:

'i.

i'

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

83

OTHER GENERA BELONGING TO THE ORDER RUTACE^.

AITONIA CAPENSIS Un.

A little Cape shrub of very slow growth, with piuk flowers and ornamental seed-vessels, which are dry and
angular, and when ripe of a fine deep pink. This plant was introduced in the year 1774, but it is now very
seldom to be met with, as it does not readily strike from cuttings, and very seldom ripens seeds in this country.
It was named in honour of W. Aiton, Esq., the author of the “ Hortus Kewensis.”

ZIERIA Smith.

This genus was named by Sir J. E. Smith in honom’ of a Polish botanist, named Zier. It contains several
pretty little shrubs, natives of Australia, one of which {Z. Icevigata) is decidedly ornamental. All the species have
white flowers, but none of them, excepting the one mentioned, can be considered worthy of cultivation at the
present day, when so many much more ornamental flowers are common in our greenhouses.

CHAPTER XXIV.

LEGUMINOS^ Juss.

Essential Character. — Calyx constantly of five sepals, wliich are
more or less connected at the base, forming a five-cleft or five-toothed
calyx, never five-sepalled in the strict sense of the word ; it is, how-
ever, sometimes composed of one or two sepals, fi'om coalition or
abortion ; the segments or teeth of the calyx usually unequal, sometimes
connected into two lips ; the upper lip bidentate, the lower one trifid.
Petals usually five, generally unequal, inserted in the bottom of the
calyx, rarely in the torus, usually variously imbricated in sestivation,
rarely valvate, generally free, rarely joined into a gamopetalous corolla
(sometimes, however, the petals are wanting, and sometimes the corolla
is formed of one, two, three, or four petals only). Stamens inserted
with the petals, usually double the number of the petals, rarely triple
or quadruple that number or fewer, sometimes all free, sometimes
variously connected or monadelphous, with the staminiferous tube
entire, or cleft in front, or diadelphous, usually with nine joined and
one free, rarely joined in two equal bundles, containing five stamens
each, and more rarely connected into three bodies. Anthers two-
celled, sometimes some of them are changed into abortive threads.
Ovary oblong or ovate, sessile or stipitate, usually free, rarely with the

stipe adnate to the calyx. Style filiform, rising from the top of the
upper suture of the ovary, crowned by a terminal or lateral stigma.
Legume usually two-valved, membranous, coriaceous, rarely fleshy
or drupaceous, dehiscent or indehiscent, one-celled, sometimes longitu-
dinally two-celled, from the upper suture being bent in so much, or
often transversely many-celled, in consequence of the seeds being sepa-
rated by a spongy or membranous substance, often separating into one-
celled joints. Seeds usually numerous, rarely solitary or twin from
abortion, fixed to the upper suture of the legume, alternately inserted
in both valves, usually oval or kidney-shaped, hanging by various-
shaped funicles, rarely expanded into an aril. Testa or spermaderm
smooth, usually very smooth and hard. Endopleura usually tumid,
appearing like albumen. Embryo sometimes straight, sometimes with
the radicle curved hack upon the edge of the cotyledons, and lying in
the commissure formed by them ; but in either case the radicle is
directed towards the hilum. Cotyledons leafy, changing through ger-
mination ; or fleshy (the flesh farinaceous or oily) ; in a few they are
exserted from the spermaderm, others are inclosed in it, as the common
Pea, never changing through germination. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — Almost all the Leguminosse have veiy ornamental flowers, and generally compound leaves.
The characteristic of the order is, that the seed-vessel is a pod. The flowers are of three kinds, the most numerous
of which are what are called papilionaceous, or hutterfly-shaped, the flowers resemhling those of the Pea. Another
} division has the flowers with nearly equal petals ; and the third has the flowers in halls or tufts, like the Mimosa
or true Acacia. These divisions or sub-orders are so distinct, that it will be necessary to describe them separately.

SUB-ORDER I.— PAPILIONACE^.

The type of the flowers of this tribe may be considered the flowers of the Sweet Pea, which consist of a small

84

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

which stands erect, and is called the vexillum or standard ; below this are two smaller petals, wliich are called the |:
alg® or wings ; and below this are two petals, joined together, which form what is called the carina or keel, and '■
which serve as a cradle for the stamens and pistil. There are ten stamens, nine of which are joined together, and '
have their stalks or filaments growing together half-way up their length, while the tenth stamen is left quite free ?
to the base. Tlie pistil terminates in a slender style, which has a pointed stigma. The pods differ in the J
different genera, some contaming only two or three seeds, as in some of the Australian plants ; and others |
containing from four to nine, or even ten, seeds, as in the common Pea. .When the seeds are sown, some of the j
idnds have fleshy cotyledons or seed-leaves, and these are all fit to eat; hut others will have thin cotyledons or (
seed-leaves, and these are not eatable. Almost all the plants belonging to this division that have thin cotyledons, \
require a greenhouse in this country, and they are nearly all natives of Australia. J

GENUS I. f

SOPHORA R. Brown. THE SOPHORA. i

Lin. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA. ||

Generic Character. — Calyx five-toothed, campanulate at the base, or somewhat attenuated. Petals of the keel usually concrete at the apex. J

Legume somewhat moniliform, wingless, many-seeded. {G. Don.) f

Description, &c. — All the plants belonging to this genus are trees, shrubs, or herbs, with pinnate leaves, and !
ornamental flowers, which vary in colour, being blue, yellow, pui’ple, or white, but never red. The commonest '
species (N. japonica and S. chinensis) are hardy trees in the neighbourhood of London, though they require some i

protection in the north. The greenhouse species are both elegant shrubs with ornamental flowers. The name !

Sophora is from an Arabic word signifying a plant with papilionaceous flowers. j;

1. — SOPHORA VELUTINA Lindl. THE VELVET-LEAVED SOPHORA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1186 ; and our 1, in PI. 21. branches. Racemes cylindiical, terminal. Petals imbricate ; standard !:

Specific Character. — Shrubby. Leaflets twenty-three, elliptic, bifid. !j

mucronate, velvety on both surfaces, as well as the peduncles and j

Description, &c. — A very handsome plant, a native of Nepal, which Dr. Lindley has classed with the genus
Sophora, though, as he observes, he is not by any means satisfied that it is a genuine species of that genus. The
flowers are produced in long erect racemose spikes, and they are piu'ple, the standard being of a deeper hue than ?
the other parts of the flower. The species was introduced in 1820, and as it is very nearly hardy, it is supposed that
it might stand in the open air, at least in the neighbom’hood of London, if it were grafted on a stock of Sophora
japonica ; and this would be particularly desirable, as that plant, though it has very handsome foliage, has veiy i
small flowers. !

2. — SOPHORA MACROCARPA Smith. THE LONG-PODDED SOPHORA. i

Engraving. — Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1125. 1 elliptic-oblong, obtuse, coriaceous leaflets, which are silky beneath.

Specific Character. — Arboreous. Leaves with thirteen or nineteen j Raceme short, axillary. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — A very elegant little plant, with yellow flowers, and long silky legumes. It is a native of
Chili, where it is called Mayo. j

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

85

GENUS II.

EDWARDSIA Salisb. THE EDWARDSIA.

Un.Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx obliquely five-toothed, with the upper into a cup- shaped, ten-angled torus. Legume monilifonn, one-celled,
side cleft. Petals five, distinct, conniving into a papilionaceous corolla. two-valved, four-winged, and many-seeded. ((?. Don.)

Keel long. Stamens ten, with the filaments deciduous, and inserted

Description, &c. — All the species belonging to this genus are shrubs or little trees, with pinnate leaves, which
have an immense quantity of leaflets that fall OS' late in the autiunn. The flowers are of a golden yellow, and they
are produced in very short clustered spikes. The genus is named in honom’ of Sydenham Edwards, a celebrated
botanical draughtsman, who acted in that capacity for many years to the “ Botanical Magazine,” and who first
commenced the “ Botanical Register.”

1.— EDWARDSIA MICROPHYLLA Salish. THE SMALL-LEAVED EDWARDSIA.

Synonyme. — Sophora microphylla Ait.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1442; and om fig. 2, in PI. 21.
Specific Character. — Leaves with twelve or fifteen pairs of obovate,

roundish, emarginate leaflets, wliich are sometimes smooth, and some-
times pubescent beneath. Petals of the keel elliptic, hooked on the
back.

Description, &c. — This is a veiy handsome small tree, which thrives best planted in the gTound in a conser-
vatory, and in such a situation it flowers abundantly. The leaves are remarkable for their immense number of
leaflets, which in some cases are upwards of forty, or even forty-five. They are very small and neatly formed, so that
they are ornamental even when the plant is not in flower. The flowers are very showy, and the seed-pod is
curiously winged and drawn in between every seed, so as to have somewhat the appearance of a necklace of beads.

• The species is a native of New Zealand, whence it was introduced in 1722.

2.— EDWARDSIA GRANDIFLORA Salish. THE LARGE-FLOWERED EDWARDSIA.

Synonymes. — E. macrophylla Wand. ; Sophora tetraptera Ait. oblong-linear, somewhat lanceolate, rather villous beneath. Petals of

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 167 ; and Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1162. keel broadly falcate. ((?. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaflets from seventeen to twenty-one, I

Description, &c. — This plant is less ornamental than the preceding species, as the flowers are not only
somewhat smaller, but they appear before the leaves. The species is a native of New Zealand, whence it was
introduced in 1774. In that year a tree was planted by Mr. Forsyth against a wall in the Botanic Garden at
Chelsea, where it still remains, flowering freely eveiy year, but requiring a slight protection every whiter.

3.— EDWARDSIA MACNABIANA Graham. MR. MACNAB’S EDWARDSIA.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 3735.

Specific Character. — Leaflets twenty or more, elliptic-obovate,
glabrous above, downy beneath. Vexillum rounded, shorter than the

wings. Petals of the keel longer than the wings. Stamens as long as
the keel. Anthers small. Germen covered with silky, adpressed,
rufous hairs, and mai’ked externally by the numerous ovules.

Description, &c. — This is by far the handsomest species of the genus, and its flowers, which are produced in
veiy gTeat abundance, scarcely appear to belong to a leguminous plant, from both the wings and keel being shorter
than the standard. It is a remarkably ornamental shrub, and has been for several years in cultivation in the
Botanic Garden at Edinburgh ; and, though its exact origin is unknown, it is supposed to have been raised in that
garden, either from seeds received from abroad or produced by E. grandiflora. If the latter were the case, it is

86

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

either a hybrid or very distinct from its parent, as it differs from E. grandijiora not only in the shape and much
greater abundance of its flowers, hut in being much hardier, it having smwived a degree of frost that killed
E. grantliflora and E. microphylla. It will, indeed, live in the open air against a south wall, though it will not
flower so well as in a conservatory.

OTHER SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA.

E. CHRYSOPHYLLA Salisb.

This is a pretty little plant, the flowers of which are much smaller than those of the other species, and not
produced in clusters. The leaves are also small and much crowded, and they are covered with a yellow pubescence.
The species is a native of the Sandwich Islands, whence it was introduced about 1820.

E. MYRIOPHYLLA Wand.

A small plant with yellow flowers, and leaves which have an immense number of leaflets. It is nearly allied
to E. micropli7jlla, and like that species is a native of New Zealand, whence it was introduced in 1818.

GENUS III.

CYCLOPIA Vent. THE CYCLOPIA.

Un. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Caly.x five-cleft, unequal, thrust in at the nate. Stamens deciduous. Stigma bearded. Legume compressed,
base, the lowest tooth longest. Vexillum large, with longitudinal pedicellate, one-celled, many-seeded, coriaceous. ((7. Don.)
wrinkles. Wings having a transverse plait. Keel inflexedly mucro-

Description, &c. — The species belonging to this genus are smooth broom-like shrubs, with bright yellow
flowers, wliich are produced in the axils of the leaves. They are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope.

1.— CYCLOPIA GENISTOIDES B. Brown. THE BROOM-LIKE CYCLOPIA.

Synonvmes. — Ibbetsonia genistoides Sims.; Gompholohium maculatum Andr. ; Podalyria genistoides Tlirnib.; Sophora genistoides Burm.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1259; Bot. Rep., t. 427 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1111 ; and our Jig. 3, in PL 21.

Specific Character. — Smooth. Leaflets awl-shaped. Calyx mutic. Bracteas oblong-ovate. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — A very shoivy plant with large golden yellow flowers, mai’ked with red at the base of the
standard. The keel of the flower is curiously cui’ved at the point, and terminated with a beak, giving it somewhat
the appearance of a bird’s head. The seed-pod is nearly tw’o inches long, and less than half an inch broad : it is
black, woody, and marked on the outside by the impression of the kidney-shaped seeds which it incloses. The
species was introduced in 1787 ; and it produces its flowers in July and August.

OTHER SPECIES OF CYCLOPIA.

C. GALIOIDES Dec.

This species was introduced in 1820, and it forms a shrub four feet high.

C. TENUIFOLIA Lehm.

A dwarf shrub with hristle-like leaflets, and keel-shaped bracteas. Introduced in 1826.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

87

C. LATIFOLIA Dec.

This species has rather broad leaflets, shaped something like the leaves of the Box tree. The flowers have
footstalks, but they are less numerous and less showy than those of the other species.

GENUS IV.

PODALYEIA Lam. THE PODALYEIA.

Un. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, without unequal lohes, thrusting at the base. Vexillum large, covering the keel and wings. Stamens
ten, permanent, somewhat connate at the base. Stigma capitate. Legume sessile, ventricose, many-seeded. ((?• Don.)

Descbiption, &c. — All the species belonging to this genus are pretty little Cape shi’ubs, usually covered with
silky hairs, and having purplish, rose-coloured, or white flowers.

1.— PODALYEIA BUXIFOLIA Willd. THE BOX-LEAVED PODALYEIA.

Synonymes. — P. pedunculata Pers.', Sophora buxifolia Iletz.-, I Specific Character. — Leaves oval or ohovate, glaucous above and
Sophora pedunculata Thimh, ! silky beneath. Pedicels one-flowered, about the length of the leaves.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 869; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1020; and j Calyxes covered with rusty hairs,
our fig. 4, in PI. 21. I

Description, &c. — This species is often confused with the P. huxifolia of Lamarck, a plant which has paler
and larger flowers, and smaller leaves. The P. huxifolia of Willdenow was introduced in 1790, and it forms a
shrub about two feet high.

There are several other species of Podalyria, all of which are ornamental plants in greenhouses

GENUS V.

CHOEOZEMA Labill. THE CHOEOZEMA.

Lin. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx half five-cleft, bilabiate ; upper lip bifid, lower one three-parted. Keel of flower ventricose, shorter than the wings.

Style short, hooked, crowned by an obliquely obtuse stigma. Legume ventricose, one-celled, many-seeded, sessile or suhsessile. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are all highly ornamental tender shrubs, with splendid
flowers ; and they are all natives of Australia. The name of Chorozema is derived from two Greek words, viz.
choros, a dance, and zema, drink ; and this seemingly odd name was given to the genus by Labillardiere, who, when
he went on a voyage to the South Seas in quest of the unfortunate La Peyrouse, landed on the south-east coast
of New Holland, and having suffered excessively from thirst when exploring the country, and having been tantalised
by finding many salt springs, at last met with an ample supply of fine fresh water, which flowed in a refreshing
stream, on the banks of which he found a pretty flowering plant, to which he gave the name of Chorozema in
memory of the delight he had experienced in quenching his thirst.

All the species of Chorozema are easily propagated by cuttings, which may he treated according to the following
directions, which are quoted from the “ Botanical Kegister ” for February, 1838 : — “ The cuttings may be taken off
at any season of the year, but the best time is early in spring. The soft newly-formed parts of the plant should be

88

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

used for this purpose, as they are found to strike root more readily than older wood ; they should he inserted in [
silver sand and covered with a bell-glass. A little artificial heat will be found useful if the cuttings are put in in !'
the early part of the spring, but if in the summer this will be unnecessary. They will root in a few days, and
should then be potted in peat-soil mixed with a little sand. If it be bright sunshine after they are potted, a slight
shade must be thrown over the glass for a day or two until they are better established. Afterwards they must be !
removed to the greenhouse, where they must have plenty of light and air, and be I'egularly shifted from small to I
larger pots, as their roots require it. By giving them sufficient room, and being careful in watering, &c., they will
soon form handsome specimens.” All the species are veiy apt to grow in a straggling manner, with long portions li
of naked stems, and are very much improved by occasional pruning. Thus, after they are potted off, as soon as j
the main shoot is about three inches high, the top should be cut off, and the plant will then begin to branch in aU |
directions. The branches should also have their tops cut off as soon as they are three inches long. Great care ii
should be taken when pottmg these plants to let them have ample drainage. |j

1.— CHOROZEMA ILICIFOLIA Labill. THE HOLLY-LEAVED CHOROZEMA. j|

Specific Character. — Leaves pinnatifidly-toothed, spinose, oblong-lanceolate, with an entire acumen, -which is longer than the teeth ; l|

bracteoles on the top of the pedicels. ((7. Don.) '

Desceiution, &g. — This species was the plant Labillardiere found on the banks of the stream which gave so ij

j

much delight to himself and his companions on the south-west coast of New Holland, but though this species
was the first introduced, having been brought to this country in 1803, it is now very seldom seen in collections, j:

I

It is described as a dwarf spreading shrub with red flowers, the standard of which is yellow at the base, and I
holly-like leaves which are downy on the under side ; the branches also are covered with a soft down. i

2.— CHOROZEMA NANUM Sims. THE DWARF CHOROZEMA. j

Synonyme. — Pultensea nana Andr. Specific Character. — Stem erect, but flexible ; leaves oval-obtuse.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1032; Bot. Rep., t. 434, and Lodd. sinuately-toothed, with sharp spines.

Bot. Cab., t. 1002.

Description, &c. — A very pretty little plant, introduced at the same time as the preceding species, to which 'I
it bears considerable resemblance both in its flowers and leaves, though it differs in being smaller in all its parts, ;
and in the stem being erect, and the plant being more compact. :

3._CH0R0ZEMA HENCHMANNI B. Brown. MR. HENCHMAN’S CHOROZEMA. j

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3607 ; Bot. Reg., t. 986 ; Lodd. Bot. Specific Character. — Plant hoary; leaves acicular or needle-shaped, e

Cab., t. 1233; Pa,xt. Mag. of Bot., vol. ii., p. 171 ; and our fig. 3. Flowers axillary. ((?. Don.) \

in PL 22.

Description, &c. — This very handsome plant differs considerably from most of the other species of Chorozema,
as its flowers are produced m long terminal spike-like racemes. The plant was discovered by Mr. Baxter, a
collector, in the south-west of New Holland, and he describes the species as forming a shrub of from four to five
feet lugh, laden with flowers, which were so abundant as completely to cover it in every part. The fohage is gi’ey,
and by no means ornamental. The species was introduced in 1824, and it succeeds best when planted in the free
ground of a conservatory, in a soil composed of equal parts of peat and loam.

T)1

L i.. >j/.

4

1 {j/fHf/

_ 2 i!:/ /-{■■/{’■{<'■'//■/ n-

.2

/i '^z/rJz/z zz // zz/

. •/

/■>/ . /

4 (

Q^n/'h^r^/rrt

,'/yn//t(m - .

0. (^y'/ufh j/zz/ ///P'/(7zJ.

J /

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

89

4.— CHOROZEMA DICKSONII Benfh. MR. DICKSON’S CHOROZEMA.

Engravinqs. — Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. -wii., p. 173 ; The Botanist,
t. 106 ; and omfig. 1, in PI. 22.

Specific Character.— Stem shnihby, erect. Leaves few, scattered,
lanceolate, slightly ciliated, mucronate, sometimes recurved, and some-

times slightly pilose. Racemes opposite to the leaves, slightly spicate.
Calyx hilahiate covered with hairs, the hairs being partly long and
white, and partly black and adpressed.

Description, &c. — A. very handsome species, the seeds of which were imported from the Swan River in 1836.
The plant was first raised in Great Britain at Edinbm'gh.

5.— CHOROZEMA OVATUM Lindl THE OVATE-LEAVED CHOROZEMA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1528 | Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. iv., Segments of the calyx acuminate. Peduncles very long, naked,
p. 153 ; and our fig. 2, in PI. 22. terminal, and three-flowered.

Specific Character. — Stem weak, ascending. Leaves ovate, acute.

Description, &c. — A pretty little plant, of which Dr. Lindley says, that it is nearly allied to C. rhomheum, and
yet perfectly distinct from that species. It flowers in May, hut less abundantly than most of the other species.
It was introduced by Baxter in 1831.

6.~-CHOROZBMA CORDATUM Lindl. THE CORDATE-LEAVED CHOROZEMA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1838, t. 10; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. dentate, and ending in short spines. Racemes terminal, few-flowered,
V., p. 97 ; The Botanist, t. 89 ; Flor. Cab., vol. ii., p. 17, t. SO. lax. Limb of the calyx equal in length to the tube.

Specific Character. — Leaves cordate-ovate ; margin sinuately

Description, &c. — A very pretty species, though with rather small and few flowers. A native of the Swan
River Colony, whence seeds were imported by Robert Mangles, Esq., of Sunning Hill. This species is one of
the most free-growing of the genus, as a plant of it, when only twelve months old, was two feet and a half high.
The stem, however, is not strong enough to support itself, and as it does not cling to anything naturally, it requires
careful training. The species was introduced in 1837.

7 — CHOROZEMA VARIUM Lindl THE VARIOUS-LEAVED CHOROZEMA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1839, t. 49; and our fig. 4, in PL 22. j undulated, spinosely-dentate, entire, pubescent. Racemes erect, many-
Spbcific Character. — Leaves almost sessile, subrotund-cordate, | flowered, longer than the leaves. Calyx obtuse at the base, hairy.

Description, &c. — This is the most popular of all the kinds of Chorozema, as it grows freely, and may
be readily struck by cuttings, or raised from seeds. The only care that it requires is to let it have plenty of air
and not too much water, as it is rather apt to damp off just above the ground as soon as it has done flowering. It
was introduced in 1837.

8.— CHOROZEMA SPARTIOIDBS Lodd. THE BROOM-LIKE CHOROZEMA.

Engravings.— Lodd. Bot. Cab.,t. 1953; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. x., p. 127 ; and our fig. 5, in PI. 22.

Specific Character. — Branches irregular, drooping. Leaves few, sessile, rather spathulate, retuse. Peduncles very long, axillary.

Description, &c. — This species was raised originally by Messrs. Loddiges, in 1832, and they found it such
a small, weak plant, that they expressed a fear when they figured it in their Botanical Cabinet, that they should
not be able to propagate it. When, however, it was raised at Ohatsworth, Mr. Paxton states that though he found
it grew with a short stem, it spread out its branches to a considerable extent horizontally, and when trained over

N

90

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

a homontal frame-work, it made a large plant. Thus treated, it became quite woody, and produced an immense
quantity of large showy flowers. These appeared in April, and are consequently much earlier than the flowers
of any other species of the genus.

OTHER SPECIES OF CHOROZEMA.

C. RHOMBEUM Dec.

The flowers of this species have dark copper-coloured wings and keel, with an orange-coloured standard, having
a yellow base. It was introduced in 1803.

C, TRIANGULARE Lmdl.

This species is veiy nearly allied to C. naniim, but it differs in haHng its leaves much more deeply
pmnatifid, and then’ points drawn out so much that some of the leaves are almost halbert-shaped. The flowers
are small, but they ar’e of a remarkably rich colom’. The species is rather tender, and very apt to damp off in
winter. It was introduced about 1830.

C. ANGUSTIFOLIA Hugcl.

This is the plant called Dillwynia glycinifolia in the Botanical Eeyister ; and, in fact, as it has very little
the appearance of a Chorozema, it is most probable that it does not belong to that genus. It is a native of King j
George’s Sound, and was introduced in 1832.

C. SPECTABILE Lindl.

This is one of the most beautiful of all the species of Chorozema, in consequence of its long drooping 'I
clusters of orange-coloured flowers, which appear in great abundance during the winter months. It is a twining
plant of very easy cultivation, and it is very nearly hardy. It grows best trained over a small trellis, but when Ij
kept in too wai’m a situation it is very frequently attacked by the red spider.

GENUS VI.

PODOLOBIUM R. Broivn. THE PODOLOBIUM.

Lin. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Stigma simple. Legume pedicellate, linear-oblong, rather vcntrieose,
smooth inside, (ff. Don.')

Generic Character.— Calyx five-cleft, bilabiate ; upper lip bifid ;
lower lip three-parted. Carina compressed, length of wings, and about
equal to the wide vcxillum. Ovary four-seeded. Style ascending.

Description, &c. — The species belonging to this genus are all small Australian shrubs, so nearly allied to
Chorozema, that it is extremely difficult to distinguish them from the plants belonging to that genus when they
are in flower, as tlie principal difference consists in the seed-pod being on a stalk within the calyx ; and hence
the genus takes its name from the Greek words podos, a foot, and lobos, a pod.

1.— PODOLOBIUM TRILOBATUM B. Broim. THE THREE-LOBED PODOLOBIUM.

Synonymes. — Chorozema trilobatum Smith ; Pultemea ilicifolia
Andr.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1477; Bot. Rep., t. 320.

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, somewhat three-lobed, with
a transverse base, spiny-toothed ; lateral lobes much shorter than the
terminal ones. Ovary silky.

Description, &c. — This plant is so exceedingly like a Chorozema, that it is very difficult even for a botanist
to distinguish between them when the plant is not in fruit. It is a veiy pretty little plant with yellow flowers,
which have a red keel, and the standard red at the base. It was introduced in 1792.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

91

OTHER SPECIES OF PODOLOBIUM.

P, STAUROPHYLLUM Bee.

This rather singular-looking plant is a native of the eastern coast of New Holland. It is a shrub with small
yellow flowers, and very curious leaves, which are divided into three sharply-pointed lobes. The species was
introduced in 1829, and it flowers in March and April.

There are several other species, but those above described are the most remarkable.

GENUS VII.

OXYLOBIUM Andr. THE OXYLOBIUM.

lAn. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx profoundly five-cleft, somewhat hila- of the calyx. Style ascending, crowned by a simple stigma. Legume
biate. Carina compressed, length of wings, but about equal in length sessile or subsessile, many-seeded, ventricose, ovate, acute. (<r. Don.')
to the broad vexillum. Stamens inserted in the torus or in the bottom

Description, &c. — Very ornamental little plants, natives of Australia, and bearing abundance of yellow
flowers. The name of the genus is derived from two Greek words, signifying a sharp pod.

1.— OXYLOBIUM ARBORESCENS B. Brown. THE TREE OXYLOBIUM.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2442 ; Bot. Reg., t. 392 ; and Lodd. permanent bracteas at their apex. Corymbs of flowers crowded.
Bot. Cab., t. 163. Legumes hardly longer than the calyx. (0. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves linear-lanceolate ; pedicels having

Description, &c. — This species difiers from all the others which are nearly allied to it in assuming a decidedly
tree-like character, particularly if planted in the free groimd of a conservatory, where it will soon grow to a
considerable size. It is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, whence it was introduced in 1805. It flowers from
April to June, and its flowers are yellow, with a slight stain of red at the base of the standard.

2.— OXYLOBIUM RETUSUM Lindl. THE NETTED-LEAVED OXYLOBIUM.

Synonymes. — Chorozemacoriacea/S'mti^; Callistachyscapitata.Sbrt. glabrous. Corymbs axillary, stalked, crowded, shorter than the leaves.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 913 ; and om fig. 1, in PI. 23. {G. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves oblong, retuse, coriaceous, reticulated.

Description, &c. — A very showy plant, with large corymbs of orange-coloured flowers ; a native of King
George’s Sound, in New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1823.

OTHER SPECIES OF OXYLOBIUM.

O. CORDIFOLIUM Andr.

A handsome species with cordate leaves and coppery-red flowers, which continue appearing all the summer.

0. PULTENE^ Dec.

A very curious plant, vdth a mass of flowers crowded together, and growing at the point of each shoot. The
plant is generally two feet or more high, and the flowers form very large, ornamental, pyramidal masses.

92

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

The species was introduced in 1824. The plant has a very singular appearance, from its immense masses of
flowers, which are crowded together as densely as possible, and contrast strongly with the slenderness and fewness
of its leaves.

O. OBOVATUM Paxt.

The flowers of tliis species, though equally crowded with those of the other kinds which have been described,
are smaller and less numerous ; they are also of a darker colour. The leaves, however, are very curious, being j
obcordate, and the midrib terminating in a shai’p point.

0. CAPITATUM Lindl.

This plant is so very different from the other species of the genus, that it really does not seem to belong to it. f
It has slender and needle-shaped leaves, and a small head of yellow flowers at the end of each shoot. It was j
introduced in 1841.

GENUS VIII.

CALLISTACHYS Vent. THE CALLISTACHYS.

Lin. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx bilatiate ; upper lip bifid ; lower I incurved. Stigma simple, acute. Legume stipitate, woody, dehiscent
one three-parted. Vexillum erect, longer than the keel and wings, at the apex ; young ones many-celled, hut with the transverse dissepi- ji
which are about equal in length. Stamens inserted in the disk. Style I ments at length vanishing. (G. Don.')

Description, &c. — Very elegant shrubs, all natives of Australia, with entire leaves, silky on the under !
surface, and with long terminal racemes of very ornamental yellow flowers. There are several species, which ^
differ chiefly m the shape of the leaves. The name of Callistachys is from two Greek words, signifying a beautiful j
spike, in allusion to the flowers.

!

GENUS IX.

BRACHYSEMA R. Brown. THE BRACHYSEMA. !

Lin. Sijst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA. '

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, a little unequal, with a girded by a little sheath at the base. Style filiform, elongated. i

ventricose tube. Vexillum shorter than the wings and keel, which Legume ventricose, many-seeded. ((?. Don.)

are compressed and about equal in length. Ovary with its pedicel

Description, &c. — There are only two species in this genus, which takes its name from two Greek words,
signifying a short standard, the standard of the flower being remarkably short.

1.— BRACHYSEMA LATIFOLIUM B. Brown. THE BROAD-LEAVED BRACHYSEMA. i

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2008 ; Bot. Reg., t. 118; and our fig. 2, in PI. 23.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, flat. Vexillum oblong, obovate.

Description, &c. — This is a climbing or procumbent shrub, according to the circumstances in which it is
placed ; as though it is procumbent in its native country, it appears to grow most vigorously, and to flower most
freely, when it is trained up a stick. The leaves ai’e of a bluish-green, and quite silky beneath. The flowers ai’e ;
of a brilliant scarlet, and they are remarkable from the standard, which is usually the largest part, being the
smallest. The species is a native of the south-west coast of New Holland, and it was introduced in 1803. It
flowers from April till July, and requires a greenhouse all the year.

4-

«

'

.i't

i

\

i

)

*i

%

4r • •

* I . , 4

,‘ ‘ ft

%

Kf

y'

rj

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

93

2.— BRACHYSEMA UNDULATUM Ker. THE WAVED-LEAVED BRACHYSEMA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 642 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 778. i late under tbe base, three times shorter than the petals. Vexillum

Specific Character. — Leaves elliptic, undulated. Calyx bracteo- | oblong, cordate, convolute, and bluntish above. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This species is much less ornamental than the other, as the flowers are of a greenish-
yeUow, and quite inconspicuous. It flowers early in spring, and is decidedly procumbent, the stems frequently
withering when it is attempted to train them upwards. It was introduced in 1820.

GENUS X.

GOMPHOLOBIUM THE GOMPHOLOBIUM.

Un. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA,

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted, nearly equal. Vexillum broad. Stigma simple. Carina of two concrete petals. Legume

many-seeded, nearly spherical, very blunt. (Q. Don.)

Description, &c. — The species belonging to this genus are all stiff shrubs, natives of Australia, with
compound leaves, which are generally very slender. The pods are smooth both on the outside and the inside,
the latter being a distinguishing characteristic, the pods of the ornamental leguminous plants being often, like
those of the bean, covered inside with a soft silky down. The calyx is generally fringed with very fine wool, and
the flowers are generally yellow. The name of the genus is derived from the Greek words gomphos, a club, and
lohos, a pod, m allusion to the shape of the pod, which somewhat resembles that of a club.

1.— GOMPHOLOBIUM GRANDIFLORUM Smith. THE LARGE-FLOWERED GOMPHOLOBIUM.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 484. I branches angular. Keel beardless. Vexillum twice the length of

Specific Character. — Leaflets three, linear, acute. Stem erect; | the calyx and the carina. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a broom-like shrub, growing about three or fom’ feet high, and flowering in October.
The branches are remarkably rigid, but the flowers are large and handsome, closely resemblmg those of the broom,
but easily distinguished by the woolly fringe of the calyx, which looks at a little distance like a delicate white
margin. The pod is almost round, and it looks so much inflated as to obtain for the genus its English name
of Air-Pod. The species is a native of the eastern coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1803.

2.— GOMPHOLOBIUM POLYMORPHUM B. Broim. THE VARIABLE GOMPHOLOBIUM.

Synonyme. — G. grandiflorum Andr. recurved at the margin, sometimes dilated at the point. Stem either

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1533; Bot. Rep., t. 642. procumbent or chmbing.

Specific Character. — Leaves temate, orquinate; leaflets linear.

Description, &c. — This species, which is called G. grandiflorum in Andrews’s “ Botanist’s Repository,” is so
far from being the same as that plant, that it might easily be mistaken for another genus. The stem, instead
of being rigid, is procumbent unless it has a support ; and the flowers, instead of being yellow, are scarlet on the
inside, with a yellow base, and pink on the back. The species is a native of the south-west coast of New Holland,
whence it was introduced in 1803. It occasionally ripens seeds in this country, and by these, indeed, it is
generally propagated, as it is extremely difficult to strike it from cuttings. It requires to be kept in the

94

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

greenhouse all the year, and it is generally considered by gardeners to he what is called a shy plant, that is, one
which requires more than ordinary care to preserve it.

There are several other species of Gonipholohium, but the two that have been mentioned are decidedly
the most ornamental.

GENUS XI.

EUCHILUS R. Brown. THE EUCHILUS.

Lin. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx profoundly five-cleft, tibracteolate at Style subulate, ascending. Stigma simple. Legume compressed. Seeds
the base, bilabiate; lobes of the upper lip ovate and large, of the lower stropbiolate, with the lobes of the strophiola entire behind. (G. Lon.)
one setaceous. Carina length of wings. Ovary two-seeded, pedicellate.

Description, &g. — There is only one species in this genus, the name of which is derived from two Greek
words, signifying well-lipped.

1.— EUCHILUS OBCORDATUS B. Brown. THE HEART-LEAVED EUCHILUS.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 403 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 60 ; and our fig. 3, in PI. 23.

Specific Character. — Branches terete, canescent. Leaves obcordate, or wedge-shaped, villous beneath.

Description, &c. — A little plant, of no great beauty, with small yellow flowers marked with red. It is a
native of the south-west coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced about 1803. It is very seldom met with,
as it is rather troublesome to cultivate.

GENUS XII.

DILLWYNIA Smith. THE DILLWYNIA.

Un. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, bilabiate, tapering at the Ovary two-seeded. Style hooked. Stigma capitate. Legume ven-
base. Petals inserted in the middle of the calyx. Lamina of vex- tricose. Seeds strophiolate. ((?. Lon.)
ilium twice the breadth of the length, two-lobed, lobes spreading.

Description, &c. — This is a very e.v;tensive genus, the species of which are all small heath-like shrubs, with
abundance of bright-yellow flowers. They all strike freely from cuttings, and require veiy little care, provided
they are planted in a light sandy loam, and the pots in which they are grown are filled to about one-thu’d of
then’ depth with potsherds. AU the species are natives of Australia ; and the genus is named in honour of
L. W. Dillwyn, Esq., of Sketty Hall, near Swansea, a well-known and very able botanist.

1.— DILLWYNIA PARVIFOLIA B. Brown. THE SMALL-LEAVED DILLWYNIA.

Synonyme. — D. microphylla Sih. Specific Character. — Leaves short, spreading, decussate, crowded.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1527; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 559 ; and Flowers sub-capitate. Peduncles bibracteate. Stigma capitate,
our fig. 4, in PI. 23.

Description, &c. — A very pretty little shrub, with abundance of bright-yellow flowers, and short heath-like
leaves. A native of the eastern coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced in the year 1800. It generally
grows about a foot high, and is a very common plant in greenhouses, from the ease with which it is cultivated,
and particularly the readiness with which it strikes from cuttings. It was first raised in this country by
Messrs. Loddiges.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

95

OTHER SPECIES OF DILLWYNIA.

D. FLORIBUNDA.^&nii^.

This plant, which is figured in the “ Botanical Magazine ” under the name of D. ericcefolia, is not nearly
so handsome as D. parvifolia, but its flowers, which are produced only at the extremity of the shoots, are of a
richer colour.

D. GLABERMMA Smith.

This is rather an ornamental species, but certainly not equal in beauty to the one first mentioned. It was
introduced in the year 1800.

There are several other species, but those which have been mentioned are the most ornamental, with the
exception of D. cinerascens, a native of Van Diemen’s Land, which was introduced in 1819 ; and which is so
nearly hardy, that it will stand out of doors with only a very slight protection against frost. Notwithstanding this
advantage, however, and its being decidedly ornamental, it is very seldom met with.

GENUS XIII.

EUTAXIA R. Brown. THE EUTAXIA.

Lm. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx tilabiate ; upper lip somewhat emarginate, lower lip trifid. Vexillum broader than long. Ovary two-
seeded. Style hooked. Stigma capitate. Legume a little ventricose. Seeds strophiolate. (<?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The species contained in this genus have been separated from Dillwynia. The name of

Eutaxia signifies modesty, in allusion, it is supposed, to the modest appearance of the plants when they are not

in flower ; though the name does not seem well chosen, as, when they are in flower, they are remarkably brilliant

and showy.

1.— EUTAXIA MYRTIFOLIA B. Brown. THE MYRTLE-LEAVED EUTAXIA.

SYNONYMES.-^Dillwynia obovata Lahill. ; D. myrtifolia Smith. mucronate. Pedicels axillary, twin. Appendages of wings very short.
Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 1274. ((J. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, or obovate-lanceolate.

Description, &c. — ^A pretty little plant, with numerous flowers, disposed among the leaves like those of the
Mezereon. It seldom grows more than a foot high, and it has numerous leaves, each terminating in a sharp point,
and in shape somewhat resembling those of the Myrtle. The plant is a native of New Holland, and was intro-
duced in 1803.

2.— EUTAXIA PUNGENS Sweet.

L

Synonyme. — Dillwynia pungens Cwn.

Engravings. — Sweet’s Flora Austriaca, t. 28 ; Paxt. Mag. of Bot.,
vol. iii., p. 245 ; and our fig. 5, in PI. 23.

THE SHARP-LEAVED EUTAXIA.

Specific Character. — Leaves scattered, or verticillate, acicular,
somewhat recurved, ending in a pungent mucro, glabrous, with revolute
margins.

Description, &c. — A very ornamental plant, with dark-orange flowers and long slender leaves. It is a very
free-growing plant, and strikes readily from cuttings.

96

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

OTHER SPECIES OP EUTAXIA.

E. BAXTERI HoH.

An evergreen plant, of a loose rambling habit of growth, with abundance of orange-yellow flowers.

GENUS XIV.

PULTEN^A Smith. THE PULTENiEA.

lAn.Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, bilabiate ; lips equal in length, bibracteolate at the base ; bracteoles sometimes adhering to the tube.
Ovary sessile, two-seeded. Style subulate, ascending. Stigma simple. Strophiola of the seed with the lobes cut behind. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — A genus of very pretty little Australian plants, rarely exceeding a foot in height, and
having very pretty yellow flowers. The name is given in honour of Dr. Pulteney, who wrote some works relating
to botany soon after the time of Linnseus.

1.— PULTENiEA DAPHNOIDES Smith. THE DAPHNE-LIKE PULTEN^A.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1394 ; Bot. Rep., t. 98. | oblong, quite glabrous, smooth, three times longer than they are broad.

Specific Character. — Heads of flowers terminal. Leaves obovate- | ending in a pungent mucro.

Description, &c. — Though this species is by no means so ornamental as many others belonging to the genus,

I have thought it advisable to describe it at full length, because it was the first that received the name of Pultensea. 'i
It is a pretty little plant, with a crowded head of orange-yellow flowers slightly marked with red. The leaves are
also handsome, being broad and smooth, and they terminate in a sharp mucro or point. The plant is a native of
New South Wales, where it is found in the neighbourhood of Port Jackson, and whence it was introduced in 1792.

2.— PULTENAIA CORDATA Hooh. THE HEART-SHAPED PULTEN.1EA.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 3443.

Specific Character. — Leaves cordate-ovate, each armed with a sharp mucro, somewhat fleshy, concave, and smooth. Stipules rough. |

Description, &c. — A veiy ornamental species, with abundance of pale-yeUow flowers, and somewhat fleshy
leaves. The stem and branches are of a reddish-brown, and the whole plant is not at all ornamental, except when
it is in flower. The plant was raised at the Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, in the year 1832, from seeds received ,
from Van Diemen’s Land. It is very nearly hardy, and may be grown in the open garden with a slight protection
from frost.

. OTHER SPECIES OF PULTENiEA.

P. STRICTA Sims.

A very elegant little plant, with abundance of bright-yellow flowers, having a pui'ple or dark crimson keel ; and
leaves covered with white silky down. It is a very pretty little plant, of very easy cultivation, and deserves to be I
grown in every greenhouse. It is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, and was introduced in 1803. jl

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

97

P. SUBUMBELLATA Eooh.

Another species from Van Diemen’s Land, with small heads of orange-yellow flowei’s. It was introduced
in 1832.

P. ROSMARINIFOLIA Lindl.

■ This species was also introduced in 1832, hut it was obtained from the south coast of New Holland. The
leaves closely resemble those of the Rosemary, and the flowers are somewhat like those of P. subumbellata, but
with rather larger heads.

There are several other species of Pultensea, hut they are not generally found in greenhouses.

OTHER GENERA OF LEGUMINOUS PLANTS ALLIED TO SOPHORA.

DAVIESIA Smith.

A genus of very neat little shrubs, with axillary racemes of small bright-yellow flowers which are produced in
very great abundance. The most ornamental species is D. latijolia, which has broad flat leaves ; and the most
curious kind is D. jimcea, which has no leaves at all. They are all of very easy culture, and they should be grown
in light and somewhat sandy peat, with abundant drainage. They are all natives of Australia. The genus wns
named in honour of the Rev. H. Davies.

MIRBELIA Smith.

Dwarf plants, with purple or yellow flowers, which are rather small, and not very ornamental. The genus is
named in honour of Professor Mirbel, a celebrated French botanist.

CALPURNIA Meyer.

Cape plants, with rather ornamental flowers, which in one species are pink, and in others yellow.

Burtonia, Jacksonia, Viminaria, Gastrolobium, Phyllota, and several other genera, belong to this division of the
Leguminosse.

GENUS XV.

HOVEA R. Br. THE HOVEA.

Lin. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Cah'x bilabiate ; upper lip semi-bifid, broad and refuse, lower one tbree-parted. Keel obtuse. Stamens all connected,
the tenth or upper one only more or less free. Legume sessile, roundish, ventricose, two-seeded. Seeds stropbiolate. (G. Don.')

Description, &c. — Veiy ornamental little plants, generally with blue or pui-ple flowers, which are small, but
produced in great abundance. The genus is named in honour of Hove, a Polish botanist. The form and colour
of the flowers are very nearly the same in all the species.

I.— HOVEA CELSI BonpL CELS’S HOVEA.

Synonyme. — Platycbilum Celsianum Del. j Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, and somewhat rhomboid.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 280 ; Paxton’s Magazine of Botany, bluntish, and mucronate ; peduncles axillary, many-flowered ; branches,
vol, iii., p. 241 ; The Botanist, t. 40. calyxes, and bracteas rather pilose. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This plant is generally considered the most beautiful of the genus, from the brilliant colour
and great abundance of its flowers. It was first raised in Europe from Australian seeds by M. Cels, a French
nui’seryman. The species requires care in its cultivation, as it is easily killed by excess of either drought or
moisture, but it amply repays the care taken df it. It was introduced in 1818.

0

98

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

2._H0VEA PUNGENS Bentli. THE PRICKLY HOVEA. [

Engravings. — Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. vi., p. 101 ; The Botanist, linear, pungent, sessile, convolute at tlie margins, indistinctly reticu- ’
t. 164 ; and om fig. 6, in PI. 23. lated, smooth. Flowers axillary.

Specific Character. — Stem terete, branched, villous. Leaves I

Description, &c. — This species, though veiy inferior in beauty to H. Celsi, has yet very pretty flowers, which J
are produced in great abundance, and its habit of growth is extremely neat and compact. It is easily known, from |
being the only species of the genus which has a branched stem, and which has very narrow leaves, ending in a |
sharp prickle. The species was introduced in 1838. J

OTHER SPECIES OF HOVEA. ]

H. LONGIFLORA E. Br.

A species with small purplish flow'ers, and very long leaves, which are convolute on the margins, and covered ;
with brown down on their under side. It was introduced in 1805. It was from this plant that the genus was i'
named.

H. LINEARIS R. Br. ]

I

A very pretty little plant, introduced, under the name of Poiretia linearis, in 1796. It is of a veiy delicate j
habit of growth, and has a remarkably slender stem.

H. LANCEOLATA Hooh. |i

A very slender plant, with the flowers produced in pairs. Introduced in 1805. I;

H, PURPUREA Sivect. 1;

A veiy handsome plant, with large purple flowers, the standard of which has a dark shade at the base. This I
species may be planted in the open gTound, but it requires protection in frosty weather. It succeeds best when j
planted in a conservatory. It was introduced in 1820. j

H. VILLOSA Undl.

This plant has large blue flowers, and woolly, or, rather, shaggy leaves. It is nearly allied to H. purpurea, \

which it resembles in the large size and general appearance of its flowers. It appears to have been first introduced ||

I

in 1824, and again in 1832.

H. CH0R0ZEMA;F0LIA Dec., and H. ILICIFOLIA Cwnn. I

These two species were placed by Sweet in the genus Plagiolohkim. They are both very ornamental plants, l|
remarkable for the rich dark purple colour of their flowers, as well as for their ornamental leaves. They are both
natives of King George’s Sound, whence they were introduced in 1824. l|

GENUS XVI.

LALAGE Lindl. THE LALAGE.

Lin. Sgst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Bracts deciduous, dry. Calyx bilabiate, upper lip bifid, lower lip tbree-cleft, segments all bristly. Vexillum flat,
nearly round, emarginate. Carina obtuse. Stamens all connected, but the tenth half-free.

Description, &c. — There is only one species in this genus, which Dr. Lindley has named after a female
mentioned by Horace. *

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

99

1.— LALAGE ORNATA Lindl. THE ORNAMENTAL LALAGE.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1722 ; The Botanist, t. 141 ; and our fig. 1, in PI. 24.

Specific Character. — Leaves alternate, simple, stipulate. Flowers axillary.

Description, &c. — A. very lively-looking plant, with broad leaves of a rich deep green, and flowers which
contain a mixture of yellow, orange, pui^ile, and crimson. It is a native of the south-west coast of New Holland,
whence it was introduced in 1835.

^ GENUS XVII.

! PLATYLOBIUM Smith. THE FLAT-PEA.

1 Un. Sysl. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

1 Generic Character. — Calyx bracteate, bilabiate ; upper lip bifid, roundish, large. Stamens all connected. Legume pedicellate, compressed,
j flat, winged on the back, many-seeded.

j Description, &c. — All the species belonging to this genus are very ornamental little Australian plants with

I yellow flowers, which have the standard red at the base. The name of the genus alludes to the shape of the pods,

j

! which are broad, and very flat. Some of the species are natives of Van Diemen’s Land.

i .

I

GENUS XVIII.

BOSSI^A Vent. THE BOSSI^A.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx bilabiate ; upper lip large, semi-bifid, obtuse. Stamens all connected. Legume compressed, flat, pedicellate,
many-seeded, with the margin thickened on both sides. Seeds strophiolate. (G Don.)

Description, &c. — A genus of veiy singular plants, generally without leaves, but having flat- winged stems.
The flowers are principally yellow, but have a mixture of brownish-red and purple, like the other Australian
plants belonging to this division. The name was first given to the genus in honour of a French botanist, one
of the fellow-travellers of the unfortunate La Peyrouse. Many of the species belonging to this genus are
included by some botanists in Platylohium.

GENUS XIX.

GOODIA Salisb. THE GOODIA.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx bilabiate, both lips about equal in length ; upper ones semi-bifid, acute. Vexillum flat, large. Stamens
all connected. Carina truncate, two-edged. Legume pedicellate, compressed. Seeds strophiolate. {O. Don.)

Description, &c. — Another genus of leguminous Australian plants, which closely resemble the leafy species
of the genus Bossiaa. The genus was named in memory of Peter Good, collector of seeds and plants for the
Kew Gardens, who died in New Holland while in pursuit of plants.

100

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS XX.

SCOTTIA R. Br. THE SCOTTIA.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

cellate, compressed, with the margin thickened on both sides. Sides
three or four, strophiolate. ((?. Lon.')

Generic Character.— Calyx five-toothed, imbricated with hracteas,
with the teeth rather unequal. Vexillum complicated, short. Wings
equal in length to the keel. Stamens all connected. Legume pedi-

Description, &c. — There are only two species in this genus, both of which are ornamental plants. The
name was given in honour of Dr. Robert Scott, formerly Professor of Botany in Dublin.

SCOTTIA DENTATA B. Br. THE TOOTHED-LEAVED SCOTTIA.

Engravings. — Dot. Reg., t. 1233 ; The Botanist, t. 134; and our fig. 2, in PI. 24.

Specific Character.- — Leaves opposite, sessile, cordate, triangular, toothed ; flowers solitary, axillary, on very short pedicels. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — A free-growing branching shrub, with dentate leaves, and rather ornamental flowers. It
is a native of the south-west coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced by Mr. Good in 1803 ; hut though
it has been so long in the country, it has always been rather scarce in collections. It is not, however, difficult to
cultivate, and it is by no means tender.

-SCOTTIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Lindl. THE NARROW-LEAVED SCOTTIA.

truncate at the base, glabrous, revolute, unequally dentated, suhsessile.
Flowers solitary, and axillary.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 1266.

Specific Character. — Shrub much branched ; branches rough,
with very small warts ; smaller ones filiform. Leaves linear-oblong.

Description, &c. — A pretty little shrub, with very slender branches, and elegantly-formed leaves. The
flowers are large for the size of the plant, and indeed closely resemble those of 8. dentata. Like the preceding
species, it is a native of New Holland : it is tolerably hardy, hut cannot well be grown in the open gromid, because
it flowers in winter. It was introduced in 1825.

GENUS XXI.

TEMPLETONIA R. Br. THE TEMPLETONIA.

Un. Stjst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-toothed, with the teeth rather i nearly free. Anthers uniform. Legume pedicellate, piano-compressed,
unequal. Keel oblong, a little longer than the wings. Stamens all many-seeded. Seeds strophiolate. (G. Don.)
connected, the tenth one sometimes shorter than the others, and j

Description, &c. — Australian shrubs, with simple wedged-shaped leaves, which always terminate in a short
bristly point. The genus was named in honour of John Templeton, an Irish barrister, residing near Belfast.

I.— TEMPLETONIA RETUSA B. Br. THE RETUSE-LEAVED TEMPLETONIA.

Synonyme. — Rafnia retusa Vent. Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2334 ; and our 3, in PI. 24.

Specific Character. — Bracteoles rather remote from the lalyx. Standard reflexed. Stamens monadelphous.

Description, &c. — This is a very handsome and rather curious plant. The leaves are of a rich dark gi’een,
blunt, and rounded at the end, hut with the midrib ending in a sharp mucro. The flowers are of a brilliant crimson ;

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

101

I and the standard, which is rather long, is bent back almost to its base. The stamens are joined into a single
column, and the flowers, though large and of a brilliant colour, are not particularly ornamental. The species is
an evergreen shrub, a native of the south-west coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1803. It is
tolerably hardy, and it flowers in the spring and summer months.

t

2.— TEMPLBTONIA GLAUCA Sims. THE GLAUCOUS TEMPLETONIA.

Engravings,' — Bot. Mag., t, 2088; Bot. Reg., t. 859; Locld. Bot. Cab., t. 644.

Specific Character. — Bracteoles approximating the calyx; uppermost stamen shorter than the others, and nearly free. ((?. Don.)

f Description, &c. — A very handsome plant, with bright scarlet flowers and bluish-green leaves, which have a
I delicate yellow margin round them. They are what is called obcordate ; that is, heart-shaped, but with the point
li of the heart towards the stalk. The species is a native of the south-west coast of New Holland, whence it was
I . introduced in 1818. It flowers in April and May. Both species should be grown in a mixture of sandy loam and
' peat, and are increased by cuttmgs strack in sand. Sometimes they are raised from seeds, which frequently ripen
in this country.

GENUS XXII.

RAFNIA T/mnd. THE RAFNIA.

Lin. Sijst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx cleft into five to the middle ; four
upper lobes broadest, sometimes distinct, sometimes variously connected;
lower lobe setaceous and very acute. Corolla smooth, with an obtuse

keel and roundish vexillum. Stamens monadelpbous, evith the sheath
cleft in front at length. Legume lanceolate, compressed, many-
seeded.

Description, &c. — This is a genus of Cape shrubs, all of which have yellow flowers. The leaves and stems
generally become black when dried. The genus is named m honour of C. G. Piafn, a Danish botanist.

1.— RAFNIA TRIFLORA Thunb. THE THREE-FLOWERED RAFNIA.

SvNONYMES. — Crotalaria triflora Berg. ; Borbonia cordata Andr. usually tern in the axils of the upper leaves, one-flowered, and bibrac-
Engravings.- — Bot. Mag., t. 482; Bot. Rep., t. 31. teate. ((?. Bon.)

I Specific Character. — Leaves ovate ; branches angular ; peduncles

j "

I Description, &c. — A very handsome plant, which has only one disadvantage, and that is, that it is of very
I short dm’ation, as it seldom lasts above three, or at most four years. It is, moreover, properly speaking, a biennial.
1 The flowers are very large and handsome, and their colour is a golden-yellow. They appear in August and

'l

I September. The plant is remarkably strong and healthy, and the leaves are beautifully tinged with pink,
I particularly when they begin to fade. The flowers also assume a rich brown before they fall.

There are many other species of Rafnia ; but they are very seldom seen in greenhouses. Some of them have
been sepai’ated and formed into a new genus under the name of Vascoa ; so named in honour of Vasco de Gama,
■ the celebrated Portuguese circumnavigator. '

102

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS XXIII.

BORBONIA Lin. THE BORBONIA.

Lin. Sijst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx attenuated at the base, five-cleft,
with the lobes about equal in length, terminating each of them in a
spiny acumen. Corolla villous on the outside, with the vexillum
emarginate at the apex, and the keel obtuse. Stamens all connected

into a sheath, which is cleft in front. Stigma capitate, somewhat
emarginate. Legume linear, piano-compressed, many-seeded. ((?.
Bon.)

Description, &c. — These are Cape shrubs, with simple prickly leaves, which are stem-clasping, and many-
nerved at the base. The flowers are all yellow, and they are generally disposed in heads at the tip of the
branches. The name of the genus was given in memory of Gaston de Bourbon, Duke of Orleans, and son of
Henry IV., who was a great patron of botany.

1.— BORBONIA CRENATA Lin. THE CRENATE-LEAVED BORBONIA.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 274. I many-nervcd, and reticulated between the nerves. Leaves and

Specific Character. — Leaves cordate, roundish, acute, denticulated, | branches glabrous. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is rather a curious looking plant, on account of the leaves, which are nearly round,
but which look heart-shaped from the decided manner in which they clasp the stem, as they are totally tvithout
footstalks. They are haiiy, and the hairs, which are very long, form a cmdous fringe round the margin. The
flowers are yellow and rather small. The species was introduced in 1774.

2.— BORBONIA RUSCIFOLIA Lin. THE RUSCUS-LEAVED BORBONIA.

Synonyme. — B. cordata BanJcs. Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 2128.

Specific Character. — Leaves cordate, many-nervcd, minutely ciliated, hut otherwise glabrous as well as the branches. ((7. Don.)

Description, &c. — This plant is so exceedingly different to the last, that it seems scarcely possible to imagine
they can belong to the same genus. The leaves of this plant closely resemble those of the Ruscus or Butcher’s
Broom, and they have only a fringe of hairs so fine and short that they are scarcely perceptible. The flowers are
rather larger than those of B. crenata. The species was introduced in 1790.

There are many other species of Borbonia, but the two just described are the most common in this coimtiy.

The small genus Achyronia is nearly allied to Borbonia, but it differs in the branches and leaves being covered
with chaffy hairs ; and hence it takes its name from the Greek word achyron, chaff.

GENUS XXIV.

LIPARIA Lin. THE LIPARIA.

Lin. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx thrust in at the base, with a short
tube and a five-lobed limb, the four superior lobes lanceolate and
acute, and about equal in length, lower one very long, elliptic, and
petaloid. Corolla glabrous, with an oval-oblong vexillum and oblong

wings, the one involving the other in SDStivation. Keel straight, acute,
narrow, two-edged. Stamens diadelphous. Ovary sessile, very short,
style filiform. Legume ovate, few-seeded. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This genus takes its name from liiyaros, biilliant, in allusion to its shining leaves. It was

formerly rather extensive, but modern botanists have confined it to one species.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

103

1.— LIPAEIA SPH^RICA Lin. THE GLOBE-FLOWERED LIPARIA.

Synonymes. — Borbonia spliserica Lam. ; Leucadendron splendens Burm.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1241 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 642.

Specific Character. — Flowei's capitate. Leaves lanceolate, nerves smooth.

Description, &c. — A very singular plant, the petals of the flowers of which fall soon, and leave the stamens,
, which give the plant more resemblance to a Myrtle than to any of the Leguminosse. It is a native of the Cape
of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1783, and it flowers in July.

GENUS XXV.

PRIESTLEYA Dec. THE PRIESTLEYA.

Un. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA
!| Generic Character. — Calyx nearly equally five-lobed, somewhat
■ hilahiate. Corolla glabrous, with a roundish vcxillum, which stands on
I - a short stipe, falcate obtuse wings, and a two-edged convex keel which
; is curved on the back. Stamens diadelphous. Style filiform. Stigma

capitate, sometimes furnished with an acute tooth behind. Legume
sessile, piano-compressed, oval-oblong, apiculatod by the style, four to
sLx-seeded. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants contained in this genus are all Cape shrubs, with entire leaves and yellow

flowers, which are disposed either in heads, umbels, or spikes. The name of the genus was given in honour of
Dr. Priestley.

1.— PRIESTLEYA HIRSUTA Dec. THE HAIRY PRIESTLEYA.

Synonyme. — Liparia hirsuta Thunl).

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 8.

Specific Character. — Leaves oho vate- oblong, glabrous. Branches, |

bracteas, and calyxes hairy. Racemes of flowers somewhat capitate.
Bracteas inclosing the pedicels, and rising up round the flowers, with
hard black points.

Description, &c. — A very handsome and rather singular plant, a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it
was introduced in 1792. It is chiefly I’emarkable for the hard black points which terminate the flower-leaves.

I 2.— PRIESTLEYA VESTITA Dec. THE CONCAVE-LEAVED PRIESTLEYA.

Synonymes. — Liparia vestita Thunh. ; L. villosa Ancb'. I glabrous above, but clothed with hairy wool beneath, as well as the

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2223 ; Bot. Rep., t. 382. [ calyxes and bracteas. Flowers capitate. ((7. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, concave, obtuse, nerveless, |

Description, &c. — The young shoots of this plant have the appearance of the shoots of some Mnds of Cactus,
from the very curious manner in which they are completely covered with leaves laid one upon another like scales,
i the margins being distinctly marked by a very curious fine white silky fringe ; the singular appearance of each leaf

being increased by each being concave. The species was introduced in the year 1800, and it is well deserving of

cultivation for its singularity.

There are many other species of the genus, all of which are veiy curious plants, but they are very seldom seen
in collections. They should all be grown in a mixture of sandy loam and peat, but they do not require to be
watered so freely as the Australian kinds of Legiiminosge ; for if they are watered much over them leaves, it is sure
to kni them. Only the very young tops of the shoots should be made into cuttings, and they should be planted in
pm’e white sand, the bell glasses which cover them being frequently taken off and wiped, or else the plants wiH
damp off.

104

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS XXVI.

HALLIA Thunb. THE HALLIA.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, witli the segments about equal. Keel obtuse. Stamens monadelpbous, Avith the sbeatb complete.
Legume compressed, membranous, two-valved, one-seeded. {Q. Don.)

Description, &c. — This genus contains only very small Cape shrubs or herbaceous plants, vfith purple flowers.
They are not at all remarkable for then’ beauty, and certainly scarcely worth cultivating at the present day, when
so many really handsome flowers have been introduced. The genus is named in honour of Berger Martin Hall,
a pupil of Linuajus.

GENUS XXVII.

CROTALARIA Lin. THE CROTALAEIA.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Caly.v five-lobcd, somewhat bilabiate ; upper Style bearded laterally, pubescent. Legume turgid, with the valves
lip bifid, lower lip trifid. Vexillum large, cordate. Keel falcate, acu- ventrlcose, usually many-seeded, pedicellate. ((?. Don.)
miuated. Filaments all connected with the sheath, cleft in front.

Description, &c. — This is a vei’y large genus, the plants composing which bear, however, so much resemblance
to each other as to he very easily recognised. They have generally yellow flowers, and palmately compound leaves,
which have usually three leaflets. Some of them are annuals, some perennials ; some require a greenhouse, others
a stove ; and some will grow in the open air. The name of Crotalaria is derived from the Greek word for a
castanet, because the seeds rattle in the pods when dry, and make a noise like a castanet.

1.— CROTALARIA PURPUREA Vent. THE PURPLE CROTALARIA.

Specific Character. — Leaves ternate ; leaflets obovate, retuse,
Racemes terminal. I!

Synonyme. — C. elegans Donn.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1913 ; Bot. Reg., t. 128 ; and our fig.

4, in PL 24.

Description, &c. — A small shrub, growing very erect, and generally producing very few branches. Though |'
this species is called the Purple Crotalaria, its flowers are of a fine crimson. It is a native of the Cape of Good ;
Hope, whence it was introduced in 1709. It flowers early in the spring, and continues producing a succession of
blossoms all the summer. It is easily propagated by cuttings. ||

2.— CROTALARIA PULCHELLA Andr. THE PRETTY CROTALARIA.

branches and petioles. Racemes terminal. Legume cylindrical, many-
seeded, tapering into a stipe at tbe base. ((?. Don.)

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1699; Bot. Rep., t. 417.

Specific Character. — Leaflets linear-lanceolate, acute, longer than
the petioles, clothed with adpressed pubescence beneath, as well as the

Description, &c. — This is a very showy species, from the large size of the flowers and the slenderness of the
leaves. It was introduced from the Cape of Good Hope in the year 1800, and when grown in the free ground it
attains a very large size. When this is the case it makes a very ornamental plant, pai’ticularly w’hen it is covered
with its immense yellow flowers.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

105

There are several other greenhouse species of Crotalaria, but they are generally less ornamental than those
above described.

Hypocalyptiis is a small genus consisting of a single species, with very ornamental flowers. It is a native of
the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1823.

Viborgia is another genus of Cape shrubs, the flowers of which are generally yellow.

Loddigesia is a genus consisting of a single species, with ornamental pinldsh flowers, which are produced all
the summer. It was introduced in 1802.

Dichilus is another genus of Cape shrubs, similar to the last, but none of the species appear to have been yet
introduced.

Leheckia is a genus of Cape shrubs with the habit of Genista. There are several species, all of which are orna-
mental plants with yellow flowers.

Sarcophyllum is a genus containing only one species, which is a native of the Cape, with yellow flowers ; intro-
duced in 1812.

GENUS XXVIII.

ASPALATHUS Lam. THE ASPALATHUS.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx with the tube hardly attenuated at having the sheath cleft above. Legume oblong, usually oblique, few-
the base, five-toothed or five-cleft, with the lobes about equal. Vex- seeded. {Q. Don.')
ilium on a short stipe. Carina two-edged. Stamens monadelphous,

Desceiption, &c. — This is a very large genus, all the species of which, with only one exception, are shrubby,
and they are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope. The name of Aspalathus is said to he derived from two
Greek words, signifying not to extract ; in allusion to the annoyance occasioned by the thorny leaves with which
these plants abound, and which it is difficult to extract when they have entered the flesh.

1.— ASPALATHUS CARNOSA Thunh. THE FLESHY-LEAVED ASPALATHUS.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 1289.

Specific Character. — Leaves fasciculate, fleshy, terete, glabrous. Flowers lateral and terminal. Calyx hracteate.

Description, &c. — A very pretty little plant, with fleshy cylindrical leaves, and rather large, yellow flowers.
As in all the other species of the genus, the leaves are produced in tufts. The species flowers in May and J une.
It was introduced in 1795.

2.— ASPALATHUS CHENOPODA Lin.

Synonymes. — Genista ericoides Seh. ; Nepa capensis Day.
Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2225; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 316; and
our fiy. 5, in PL 24.

THE GOOSE-FOOT ASPALATHUS.

Specific Character. — Plant hispid. Leaves fasciculate, subulate,
and ending in a sharp rigid mucro. Flowers capitate, terminal. Style
long, permanent.

Description, &c. — A very singular-looking plant, covered all over with thin hairs, and having the branches
beset with little tufts of shai'p spine-like leaves, those nearest the branches being much shorter than the others.
The flowers are large, and yellow tinged with red ; and the styles, which are very long, remain on after the flowers

p

106

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

have fallen, looking like little horns projecting from the tufts of leaves which terminate the branches. The plant
was introduced in 1759. It flowers in July and August, and if planted in the free ground in a conservatory, it
forms a very handsome shrub. , -

OTHER SPECIES OF ASPALATHUS.

A. ARANEOSA Tlmnh. ■ ■

A very curious shrub, with long, pendulous, woolly branches. The flowers are white, with a slight tinge of
blue, and are ornamental. The species was introduced in 1795.

A. PEDUNCULATA L'Her.

This is perhaps the least ornamental species in the genus. The flowers are of a pale yellow, and are produced
on long footstalks. The plant was introduced in 1775. !

There are many other species, but they are seldom seen in collections.

GENUS XXIX.

CYTISUS Dec. THE CYTISUS.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA. -

Generic Character. — Caly.x bilatiate; upper lip usually eutirc, lower one somewhat tridentate. Vexillum ovate, large. Carina very

obtuse, inclosing the pistil and stamens. Stamens monadelpbous. Legume compressed, many- seeded, glandless. ((?. Don.) \

Description, &c. — The genus Cytisus is well known, from the Laburnum and other hardy ornamental plants I
which belong to it. Very few of the species require a greenhouse, but those that do are highly ornamental. The
name of Cytisus is derived from Cythnus, one of the Cyclades, the first species named belonging to the genus j
having been found there. |l

1.— CYTISUS ^OLICUS Guss. THE HIOLIAN CYTISUS.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1902; Sweet’s Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd ov.al, tomentose at the margin. Flowers ternate, sub-bracteate, race-
series, t. 382. mose. Calyx membranaceous, campanulate. Legume smooth. r

Specific Character. — Plant hoary. Branches terete. Leaflets

Description, &c. — Tliis plant is a native of the volcanic island of Stromboli, and it is very ornamental, from I
the great abundance and golden yellow of its flowers. When not in flower, it bears considerable resemblance to l
C. lyroliferus, but the flowers are quite distinct. It requires protection dm’ing the winter, but as it is a large free- ■
growing plant, it succeeds much better when planted in the open ground in a conservatoiy than when it is grown
in a pot. The species was introduced in 1837. \

2.— CYTISUS PROLIFERUS Lin. THE SILKY CYTISUS.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 121 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 761. I lets elliptical, and are, as well as the calyxes, silky. Flowei's lateral.

Specific Character. — Stems erect ; branches terete, velvety ; leaf- [ umbellately aggregate. Legume viUous. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a fine evergreen shrub with white flowers, a native of the island of Tenerifie, where
it was found growing on the mountains, and where it is called Scobon. In this country, when kept in a greenhouse
or planted in a conservatory, it will grow to a considerable height, producing a stem upwards of an inch in diameter.
The whole plant is pubescent, and has a soft silvery appearance, with long branches hanging downwards on all ,

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

107

1 1 sides to a length of more than two feet, and covered with such an extraordinary profusion of beautiful white
1 flowers, that the whole plant looks, at a little distance, perfectly white. The species was introduced in 1779.

, OTHER SPECIES OF CYTISUS.

C. WELDENII Host.

Tins species, which has been called the Dalmatian Laburnum, grows eight or ten feet high, and forms a very
I, handsome bush, with abundance of yellow flowers. It has been said to differ from the Laburnum chiefly in its
I flowers being produced, in this country, in short thick racemes ; though in its native countiy the racemes appear
( to be as long and drooping as the common Laburnum, according to the drawing sent by Baron Welden to
Mr. Loudon for the “Arboretum Britannicum.” It is well-known that the seeds of several species of Cytisus are
j injurious, but in Cytisus Weldenii the whole plant is poisonous. The plant was introduced in 1840.

C. RACEMOSUS Well.

This species is now discovered to be the same as Genista hracteolata, and it is described under that name below.

GENUS XXX.

GENISTA Lam. THE GENISTA.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx bilabiate, upper lip bi-partite, lower
one tridentate, or flve-lobed, the three lower lobes nearly joined to
the apex. Vexillum oblong-oval. Carina oblong, straight, not always

containing the pistil and stamens. Stamens monadelphous. Legume
compressed, rarely rather turgid, many-seeded, rarely few-seeded,
glandless. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — The word Genista is said to be derived from the Celtic word gen, signifying a small bush.

ll Most of the species are hardy plants, but some few are sufficiently tender to require a greenhouse in Great
I Britain. Many of the species are included by some botanists in the genus Cytisus, and others in Sgiartium.

I

1.— GENISTA CANARIENSIS Lin.

THE CANARY GENISTA.

Synonymes. — G. rhodopna:a Hoi't. ; Spartium albicans Ccm. ;
Cytisus paniculatus Lois. ; C. ramosissimus Pair.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 217.

Specific Character. — Leaves ternatc, oblong, pubescent beneath,
and covered with spreading hairs. Peduncles many-flowered, terminal.
Branches angular.

Description, &c. — This is one of the oldest inhabitants of our greenhouses, having been in cultivation ever
since 1656. It is a very pretty plant, with glaucous leaves, and a great abundance of yellow flowers. It bears
considerable resemblance to a hardy species generally called the Montpellier Cytisus [Genista candicans), but it

differs in being less hardy. It is a very ornamental species, and when planted in the free ground of a conservatory,
it forms a tall upright shrub. The flowers have a slight fragrance, faintly resembling that of the rose.

2.— GENISTA BRACTEOLATA Link. THE RACEMOSE GENISTA.

Synonyme. — Cytisus racemosus Well. lets obovate, very obtuse, and narrower at the base. Racemes termin|l.

Engraving.- — Bot. Reg., for 1840, t. 23. elongated. '

Specific Character. — Whitely pubescent. Leaves ternate ; leaf-

Description, &c. — A very handsome species, a native of Teneriffe, whence it was sent home by Philip Barker
Webb, Esq., in 1832, under the name of Cytisus racemosus, though it was afterwards discovered by him to be the

108

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

same as the Genista hracteolata of Link. The species is very ornamental, and it may be grown readily from
cuttings. It does best planted out in the ground of a conservatory, where it forms a handsome bush, covered with
fragrant flowers, which continue appearing from about April till the end of the summer.

OTHER SPECIES OF GENISTA.

G. LINIFOLIA Un.

A pretty little plant with silky leaves, which are quite white on the underside, and a profusion of golden
yellow flowers. The plant is a native of the South of Spain, and it was introduced in 1786. It is sometimes
called Cytisus argenteus.

G. VIRGATA Dec.

This is a very handsome plant, a native of the Canary Islands, whence it was introduced in 1825. It is very
nearly hardy, and will live in tolerably mild seasons in the open border, but it will not resist a severe frost.

GENUS XXXI.

PSORALEA Lin. THE PSORALEA.

Lin. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Sepals five, joined together to the middle
into a five-cleft, permanent calyx, with the tube usually beset with
glauds ; the lobes acuminated, having the lower one a ^little more
lengthened out than the others. Stamens ten, usually diadelphous.

the tenth one is sometimes connected with the others at the base.
Legume length of calyx, valveless, one-seeded, sometimes ending in
a beak. ((?. Don.')

Description, &c. — This genus derives its botanic name from a Greek word signifying scurfy, in allusion to the
calyx and many other parts of the plant being covered with small tubercles. The flowers are generally blue and
white, or pm’ple and white, and they are produced in tufts at the extremity of the branches. The species are
generally natives of the Cape of Good Hope, though others come from North America, Eastern Europe, and various

other parts of the globe. The plants are generally ornamental, and the flowers are very large in proportion to the

leaves. The species are very numerous.

GENUS XXXII.

INDIGOFERA Lin. THE INDIGO TREE.

Lin. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, lobes acute. Vexillum
roundish, emarginate. Keel furnished with a subulate spur on both
sides, at length bending back with elasticity. Stamens diadelphous.
Style filiform, glabrous. Legume nearly terete, two-valved, many-

seeded, rarely few-seeded or ovate, one-seeded at the base or sub-
globose. Seeds ovate, truncate at both ends, and usually separated
from each other by a cellular substance. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — Most of the plants belonging to this genus produce indigo, from the pulp or cellular tissue

of their leaves. They are generally ornamental, but not so much so as most of the other plants belonging to the
order. Many of the kinds are stove plants, and those which will live in a greenhouse in this country are generally
natives of the Cape of Good Hope. The species most commonly used for producing indigo (liidigqfera tinctoria) is
found wild both in the East and West Indies, and also in Central Africa, but it requires a stove in Great Britain.
The name of Indigofera signifies indigo-bearer, in allusion to the principal product of the plant.

i

\

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

109

L— INDIGOFEEA AM(ENA Ait. THE PLEASING INDIGO TREE.

SvNONYMES. — I. purpurea Hort. ; I. heterophylla Tlrnnh. Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 300.

Specific Character. — Leaves ternate, oval, hairy. Branches cylindrical. Spikes pedunculate. Stipules bristly. Calyx loose. Stem shrubby.

Description, &c. — A branching upright shrub, covered with soft silvery down, which gives the whole plant a
greyish hue. The flowers are of a bright rose-colour and very ornamental. The species is a native of the Cape
of Good Hope, and was introduced in 1774.

2.— INDIGOFERA VIOLACEA Boxh. THE VIOLET-COLOURED INDIGO TREE.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3348 ; and owe fig. 1, in PL 25. I oblong leaflets. Racemes axillary, shorter than the leaves. Legume

Specific Character.^ — Shrubby. Leaves consisting of six pairs of | erect, rigid, subcylindrical, glabrous, six or ten-seeded.

Description, &c. — A shrub, growing, in the free ground of a conservatory, to the height of five feet, and
forming a very showy plant from its flowers, which are violet and rose-coloured. The leaves are pinnate, and
consist of five or sLv pairs of oblong leaflets. The species is a native of India, but it is very nearly hardy in this
country. It was introduced in 1820.

OTHER SPECIES OF INDIGOFERA.

I. DOSUA Dec.

This plant is very oimamental, from its bright rose-coloured flowers, which are produced in the greatest
profusion during the summer months. It was introduced from Nepal in the year 1838, and it flowered for the first
time in England m May, 1840.

I. DECORA Lindl.

This is a very pretty bush, introduced from China by Mr. Fortune in 1840. It is a native of the North of
China, where it forms a dwarf shrub, with pale pink flowers, the standard of which is nearly white. The plant
should be grown in sandy peat, and during the summer months it should be supplied with abundance of air and
water ; while to prevent the leaves from being scorched by the sun, occasional shading will be necessary.

I. AUSTRALIS Vent.

A pretty little plant, inti’oduced by Sir Joseph Banks in 1790. The flowers are rather small, and of a
reddish purple.

I. STACHYODES Lindl.

A handsome species, the flowers of which are rather small, but are produced in a dense spike. The keel is of
a bright rose-colour ; but the species is most easily distinguished by its leaves, each of which consists of from
eighteen to twenty-two leaflets. The plant is a native of the mountainous districts of India, and it was introduced
in 1840.

I. NUDA G. Don.

This species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1814. It is figured in the
“ Botanical Magazine ” under the name of Lebeckia nuda.

There are several other species, which are greenhouse plants in this country, but they have generally small
flowers, and are not particularly ornamental.

110

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS XXXIII.

SWAINSONIA Salisb. THE SWAINSONIA.

Un. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

GENFRtc Character. — Calyx bicallous at the base, five-toothed. Vexillum large, flat. Stamens diadelphous. Carina obtuse, rather, longer
than the wings. Stigma terminal. Style bearded longitudinally, but beardless in front. Legume turgid. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — All the plants belonging to this genus are natives of New Holland, and they are all
suffruticose, with pinnate leaves and elongated racemes of crimson or scarlet flowers. The name of Sivainsonia
was given in honour of Isaac Swaiuson, Esq., who had a private Botanic Garden at Twickenham about the end of
the last centui’y.

I.— SWAINSONIA GALEGIFOLIA B. Brown. THE GALEGA-LEAVED SWAINSONIA.

Synonymes. — Vicia galcgifolia Andr. ; Colutea galcgifolia Sims. of oval leaflets, which are somewhat emarginate. Pedicel of the legume

Engravings. — Bot. Rep., t. 139 ; Bot. Mag., t. 792. somewhat elongated.

Specific Character.— Suffiuticose, erect. Leaves rvith nine pairs

Description, &c. — A very ornamental plant, with a shrubby stem and herbaceous flexible branches. The
flowers are large, and of a bright scarlet ; but the leaflets are very small. The pod is inflated, and is produced on
a long pedicel. The seeds are black, shining, and Iddney-shaped. It is a free-growing plant, producing an
abundance of flowers. It is a native of New South Wales, whence it was introduced in 1803. There is a variety
of this species with white flowers, which is very ornamental, and which is sometimes called 8. albiflora.

2 SWAINSONIA CORONILLAIFOLIA Salish. THE CORONILLA-LEAVED SWAINSONIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1725 ; and owr fiy. 2, in PI. 25. I to eleven pairs of obovate emarginate leaflets. Pedicel of legume a

Specific Character. — Suffruticose, erect. Leaves with from nine | little shorter than the permanent filaments. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — A veiy ornamental species, with abundance of rose-coloured flowers, which are produced in
succession nearly all the summer. It is a native of New Holland, and was introduced by Sir Joseph Banks
in 1802.

OTHER SPECIES OF SWAINSONIA. ’

S. GREY AN A Lindl. . j

This is a very pretty half-herbaceous species with dull-brownish hoary leaves, from the umIs of which, a
profusion of large purple flowers with a white eye appear in the summer. The plant is a native of New

Holland, whence it was mtroduced in 1845 by Captain Grey, in compliment to whom it is named. It may be

easily increased by cuttings of the young shoots taken ofl" in the early part of the summer.

GENUS XXXIV.

LESSERTIA Dec. THE LESSERTIA.

Lin. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx half five-cleft. I'cxillum flat. Keel obtuse. Stamens diadelphous. Stigma capitate. Style bearded transversely
in front at the apex, but beardless behind. Legume scarious, indehiscent, compressed, or inflated, the uppermost side the shortest. {0. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants contained in this genus are all delicate little shrubs or herbs which will grow
freely in a greenhouse, and which may be raised either by cuttings or from seeds, which they ripen abundantly.

PI. 25,

1- '■

1

1 l.

'■fV

\

iV

*^l

it

'f •^•.^v^''

/'

■f'."

■)

f

-«■'

>:

r

•V "jfB'fl.^ 'W-'

/

.1

i .

•<. r • -■ ' ' '(t>i

■* ' - ' A-S.Vp

'-•/

1

3?

>>■

2

X

a

\i

If..

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

Ill

The flowers are small, and generally purple. The name was given to the genus in honour of the late Baron
Delessert, a highly cultivated - and liberal botanist, who was remarkable, not only for his splendid collection of
books, shells, and other objects connected with Natural History, but for the liberality with which he permitted
students to have free access to them.

GENUS XXXV.

SUTHERLANDIA R. Br. THE SUTHERLANDIA.

Un. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-toothed, nearly equal. Vexillum with replicate sides, short. Keel oblong. Wings very short. Stamens
diadelphous. Stigma terminal. Style bearded lengthwise behind and transversely at the apex. Legume inflated, scarious. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — There are only two species in this genus, viz. S. frutescens and S. micropliylla. Both are
very omamental plants with pinnate leaves, and axillary racemes of large scarlet flowers. 8. frutescens, which is
the most common kind, is very nearly hardy. Both species are natives of the Cape of Good Hope. The name of
the genus was given in honour of James Sutherland, one of the first Curators of the Botanic Garden at Edinbm’gh.

GENUS XXXVI.

CLIANTHUS Sounder. THE GLORY PEA.

Un. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx campanulate, five-toothed. Vexillum
acuminate, reflexed. Wings short, incumbent. Keel longer than the
ve.xillum, cuculate, ventricose, acuminate and recurved at the point.

Stamens diadelphous, perigynous, unequal. Style filiform, longitudi-
nally bearded. Legume oblong, acuminate, stipitate, ventricose,
leathery, many-sceded, woolly on the inside. Seeds kidney-shaped.

Description, &c. — The name of Clianthus is taken from two Greek words, which signify literally glory-flower.

i

[ 1.— CLIANTHUS PUNICEUS Solander. THE CRIMSON GLORY PEA.

Synonyms. — Donia punicea G. Don.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3584; Bot. Reg., t. 1775; Sweet’s
Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd series, t. 397 ; The Botanist, t. 44 ; and our
fig. 3, in PI. 25.

Specific Character. — Suflruticose, adpressedly pubescent. Leaf-
lets oblong, retuse. Flowers racemose. Calyx five-toothed. Legume
smooth.

Description, &c. — A. very showy plant, with a woody stem fom’ or five feet high, and covered when in flower
Avith a profusion of large scarlet blossoms. The plant is a native of New Zealand, whence it was introduced in
1832, and where the natives call it “ Kowanautuliaka,” or Parrot’s Bill, from the shape of the corolla. It is very
nearly hardy, and will grow in the open air in a sheltered situation ; but as it is killed by frost, it is much better
to plant it in the free ground of a conservatory. It is not at all adapted for growing in pots, as it will not flower
till it is of a large size, and it will not grow freely unless it has plenty of room for its roots.

2.— CLIANTHUS CARNEUS Lindl. THE FLESH-COLOURED GLORY PEA.

Synonyme. — Strehlorhiza speciosa Endl. Engraving. — Bot. Reg. for 1841, t. 51.

Specific Character. — Leaflets in two or three pairs, ovate, very smooth, and shiny. Racemes erect, few-flowered. Vexillum nearly straight.

Description, &c. — This species is a native of Norfolk Island, and some of the smaller islands in its vicinity.
It is very inferior in beauty to the common Glory Pea, but it is still worth cultivating for its pink flowers, which

112

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

beai’ considerable resemblance to those of the Judas Tree, and its shining evergreen leaves. “ It is easily <

cultivated,” says Dr. Lindley, “ only requiring a rather strong rich soil, and plenty of room to grow ; it will then
flower freely ; but is not suited for growing in pots, as the plant requires to become large, and have plenty of room
before it will flower freely. It strikes freely from cuttings, treated in the ordinary way, and flowers during the
earlier parts of the year.”

GENUS XXXVIl.

CORONILLA Neck. THE CORONILLA.

Lin. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Caly.x campanulate, short, five-toothed, the Stamens diadelphous. Legume nearly cylindrical, slender, separating
two superior teeth approximate, and joined up higher together than the into oblong one-seeded joints. Seeds ovate or cylindrical,
rest. Claws of petals usually longer than the calyx. Carina acute.

Desceiption, &c. — Ornamental low shrubs, generally natives of the south of Europe, but some of which
require the protection of a greenhouse in this countiy- The name of Coronilla, which is derived from corona, a
crotvn, alludes to the disposition of the flowers in heads or umbels.

1. —CORONILLA GLAUCA Lin. THE GLAUCOUS-LEAVED CORONILLA.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 13. I late. Leaflets five or seven, ohovate, vciy obtuse, glaucous, lower ones

Specific Character.^ — Shrubby, glabrous. Stipules small, lanceo- j remote from the stem. Umbels seven or eight-flowered. (6*. Don.)

Description, &c. — A pretty little plant, which has been common in British greenhouses since the year 1664.
It is a native of the south of France and Spain, and it is also found in Sicily. Though it grows wild in a country
only a few degrees hotter than our own, it is more tender than many plants which come from warmer climates.
The flowers are yellow, and are veiy fragrant during the day, but they lose their scent at night.

2.— CORONILLA VALENTINA Lin.

Synonymes. — C. stipularis Lam,.-, C. hispanica Mill.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 185.

Specific Character. — Shrubby, glabrous. Stipules roundish.

THE VALENTIA CORONILLA.

large, deciduous. Leaflets seven or nine, obovate, mucronulate,
glaucous, lower ones remote from the stem. Umbels six or eight-
flowered. {0. Don.)

Description, &c. — A well-known greenhouse plant, with very strong- smelling leaves, the scent of which is

equally perceptible at night as in the day. The odour has been compared to that of Rue, and consequently it
is thought very disagreeable by most persons, though some actually like it. The plant is a native of Spain,

where it was found growing on the road-side, and in other sandy places. It is of easy culture, but it requires

to be occasionally cut down, as it is very apt to become drasvn up with a naked stem at the bottom.

There are several other species of Coronilla which may be considered as half-hardy, though, as most of them
will stand out if they have a slight protection during severe frost, it has not been thought worth while to include
them in this collection of greenhouse plants.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

113

GENUS XXXVIII.

ADESMIA Gill. THE ADESMIA.

Lin. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

transversely many-jointed, having the

upper suture straight and
thickish, hut the lower suture is sinuately lobed ; joints one-seeded,
nearly orbicular, at length separating from each other. Seeds com-
pressed, reniformly orbicular. (6r. Lon.)

' Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, with the segments acute
and nearly equal. Corolla papilionaceous. Vexillum complicated
• above the rest of the petals when young. Keel curved and truncate
at the apex. Stamens distinct, approximate. Legume compressed.

Description, &c. — The species included in this genus are South American herbaceous plants, generally with
large yellow flowers. They are ornamental, and some of the species are nearly hardy in this country. The
name of Adesmia is derived from two Greek words, signifying no bond, in allusion to the stamens being free.

1.— ADESMIA LOUDONIA Hook, et Arn. MR. LOUDON’S ADESMIA.

SvNONYMEs. — Loudonia anthylloides Bert.-, L. superba Hort.
Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1720; and omx jig. 4, in PI. 25.

.1 Specific Character. — Shrubby, the whole plant covered with a
greyish silky down, erect, much branched, and very leafy. Leaves

with three pairs of leaflets ; leaflets linear-lanceolate, very soft,
spreading, longer than the petioles. Peduncles axillary. Calyx five-
cleft, equal, covered with silky down. Vexillum silky. Legume
three-jointed.

■ Description, &c. — This plant, which is a native of Chili, was originally supposed to be the type of a new
j genus, which Dr. Bertero, an Italian botanist, named Loudonia, in honour of my late husband. On examination,
1 however, it was found not to be sufficiently distinct from the other species of Adesmia to authorise its being placed
Ij - in a new genus ; and it is, therefore, considered to be only a species of Adesmia, the compliment to Mr. Loudon

d

'being perpetuated by the specific name. The plant is not very ornamental, being small and of a greyish hue.

with yellow flowers, which are neither large, numerous, nor of a brilliant colour. It was introduced in 1832.

OTHER SPECIES OF ADESMIA.

A. VISCOSA Gill.

A slender upright shrub, the branches and leaves of which feel clammy to the touch, and have a balsamic
odour. The leaves are composed of very small leathery leaflets, each of which is cmiously crenated ; and the
flowers, which are of a golden yellow, are twice as large as those of any other species of the genus. The plant
is a native of Chili, whence it was introduced in 1832.

A. USPALLATENSIS Gill.

A dwarf thorny shnib, growing about a foot liigh, and having verj^ small leaves and flowers. It is a native
of Chili, and was introduced m 1832 with the other species.

GENUS XXXIX.

KENNEDYA Vent. THE KENNEDY A.

Lin. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA
Generic Character. — Calyx bilabiate, upper lip bidentate, lower
one trifid, equal. Corolla papilionaceous, with the vexillum emargi-
nate, recurved, but not bent back from the carina. Stamens diadel-

phous. Stigma obtuse. Legume linear, compressed, transversely
many-celled from cellular membranous dissepiments. Seeds stropliio-
late. (G. Lon.)

Description, &c. — This genus was fonnerly a very extensive one, comprising almost all the ornamental
Australian plants with climbing stems and pea flowers. It has, however, within the last few years, been

Q

114

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

divided by Baron Hiigel into four genera, viz. Hardenbergia, comprising all the species which have small
bluish or lilac flowers ; Zichya, the flowers of which are broad and reddish with very short keels ; Physolobium,
the species of which have bladdery capsules ; and Kennedya. The species which are left in this genus, have all
large and handsome scarlet flowers, and are well deserving of cultivation. The name of Kennedya was given to the
genus by Ventenat in honour of Mr. Kennedy, late of the firm of Lee and Kennedy, nurserymen, Hammersmith.

L— KENNEDYA RUBICUNDA Vent. THE REDDISH KENNEDYA.

Synonymes. — Glycine rubicunda Ciwi.; CauliniarubicundaAfiBMc/i. ceolate, spreadingly reflexed. Peduncles usually three-flowered.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 268. Legumes hairy. (Jd. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaflets three, ovate. Stipules ovate-lan-

Description, &c. — This was one of the first species of Kennedya that was introduced; and it is remarkable
for the intense colour of its flowers, which are of so deep a scarlet on the inner side that they look almost black,
while on the outside they are quite pale. The species, when first introduced, was supposed to belong to the genus
Glycine, and it is figured mider that name in the “ Botanical Magazine.” It is easily raised from seeds, and is
of such quick growth and simple cultm’e, as to retain its place in greenhouses, notwithstandiug the gi'eat number of
more ornamental species that have been introduced.

2.— KENNEDYA PROSTRATA B. Br. THE PROSTRATE KENNEDYA.

Synonymes. — Glycine coccinea Curt. ; Kennedya coccinea Hort. i and rather repand. Stipules and bracteas cordate, apiculated, spread-

En GRAVING. — Bot. Mag., t. 270. ing. Peduncles one or two-flowered. Legume pubescent. {G. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaflets three, obovate, villous, undulated, |

Description, &c. — This species is veiy distinct, from the peculiarity of its flowers being generally produced
singly, and thus it is easily distinguished from Zichya coccinea, which is frequently called Kennedya coccinea in the
nm’series as well as this plant. This species is also distinguished by being a trailer instead of a climber like most
of the other species, and it is likewise much more tender. It flowers from April till June, and frequently perfects
seeds in this country. It is a native of the east coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1790.

3.— KENNEDYA NIGRICANS Lindl. THE DARK PURPLE KENNEDYA.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 1715.

Specific Character. — Leaflets ovate-oblong, obtnse, solitary or temate. Racemes simple. Flowers erect. Calyx hairy, narrowed at the base.

Description, &c. — This is a very remarkable species, from its pm’ple flowers and large broad leaves. The
flowers are also erect instead of drooping. It was introduced in 1835 ; but it is very seldom seen in collections.

4.— KENNEDYA MARRYATTiE Lindl. MRS. MARRYAT’S KENNEDYA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1790 ; Tbe Botanist, t. 83. | shorter than the petioles ; the young shoots very hairy. Stipules and

Specific Character. — Leaflets in threes, oblong, obtuse, undulated, | bracteas cordate, apiculated. Peduncles four-flowered.

Description, &c. — This species is very nearly allied to Kennedya xorostrata ; but it differs in all the pai’ts of
the plant being larger, and in the flowers being produced in fours, instead of being solitary, or in pairs. The young
shoots are also so tliicldy covered with hair as to be quite shaggy. It is a very ornamental plant, and was obtained
from the Swan River in 1835. The seeds were sent home by Sir James Stirling to his brother-in-law, Mr. Robert
Mangles.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

GENUS XL.

HARDENBEEGIA Benth. THE HARDENBERGIA.

115

Generic Character. — Calyx campanulate, very slightly five-cleft,
somewhat bilabiate. Standard orbicular, cmarginate, without any
appendages at the base, and with a very short claw. Wings and keel
extremely small. Keel curved and blunt at the extremity. Stamens

Un. Sysf. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

distinctly diadelphous, the free stamen straight and not articulated.
Ovary with several ovules. Style short. Stigma capitate, usually with
a short tuft of hair. Legume linear, flattened, almost divided into
several cells by a cellular substance. Seeds with a strophiola.

Description, &c. — This genus consists of six species of climbers, -which have been separated from the old
genus Kennedya, and which are all natives of extra-tropical Australia. They are all remarkable for their flowers,
which are small and of a pinldsh purple, and which are produced in upright spike-like racemes, each raceme
containing many flowers. The name of Hardenbergia was given to the genus in honour of the Countess
Hardenberg, sister of Baron Hiigel.

1.— HARDENBERGIA MONOPHYLLA Benth. THE SINGLE-LEAVED HARDENBERGIA.

SvNONYMES. — Kennedya monopbylla Vent. ; Glycine bimaculata
Cv/rt. ; G. virens Sol.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag.,t. 263 ; Bot. Reg., t. 1336; The Botanist,
t. 84.

Specific Character. — Leaves having only one leaflet ; leaflet
lanceolate or oblong, subcordate at the base. Peduncle much longer
than the raceme.

Description, &c. — There are two varieties of this species, one of which has a longer raceme and paler flowers
than the other. Both are pretty little plants, easily distinguished from the other species of the genus by the
leaves, which are simple, or, rather, according to the language of botanists, consist of a single leaflet, which is heart-
shaped at the stalk. The flowers are very small, and either of a very dark bluish-purple, in which case they are
produced m a short close raceme, or of a very pale pinkish-lilac, in which case they are produced in a loose, very
long raceme. The species was introduced in 1790, and as it is very easily cultivated, it has been common in green-
houses ever since.

I OTHER SPECIES OF HARDENBERGIA.

I H. COMPTONIANA Benth.

I This species was originally called Ghjcme Comptoniana in honom’ of the Marchioness of Northampton. It was

j afterwards removed to the genus Kennedya, and it is now included in Hardenbergia. It is a very pretty plant,

j with a long raceme of small dai’k pm'ple flowers, and it is one of the most common plants in greenhouses, as it is of

I

i remarkably easy culture. The plant is a native of the neighbourhood of Port Jackson, in New Holland, and it

I

i was introduced in 1803. It has a twining habit, and when planted in the free gi’ound of a conservatory, it will
grow to a very considerable height.

H. OVATA Benth.

This species very closely resembles H. monophylla, the principal difference being in the size of the solitary

I leaflets, which are large and broad in this species. The flowers are also somewhat larger, but they are in smaller
racemes, and altogether the plant is not particularly ornamental.

H. CORDATA Benth.

This plant, hke the last, closely resembles H. monophylla in its solitary leaflets ; but they are still larger than
in the last species. They look, indeed, like broad, cordate, simple leaves. The flowers are produced in rather
larger racemes, and are very ornamental.

Q 2

116

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

H. MACROPHYLLA Bentli.

A handsome species, nearly allied to H. Comptoniana ; but much larger in all its parts, particularly in its
leaves, each of which has three leaflets, and veiy long footstalks. It is a very ornamental species, and was
introduced from the Swan River in 1835.

GENUS XLI.

ZICHYA Hilgel THE ZICHYA.

Un. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Caly.v campanulate, bilabiate ; upper lip
bidentate, lower lip tbrec-cleft. Vexillum unguiculate, broadly orbicu-
latc, emarginate, reflexed. Wings oblong, adhering as far as the
middle to the keel. Keel curved, obtuse. Stamens distinctly diadel-
])bous, the separate stamen having a straight filament not articulated

at the base. Ovary containing several ovules. Style short, ascending,
and ending in a subcapitate stigma. Legume oblong, linear, com-
pressed, leathery, and separated internally into several cells by a cellu-
lar substance. Seeds with a strophiola.

Desceiption, &c. — The species included in the genus Zichya are easily distinguished from all the others which i |
compose the old genus Kennedya hy the flowers being disposed in heads or umbels. The flowers themselves are ‘
also easily distinguished by the breadth and shortness of the standard. All the species of Zichya are very l
ornamental, and they all grow freely and produce abundance of flowers. The stems are extremely slender, and | ‘
where they are not tramed, but left to grow in a state of nature, five or six become twisted together. The name | '
was given to the genus by Baron Hiigel, in hoiioui’ of the Countess Molly Zichy Ferraris, now Princess | ^

Metternich.

1.— ZICHYA COCCINEA Eiigel. THE SCARLET ZICHYA.

the leaves, and bearing at the extremity a head or umbel of from six
to twelve nodding flowers. Calyx divided to near the middle into five
lanceolate pointed teeth, of which the two upper ones are joined some-
what higher up than the low’er ones. Keel nearly as long as the wings.
Style scarcely dilated at the extremity.

Synonyme. — Kennedya cocciuea Vent.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag.,t. 2664 ; Sweet’s Flora Austriaca, t. 23 ;

The Botanist, t. 120 ; and our fig. 5, in PI. 25, under the name of
Kennedya coccinea.

Specific Character.— Leaflets obovate or oblong, the upper leaves
sometimes lanceolate. Peduncles axillary, usually much longer than

Desceiption, &c. — A very pretty species, chiefly distinguished by its very slender stems, which are twisted
together in a very graceful, though somewhat negligent, manner. The species is a native of Australia, whence it
was introduced in 1803, and it is of vei-y easy cultui-e, except that the plants require to be frequently repotted, and
that they should never be planted in the open air dui'ing summer. The plant is propagated by cuttings, which
require a little management. “ In the spring a plant should be selected for the pm’pose, from which all the flower
buds should be taken as they appear ; and all the shoots should be stopped as they begin to grow, until young
shoots are emitted from their joints. These must be taken with a heel of the old stem, be planted in sand, and
placed in heat.”

2.— ZICHYA PANNOSA Hort. THE CLOTHED-LEAVED ZICHYA.

ternate. Le-aflets oblong, mucronate. Flowers in dense heads or
umbels on very long peduncles.

Engraving. — Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. viii., p. 147.

Specific Character. — The whole plant thickly covered with soft
downy hair. Stem strong, scarcely climbing. Leaves on long petioles,

Desceiption, &c. — This species is very distinct from most of the others, from the strength and thickness of its
stems, which when young can almost support themselves. The leaves are also much larger than in any of the other

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

117

t

species ; aud the flowers, which are in very dense heads, have a scarlet standard with a yellow spot in the centre,

: and the wings and keel purple. The plant requires a loamy soil, and it should be repotted once, if not twice, a

j year. Specimens trained spirally round a barrel-shaped trellis are said, in “ Paxton’s Magazine,” to have a much

better appearance and to flower better than those which are supported erect, or trained to the rafters of a green-
house. The species was introduced about 1840.

OTHER SPECIES OF ZICHYA.

Z. TRICOLOR Hort.

This plant is very nearly allied to Z. pannosa, and, like that species, it was introduced from the Swan River,
about 1840. The principal differences between the plants are, that in Z. tricolor the heads of flowers are much
less dense, the stems of the plants are weaker, and the flowers larger.

Z. INOPHYLLA Hugcl.

A very showy and strong-growing species, with large heads of scarlet flowers, which have a very peculiar
appearance, from the calyx of each separate flower being thickly covered with short black hair. The leaflets of this
species are remarkably large. It is a native of New Holland, and was introduced about 1826. It is a very free-
growing species, and when planted in the free ground of a consei’vatory, it will soon attain a height of four
or five feet.

Z. GLABRATA Hiigel.

This is a pretty little plant, with very small clusters of flowers, slender w'ffy stems, and smooth leaves, which
are almost entirely destitute of hairs. The species was introduced in 1833.

Z. SERICEA Hiigel.

This species was figured under the name of Kennedya dilatata in the “ Botanical Register ” for 1832. It is
most nearly allied to Z. inophylta, which it resembles in the black hairs which clothe the calyx of its flow’ers, but
they are not so conspicuous as in the previously mentioned species. It was introduced in 1830.

GENUS XLII.

PHYSOLOBIUM Benth. THE PHYSOLOBIUM.

Un. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx campanulate, bilabiate, five-toothed.
Vexillum broadly orbiculate, spreading, somewhat hardened at the
base, longer than the wings. Wings adhering to the keel for about
half their length. Keel curved, obtuse, shorter than the wings or
equal to them. Stamens distinctly diadelphous, the upper one free ;

filaments straight, and without any joint; anthers all alike. Ovary
with several ovules. Style short, ascending. Stigma capitate. Legume
oblong, imperfectly divided into several cells by a cellular substance
which at length disappears. Seeds strophiolate.

Desceiption, &c. — This is one of the genera into which the old genus Kennedya was divided. The name of

Physolobium signifies a bladdery or inflated pod.

118

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

1.— PHYSOLOBIUM CARINATUM Benth. THE LARGE-KEELED PHYSOLOBIUM.

Engravings. — The Botanist, 1. 183 ; and omfig. 6, in PI. 25.
Specific Character. — Leaflets obovate, orbiculate, retuse, subun-
dulated at the margin, downy beneath. Stipules and bracts broadly

ovate, acuminate, subconnate. Keel quite as long as the wings, very
broad, and suddenly curved at the top so as to be blunt at the end.
Legume much swollen and hairy.

Description, &c. — This very ornamental plant is one of the small genus Physolohium, the species in which I

have been separated from Zichya and the other allied genera on account of the pod, which, though partly filled by i

cellular tissue when the plants are young, becomes hollow between the seeds as they progress towards maturity. j

The flowers of this species are veiy ornamental, resembling those of Zichya in form, though they differ in their jl

mode of arrangement, the peduncles being few-flowered. The species is a native of the neighbourhood of the Swan |

River and the coast of King George’s Sound, whence it was introduced in 1840. J

2.— PHYSOLOBIUM STIRLINGI Benth.

Synonyme. — Kennedya Stirlingi lAndl.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 1845.

Specific Character. — Leaves liaving three leaflets, which arc sub-
I'otund-ovate. Petiole and stem hairy. Stipules broadly ovate, acute.

SIR JAMES STIRLING’S PHYSOLOBIUM.

Bracteas fasciculate or verticillate, sometimes three-lobed, and some-
times forming a small involucre. Flowers in pairs. Calyx and
peduncle hairj’.

Description, &c. — A trailing plant, a native of the banks of the Swan River, whence it was sent home in I
1835, by Sir James Stirling, in compliment to whom it has been named. Of this plant Dr. Lindley observes, that j|

“ its thin, broad, pale green leaves, fringed with long weak hau’s, and its twin scarlet flowers, sufficiently characterise |

,'i

it ; ” but that it is also “ botanically remarkable for having its bracts collected into a whorl, or even grown together
into a little involucre.” }

GENUS XLIII. !

ERYTHRINA Lin. THE CORAL TREE. |

Lin. Syst. DIADELPHIA DECANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx tubular, with a truncate, somewhat
dentate border, or spathaceous. Corolla with a very long oblong
vexillum ; wings, as well as the dipetalous keel, much shorter than
the vexillum. Stamens diadelplious, straight, the tenth one adhering

more or less to the rest, but sometimes free, much shorter than the
wings, rarely deficient. Legume long, torulose, many-seeded, two-
valved. Seeds ovate, having a lateral hilum. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a genus of very showy plants, most of which are natives of hot countries, with very |

large ornamental flowers. In the West Indies some of the species are known by the general name of Coffee |

Mamma, because, from their rapid growth and luxmdant foliage, it is customary to plant them in the coffee
plantations to serve as a protection to the young coffee plants till they have attained a sufficient size to be safe
from the danger of being withered up by the scorching heat of the sun. Some few of the species, which are natives
of Mexico and South America, are sufficiently hardy to require only greenhouse heat in this country. The name
of Erythrina is from a Greek word, signifying red, in reference to the colour of the flowers.

1.— ERYTHRINA CRISTA-GALLI Lin. THE COOK’S COMB CORAL TREE.

Engravings. — Smith’s Exotic Botany, t. 95; Sweet’s Brit. Flow. I Leaflets oval or ovate, glaucescent, coriaceous, bluntish. Calyx trun-
Gard., t. 214. cate, somewhat bidentate. Stamens nine connected, but with the tenth

Specific Character. — Stems w'oody. Petioles prickly, glandular, j free. Keel three times the length of the calyx. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This species, though generally considered to be very common, is, in fact, extremely rare,

as it is continually confounded with E. laurifolia, which is found in almost every collection under the name of

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

119

E. Crista-galli. The fact is, that E. laurifolia so closely resembles the present species, that it is difficult to
distinguish between them, unless they are seen growing together ; and as E. laurifolia is much the hardier kind of
the two, it is quite natural that it should be the most common. When the two plants are seen growing together in
a stove, it will be found that they are very different, as E. Crista-galli will, under those ch'cumstances, appear so
much the larger and stronger of the two as to render it easy to conceive that it forms in its native country a large
tree. When, however, the two plants are grown in a greenhouse, E. laurifolia has generally the advantage, as it is
much hardier than E. Crista-galli. The present species is a native of Brazil, whence it was introduced in 1771.

; 2.— EEYTHRINA LAURIFOLIA Jacq.

Synonyme. — E. Crista-galli Sims et Ker.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2161 ; Bot. Reg., t. 313 ; Paxt. Mag.
of Bot., vol. iii., p. 175 : aU under the name of E. Crista-galli; and
Sweet’s Brit. Flow. Card., t. 142.

THE LAUREL-LEAVED CORAL TREE.

Specific Character. — Stems suffruticose, hranched. Branches
glabrous, rather prickly. Leaflets petiolate, oblong, acuminated ;
petioles rather prickly, glandular. Calyx truncate, unidentate. Keel
monopetalous. Stamens monadelphous. ((?. Doni)

Description, &c. — When this species was first introduced from South America in the year 1800, it was

supposed to be the same as E. Crista-galli, but there appeared some slight degrees of difference which evidently

puzzled the botanists of those days.

Mr. Jonas Dryander appears to have been the first who suspected it to be

different from E. Crista-galli ; and afterwards the Honourable and Rev. W. Herbert (late Dean of Manchester),
when he sent a fine specimen of this plant to be figured in the “ Botanical Magazine,” remarked, “ that it must

have been an error to imagine this shrub to be a timber tree in Brazil, where it has probably been confounded with
some other species. The flowering branches,” he continues, “ die back like those of the Tree-Pieony ; and
although it acquires a woody stem, it does not rise with a continued leader, but the eyes nearest the root break
stronger than those higher up the stem.” The difference between the two species fully explains these observations,
and at the same time proves their accuracy. The true E. Crista-galli is a timber-tree in Brazil, and it has elliptic,
obtuse, pointed leaves, and strong crooked prickles. It is also tender ; and though it vull live in a green-
house, it never flowers so well as when it is kept in a stove. E. laurifolia, on the other hand, grows and flowers
profusely not only in greenhouse heat, but in the open air. It is, however, never larger, even in its native

I country, than a suffruticose shrub, which when planted in the open air in Great Britain becomes herbaceous, and

is killed down to the ground every winter, though it throws up fresh stems eveiy spring, which are covered with

I

flowers in September. The plant when first introduced was always kept in the stove, but it was afterwards tried

, in the greenhouse and found to succeed so much better in a moderate heat, that Mr. Mihie, of the Fulham

Nursery, had the curiosity, in 1823, to plant one in the open air; and since that period it has been frequently
tried in similar situations, observing that each plant should be placed deep in the earth in a warm border, backed
by a south wall. It is, however, safest to grow the plants in the free soil of a conservatory, where they will be
extremely ornamental from their luxuriant growth, and their abundance of shai’ply-pointed leaves and large rich
dark scarlet flowers. In “ Paxton’s Magazine of Botany,” the following directions are given for growing this plant
in pots ; — “ As soon as the plants have done growing, which will be by the latter end of August, cut them down,

, and set them in a cool greenhouse ; keep them quite dry till about the end of November, then pot them in fresh
soil, suiting the size of the pot to the size of the plants ; they never requne one larger than a 16. When potted,
water, and set them in a house where the heat is about 60°. In the spring, that is, about the beginning of

]20

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

March, they will flower in perfection. In May, when they are again out of flower, take the plants and cut them
down as before, to five or six eyes, according to the strength of the stems ; re-pot them, and place them in the
stove until they have taken root, and made shoots from nine to twelve inches, when they must be removed to a
house of the temperature of from 55° to 60°, allowing them plenty of light, or the shoots will he apt to draw and
l)ecome weakly.” They should also have plenty of air and moisture, and they will flower freely again in July.
Tlie soil for plants treated in this manner should be composed of one part of turfy loam, one part of heath mould
or sandy peat, and one part of rotten manure. In this manner plants of the Erythrina may be made to flower
twice a-year for two or three years in succession ; but it is better after the second year to allow them a winter of
rest, as if this is not done the plants will become weak, and the flowers will be small, and of a less brilliant colour.

four inches of the stem above the ground, and to shelter them by turning over them an inverted flower-pot.

OTHER SPECIES OF ERYTHRINA.

E. HERB ACE A Un.

This species is a native of Carolina and Florida, but though most plants from these countries require only
greenhouse heat, this species seldom flowers well except it is in a stove ; and yet when it is kept too hot, its
leaves are generally destroyed by insects.

There are many other species of Erythrina, but they are all stove plants.

SUB-ORDER II.— MIMOSEyE.

This tribe comprises those plants which have their flowers in compact heads, resembling either spikes or balls,
as may be seen in all the Acacias and other allied plants. In these flowers, the stamens are the most conspicuous,
and when the flowers are examined separately, their petals are so difficult to be distinguished from the calyx,
that most persons who are not botanists imagine that they have no petals at all. There is another peculiarity
in these plants, which is, that very frequently what appear to be the leaves are only dilated leaf-stalks, from which
the ti’ue leaves have fallen ; and hence, it is not uncommon to see some of the species partly with entire leaves,
and partly with bipinnate leaves, which last sometimes appear to grow on ordinary footstalks, and on other
occasions hang loosely to the tip of the dilated footstalks or phyllodia, as they are botanically called. Some
of the kinds of Acacia are prickly, the stipules of the leaves being converted into spines ; while in other cases the
stipules take their ordinary form. Most of the genera belonging to this tribe are stove-plants, and of these
the most remai’kable are those belonging to the genus Mimosa, including the Sensitive Plant and the Gum
Arabic Tree, and the genus Inga, the flowers of which are remarkable for the great length and the silky
appearance of their stamens. The genus Acacia contains most of the half-hardy plants included in this tribe.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

121

GENUS XLIV.

ACACIA Neck. THE ACACIA.

Lin. Syst. POLYGAMIA MONOECIA.

Generic Character. — Flowers polygamous. Calyx four or five- from ten to two hundred in each flower. Legume continuous, dry,
toothed. Petals four or five, sometimes free, and sometimes joined two-valved. (ft Don.)
together into a four or five-cleft corolla. Stamens variable in number,

Description, &c. — This genus consists of a great number of species, upwards of three hundred and forty
of which have been described and named by botanists. These numerous species are divided into several sections,
the heads of which will be given to avoid confusion. The name of Acacia is said to be derived from a Greek
word signifying to sharpen, in allusion to the stipules of many of the species being hardened into spmes.

SECTION I.— PHYLLODINE^.

Sectional Character. — Leaves of two forms; those in seedling plants are bipinnate, but in adult plants the leaflets are abortive, and there

only remains a dilated petiole, which is called a phyllodium. (ft. Don.)

Description, &c. — The species contained in this section are all remarkable for having dilated petioles instead
of leaves, and they are nearly all natives of New Holland. In some of them the flowers are collected into globular
heads, while in others the clusters of flowers form spikes.

§ 1. Flowers collected into globular heads, which are solitary on the pedwncles. Stipules spiny.

1.— ACACIA ALATA M. Br. THE WINGED ACACIA.

the apex, and with the upper margin furnished with a glandular tooth.
Heads of flowers solitary or twin. (ft. Don.)

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 396.

Specific Character. — Stipules spinose, permanent. Stem bifari-
ously winged. Phyllodia decurrent, one-nerved, ending in a spine at

Description, &c. — A very curious plant, with the leaves decurrent, or running down the stem, so as to make
the plant appear as though it were only a thickened stem with no leaves. The species was introduced in 1803,
and it flowers from April till July.

2.— ACACIA DECIPIENS B. Br. THE PARADOXICAL ACACIA.

Synonymes. — A. dolahriformis Coll,-, Adiantumtruncatum Bwrm. ;
Mimosa decipiens Keen.

Engravings.- — Bot. Mag., t. 1745, and t. 2244.

Specific Character. — Stipules spinescent, deciduous. Phyllodia

triangular, and somewhat trapezoid, with the nerve approximating the
lower side, and drawn out into a spine at the apex, the superior margin
furnished with one acute gland-hearing tooth. Heads many-flowered,
usually solitary, (ft. Don.)

Description, &c. — There are two varieties of this species, both of which are remarkable for their very curiously
formed phyllodia, and for their great profusion of globular heads of flow'ers. They are both natives of New Holland,
whence they were introduced in 1813.

3.— ACACIA ARMATA B. Br. THE ARMED ACACIA.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 1653. | obliquely ovate-oblong, quite entire, one-nerved. Branches hairy.

Specific Character. — Stipules spinescent, permanent. Phyllodia | Heads of flowers solitary. Legumes velvety, (ft. Don.)

Description, &c. — This species is exceedingly well known, as it flowers freely when of a small size, and is
consequently well adapted for growing in pots. It is a pretty little plant with sharp slender spines, and a great
abundance of flowers. It is tolerably hardy and of easy culture ; and it will bear the confined air of a living-room
better than most other greenhouse plants.

122

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

4.— ACACIA BIFLORA B. Br. THE TWIN-FLOWERED ACACIA.

Engravings. — Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. ix., p. 221 ; andour^^r.
2, in PI. 26.

Specific Characier. — Stipules spinescent, permanent. Phyllodia
triangular, with one nerve, which approximates the lower side, and is

drawn out into a spine at the apex, the superior margin furnished with
one gland-hearing tooth Heads solitary, on short peduncles, two-
flowered. ((7. Don.')

Description, &c. — This is a very neat compact little plant, bearing considerable resemblance to A. armata in
its habit of growth ; but being perfectly distinct both in its leaves and flowers. It generally grows from eighteen
inches to two feet high. “ The leaves are of a peculiar form, one side of them being nearly wanting, while the
other takes a wide curve at its margin, so as to resemble in outline the upper edge or back of a common sickle.”

The species is of easy culture, only requiring to be grown in a small pot, in a mixture of sandy loam and peat ; the
pot not requiring to be changed so frequently as in the more strong-growing species of the genus. The species
was first introduced in 1803 ; but it was soon lost, and it was not again brought to this country till 1840. It
flowers in February and March, and is, therefore, very valuable, as it is covered with blossom at a time when very
few greenhouse plants are in flower. It is rather diSicult to strike from cuttings ; and, indeed, only the tops of
the shoots will succeed, and even these produce roots veiy slowly.

OTHER SPECIES OF ACACIA BELONGING TO § 1, WHICH HAVE SPINY STIPULES.

A. DOLABRIFORMIS Wendl.

This is a different species from A. decijnens, which is sometimes called A. dolabriformis in collections; and, in
fact, it can scarcely be considered as belonging to this division, as the spines fall off before the flowers, and, indeed,
are sometimes wanting. The species was introduced in 1818, but it is not very often to be met with.

A. IIASTULATA Smith.

The spines of this plant are strong and permanent, and the phyllodia, which are of a very singular and almost
triangular shape, are marked by a projecting nerve down the centre, which ends in a sharp prickly point. The
upper margin is also furnished with an obtuse tooth. The species was introduced in 1824.

A. NERVOSA Dec.

The spines on this plant, like those on the last, are very strong and permanent ; and the phyllodia are acu-
minated at both ends, ending at the point in a spine. They have also nerve-formed entire margins. The species
was introduced in 1824.

A. ORNITHOPHORA Sweet.

The outline of the leaves of this plant gives the form of the body and head of a bird.

A. PLATYPTERA Lindl.

This is a very handsome plant, nearly allied to A. alata. It was introduced from the Swan River in 1841.

A. DIPTERA Benth.

Another plant with winged stems, and abundance of flowers, which, however, are rather pale, and are disposed
in small heads. The leaves are covered with wooUy hairs. The species was introduced from the Swan River
in 1840.

A. paradoxa Dec., A. genistifolia Link, A. juniperina Willd., A. asparagoides Gunn., A. Brmvnii Steud.,
A. echinula Dec., and A. pugioniformis Wendl., are all species belonging to this division.

P'l 26

f

/

acu/

iv/

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

123

5.-

Stipules not spinescent.

-ACACIA DIFFUSA Eer. THE SPREADING ACACIA.

one-nerved, ending in an oblique acumen, with the spinula continuous
along the lower margin. Branches diffusely procumbent, glabrous,
angular. Heads of flowers usually twin. {G. Don.)

SvNONVMEs. — A prostrata Lodd. ; A. Daviesoides Gunn.

Engravings.— Bot. Mag., t. 2417 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 631 ; Bot.

Reg., t. 634.

Specific Character. — Stipules small, caducous. Phyllodia linear,

Description, &c. — A rather elegant plant, the habit of which differs widely from the general growth of
Acacias, as its branches spread out diffusely and hang down on every side. The heads of flowers are not very
large, but they are produced in very great abundance. The species was introduced in 1818.

6.— ACACIA DENTIFERA Benth. THE TOOTHED ACACIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4032; The Botanist, t. 179 ; and our
jig. 1, in PL 26.

Specific Character. — Branches angular. Phyllodia elongated,

linear-lanceolate, falcate, very acute, penni-nerved, not glandular,
attenuated at the lower part. Racemes elongated, many-flowered.
Legume cylindrical, straight.

Description, &c. — ^A very graceful species with unusually long racemes of flowers, which are of a full yellow,
rather large, and highly fragrant. These racemes, however, Mr. Bentham observes, sometimes become leafy
branches, and hence assume quite a different character to other racemes on the same plant. The species takes
its name from the dried remains of the stipules, which when young are fine and thread-like, attaining a considerable
length, but which break off soon after the flowers expand and leave a portion, which thickens and hardens into
the form of a double tooth at the base of the leaves. The plant is a native of the banks ‘of the Swan River,
whence it was introduced in 1840.

OTHER SPECIES BELONGING TO § 1, THE STIPULES OF WHICH ARE NOT SPINESCENT.

A. SULCATA Dec.

A small heath-like shrub, with brownish wrinkled branches, which are densely covered with very slender rigid
leaves, furrowed deeply from the base to the point. The peduncles of the flowers are shorter than the leaves ; and
the heads of flowers are not larger than peas. The species was introduced in 1803 from the south-west coast of
New Holland.

A. VERNICIFLUA Cmn.

This species is the same as that figured under the name of A. virgata in the “ Botanical Cabinet ” of Messrs.
Loddiges. It is a slender twiggy shrub, remarkable for a glutinous substance which covers both the leaves and
stems. The flowers are in rather small heads ; and the phyllodia are long, falcate, and widely apart. The species
is a native of New South Wales, near Bathurst, and it was introduced in 1823.

A. GRAVEOLENS Ctmn.

This species is nearly allied to the last, but it differs in having a much handsomer foliage, and a very powerful
odour. It was introduced in 1833.

A. STRICTA Willd.

An upright shrub, with very few branches, large phyllodia, and projecting cup-like stipules, which run down
the stem so as to form a kind of wing. The species was introduced in 1790.

A. LANIGERA Gunn.

An upright shrub, with the heads of flowers on very short peduncles. The phyllodia are moderately long,

B 2

124

THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN

ending in a very shai’p point. The whole plant is woolly, particularly the pod. The species is found in New
South Wales, in rocky places between Port Jackson and Bathurst, and it was introduced in 1838.

A. LINEATA Cimn.

A very pretty little shrub, with short linear leaves and small heads of flowers, which are produced on long
peduncles. It is found abundantly in the interior of New South Wales, and it was introduced in 1817. It flowers
in April and May.

A. BREVIPES Cunn. :i

This species is not very ornamental, as the large size of the phyllodia ovei’powers the small heads of flowers,
which are on such short pedicels as to seem clustered round the stem. The phyllodia are from four to six inches
long, and broad in proportion. The species was inti’oduced in 1810, but from its -want of beauty it is very little I

known.

A. UNDULA:F0LIA Cmm. \

A very handsome shrub, about four feet high, of variable habit, and with innumerable branches, which are of a j

near Bathurst ; ” and it was subsequently found in various dry sandy places at an elevation of about three thousand j

'l

feet above the level of the sea. It is, how'ever, a remarkable circumstance that though the situation where this S

’ ’ O I,

I,

species grows is quite as cold as any part of Great Britain, the plant always requires a greenhouse in this country, j

and is in fact less hardy than any of the other species. [

A. TRISTIS Graham. i

This species is most nearly allied to the common A. armata, but it differs from that plant in the di’ooping j
disposition of its branches, and the dull almost brownish green of its leaves, which are somewhat long and pointed, I

so as to add to the drooping character of the Avhole. The species is a native of New Holland, whence it was |j

introduced in 1828. i!

A. ELONGATA Dec. 'i

1

A very slender and graceful plant, with drooping branches and long slender leaves, which are curved at the jj
extremity. It was introduced from the Blue Mountains of New Holland, in 1823. i’

A. CALAMIFOLIA Sweet.

A very singular looking plant, which appears to be entirely without leaves, as the phyllodia take the fonn of
very slender branches. On this account it nas been called the Bodkin-leaved Acacia. It is a native of the south-
west of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1822. It is very seldom seen in collections.

§ 2. Flowers collected into globose heads, and the heads disposed in racemes. Stipules nearly obsolete, never changing into spines.

7.— ACACIA IMPIIESSA Lindl. THE FEATHER-NERVED ACACIA.

SvNONYME. — A. penninervis Sieb. Specific Character. — Phyllodia lauceolate, acuminate, subl'alcate,

Enrravings. — Bot. Mag, t. 2754 ; Bot. Reg., t. 1115; and Lodd. ivith a thickened margin, strongly veined, Avith one single sunken gland.
Bot, Cab., t. 1319. Flotvers five-cleft.

Description, &c. — This is rather an ornamental species, from the great abundance of its flowers, which are

nearly white and are collected in globular heads, the heads being disposed in racemes. The phyllodia are of a very

dark green. The species is a native of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1822.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

125

8.— ACACIA MELANOXLYON B. Br. THE BLACK-WOODED ACACIA.

Synonyme. — A. arcuata Sieb. Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 1659.

. Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate-oblong, subfalcate. Heads subracemose. Branches angular.

I ■ ■ Description, &c. — This species, -when planted out, will sometimes live for two or three years in the open air ;
if V-

and even when it is killed to the ground by frost, it will frequently spring up again the following year. It succeeds

I best, however, when planted in the free ground of a conservatory, where, under favourable circumstances, it will

I I . attain the size of a small tree. This species is remarkable for being occasionally found with the pinnate leaves

*1 attached to the phyllodia, particularly when the tree is trained against a wall. It is a native of Van Diemen’s

f Land, whence it was introduced in 1808. In its native country it is called Black- wood.

9.— ACACIA MYRTIFOLIA Willd. THE MYRTLE-LEAVED ACACIA.

Synonymes. — A. lunata Lodd. ; Mimosa myrtifolia Smith. at the base, one-nerved, and furnished with one gland in front on the

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 302 ; and Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 324. upper margin. Heads few-flowered, racemose ; flowers four-cleft.

Specific Characiek. — Phyllodia oblong-lanceolate, tapering much

Description, &c. — This very handsome plant was one of the first species of the genus brought to England from
New South Wales, and it was introduced in 1789. In a greenhouse it flowers from February to April ; and it is
ornamental, not only in its flowers, but in its leaves, which are of a dark green, beautifully tipped with pink.

OTHER SPECIES BELONGING TO § 2.

A. UMBROSA Curm.

A very elegant species, which, in its native land, becomes a tree twenty-five feet high, and, consequently,
capable of affording shade. It flowers in spring, and its blossoms, which are of a very pale yellow, almost white,
are powerfully fragrant. The plant was introduced in 1823. The phyllodia are much larger than in most other
species of the genus.

A. VESTITA Cunn.

A soft-furred shrub of gi’eyish-gi’een hue, much branched in the upper part. The younger branches are so
much covered with hair as to he quite shaggy. The flowers, which in most of the species of this division are of a
very pale yellow, almost white, are, in A. vestita, of the same deep orange hue so frequently seen in the species
belonging to the first subsection of the genus.

A. PROMINENS Cunn.

This very showy plant is called in New South Wales the Nepean Wattle Tree, from its being found in the
immediate vicinity of the Nepean river, and from Wattle being the general name given to all the Acacia trees in
Australia. This species is remarkable for the small size and great number of its heads of flowers, which give it an
exceedingly gay and brilliant appearance. It is a tall slender shrub, often growing ten feet high, and it was
introduced in 1835.

A. CUI.TRIFORMIS Cimn.

A curious plant, which, though it will attain a large size, will yet flower while very small. It is, however,
perhaps more curious than oniamental, as the oddly-shaped leaves, which seem from their name to be supposed to
, hear some resemblance to the coulter of a plough, are crowded so closely together as to be rather unsightly. The

126

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

balls of flowers, which are very small, are crowded together in the same manner as the leaves. The species appear’s
to have been introduced about 1837.

A. LINIFOLIA WilU.

This species forms a very ornamental shrub, from the delicacy of its branches and foliage, and from the feathery
appearance of its flowers when they are fully expanded. They generally appear in the winter time, and are sweet
scented. The plant was introduced in 1819.

A. UNCINATA Lindl.

A neat greenhouse plant, having at first sight very nearly the appearance of A. armata, but differing very , ij
considerably when examined in detail. The present species is destitute of spiny stipules, and the phyllodia, which jj
are rather large and broad, terminate in a sharp hooked point. The flowers are of a pale yellow, and the heads are j
very small. This species was introduced in 1828. i,

§ 3. Flowers disposed in cylindrical spikes.

10.— ACACIA VERTICILLATA Dec.

Synonymes. — Mimosa verticillata L'Her. ; M. ulicifolia Salisb.
Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 110.

Specific Character. — Phyllodia linear, ending in a pungent mu-
crone, disposed verticillately, probably tern ; the middle one being the

TEE WIIORLED-LEAVED ACACIA.

proper phyllodium, and the others dilated stipules assuming the form
of phyllodia. Spikes axillary, solitary, oblong ; flowers five-cleft.
Young legumes pubescent. ((7. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a very singular species, the full-grown plant, when not in flower, hearing a close

resemblance to a furze-bush. When, however, the seedlings come up, they have bipinnate leaves, and these
frequently remain on near the root even when the plant has attained a considerable size ; so that it presents the
singidar appearance of a fm’ze bush growing out of the stem of a plant having bipinnate leaves. The flowers are of
a beautiful yellow, and they are disposed so as to form small and elegant cones. The species is a native of Van

Diemen’s Land, and it was introduced in 1789. There are several varieties of this species.

'i

11.— ACACIA OXYCEDRUS Sieh.

Synonymes. — A. pugioniformis Cunn. ; A. taxifolia Lodd.
Engravings. — Bot. M.ag., t. 2928; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1225 ; and
Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. vii., p. 151.

Specific Character. — Petioles lanceolate, attenuated into a long

THE DOWNY-STEMMED ACACIA.

pungent point, glabrous, three-nerved, destitute of a gland at the
margin. Stipules subulate. Spikes of flowers axillary, solitary. Rachis
pubescent.

Description, &c. — This is a very elegant species, with long spikes of flowers, and numerous rigid dark-green

phyllodia, which are marked with three distinct prominent veins, but are without the usual gland at the margin.
The species is a native of the Blue Mountains in New Holland, though it is sometimes confounded with the

A. taxifolia of Willdenow, which is a native of China. It was introduced in 1823.

12.— ACACIA LONGIFOLIA Willd.

Synonymes. — A. floribunda Sieb. ; Mimosa longifolia Andr. ;
M. macrostachya Pair.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1827, and t. 2166; Bot. Rep., t. 207 ;
Bot. Reg., t. 362 ; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. iv., p. 197 ; The Bota-
nist, t. 77; and our Jig. 3, in PI. 26.

THE LONG-LEAVED ACACIA.

Specific Character. — Phyllodia sublanceolate, attenuated at both
ends, alternate, articulated. Spikes of flowers axillary, generally twin,
on very short peduncles. Calyx of the flowers four or five-toothed.

Description, &c. — This veiy handsome species appears, from the great number of times that it has been

figured, to be also a popular one, and it is certainly well deserving of cultivation. It was introduced in the yeai’
1792. It is easily propagated by either seeds or cuttings. In its own country (Australia) it forms a tree

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

127

eighteen or twenty feet high, but in England it is only a moderate-sized bush, unless planted in the free ground
of a conservatory. There are two varieties of this species which only differ in the length of the leaves, and both
are figured in the “ Botanical Magazine.” Two plants are also figm'ed under this name in “ Paxton’s Magazine
of Botany,” but one of these (see vol. xii., p. 269,) is evidently not even any variety of A. longifolia, as it has its
flowers in balls and not in spikes. Possibly it may be A. suhulata Bonpl., the phyllodia of which are very long
and linear, and which has the flowers disposed in globose heads arranged in racemes.

OTHER SPECIES BELONGING TO § 3.

A. RUSCIFOLIA Cunn.

This species is veiy nearly allied to A. verticillata, from which it is distinguished principally by its downy
branches, and somewhat paler flowers. It is a very ornamental species, and well deserving of cultivation. It was
introduced in 1819.

A. MCESTA Undl.

This very singular species has been called by Dr. Bindley the Mourning Wattle, on account of the singularly
dull and almost blackish-green of its phyllodia. Its flowers are also in very close spikes, and more singular than
ornamental. Like most of the other species of the genus, it is a native of Australia, whence it was introduced
in 1845.

There are many other species belonging to this division, hut as they are not figured in the common botanical
periodicals, and as they are very seldom seen in collections, it has been thought unnecessary to describe them here.

SECT. II.— CONJUGATO-PINNAT^.

Sectional Character. — Leaves with one pair of pinna;, each pinna bearing few or many pairs of leaflets, ((r. Don.)

Descbiption, &c. — The species included in this section are very seldom seen in collections, with the exception
of the one called A. pulchella. The flowers are generally in globular heads.

13.— ACACIA PULCHELLA B. Br. THE PRETTY ACACIA.

Engravings. — Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 212 ; and Paxt. Mag. of Bot.,
vol. iv., p. 198.

Specific Character. — Smoothish. Spines stipular, straight, slender.

Pinna; bearing five or seven pairs of oblong-obovate obtuse leaflets.
Petioles short, bearing a pedicellate gland between the pair of pinna;.
Heads of flowers solitary. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — A very pretty little plant, forming a small prickly bush, with great abundance of fragrant
flowers, and very delicate pinnate leaves. The flowers are in globular heads, each head being produced alone.
The species is a native of New South Wales, whence it was introduced in 1803.

SECT. III.— SPICIFLOR.®.

Sectional Character. — Leaves bipinnate, with few or many pairs of pinnse, each pinna bearing few or many pairs of leaflets. Flowers

in spikes or balls, ((r. Don.)

Description, &c. — In this section are some of the handsomest half-hardy species of Acacia, particularly
A. lophantha and A. dealbata, though the last seems oddly enough placed in a section called Spiciflora, as its
flowers are always produced in globular heads.

128

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

14.— ACACIA LOPHANTIIA Willd. THE TWO-SPIKED ACACIA.

SvNONYMEs.— Mimosa distachya Vent. ; M. elegans Andr.
Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2108 ; Bot. Rep., t. 563 ; Bot. Reg.,
t. 361 ; .and T.odd. Bot. Cab., t. 716.

Specific Character. — Unarmed. Leaves bipinnate, witli eight or
ten pairs of pinn®, cacli bearing twenty-five or thirty pairs of lanceolate,

but somewhat bluntish, leaflets. Petioles and calyxes clothed with
velvety down, with a gland at the base of the petiole and between the
two terminal pairs of the petioles of the leaflets. Racemes oblong,
axillary, twin.

Description, &c. — This species is easily distinguished by its branches being round and fluted. Its flowers are

produced in long spikes or racemes, and when fully e.xpanded they are very ornamental. The plant is a native of
the south-west coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1803. It is very nearly hardy, and when
planted out in the open air, though it is generally killed down to the' ground by the first severe frost, it will throw
up fresh shoots in the spring. It looks best planted in the free ground of a conservatory.

15.— ACACIA DEALBATA Linh

A. affinis Hort. ;

THE MEALY ACACIA.

Synonymes. — A. decurrens var. mollis Ker
Mimosa decurrens var. Vent.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 371 ; Floral Cabinet, t. 103.

Specific Character. — LTnanned. Leaves with fifteen pairs of

pinn®, each bearing many pairs of minute, equal, pubescent leaflets,
with a perforated gland seated between one of the pairs of pinna.
Racemes lateral. (J3. Bon.)

Description, &c. — This is one of the most elegant species of the genus, and its fine, close, glaucous foliage has
more the appearance of green feathers than the leaves of any other tree whatever. The leaves are also particularly
remarkable for a soft greyish bloom, the appearance of which is very well expressed by the epithet dealbata, which

signifies floury. The species was introduced in 1818, hut as it was at first supposed to be a variety of A. decurrens,
comparatively little notice was taken of it ; hut within the last ten or twelve years it has become popular, particu-
larly as it is found to be very nearly hardy, and that when it is planted in the open ground it forms a very elegant
slender tree, which only requires a slight protection during winter, and which, even if it is killed down to the root
by frost, will thi’ow up fresh shoots the following spring. The flowers are produced in globular heads.

OTHER SPECIES BELONGING TO SECTION 3.

A. SPECTABILIS Cunn.

Tins plant is evidently nearly allied to A. dealbata, which it resembles in the softness and delicacy of its foliage,
and in the beauty of its numerous heads of flowers, which are of the clearest and softest yellow. It is a native of
Wellington Valley and of other places on the east coast of New Holland, but it is decidedly more tender than
A. dealbata, as it will not live without a greenhouse in this country. It was introduced in 1840.

A. DISCOLOR Willd.

This is another species very nearly allied to the last two, which takes its name of discolor from the mealy
appearance of the leaves, they having a whitish hue on their under sm’face, which is sometimes changed into a
reddish-brown. It is not particularly ornamental, as there are seldom more than twelve flowers in each head, and
consequently the heads are small and very inferior in beauty to those of most of the other species of the genus.
It was introduced in 1788.

A. ALBIDA Lindl.

A veiy handsome plant, closely resembling A. dealbata in the appearance of its leaves, but differing in its
flowers, which are disposed in very large solitary balls, instead of being in numerous small globular heads, arranged
in racemes. The species was introduced in 1824.

I

I

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

SECT. IV.— JULIBRISSIN^.

129

Sectional Characteu. — Leaves bipinnate, with few or many pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing few or many pairs of leaflets. Flowers with

long silky stamens. Anthers glabrous. Stigma simple.

Desceiption, &g. — This section takes its name from the beautiful Acacia Julibrissin, or Silk Tree, one of the
most lovely of the whole genus. The characteristics of this plant, and, indeed, of the whole section, are the long
silky stamens of the flowers, which look like tufts of silk scattered over the whole tree. Many of the species
in this dinsion have pink flowers.

16.— ACACIA JULIBRISSIN Willd. THE SILK TREE.

orbicular gland at the base of the petiole. Heads of flowers pedun-
culate, forming a terminal, somewhat corymbose panicle. Legumes
flat, membranous, glabrous. ((?. Don.)

SvNONYMEs. — Mimosa arborea ForsTc.\ M. Julibrissin Scop.

Specieic Character. — Unarmed, glabrous. Leaves with from
eight to twelve pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing about thirty pairs of
dimidiate, oblong, acute, rather ciliated leaflets, with a depressed

Description, &c. — This very beautiful tree is seldom seen in this country, as it is too tender to stand in the
open air, excepting in some parts of the south-western counties, and is yet too large to be grown in any moderate-
sized greenhouse, as under favourable circumstances it forms a tree thirty or forty feet in height. In Italy it
is seen frequently trained against walls, and in other partially sheltered situations, and it is generally admired
for its beauty. The flowers are white, delicately tinged with pink, the stamens being flesh-coloured at the apex.
The species is a native of Persia, whence it was introduced in 1745.

17.— ACACIA LAMBERTIANA Bon. MR. LAMBERT’S ACACIA.

at each end. Petiole glandless. Heads of flowers three or five together,
disposed in a raceme.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 721 ; and omfig. 4, in PI. 26.

Specific Character. — Unarmed. Leaves hipinnate, each pinna
bearing nine or twelve pairs of oval-oblong leaflets, which are obtuse

Description, &c. — A very handsome plant, a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1820. It is very
ornamental, and particularly so when cultivated in the same house with the yellow-flowered species, to which its
lilac tassel-like blossoms afford a very agreeable variety.

eighteen pairs of linear glabrous leaflets. Petiole glandless. Heads of
flowers globose, pedicellate, disposed in racemes along the axillary
peduncles. {G. Don.)

18.— ACACIA PUBESCENS Dec. THE DOWNY-STEMMED ACACIA.

Synonymes. — Mimosa pubescens Vent. ; M. suaveolens Donn.

Engravings.— Bot. Mag.,t. 1263; The Botanist, t. 48.

Specific Character. — Unarmed. Branches terete, hairy. Leaves
with fi'om three to ten pairs of pinnae, each pinna hearing from six to

Description, &c. — This is one of the most elegant of all the kinds of Acacia, from the small size and extreme
delicacy of its leaves, and the great profusion of its flowers, which grow in small heads about the size of a pea
each and are extremely fragrant, especially in the evening, smelling like a Tonquin Bean or fresh-made meadow
hay. The species is a native of New South Wales, whence it was introduced in 1790.

obtuse, with a depressed gland between each pair of pinnse. Heads on
long pedicels, axillary, simple.

19.— ACACIA PENTADENIA Lindl THE FERN-LEAVED ACACIA

Engraving.' — Bot. Reg., t. 1521.

Specific Character. — Unarmed, smooth. Branches angular. Pinnae
in four or five pairs; leaflets about twenty-four to each pinna, oblong,

Description, &c. — This is a very elegant greenhouse plant, producing its flowers in April, which, though not
so showy as those of some of the other species, are yet very pretty, while the foliage of the plant is remarkably

s

130

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

elegant. The following are Dr. Lindley’s observations on the botanical construction of this species : — “ The
little glands that are seated upon the petiole between each pair of pinn® are of a highly curious character ; they
have the form of a minute cup, and seem as if they were destined to expose some portion of the inner substance of
the petiole to the action of the light and air, but for what pui’pose we are ignorant.”

CHAPTER XXV.

ONAGRACE^ Undl.

Essential Character. — Tube of the calyx adnate to the ovarium the
whole length, or only adhering to it at the base, and drawn out beyond
the ovarium at the apex ; limb from two to four-lobed, but usually four-
lobed ; lobes valvate in aestivation. Petals equal in number to the lobes
of the caly.x, and alternating with them, for the most part regular, twisted
in aestivation, inserted in the top of the tube of the calyx, rarely wanting.
Stamens sometimes equal in number to the petals, but usually Uvice

that number ; filaments free, filiform ; anthers oblong or ovate.
Ovary many-ccllcd, usually crowned by a cup-shaped gland. Style
filiform. Stigma capitate or lohed. Fruit capsular, baccate or drupa-
ceous, two or four-celled. Seeds many in each cell, rarely solitary,
fixed to the central placenta. Albumen wanting, but the endoplcura
is sometimes tumid, and appearing like albumen. Embryo straight,
with a long terete radicle and two short cotyledons. ((?. Don.)

Description, etc. — The characteristic of this order which is the most simple and the most easily
remembered is, that all the parts of the flower are in fours or twice fom’, and not in fives or twice five, as is
generally the case in most other flowers : as for example, most flowers have five petals to the corolla, and five
sepals to the calyx ; but in all the plants included in this order there are four petals and four sepals, and either
fom’ or eight stamens. The seed-vessel is also not inclosed in the corolla of the flower, but placed below it in
what is called the tube of the calyx. There are several other botanical marlis of distinction, but those which
have been mentioned are the most simple, and easily understood. The name of the order is said to be derived
from Onager, the old Greek name for CEnothera, which is one of the genera included in the order.

GENUS I.

FUCHSIA Plu7n. THE FUCHSIA.

Un. Syst. OCTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Tube cf the calyx adhering to the ovarium
at the base, and drliwn out at the apex into a cylindrical four-cleft
tube, whose lobes soon fall off. Petals four, alternating with the lobes
of the calyx, and inserted in the upper part of the tube, very rarely

wanting. Stamens eight. Ovarium crowned by an urceolate gland.
Style filiform, crowned by a capitate stigma. Berry oblong or ovate-
globose, four-valved, four-celled, many-seeded. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The flowers of the Fuchsia are so well known that it seems scarcely necessary to describe
their general form ; but yet there are some botanical peculiarities in them which it may be necessary to mention.
On looking at the flower it will be observed to consist of a green shining portion close to the stem or footstalk of
the flower, which portion is, in fact, the incipient seed-vessel. Next to this is the tube of the calyx, which is
generally red, and, consequently, is frequently mistaken for the corolla, particularly as beyond the tube is what is
called the limb, which is divided into four petal-like sepals. Below these are seen the real petals, which are
generally pui’ple. In some of the species the tube of the calyx is very short (as in F. micropliylla), while in others
(such as F. fulgens) it is extremely long. In some species (as in F. macrostema') the stamens project far beyond
the rest of the flower ; and in others they are inclosed by the petals so as not to be perceptible. These striking

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

131

diiferences have occasioned the genus Fuchsia to he divided into several sections. The name of Fuchsia was
given to the genus in honour of Leonard Fuchs, a celebrated Bavarian botanist, who published a work on plants
illustrated by engravings, in the year 1542.

Section 1. Flowers short; the free part of the tube of the calyx shorter than the lobes ; stamens inclosed.

1._FUCHSIA MICROPHYLLA n. B. et K. THE SMALL-LEAVED FUCHSIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1269 ; Sweet’s Brit. Flow. Card.,
second series, t. 16.

Specific Character. — Branches clothed with short hairs. Leaves

small, opposite, elliptic-oblong, acute, dentate, glabrous, somewhat
ciliated. Calyx funnel-shaped ; segments ovate, acuminate. Petals
emarginate, two-lobed. Stamens inclosed.

Description, &c. — A very pretty little plant, forming a small, upright, bushy, evergreen shrub with numerous
branches and numerous small leaves and flowers. The stem and branches are tinged with a purplish red, and are

thickly clothed with very short closely-set hairs. Both the calyx and corolla of the flowers are of a bright red, and,
indeed, it is very difficult to distinguish between them. The species is a native of Mexico, where it was found by
Humboldt growing on the botanic mountain Jorullo. It flowers nearly all the summer, and is of very easy culture
when kept in a greenhouse, but it does not succeed well in the open air in this country even in summer. It was
introduced about 1828.

2.— FUCHSIA THYMIFOLIA Kunth.

Synonymes. — F. altemans Moc. et Sesse ; Lopezia tbymifolia
Willd. ; the changeable-flowered Fuchsia.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1284; Sweet’s Brit. Flow. Card.,
second series, t. 25.

THE THYME-LEAVED FUCHSIA.

Specific Character. — Branches pubescently hairy. Leaves op-
posite, ovate, or subrotund, obtuse, hairy above, and glabrous below.
Calyx nearly funnel-shaped ; segments oblong, sharply acute. Petals
obovate-oblong, obtuse, entire, sometimes spreading. Stamens inclosed.

Description, &c. — This species is very different from most of the other kinds of Fuchsia, as its petals are
sometimes spreading so as to give its flowers quite a different character to those of Fuchsias in general. It is not,
however, remarkable for its beauty, as its leaves are generally far apart, and have not the neat compact look of
those of F. microfhylla. It is a native of Mexico, where it is found on the high land at a height of about six
thousand feet above the level of the sea. It is, consequently, very nearly hardy in this country, and it will grow
freely in the open ground if protected from the frost of winter. It takes its name of Changeable-flowered Fuchsia
from the blossoms being at first of a pale green tinged with pink, and gradually changing till they become of a deep
red, so that there are many different hues on the plant at the same time. It was introduced at the same time as
F. microphylla.

3.— FUCHSIA CYLINDRACEA Lindl. THE CYLINDRICAL-FLOWERED FUCHSIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., for 1838, t. 66; Floral Cabinet, t. 80;
The Botanist, t. 189.

Specific Character. — Branches slightly compressed, somewhat
hairy. Leaves petiolate, ovate, obtuse, much waved, rolled back at the I

margin. Flowers axillary, on long peduncles, sometimes dioecious by
abortion. Petals very obtuse, truncate, one-coloured. Style exserted.
Stamens inclosed, alternately reflexed.

Description, &c. — This is perhaps the prettiest of all the small-flowered Fuchsias on account of the deep colour
of its flowers, the calyxes of which are scarlet tipped with green. This brilliant scarlet is rare among the flowers
of the genus, which are generally crimson, and occasionally have even a purplish cast. The petals of many of the
species are, indeed, a decided purple ; hut in F. cylindracea they are scarlet with an orange tinge inside. The
species is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1827. It is about as hardy as F. microphylla, but
it requires more pot-room than that species, and grows best when planted in the free gi’ound of a conservatory.

132

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

4.— FUCHSIA LYCIOIDES Gall. THE BOX-THORN FUCHSIA.

Synonyme. — F. rosea Ruiz et Pav.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1024; Bot. Rep,, t. 120.

Specific Character. — -Stem beset with tubercles. Leaves oval.

entire, petiolate. Pedicels axillary, aggregate, shorter than the flowers.
Calyx funnel-shaped ; segments reflexed, spreading, twice as long as the
petals.

Description, &c. — This species differs essentially from most of the other Idnds in the flowers being clustered
together instead of being produced singly. The flowers are pretty, hut certainly not equal in beauty to those of
many of the other kinds. This species was introduced in 1796, but it has never become decidedly popular. It is
rather more tender than most of the other small-flowered species, as it is a native of Chili.

OTHER SPECIES BELONGING TO SECTION I.

F. PARVIFLORA Lindl.

A little insignificant plant, very nearly allied to F. lycioides, but with smaller flowers. It is a native of Mexico,
whence it was introduced in 1824. It is very nearly hardy, and when grown in the open border only requires
protection from severe frost.

F. BACILLARIS Lindl.

This species is very nearly allied to F. microphylla, but it is distinguished from that plant by not being an
evergreen, and by its flowers being somewhat larger, of a paler colom*, and the segments of the tube being
spreading. Altogether it is a very pretty plant, and is well deserving of cultivation. It appears very nearly hardy.
It is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1829.

Section 2. — Flowers moderately long, the free part of the tube shorter them the lobes or equal in length to them ; sta/mens exserted.

5._FUCIISIA ARBORESCENS Moc. et Sesse. THE TREE FUCHSIA.

Synonymes. — F. amoena Hort. ; F. liamellioides Ruiz et Pav. ;
F. racemosa Cer.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2620; Bot. Reg., t. 943.

Specific Character. — Branches glabrous. Leaves three in a whorl,

Description, &c. — This is a very ornamental species

oval-oblong, acuminated at both ends, quite entire. Panicle terminal,
trichotomous, nearly naked. Calyx funnel-shaped, with the lobes
ovate, acute, and spreadingly reflexed. Petals spreading, apiculate.
Stigma four-cleft, radiated.

of Fuchsia, but it is very seldom seen in collections, as

it requires great care in its management; for though it will not stand in the open air, it also will not flower in a
confined or over-heated situation, but requires a free circulation of air. In general habit this species is very
different from most other kinds of Fuchsia. The species was introduced in 1824.

6.— FUCHSIA MACROSTEMA Buiz et Pav. THE LONG-STAMENED FUCHSIA.

Synonymes. — F. macrostema var. recurvata HooTc. ; F. recurvata
Heyrt.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 3521.

Specific Character. — Smooth. Leaves opposite, in threes, ovate,
acutely dentate. Flowers axillary, solitary. Stamens exserted.
Stigma four-lobed.

Description, &c. — This is a very handsome species from its graceful habit of growth, the delicate gi'een of its

large leaves, and the large size and brilliant colour of the flowers. The late Mr. David Don and several other
botanists have referred all, or nearly all, the Chilian species to F. macrostema, supposing them to be merely
varieties of one species. As, however, they are very different in their habit of growth, and in the treatment they

require, I have considered it best to describe them under the names hy which they are generally known in nurseries.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

133

and I have, therefore, placed only this one variety under the name of the species. This kind of Fuchsia is well
deserving of cultivation from its free growth, its large and handsome leaves, and the great abundance of its flowers.

7._FUCHS1A gracilis Lindl. THE SLENDER FUCHSIA.

Synonymes. — F. decussata Ch'oham ; F. macrostema var. gracilis
D. Don.

Variety. — F. g. )3. multiflora lAndl., syn. P. tenella Sorrt.
Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 847, and t. 1052.

Specific Character. — Branches very slender, pubescent. Leaves
opposite, glabrous, longer than the petiole, remotely denticulate. Petals
retuse. Stamens exserted, much longer than the flowers.

Description, &e. — This is one of the most graceful of all the lands of Fuchsia, and it is decidedly the best for
training to a single stem so as to form a small tree, and this is done in the following manner : — The first point is
to select a healthy young plant that has a strong leader, and, taldng it into a forcing-house, to remove its side
branches and leaves to about half its height. The plant must then be kept constantly growing for two years, till it
has attained the required height ; during which period it must be frequently shifted into larger and larger pots,
the side shoots and leaves being taken off as fast as they appear. When the plant has acquired the height of
eight or ten feet, it may be suffered to have a little rest ; that is, it may be taken out of the hothouse and placed
in a greenhouse, when it will lose its leaves and cease growing ; for it must be observed, that while kept constantly
growing by heat and moisture in the hothouse, it will retain its leaves during winter, contrary to the usual
habits of the genus. The following spring, when the plant begins to grow, the top should be pinched off, when it
will, in the course of a few months, produce a beautiful head covered with flowers ; and in this state, if set in the
centre of a bed of Fuchsias on a lawn or in a flower garden, it will have a very pleasing effect. This species was
introduced about 1820. The variety multiflora was introduced about 1824. Both are natives of Mexico.
F. gracilis is figured under the name of F. decussata in the “ Botanical Magazine,” but this is evidently a mistake,
for the true F. decussata is as different a plant as possible.

8.— FUCHSIA CONICA Lindl THE CONICAL-TUBED FUCHSIA.

Synonyme. — F. macrostema var. conica D. Don. denticulate, glabrous. Flowers pendulous, solitary. Segments of the

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 1062. calyx nearly equal; tube of the calyx conical.

Specific Character. — Leaves in whorls of three or four, ovate, flat,

Description, &c. — A very handsome species, introduced from Chili in 1824. It forms a shrub, growing about
two feet high, closely covered with leaves, but not producing many flowers. It is a very elegant species, but is now
seldom grown, having been quite superseded by its descendant F. globosa. The most remarkable part of the flower
of this plant lies in the figure of the tube of the calyx, which has a conical form, being much broader at the base
than at the apex, in consequence of which it appears divided from the ovarium by a strong contraction.

9.— FUCHSIA GLOBOSA Hort. THE GLOBE-FLOWERED FUCHSIA.

Synonyme. — F. macrostema var. globosa D. Don.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3364 ; Bot. Reg., t. 1556 ; Sweet’s
Brit. Flow. Garden, second series, t. 216 ; and Paxton’s Mag. of Bot.,
vol. ii., p. 75, and vol. iv., p. 75.

Specific Character. — Smooth. Leaves opposite, in threes, peti-
olate, ovate, acutely denticulate. Flowers axillary, solitary. Petals
subrotund. Stamens exserted. Stigma four-lohed.

Description, &c. — This species is perhaps one of the most popular of all the kinds of Fuchsia. It is a dwarf
plant, rarely exceeding two feet in height, but spreading widely with nearly horizontal branches, which are of a

134

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

pul’ple hue and quite smooth. The flowers are very handsome, particularly in the bud, when they look like the
drop of a coi'al ear-ring. The plant is a garden production, and was raised from seeds of F. conica about the year
1830. It is very nearly hardy, and if planted in the open border it will flower freely during the summer and
autumn, and though it will be killed down to the ground by severe frost in winter, it will shoot up again the
following spring with extraordinary vigour. It grows equally well in almost every soil and situation, and is quite
uninjured by the smoke of London.

10.— FUCHSIA DISCOLOR Lindl. THE PORT FAMINE FUCHSIA.

Synonyme. — r. Lowci Hort.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3498 ; Bot. Reg., t. 1805.

Specific Character. — Branches very short, densely compact.

Leaves in threes, longer than the petioles, ovate-lanceolate, denticulate,
somewhat keeled. Florvers much longer than tlie leaves. Stamens
exserted. Stigma oval.

Description, &c. — This species is decidedly the hardiest of all the kinds of Fuchsia, as it is found in its native
country in a temperatm'e of 30°. Even in Scotland, the Port Famine Fuchsia soon becomes a large bush, putting
forth innumerable shoots every season, which are seldom injiu’ed even by the most severe frosts they ever meet
with in this country. The plant is a native of Port Famine in the Falkland Islands, and it was introduced in 1835.

11.— FUCHSIA COCCINEA Ait. THE SCARLET FUCHSIA.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 97.

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, oval, denticulate. Petals ohovate, obtuse.

Description, &c. — This was the first species of the genus that was introduced, as it was brought to England
from Chili in the year 1788. The first person who had it for sale was Mr. Lee of the Hammersmith Nm'sery, and as
he sold the plants at a guinea each, it is not difficult to imagine that he made a large sum of money by them. It
was at first supposed that the plant would live only in a hothouse, but it was gradually found to succeed in a green-
house, a cold pit, and the open air, though this species is still far more tender than some of the other kinds, and
is easily killed by frost.

12.— FUCHSIA RADICANS Miers. THE ROOTING FUCHSIA.

Synonymes. — P. integrifolia St. Hilaire ; F. .affinis Camb. ;
F. pyrifolia Presl.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3948; Bot. Reg., for 1841, t. 66;
Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. ix., p. 27 ; and our Jig. 4, in PI. 27.

Specific Character. — Stem prostrate, rooting. Leaves elliptic,
acuminate, slightly denticulate, glabrous, cordate at the base. Flowers
axillary, twin, pendulous. Petals wedge-shaped, longer than the tube
of the calyx. Stigma capitate. Berry subrotund, oblong.

Description, &c. — This is a long trailing shrub, the stems of which are much branched, often attaining a
length of twenty feet and upwards, being about half-an-iuch in diameter, of a pale brown, and rough from the
irregular splitting of the several coats of bark. The younger branches are purplish and smooth. The joints on
the large stem after the first year begin to throw out roots, or, rather, stoloniferous shoots, which take root upon the
trees to which the plant clings for support. The calyx is of a bright scarlet, and the tubular part is sHghtly con-
tracted in the middle. The stamens, which are of a deep red, are considerably longer than the rest of the flower,
four of them being much longer than the others. Mr. Miers observes in the “ Botanical Register,” that he “ was
greatly struck with this beautiful species when he first met with it in the Organ Mountains in 1829, clinging in
long festoons from a very tall tree, and exhibiting abundance of its brilliant flowers.” This beautiful plant is a
native of Brazil, just within the tropics, but as it grows at an elevation of about three thousand feet above the level

1

..//

' r ,y " // '-

0

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

135

of the sea, it is not more tender than most of the other species of the same genus. In this country it proves a
free-growing plant, which if planted in the border of a conservatoiy, and trained round a piUar or a stake, looks
remarkably well and flowers freely. To its other peculiarities this species adds considerable beauty of foliage, the
under portion of the leaves being of various shades of deep pink and crimson. Mr. Gardner observes, that when it
grows by the side of a river, it will climb up the stems of large trees, and flower among the branches at the height
of forty or fifty feet from the ground, giving the trees to which it has attached itself the appearance of being
Fuchsias themselves. On mountains five or six thousand feet high, however, it loses its climbing habit, and becomes
a bush from two to four feet high. It was introduced in 1840,

13.— FUCHSIA ALPESTEIS Gard. THE MOUNTAIN FUCHSIA.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 3999.

Specific Character. — Stem terete, subscandent. Branches covered
with a dense pubescence. Leaves opposite, petiolate, oblong-lanceo-
late, rounded at the base, acuminate, subrevolute at the margin and

distantly subdentate, pubescent on both sides and on the petiole ;
petiole rounded below, channelled above. Peduncles axillary, solitary,
one-flowered. Segments of the calyx lanceolate, acuminate, twice as
long as the petals, which are wedge-shaped. Berries oblong, four-angled.

Desceiption, &c. — This very distinct species of Fuchsia was found by Mr. Gardner on the Organ Mountains

in Brazil, growing in moist, bushy, rocky places at an elevation of upwards of five thousand feet above the level of
the sea. In its native place of growth, the plant has a rambling half-climbing habit, the branches being from

twelve to twenty feet in length. The plant is, however, very distinct from F. radicans, as it is covered entirely
with a dense pubescence, and the leaves curl up at the margin, which, as they have a reddish tinge on the lower

surface, gives them a very peculiar appearance. The berries are also decidedly quadrangular, instead of being
smooth and oblong as is usual in the species of this genus. F. alpestris was introduced in 1842.

HYBRIDS BELONGING TO SECTION II.

F. STANDISHII Bort.

This is a very handsome plant, raised from seeds of F. glohosa fecundated by the pollen of F. fulgens, and
which is remarkable for being completely intermediate between the two species, having the leaves, flowers, and
habit of F. glohosa, with the hairiness and colour of F. fulgens. The flowers are also considerably elongated.
The hybrid was raised by Mr. Standish, a nm’seryman at Bagshot, in the year 1839. In 1841, Mr. Standish
reared several other seedlings, which were all hybrids between F. eorymhiflora and different species of the long-
stamened division, and some of these were remarkably handsome, particularly those raised between F. corrjm-
hijiora and F. macrostema.

F. EXONIENSIS Hort.

This is a hybrid raised at Exeter, by Mr. Pince, between the flowers of F. cordifolia and F. glohosa. The
flowers are remarkably large, with very long lobes to the calyx, which, however, is rather of a dark crimson than of
scarlet. The petals are of a very fine, rich, dark purple. The hybrid called F. longiflora bears considerable
resemblance, in the shape of the flowers, to F. exoniensis, but the colours are different ; the calyx in F. longiflora
being scarlet, and the petals crimson.

F. CHANDLERII Sort.

This was the first hybrid which had the sepals nearly white, and it appears to have been raised from seeds of
F, fulgens fertilised by the pollen of some species belonging to the second section. Several other hybrids with a
pale calyx have since been raised, the most ornamental of which are Venus Victrix and Smith's Queen Victoria.

136

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

Section 3. Flowers very long ; tube of the calyx many times longer than the lobes ; stamens generally but little exserted.

14.— FUCHSIA FULGENS Moc. et Sesse. THE GLOWING FUCHSIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3801 ; Bot. Reg., for 1838, t. 1 ;Paxt.
Mag. of Bot., vol. V., p. 221 ; and The Botanist, t. 63.

Specific Character. — Branches glabrous. Leaves opposite, cordate-

ovate, acute, denticulate. Peduncles axillary, shorter than the flowers ;
upper ones racemose. Lobes of the calyx ovate-lanceolate, acute.
Petals a little shorter than the sepals.

Description, &c. — This magnificent plant, -which is no-w so well kno-wn, -was introduced in 1837, and was the
first of the long-flowered Fuchsias brought to this country. It is a native of Mexico, where it was orighially met
with by Mocino and Sesse, two Spanish botanists, who inserted a description of it in a work they afterwards
prepared, entitled “ Flora Mexicana,” which, however, never was published ; and as they did not introduce the plant,
its existence was only known to botanists till it was brought to England in 1837. When it was first seen at one
of the Meetings of the Horticultural Society in Regent Street, the sensation it created was beyond all description ;
and as it was found to be of remarkably easy culture and to grow freely in the open ground, only requiring pro-
tection against severe frosts, it has become common with extraordinary rapidity, and there is now scarcely a garden
in the kingdom that does not possess a plant of Fuchsia ful gens, at least during the summer months. ^

15.— FUCHSIA CORYMBIFLORA Ruiz et Pav. THE CLUSTER-FLOWERED FUCHSIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4000 ; Bot. Reg., for 1840, t. 70; and
Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. viii., p. 7.

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, in threes, petiolate, toinen-
tose, somewhat rough from being reticulately veined. Corymbs

terminal, pendulous, many-flowered. Tube of the calyx very long,
funnel-shaped ; segments of the limb reflexed. Petals free, spreading,
acute, longer than the stamens.

Description, &c. — The history of the introduction of this splendid plant is rather curious. Mr. Standish, a
nurseryman at Bagshot, received the seeds from some relations he happened to have at Montreal, in Canada, and
they informed him that the seeds had been given to them by a friend of theirs who had just arrived from Cusco,
in Peru, where he had been for the puqiose of trading in saddles. The plant flowered for the first time in
England in 1840, when it was found to be F. corymbijlora, a species of Fuchsia figured and described in the “ Flora
Peruviana ” of Ruiz and Pavon. In the “ Flora Peruviana ” this species is said to grow about six or seven feet high,
and to be found in shady woods lying to the north-east of Lima. The flowers are certainly very handsome,
but the plant itself can scarcely be called ornamental, from its habit of growth. When the flowers first appear
they look veiy well, but they soon drop off, and as fresh ones appear the flower stem elongates, so that at last
above the corymb of flowers, a long portion of naked stem appears which is scarred with the remains of the fallen
peduncles, and is very unsightly. The plant, contrary to the expectations which were at first entertained of it, is
neither so hardy nor so easily propagated as F.fulgens.

16.— FUCHSIA CORDIFOLIA Benth. THE HEART-LEAVED FUCHSIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., for 1841, t. 70 ; and Paxt. Mag. of Bot.,
vol. ix., p. 99.

Specific Character. — Stem glabrous. Leaves opposite, alternately
verticillatc, longer than the petioles, hroad, cordate, acuminate, denticu-

late, minutely tuhercled, but almost smooth beneath. Pedicels axillary,
one-flowered, shorter than the leaves. Calyx pubescent ; tube much
longer than the segments. Petals ovate, very short, acuminate.

Description, &c. — This species has two peculiarites which distinguish its flowers at first sight from those of
the preceding long-tubed species, and these are, that the segments of the calyx and the petals are of a fine green,
while the tube of the calyx is of a brUliaut scarlet, and also the flower is hairy. The foliage is very fine, and

j

(

I

ti

1

i

ii

I

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

137

as Dr. Lindley observes in the “ Botanical Eegister ” — “ -when the plant is out of flower it looks handsomer than
the generality of its race. It was found,” he continues, “ by Mr. Hartweg, on Xetuch, a volcano in Guatemala, at
the height of ten thousand feet above the sea. The berry in the wild state is from one to one inch and a half long,
and pleasant to the taste. The Guatemalese call it Melocotoncito, and apparently eat it. The bush itself is said
to be five or six feet high.” The species was introduced in 1840.

17._FUCHSIA SPLENDENS Zuc.

Synonyme. — P. cordifolia vwr. Hoolc.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4082; Bot. Reg. for 1842, t. 67 ; and
OUT fig. 3, in PI. 27.

Specific Character. — Suffniticose, pubescent. Leaves opposite
and in threes, longer than the petioles, ovate, acuminate, denticulate.

THE SPLENDID FUCHSIA.

Peduncles filiform, solitary, axillary. Ovarium cylindrical, tomentose.
Calyx ventricose at the base ; segments triangular, acute, longer than
the petals, which are ovate, flat, and spreading. Stamens very much
exserted.

Description, &c. — This species is very nearly allied to F. cordifolia, and, indeed, the only points in which it

differs from that species are, that the tube of the calyx is shorter and inflated at the base, and that the stamens
project considerably. The plant is a native of Mexico, where it was found on a mountain ten thousand feet above
the level of the sea. The flowers of this plant present the singular appearance of having been compressed as
though pinched between the thumb and finger, so that in one direction the diameter of the tube does not appear to
be half what it is in the other. The species was introduced in 1841, and it appears as though it would be about as
hardy as F.fidgens.

18.— FUCHSIA SERRATIFOLIA Buiz et Pm. THE SERRATED-LEAVED FUCHSIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4174; Bot. Reg. for 1845, t. 41.
Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. xii., p. 169 ; and out fig. 2, in PI. 27.

Specific Character. — Shrubby, glabrous. Leaves generally in
whorls of three or four, rarely opposite, oblong-laneeolate, acute,

serrated, petiolate. Peduncles solitary, axillary, one-flowered. Flower
naked. Tube of the calyx elongated ; segments spreading above the
obovate petals. Stamens exserted, shorter than the style. Stigma
club-shaped. Ovarium oblong, glabrous.

Description, &c. — Ruiz and Pavon called this the handsomest species of the genus, and it is, indeed, so
extremely beautiful that it is described in “ Paxton’s Magazine of Botany ” in the following words : — “ It is a
magnificent-looking plant, with a stout erect stem and spreading branches, amply clothed with whorls of large,
oblong, rich green leaves, with a satiny gloss on the upper surface, and a tinge of red beneath. The flowers have a
veiy gay and elegant appearance,” and as there is one from the axfl. of each leaf, and as they all droop and hang
below the branches, each consisting of a long tube shaded from dark rose colour to pale pink, and tipped with green,
the petals being of a rich vermilion, they are not only very beautiful but very conspicuous. The species is a native
of Peru, where it grows in damp shady places, and forms a shrub ten or twelve feet high. It was introduced
in 1845.

19.— FUCHSIA MACRANTHA Eooh. THE LONG-FLOWERED FUCHSIA.

Synonyme. — ? F. apetala Ruiz et Par.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4233; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. xiii.,
p. 97 ; and out fig. 1, in PI. 27.

Specific Character. — Petals wanting. Leaves ovate, acute, entire.

Peduncles axillary, solitary or aggregate, one-flowered. Flowers
drooping. Tube of the calyx very long, attenuated at the base ; seg-
ments broad, ovate, spreading, inclosing the stamens. Ovarium elongately
turbinate, four-grooved. Style exserted. Stigma capitate.

Description, &c. — This species so closely answers the description of the F. apetalQ of Ruiz and Pavon, that it
seems difficult to imagine it can be distinct. Sir William Hooker, however, says, that if the living plant of “ F.
macrantha be compared with Ruiz and Pavon ’s F. apetala, the diff’erences will be very apparent.” The present

T

138

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

species appears in England to be a dwarf evergreen shrub with spreading branches, which has been known to flower
when only six inches high, and which at the height of two feet has been so covered with flowers that it has been
impossible to see either the leaves or the branches. In its native country, however, it is said to climb to the top of
lofty trees. The colour of the flowers is a deep rose shaded into a greenish-white at each end. The species was
introduced in 1840.

OTHER SPECIES BELONGING TO SECTION III.

F. DEPENDENS Uook.

This is a very handsome species, the long trailing stems of which are supported by the neighboming trees in its
native country. The branches gi’ow in whorls, with the flowers drooping from them, the flowers themselves
bearing considerable resemblance to those of F.fulgens. It is a native of Mexico, and was introduced in 1847.

F. DENTICULATA Ruiz et Pav.

This species, which has not yet been introduced, is said to be the most beautiful of all the Fuchsias. The
flowers are said to be purple, and so magnificent that the plant even in Pei’u is called Mollo-Gcantu, or the
Beauty-plant. It is a shrub from six to twelve feet high. F. simplicicaulis and F. apetala are two other species
figured and described in the “ Flora Peruviana ” which are said to be well deserving of an introduction into this
country ; if, indeed, F. apetala be not already here mider the name of F. macrantha.

CHAPTER XXVI.

LYTHRACE^ Lindl.

Essential Character. — Calyx monosepalous, witli a tubular or
campanulate tube ; lobes valvate or separate in asstivation, their sinuses
sometimes lengthened into other lobes, which are produced on the
outside. Petals variable in number, inserted between the lobes of the
calyx, very deciduous, sometimes wanting altogether. Stamens inserted
into the tube of the calyx below the petals, to which they are some-
times equal in number ; sometimes they are twice, thrice, or even four

Section 4. Tube of the calyx strumose and uentricose at the base just above the ovarium. Ovules very minute, crowded on the central

placenta without order. Leaves alternate.

20.— FUCHSIA EXCORTICATA Lin. THE NEW ZEALAND FUCHSIA.

Synonyme. — Skinnera excorticata Forst. Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 857.

Specific Character. — Leaves alternate, ovate-lanceolate, mealy beneath. Tube of the calyx strumose at the base.

Description, &c. — This very singular plant is so different from the generality of Fuchsias that when it was
first introduced it was supposed to be a different genus, and was described as such by Mr. Forster in his
“ Prodromus.” All the other kinds of Fuchsia have their leaves growing either in pairs opposite each other or in
whorls of three or four springing from the same joint, but in this species the leaves are alternate. The flowers are
also veiy distinct, as there is a large fleshy knot at the base of the tube of the calyx, and a ridge running down the
centre of each segment. The petals are almost black, and when the flowers first expand the calyx is green, but it
afterwai'ds changes to a bright crimson. The species is a native of New Zealand, whence it was introduced in
1824, but it has never become popular.

times as numerous, but they are very seldom fewer ; anthers oval,
two-celled, inserted by the back. Ovarium free, two or four-ceUed.
Style filiform ; stigma usually capitate. Capsule membranous, covered
by the calyx, one-celled, opening either longitudinally or in an
irregular manner. Seeds numerous, small, exalbuminous, adhering to
the central placenta. Emhryo straight, with the radicle turned
towards the hylum, and the cotyledons flat and foliaceous. {0. Don.)

Description, &c. — There are only two genera in this order which contain ornamental greenhouse plants.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

139

and these are Cuphea and Lagerstrmmia. The name of Lythracem is taken from I/ythnmi, the botanic name for
the Purple Loosestrife, and it signifies black blood, in allusion to the peculiarly dark blackish-purple observable in
the flowers of the Lythrum.

GENUS I.

CUPHEA Jacq. THE CUPHEA.

Lin. Syst. DODECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Gland under the ovarium thick. Style filiform ; stigma simple or
rather bifid. Capsule inemhianous, covered by the calyx, one or two-
celled, at length cleft by the deflexed placenta, as well as the calyx.
Seeds nearly orbicular, compressed, wingless. ((?. Don.)

Generic CniRiOTER. — Calyx tubular, gibbous at the base on the
upper side ; limb wide, twelve-toothed, with six of the teeth erect, the
other six minute or nearly obsolete, rising from the sinuses of the
inner teeth. Petals six or seven, unequal. Stamens eleven or four-
teen, rarely six or seven, unequal, inserted in the throat of the calyx,

Desceiption, &c. — The species which compose this genus consist chiefly of half-hardy annuals and stove
perennials or small shrubs. Some greenhouse species have, however, been recently introduced. The name of
Cuphea signifies curved, in allusion to the curved form of the capsule. Like the Fuchsia, the most conspicuous
part of the flower of these plants is the calyx, which is brightly coloured, the petals being very small and
generally of a dark purple.

SYNONYfdE. — Melvilla speciosa Anderson.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. t. 852 ; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. viii.,
p. 197 ; and out fig. 3, in PI. 28.

L— CUPHEA MELVILLA Lindl GENERAL MELVILLE’S CUPHEA.

Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, scabrous, attenuated.
Racemes terminal, simple, many-flowered. Calyx long, curved, two-
coloured, hairy. Petals wanting.

Desceiption, &c. — This very handsome species was originally supposed to be a stove plant, as it is a native
of Guiana, whence it was introduced in 1823. As it was found very difficult to flower in the stove, it was very
seldom seen, but lately it has been found to grow freely and flower abundantly when kept in a warm greenhouse,
as it appears to be injured by being exposed to too much heat. It must, however, be kept under glass all the year.

2.— CUPHEA STRIGILLOSA Lindl.

Synonyme. — C. pubiflora Benth.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1846, t. 14 ; ? Paxt. Mag. of Bot.,
vol. xi., p. 241, under the name of Q. strigulosa.

Specific Character. — Stem, branches, and flowers pubescent.
Leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute, rounded at the base. Peduncles

THE COARSE-HAIRED CUPHEA.

sometimes two-flowered, and fonning a kind of raceme at the apex.
Calyx having an elongated and obtuse spur, viscously pubescent ;
mouth oblique, showing the two small petals. Stamens eleven,
exserted, glabrous.

Desceiption, &o. — This species Dr. Lindley states he received a dried specimen of, with a query asking if it
were the C. strigulosa of Kunth. This species, however, he states, is quite distinct. There is, however, a plant
figured in “ Paxton’s Magazine of Botany ” under the name of C. strigidosa, which is certainly quite distinct from
the one figured in the “ Botanical Register,” as there are no petals visible in the flowers, and the calyxes are
much more highly coloured. C. strigillosa appears to have been introduced about 1844. It is a very pretty plant,
shrubby, and producing a great profusion of flowers, which are remarkable for having only two petals, which are
“ stuck on one side only of the calyx, giving the gay orange and scarlet flowers a very singular appearance.” In the
plate given in “ Paxton’s Magazine ” these petals are omitted, and the leaves are much larger than are shown in

140

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

the plate iu the “ Botanical Eegister.” The latter, however, is an exact representation of the species ; as I
compai’ed it with the flower’s on a plant growing in the open air in my little garden at Bayswater, which flowered
profusely all the summer, and continued to do so till it was killed by frost m November.

3._CUPHEA PLATYCENTRA Benth. THE BROAD-CENTRED CUPHEA.

Synonyme. — C. tubiflora Ilort.

Engravings. — Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. xiii., p. 267 ; and our fig. 2,
in PI. 28.

Specific Character. — Leaves petiolate, ovate, acuminate, slightly
scabrous, attenuated at the base. Calyx elongated, six-toothed ; spur
dilated. Petals wanting. Stamens glabrous.

Description, &c. — This very pretty little plant is a dwarf evergreen shrub, which will grow and flower

profusely in the open ground during the summer months, but which requires a greenhouse dm’ing winter. When
kept constantly in the greenhouse it remains in flower nearly all the year, particularly if the tips of the long shoots
be cut occasionally so as to force it to form short side shoots, as it is on these chiefly that it flowers. The species
is a native of Mexico, from which country its seeds were accidentally imported in the earth sent over with some
Mexican Orchideie in 1840, to J. Anderson, Esq., of The Holme, Regent’s Park.

4.— CUPHEA CORDATA Buiz et Pav. THE HEART-SHAPED CUPHEA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4208 ; and our fig. 1, in PL 28.
Specific Character. — Pubescent. Stem suffruticose. Leaves

ovate or cordate-ovate, opposite, nearly sessile, quite entire. Raceme
panicled, bracteate. Caly.x coloured, elongated at the base into an

obtuse spur ; mouth oblique, six-toothed. Stamens eleven, in three
series. Two of the petals superior, subrotund, very large ; the other
four extremely small.

Description, &c. — This very showy plant has such a different appearance, from the large size of its two
principal petals, to that of the other greenhouse species of the genus, that it is difficult to recognise it as belonging
to them. It is very showy, and flowers freely. It is a native of Peru, but it appears to require more heat than
most of the other plants imported from that country, as it requires to be kept in a greenhouse all the yeai'.

OTHER SPECIES OF CUPHEA.

CUPHEA MINIATA Eort.

A very showy species from the brilliant vermilion colour of the petals, which are rather large. The upper
pai’t of the calyx is of a rich purple, and the lower part of a yellowish-green. It is supposed to be a native of
South America, but as it was sent to England from either France or Belgium, its native counti’y is not known.
It was introduced in 1847.

GENUS II.

LAGERSTRCEMIA Lin. THE LAGERSTRCEMIA.

Un. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx bibracteolate at tbe base, six-cleft ;
lobes distinct, but none produced from tbe sinuses. Petals six, ungui-
culate, alternating with calycine lobes, and inserted at tbe top of the
calycine tube between its lobes. Stamens from eighteen to thirty.

inserted lower down in the calycine tube than the petals. Capsule
three to six-valved, girded by the caly'x, three to six-celled. Seeds
expanded into membranous wings.

Description, &c. — Ornamental trees or shrubs with quadrangular branches and opposite leaves, and panicles
or racemes of puiqile, red, or white showy flowers. Most of the species requme a stove, but L. indica may be
grown in a warm conservatory. The name was given to the genus in honour of Magnus Lagerstroem of Gottenberg.

TI 28

a iff .

7 /'//-(//Cff-

1

•• 1^. r«

\

\

•■■S

^

./

J'

’** .

i-

I

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

141

1.— LAGBRSTRCEMIA INDICA Lin. THE INDIAN LAGERSTR(EMIA.

Specific Character. — Leaves roundish-ovate, acute, glabrous. Panicle many-flowered, terminal. Petals curled, on long claws, ((r. Don.)

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 405 ; and our jig. 4, in PI. 28.

Description, &c. — A very handsome plant, growing from six to ten feet high, and covered with showy flowers,
which vary from a rosy pink to a very dark reddish-pm’ple. The petals of the flowers are very curiously crisped or
cm’led, and they have such long claws that they seem only loosely attached to the plant. The stem is so acutely
quadrangular, that it might almost be called four-winged. The species may be grown either in a stove or a
greenhouse, but it succeeds best planted in the free ground of a rather warm conservatory, where it will flower
from August till October. It is a native of China and Japan, whence it was introduced in 1759. It is
sometimes called the Pride of India, but this name is also applied to Melia Azedarach and some other plants.

CHAPTER XXVII.
MYRTACEAE R. Brown.

Essential Character. — Calyx superior, four or five-cleft, rarely six-
cleft, sometimes falling off like the cap, in consequence of the cohesion
at the apex ; tube adnate to the ovarium. Petals equal in number to
the lobes of the calyx, inserted in the calyx, rarely wanting ; but when
present with a quincuncial sestivation. Stamens inserted along with
the petals, either twice their number or indefinite, usually disposed
in many series ; filaments distinct, or connected into several parcels.

curved inwards before flowering; anthers ovate, two-celled, small,
bursting lengthwise. Ovarium inferior, two, four, five, or six-celled ;
style simple ; stigma simple. Fruit either dry or fleshy, dehiscent or
indehisccnt. Seeds usually indefinite, variable in form. Embryo
exalbuminous, straight or curved, with its cotyledons and radicle dis-
tinguishable, or conferruminated into a solid mass. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants included in this order are all remarkable for the long and very numerous

stamens of their flowers, and their fragrant leaves, which are full of transparent dots, and feather-nerved, with the

nerves or veins running into each other towards the mai’gin, so as to fonn a transparent edge to the leaf. The
order is divided into several distinct tribes. Some of the species require a gi’eenhouse in this country, but others
win not live here without a stove ; and among the latter may be mentioned the Guava {Psidium aromaticuni), the
Clove [Oaryophyllus aromaticus), the Rose Apple {Jambosa vidgaris), and the Allspice {Eugenia Pimento).

TRIBE I. ChamcelauciecB.

Character of the Tribe. — Lobes of the calyx five. Petals five. Stamens disposed in one series, fertile and sterile mixed. Fruit dry,
one-celled. Ovules numerous, erect from the base, fixed to the centre, or to the somewhat exserted central placenta.

Description, &c. — The plants included in this tribe are all little heath-like plants, with fragrant leaves and
small flowers, natives of Australia, and requiring a greenhouse in Great Britain, where they should be grown in a
mixture of loam, peat, and sand, and care should be taken to keep them regularly watered ; but the soil in which
they are grown should never be saturated with stagnant water, or they will be very likely to damp off.

GENUS I.

CALYTHRIX Dec. THE CALYTHRIX.

Lin. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Ctilyx drawn out into a cylindrical tube; lobes ending in a long bristle each. Stamens from ten to thirty, free.

Fruit dry, indehiscent, one-celled. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — A genus of heath-like shrubs, which in theh native land, Australia, form large bushes with

142

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

heads of “white, yellow, or purple flowers.” Only three species are common in this country ; but Dr. Lindley, in
his Sketch of the Vegetation of the Swan River, describes several other lands, two of which, namely C. aurea, with
golden flowers, and C. sappliirina, the flowers of which are of a deep violet, appear to be very beautiful. Mr.
Allan Cunningham, in his Synopsis of the genus, also describes several species which have not yet been introduced,
and most of which he found growing in the hilly country near Bathurst. The genus was originally called Calytrix
by Labillardiere, but Decandolle changed the name to Calythrix, as the derivation was from the Greek words
kalyx, a calyx, and tlirix, a hair, in reference to the long hairs which terminate the lobes of the calyx ; though,
according to this explanation, it appears strange that the name was not changed to Kalythrix.

1.— CALYTHRIX VIRGATA Hook. THE TWIGGY CALYTHRIX.

Synonyme. — C. ericoides Cwnn.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3323 ; and om fig. 2, in PI. 29.
Specific Character. — Leaves petiolate and stipulate, scattered;

adult leaves and bracteas very smooth. Stipules deciduous. Bractcas
one-half shorter than the tube of the calyx. Branches slender,
twiggy, and very smooth.

Description, &c. — A heath-like shrub, the ends of the branches of which are densely covered with leaves
lying' closely upon each other, though the leaves of the other parts of the plant are spreading. The flowers are
white, and rather ornamental from the dark colour of the anthers ; and they are very peculiar fr om the great
length to which the lobes of the calyx are drawn out.

OTHER SPECIES OF CALYTHRIX.

C. GLABRA R. Brown.

A pretty little plant, the flowers and leaves of which are tinged with pink. The leaves are cyhndiical
when fresh, but when dry they shrink into a triangular shape.

The other species of this genus are veiy seldom seen in gardens, and some of the lands have not yet been
introduced.

GENUS II.

VERTICORDIA Dec. THE FRINGE MYRTLE.

lAn. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Flowers before expansion girded by two free or concrete bracteas. Lobes of calyx palmately parted into five or seven
lobes. Stamens twenty, of which ten are sterile and ligulate. Stigma feathered. Fruit one-seeded, one-celled when mature, (fix. Dm.)

Description, &c. — Small heath-like shrubs with dotted scentless leaves, and coiymbs of very cui’iously formed
flowers.

1.— VERTICORDIA DENSIFLORA Lindl. THE CLOSE-FLOWERED FRINGE MYRTLE.

Specific Character. — Leaves linear, triangular, obtuse. Corymbs
of many-flowered heads. Bracteas deciduous, somewhat hooded at the
apex. Tube of the calyx very hairy. Sepals unguiculate, many-

parted. Petals suhrotund, pubescent, fimbriated. Sterile filaments
very short, tooth-shaped, entire. Style curved, exserted at the apex,
bearded with forked hairs.

Description, &c. — This species is a native of the banks of the Swan River, whence it was introduced in
1843. It is a very pretty little heath-like shinib with pink flowers, which. Dr. Lindley observes, “ are exquisitely .
beautiful when viewed through a magnifying-glass, but they are not bright enough in colour, nor sufficient in

mass to produce a striking effect.” The plant was first raised in England in Messrs. Veitch’s nursery, at Exeter.

CN

4- y/^o/oy/euCOy J-e,

,-^t'ya4a^ 3 ,

''L^y/yia^ j ^ ''/'Lc^Oyi

'-cay /?&t^f^-(^ua''

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

143

OTHER SPECIES OF VERTICORDIA.

VERTICORDIA INSIGNIS Endl. Appendix to the Bot. Reg., t. 2. See own fig. 1, in PI. 29.

One of the commonest and prettiest species in the genus, and a most abundant flowerer. The leaves are
crowded together towards the end of the branches, but they are spreading on the old wood. The flowers are very
pretty, and quite account for their English name of Fringe Myrtle by the delicate frmge with which the segments
of the calyx are bordered.

GENUS III.

HYPOCALYMMA Endl THE PEACH MYRTLE.

Un. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Flowers axillary, capitate. Tube of the
calyx campanulate, connate with the ovarium ; upper lip five-parted.
Petals five, inserted in the mouth of the calyx, and alternating with
the segments, slightly unguiculate, orbicular. Stamens from twenty

to thirty, inserted with the petals, but much longer; filaments thread-
shaped, subulate ; anthers two-celled, opening longitudinally. Ova-
rium inferior, two-celled, each cell containing many ovules. Style
filiform ; stigma capitate or simple.

Description, &c. — This is a genus of Australian plants which, though belonging to the order Myrtacese, have
pink flowers, and strongly resemble bushes of the dwarf Peach or Almond. The name of Hypocalymma signifies
under a veil, in allusion to the bracts which veil the calyx from below.

1.— HYPOCALYMMA ROBUSTUM Endl THE LARGER PEACH MYRTLE.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg. for 1843, t. 8.

Specific Character. — Leaves linear-lanceolate, mucronate. Flowers axillary, on very short pedicels. Heads generally many-flowered.

Description, &c. — “ This,” Dr. Lindley observes, “ is one of those beautiful little Myrtaceous plants peculiar
to the south-west of New Holland, winch might be easily mistaken for small Almond or Peach bushes, so much are
the flowers like them, and so seldom do we find bright rosy blossoms among the Myrtles.” The species is a dwarf
plant with clusters of small pink flowers, and hnear leaves which smell like lemon. It is a native of the neigh-
bourhood of the Swan River, whence it was introduced in 1 842.

OTHER GENERA BELONGING TO TRIBE I.

DARWINIA Rudge.

A genus of Australian decumbent leafy shrubs, with red or white flowers disposed in terminal fascicles, and
interspersed with chaffy leaves or bracteas. The genus is named in honour of the celebrated Dr. Darwin.

CHAMiEI,AUCIUM Dec.

There is only one species in this genus, and it is a dwarf shrub with white flowers, a native of New Holland.

GENETYLLIS Dec.

There is only one species in this genus, a Diosma-like plant with white flowers.

PILEANTHUS LaUll.

Another genus consisting of a single species, which is an Australian shrub with white flowers. The name of
Pileanthiis is derived fi’om two Greek words, signifying a cap and a flower, in reference to the flower being
inclosed within a one-leaved involucrum before expansion.

144

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

TRIBE II. Leptospermea.

CHAaACTER OF THE Tribe. — Calj'X from four to six-lobecl. Petals from four to six. Stamens free, or polyadelphous. Fruit dry, many-

celled. Seeds exarillate and exalbuminous. (G*. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — The plants contained in this tribe vary from small shrubs to large trees, but they are all
natives of New Holland, and have all leaves with pellucid dots.

GENUS IV.

TRISTANIA R. Brown. THE TRISTANIA.

Lin. Syst. POLYADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft. Bundles of stamens opposite the petals. Capsules three-celled, many-seeded. Flowers i,

pedicellate. (^0. Don.)

Description, &c. — This genus was formed from Melaleuca, and it contains several species, though most of j||
them are very seldom seen in collections of plants in this country. The name of Tristania alludes to the flowers L
standing in threes. What is called the Tm’pentine Tree in New South Wales belongs to this genus. 11

|j

1.— TRISTANIA NERIIFOLIA B. Br. THE OLEANDER-LEAVED TRISTANIA. |

Synonymes. — Melaleuca neriifolia Nims ; M. salicifolia Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, lanceolate, glaucescent

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1058; Bot. Rep., t. 485; and our beneath. Bundles of stamens triaudious or peutandrous. {G. Dm.) i
fig. 3, in PI. 29, under the name of Melaleuca nenifolia. |

Description, &c — This plant, when discovered by the first settlers in New South Wales, was called by them
the Tea tree, because the leaves tasted bitter and astringent, somewhat like those of the black tea. It was at first
included by botanists in the genus Melaleuca ; but it has since been veiy properly separated from that genus, as
it differs not only in some points of botanical construction, but in general appearance, habit of growth, and
medicinal properties. The species in its native country is a tree twenty or thirty feet high, but in Great Britain it ||l
forms only a moderate-sized shimb. It was introduced in 1804.

I;

OTHER SPECIES OF TRISTANIA. '

TRISTANIA MACROPHYLLA Cwm. j|

A large handsome plant, with laurel-like leaves, and white flowers. In Australia it forms a tree sixty feet |
high, losing the exterior of its bark in the same way as Arbutus Andrachne. It was hitroduced in 1825.

GENUS V.

BEAUFORTIA R. Br. THE BEAUFORTIA.

Lin. Sijst. POLYADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Tube of the calyx turbinate ; limb five- deciduous. Style filiform. Capsule corticate, incrusted to the tube
parted; lobes acute. Petals five. Bundles of stamens five, opposite of the calyx, three-celled ; cells one-seeded. {0. Don.)

tlie petals. Anthers inserted by the base, bifid at the apex ; lobes

Description, &c. — This genus was named in honour of the Duchess of Beaufort, a great patroness of eveiything
connected with floriculture and botapy during a great part of the last centmy. Three or four species- have been
described, but only one, or, at most, two are in cultivation in this countiy.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

145

1.— BEAUFORTIA DECUSSATA B. Br. THE CROSS-LEAVED BEAUFORTIA.

ENGRiviNGS. — Bot. Mag., t. 1733 ; Bot. Reg., t. 18. I many-nerved. Bundles of stamens on very long claws; filaments

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, decussate, ovate or oval, | radiating. Style usually flexuous.

Desceiption, &c. — The flowers of this plant are very curious. They are produced in clusters or fascicles round
the stem, and above them the stem divides into three leafy branches. The flowers consist almost entirely of
stamens, the petals being green and so small as to be quite inconspicuous. The style is curiously curled up, and
lies like a miniature snake in the centre of the flower. The stamens are disposed in bundles ; and each consists
of a very long claw or stem, branching at the e.vtremity into four or five distinct filaments bearing anthers. The
plant grows about four or five feet high, with a woody stem, wliich has only a few branches, and those placed near
the upper part; the stem below them being striped by four rather broad longitudinal fillets of bark, which “ scale
off by determinate portions, parting at the base upwards, within the intervals of the scars left by the fallen foliage.”
Altogether, the plant has a very singular appearance ; but it is ornamental, from the deep scarlet of the stamens,
and dark-green of the leaves. It was introduced in 1800.

OTHER SPECIES OP BEAUFORTIA.

BEAUFORTIA DAMPIERI Cunn.

A dwarf shrub with tortuose branches, somewhat like those of Araucaria imhricata, and globose heads of
pinkish flowers. A native of Western Australia, introduced in 1822.

GENUS VI.

CALOTHAMNUS Labill. THE CALOTHAMNUS.

Lin. Syst. POLYADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx four or five-toothed. Bundles of stamens opposite the petals. Capsule covered by the calyx, threc-ceUed,

' many-seeded. Flowers sessile. ((?. Don.')

Desceiption, &c. — This genus is very nearly allied to the last, from which, indeed, it is distinguished only by

some botanical differences invisible to any eyes but those of a botanist. The name is derived from two Greek

words signifying beautiful shrub. There are five or six species, but only two of them are in general cultivation in

Great Britain. Some of the species were called the White Tea Tree by the early colonists.

1.— CALOTHAMNUS QUADRIFIDA B. Br. THE FOUR-CLEFT CALOTHAMNUS.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 1506. I bearing from twelve to fifteen anthers each. Adult leaves, as well as

Specific Character. — Bundles of stamens four, distinct, equal, \ flowers, glabrous.

Desceiption, &c. — A curious and showy greenhouse shnib, bearing considerable resemblance to Beaufortid
decussata, but differing from that species in having the stamens growing in a tuft on one side, instead of being
disposed round the stem. The species is a native of the south-west coast of New Holland, whence it was
introduced in 1803.

u

146

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

OTHEE SPECIES OF CALOTHAMNUS.

C. VILLOSA R. Br.

This species is very inferior in beauty to the last, which it resembles in all respects except in the bundles of
stamens being disposed all round the stem, instead of being only on one side. Like the other, it is a native of the
south-west coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1803.

GENUS VII.

MELALEUCA Lin. THE MELALEUCA.

Un. Syst. POLYADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx five-parted. Bundles of stamens elongated, opposite the petals. Capsule covered by the calyx,
and adnate to the base of the branches, three-celled, many-seeded. Flowers sessile. ((?. Bon.)

Description, &c. — This genus takes its appellation from the Cajuputi Tree, M. Leiicadendron, an East Indian
tree, which is a stove plant in Great Britain ; and the botanical name of which signifies black and white, as the
trunk of the tree is black, and the branches are white. This tree produces a strong-smelling green oil, called Cajeput,
which is used in medicine for rheumatic patients, and others ; and which is said to be very efficacious in cases of
cholera. All the species of Melaleuca have a little of the aromatic smell of this oil, but none of the Australian
species possess it in sufficient quantities to be useful. About forty species of Melaleuca have been described, but
only a few of them are in cultivation in British greenhouses.

1. — MELALEUCA SQUAMEA Lahill. THE SCALY-BRANCIIED MELALEUCA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 477 ; and our^^r. 4, in PI. 29. pubescent. Stamens in bundles of five, six, or nine each ; stamin-

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, three- iferous claw very short,
nerved ; young leaves and branches hairy. Flowers in globular heads.

Description, &g. — This veiy pretty little shrub is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, whence it was introduced in
1805. It grows erect, and the branches are produced in whorls round the stem. The leaves are spreading, and
the young ones are very hairy, sometimes almost shaggy on the lower side. The flowers are lilac, and so clustered
together as to hide the staminiferous stalks, which in this species are exceedingly short. The specific name alludes
to “ the peeling of the bark on the older branches of the plant, in short scale-like strips in the intervals of the
foliage.”

2. — MELALEUCA THYMIFOLIA B. Br. THE THYME-LEAVED MELALEUCA.

Synonymes. — M. gnidiaefolia Vent. ; M. coronata Andr. ; Metrosi-
deros calycina Ca/v.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1868; Bot. Rep., t. 278.

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, lanceolate. Spikes few-
flowered. Staminiferous stalk bc.aring many stamens; claws of the
stamens branched on the inside to the middle.

Description, &c. — This very elegant little plant bears more resemblance to a Grevillea than to a Melaleuca,
from the curious manner in which the staminiferous stalks are curled up. The flowers are of a purplish rose-
colour, and very delicate and pretty, though not very abundant. The leaves are small and greyish, resembling
those of the common Thyme, and when held up to the light they will be found to contain a great many small
transparent spots, which are glands containing an aromatic essential oil. The species is a native of Australia,
whence it was sent to England by Sir Joseph Banks in 1792.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

147

OTHER SPECIES OF MELALEUCA.

M. DECUSSATA R. Br.

A pretty little shrub, nearly allied to the last, but with much smaller beads of flowers. It is a native of tbe
south coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1803. Tbe flowers are lilac, and are produced in
small beads, which appear to grow on peduncles, “ but these are in reality branches with sessile flowers ; which,
after the flower decays, are elongated, and the part of the branch on which the flower grows is thickened, so that
the capsules become half immersed in the wood.” The flowers are produced in succession nearly all the summer.

M. FULGENS R. Br.

This very showy species is more nearly alhed to Beaufortia and Calothamnus than any of the other kinds of
Melaleuca, from the disposition and general appearance of the flowers. It “ is a slender, hard-wooded, branching
shrub,” with a smooth bark, which is red in the young wood, but in the old becomes brown, “ with a cuticle which
peels off in long narrow strips.” The species is a native of the south of New Holland, whence it was introduced
in 1803. It is rather tender in England, and requires to be kept in the greenhouse all the year. It flowers
earlier than the other species.

M. FRASERI Ker.

One of the prettiest species of the genus. It is a low much-branched shrub, bearing the leaves in tufts, at the
extremity of the branches. The flowers are of a delicate rose-colom', and they are disposed in nearly oval or sub-
globular heads. The species is a native of New South Wales, whence it was received in 1832. It is sometimes
called M. genistifolia in the nurseries, but it is quite distinct from that species.

M. SQUARROSA R. Br.

This species is sometimes called the Myrtle-leaved Melaleuca, because the leaves when rubbed, and the flowers
when dried, have an agreeable aromatic smell, like the leaves of the Myrtle. The species is found in various parts
of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land, and the plants imported from the latter country are so nearly hardy
that they may be grown in the open air, if they have a slight protection during severe frosts in winter. The
species, which was introduced in 1794, has whitish flowei's, the stamens of which are collected in five bundles, only
shghtly connected at the base.

M. INCANA R. Br.

A very pretty httle plant with whitish flowers and greyish leaves, a native of New South Wales, whence it was
introduced iu 1794. It is sometimes called M. canescens, and sometimes M. tomentosa. There are several other
species.

GENUS VIII.

EUDESMIA Dec. THE EUDESMIA.

Lin. Syst. POLYADELPHIA POLYANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx four-toothed. Petals joined into a deciduous operculum. Bundles of stamens four, alternating with
the teeth of the calyx. Capsule four-celled, four-valved. Flowers pedunculate. {G. Bon.)

Desceiption, &c. — Only one species is known of this genus {E. tetragona). It is a shrub, growing in its
native country about ten feet high, with square branches, broad lanceolate leaves, and umbels of white flowers.
The leaves are leathery, and of that bluish-green which is so common among Australian trees. The name of
Eudesmia is from two Greek words, signifying well-bundled, in allusion to the arrangement of the stamens.

u 2

148

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS IX.

EUCALYPTUS UHerit. THE EUCALYPTUS.

Lin. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Gbneeic Character. — Limb of the calyx lid-formed, falling off in one piece. Petala none. Stamens numerous. Capsule four-celled,

or from abortion only three-celled, many-seeded. ((?. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — The genus Eucalyptus takes its botanic name from two Greek words, signifying well
covered with a lid, in reference to the limb of the calyx covering the flower before expansion, and afterwards falling
oif in one piece in the shape of a lid or cup-like cover. Some of the species of this genus form large trees, some
attaining the height of two or three hundred feet in their native country (Australia), while others are mere shrubs.
In Australia they are known by the general name of Gum Trees, being distinguished by their colour, such as the
Red or the Blue Gum Trees, &c. One kind is called the Stringy Bark. About a hundred species are known in
New Holland, and upwards of fifty have been introduced into this country. One of the most remarkable species is
E. macrocarpa, the flowers of which are conspicuous from their bright crimson stamens and yellow anthers. This
species was introduced in 1842.

GENUS X.

ANGOPHORA Cm. THE ANGOPHORA.

Un. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx five-toothed. Stamens numerous. Capsule covered by the calyx, three-celled, three-valvcd ;

cells one or few-seeded. Flowers corymbose. ((?. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — This is a small genus of Australian shrubs, which were formerly included in the genus
Metrosideros. The name of Angoplwra is derived from two Greek words, signifying cup-bearing, in allusion to the
form of the fruit.

Specific CHARACTER.—Leaves sessile, ovate, cordate at the base,
glabrous. Peduncles and branchlets clothed with bristles or stiff,
hairs.

1.— ANGOPHORA CORDIFOLIA Cm. THE HEART-LEAVED ANGOPHORA

Synonymes. — Metrosideros hispida Smith \ M. hirsuta Andr.;

M. anomala Vent. ; M. cordifolia Pers. ; Eucalyptus hirsuta LinTc.

Engravings.— Bot. Mag., t. 1960 ; Bot. Rep., t. 281 ; and our
jig. 2, in PL 30.

Desceiption, &c. — A very singular looking plant, remarkable for the stiff hairs, resembling pi'ickles, which
clothe the stem, and for the large and very showy flowers. It is a native of New Holland, near Port Jackson, and
it was introduced in 1787.

There are three or four other species of Angophora, but they are seldom seen in England.

GENUS XI.

CALLISTEMON R. Broivn. THE CALLISTEMON.

Lin. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx five-parted ; lobes obtuse. Stamens numerous. Capsule three-celled, many-seeded, incrusted

by the calyx. Flowers sessile. (6v Z)o7i.)

Desceiption, &c. — This genus takes its name from two Greek words, signifying a beautiful stamen, from the
great beauty of the stamens of most of the species. There are a great many species, some of which were called

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

149

Bottle-brush Trees by the first settlers in New South Wales, fi’om the disposition of the stamens round the stem
bearing some resemblance to that of the bristles on the brushes used in cleaning bottles.

1.— CALLISTEMON VIRIDIFLORUM Dec. THE GREEN-FLOWERED CALLISTEMON.

Synonyme. — Metrosideros viridiflora Sims.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 2602.

Specific Character. — Leaves linear-lanceolate, stiff, pungent, beset

with scabrous dots, rather villous when young, as well as the branches.
Calyx glabrous. (Q. Don.)

Description, &c. — This species of Callistemon when in flower is so exceedingly like a bottle-brush, as com-
pletely to explain why the colonists gave the somewhat singular name to the genus. The plant is not particularly
handsome, from the colom’ of the flowers being green, but it is frequently seen in collections from the singularity
of its appearance. It was introduced about 1818.

but villous when young, as well as the branches. Flowers distinct,
spicate, nearly terminal. Calyx pilose. Petals rather pubescent,
ciliated. Ovary densely clothed with dotvn. Capsule distinct. (G. Don.)

2.— CALLISTEMON LOPHANTHUM Sweet. THE CREST-FLOWERED CALLISTEMON.

Synonymes. — Metrosideros lophantha Vent. ; M. saligna Sims.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 1821.

Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, attenuated at both ends,
mucronate, one-nerved, and feather-veined, glabrous in the adult state

Description, &c. — This species is a tall shrub with flexible branches and lanceolate leaves, which are narrowed
at both ends so as to give them a very close resemblance to those of the willow. The flowers are yellowish, and do
not terminate the branch as in C. viruliflorum, but have a branch appearing beyond. The species is a native of
New South Wales, whence it was introduced in 1806 ; and when planted in the free ground of a conservatory it
forms a bushy shrub from four to six feet high.

3.-CALLISTEM0N SPECIOSUM Dec. THE SHOWY CALLISTEMON.

Synonyme. — Metrosideros speciosa Sims.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1761 ; and oor Jig. 3, in PI. 30, under
the name of Metrosideros speciosa.

Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, mucronate, flat, having

the middle nerve rather prominent, and the lateral ones approximating
to the margin. Calyxes villous. Capsule four-eelled, tomentose at
the margin. (<?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is one of the most showy of all the species of Callistemon, from the brilliancy of the
scarlet anthers and the abundance of their golden yellow pollen. The leaves when young are covered with long
silky hairs, and have a reddish tinge. Like the others, this species is a native of New South Wales, whence it was
introduced in 1823. When planted in the free ground of a conservatory it forms a handsome shrub ten feet high.

4.— CALLISTEMON MICROSTACHYUM Lindl. THE SMALL-SPIKED CALLISTEMON.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1838, t. 7 ; and our Jig. 1, in PL 30. I spreading, wbitely ciliated on the margin. Calyx pubescent. Sta-
Specific Character. — Leaves linear-spatbulate, obtuse, very much | mens and petals crimson.

Description, &c. — This very showy species is remarkable for having the petals of the same brilliant colour as
the stamens. It is also distinguished by its narrow, spreading, spathulate leaves, which have a margin of white
hair. The flowers are smaller than those of most of the other species, but this is so far from being a blemish, that
it gives a degree of elegance to the plant, in which most of the species of the genus are deficient. It should be
observed that in making cuttings of this species, they should be taken from the points of the young shoots, and if
possible from young plants. “ This,” it is observed in the “ Botanical Register,” “ is of considerable importance.

150

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

because it not unfrequently happens that the failure in striking cuttings is o^wing to having taken them off old
plants. The best season for propagation is the spring : the young plants then become I’ooted before the following
winter. They will strilce root best in silver sand. The soil should be good peat, and if it is not naturally mixed
with sand, a little of this must be added. The pots should be well drained in order to carry off superfluous water.”
The species is a native of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1837.

OTHER SPECIES OF CALLISTEMON.

C, LANCEOLATUM Dec.

This species is sometimes called Metrosideros lanceolata, and sometimes M. citrina. It differs from the other
species of the genus in the tufts of flowers being distinct and distant from each other, instead of being arranged in
a mass round the stem. The leaves of this species are also remarkably harsh and rigid to the touch, but when
bruised they have an agreeable fragrance. The plant is an evergreen shmb, growing to the height of from four
to six feet, and it was introduced in 1798. The stamens are scarlet.

C. RIGIDUM R. Br.

This is the same as the Metrosideros linearis of Willd. It is a handsome species with crimson stamens and
very rigid leaves. It was introduced in 1800.

There are several other species, but they ai’e seldom found in collections.

GENUS XII.

METROSIDEROS Gcertn. THE METROSIDEROS.

Lin. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx five or si.x-cleft. Stamens twenty or thirty, very long. Capsule two or three-coUed ; cells many-

seeded. Flowers pedicellate. {0. Don.')

Description, &c. — This was originally a veiy large genus, but the species contained in Angophora and Cal-
listemon having been separated from it, it is now confined to only a few species. M. vera, or the Ironwood Tree, is
a native of the East Indies, and requires a stove in Great Britain. The name of Metrosideros signifies iron-
wood.

GENUS XIII.

LEPTOSPERMUM Forst. THE LEPTOSPERMUM.

Lin. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx five-cleft ; lobes triangular. Stamens twenty or thirty, shorter than the petals. Capsule four or

five-celled. Flowers solitary, pedicellate. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The name of Leptospermum is derived from two Greek words, signifying Si slender seed.
There are a gi’eat many species, most of which are natives of New Holland ; but as they are not veiy ornamental,
only one or two of them are in cultivation in British greenhouses.

OP OENAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS,

151

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, mucronate, obsoletely three-
nerved. Calyxes glabrous; calycine teeth membranous, coloured.
((?. Don.)

1.— LEPTOSPEEMUM SCOPARIUM Smith. THE NEW ZEALAND TEA TREE

Synonymes. — Philadelphus scoparius Ait. ; Melaleuca scoparia
Wendl.

Ekgraving. — Bot. Rep., t, 622.

Description, &c. — A pretty little plant with white flowers, the leaves of which were used as tea by the crew of
Capt. Cook’s ships when they first visited New Zealand. The tea made from this plant has an agreeable aromatic
flavour when the leaves are used fresh ; but it is very bitter when made from leaves that have become dry. This tea
when made very strong was found to occasion sickness in some constitutions. The leaves are still used occasionally
in making spruce beer, as they are said greatly to improve the flavour of the spruce. A variety of this, L. s. grandi-
jlorwm, introduced in 1817, is a very showy plant.

2.— LEPTOSPEEMUM GRANDIPOLIUM Smith. THE LARGE-LEAVED SOUTH-SEA MYRTLE.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1810 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 701.

Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, narrow, mucronate. Calyx villous ; teeth coloured. Bracts of the bud persistent.

Description, &c. — This is a very ornamental little plant with large white flowers, which are curiously relieved
by the pale brown of the bracts, or scales, which inclose the bud, and which remain after the expansion of the
flower. Before the flowers open it is very difficult to tell the difference between the flower and leaf buds, as they
are both inclosed within the same kind of scales. “ These scales are permanent, and may be considered as bracts,
forming an involucre at the base of the flower. In consequence of this arrangement, although the flower is really
terminal, the fruit, by the elongation of the branch, must afterwards necessarily become lateral.” The species is a
native of Australia and the South-Sea Islands, and it was introduced in 1803. It is a hardy greenhouse shrub,
and grows freely from cuttings.

3.— LEPTOSPEEMUM FLAVESCENS Smith. TEE YELLOWISH LEPTOSPEEMUM.

Synonymes. — L. Thea Willd. ; L. polygalaefolium Salisb. ; Mela-
leuca Thea Schrad.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 2695.

Specific Character. — Glabrous. Leaves linear-lanceolate, sub-

mucronate, obscurely three-nerved. Flowers solitary, growing out of
the apex of the branch. Calyx very glabrous ; teeth roundish, coloured.
Bmcts deciduous.

Description, &c. — A moderate-sized shrub, with many twiggy angular branches clothed with reddish-brown
bark. The leaves are rather small, but very numerous, and they are delicately tipped with pink. The flowers are
very numerous, and they are white tinged with yellow, the teeth of the calyx being very conspicuous.

GENUS XIV.

BILLOTIA R. Br. THE BILLOTIA.

Lin. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx five-cleft ; lobes triangular. Stamens from twenty to thirty, shorter than the petals. Berry three-

celled. Flowers sessile, in globose heads. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a very small genus of Australian plants with w'hite flowers crowded into globose
heads. The name was given to the genus in honour of Madame Billoti of Turin, a celebrated botanical artist.

152

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS XV.

FABEICIA Gcertn. THE EABRICIA.

Un. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA,

Generic CnARiCTER. — Limb of the calyx five-cleft ; lobes valvate. Stamens numerous. Capsule many-celled, adnate to the calyx ; cells
opening at the apex; seeds tvingcd. Flowers on short pedicels. ((?. Don.')

Description, &c. — This is a very small genus, nearly allied to Lcptospemium, but differing botanically in the
capsule. The name of Fabricia was given to the genus in honour of Fabricius, the Danish Entomologist.

1.— FABRICIA LAIVIGATA Gcertn. THE SMOOTH FABRICIA.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 1304.

Specific Character. — Leaves obovate, alternate, glaucous. Teeth of the calyx triangular.

Description, &c. — This plant was introduced in 1788, but it is said to have been twenty years in England
before it showed any symptoms of flowering. A great confusion has arisen between this plant and a species
called F. myrtifolia ; the only difference between the two being that the leaves of F. myrtifolia are said to be
silky, and those of the present species to be smooth. It has been found, however, that the leaves of this species
are silky when the plant is young, though they are perfectly smooth on old plants. The other species that are
mentioned in books appear to have been lost, as F. Imviyata is the only Fabricia known in British greenhouses.

GENUS XVI.

B^CKIA Lin. THE B^CKIA.

Din. Syst. DECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx four-cleft. Stamens five or ten, shorter than the petals. Capsule from two to five-eelled, many-

seeded, inclosed in the calyx. Flowers pedicellate. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants contained in this genus can scarcely be distinguished from those of
Leptospermum and Fabricia, except by the smallness of then’ flowers. The genus was named in honour of
Bteck, a Swedish physician, an intimate friend of Linnseus. There are several species, some natives of New
Holland, others of New Caledonia, and one of China ; but only one land is common in British greenhouses.

1.— BAICKIA VIRGATA Andr. THE TWIGGY BAICKIA.

Synonymes. — Leptospermum virgatum Forst\ Melaleuca virgata
Smith.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2127 ; Bot. Rep., t. 598; and Lodd.

Description, &c. — A very pretty little plant with white flowers, closely resembling those of the Leptospermum,
but much smaller. It is a native of Australia, whence it was introduced in 1806.

TRIBE III.— MYRTE^.

Character of the Tribe. — Caly.x four or five-parted. Petals four or five. Stamens free. Fruit fleshy, baccate, many-celled. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this tribe are trees and shrubs, mostly natives of the Tropics, and
which, consequently, require a hothouse in this country. Only two or three of the genera contain greenhouse plants.

Bot. Cab., t. 341.

Specific Character. — Leaves linear-lanceolate, pellucidly punc-
tated. Peduncles axillary, umbelliferous.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

153

GENUS XVII.

MYRTUS Lin. THE MYRTLE.

Un. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx five-parted, rarely four-parted. Stamens numerous. Berry two or three-celled, crowned by the
limb of the calyx. Seeds incurved, many in each cell, rarely solitary. Pedicels one-flowered. Leaves dotted. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — Several of the species of this genus are stove plants, but the common Myrtle and two or
three others are greenhouse plants. The name of the genus is from a Greek word signifying perfume, in allusion
to the delightful fragrance emitted from the leaves of some of the species.

1.— MYRTUS COMMUNIS Lin. THE COMMON MYRTLE.

Engraving. — Om fig. 6, in PI. 29.

Specific Character. — Pedicels solitary, one-flowered, about the
length of the leaves, bearing two linear bracteoles under the flowers.

Calyx five-cleft. Leaves ovate or lanceolate. Berry roundish, two
or three-celled. Seeds reniform. Embryo arched, with a long radicle
and small equal cotyledons. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — There are few persons who are not well acquainted with the Common Myrtle, but very few
of these are aware of the great number of varieties that are known of this popular plant. Most of the kinds that
are common in this countiy have black fruit, but there is a variety, a native of Greece and the Balearic Isles, the
fruit of which is white, the berry being large and eatable, and having an agreeable taste and smell. The varieties
of the dark-fruited kind are, the common broad-leaved or Roman Myrtle, which is sometimes called the

Flowering Myrtle because it flowers more freely than any of the other lands ; the Box- leaved Myrtle, which is very
common in this countiy, but which very seldom flowers in Great Britain; and the broad-leaved Dutch Myrtle, which
is commonly called the double-flowered. The Rosemary-leaved Myrtle is another kind frequently found in British
greenhouses, where it is cultivated more for the sake of its leaves than its flowers. There are several other lands,
besides some fanciful varieties, such as the broad-leaved Jews’ Myrtle, the leaves of which are said to be produced
always in threes ; the gold and silver-leaved ; and the spotted-leaved. The Common Myrtle is a native of the
South of Europe, whence it was introduced in 1597.

OTHER SPECIES OF MYRTLE.

M. UGNI Molim,.

This species is a native of Chili, where it is called TJgni by the natives, and Murtilla by the Spaniards. The
fruit is red, and has a musky flavour. The natives of Chili press the juice from it, and mix it with water, to which
it gives a beautiful red colour. It forms a refreshing drink, which has somewhat of the smell of Rosemary.

M. TOMENTOSA Ait.

This is a very beautiful plant. The flowers are of a delicate rose colour, and the underside of the leaves and
the whole of the buds are completely covered with a white cottony down. The plant is extremely different in its
habit of growth from the common Myrtle, growing to the height of several feet. It is a native of China, whence it
was introduced in 1766.

154

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

CHAPTER XXVIII.
PASSIFLORACEtE Juss.

Essential Character. — Calyx of five or ten sepals, combined into
a short or elongated tube, free at the apex, disposed in one or two
series ; outer lobes large, foliaceous ; inner ones alternating with the
outer ones, and more petal-like than them, sometimes these last are
wanting altogether ; the sides or throat are lined by filaments or annu-
lar or membranous coloured processes, which are disposed in one or
more series, having the bottom usually closed by a lid-formed ap-
pendage. Petals five in some of the genera, but wanting altogether in
others. Stamens five. Filaments opposite the exterior lobes of the
calyx, joined into a long tube which sheaths the stipe of the ovarium ;
anthers fixed by the back, peltate, reflexed, turned outwards, two-

celled, bursting lengthwise. Torus elongated into a long cylindrical ,
stipe. Ovarium seated on the stipe, ovate, free. Styles three, rising ^
from the same point, crorvned by a stigma each, which is somewhat
two-lobed. Fruit naked, or surrounded by the calyx, stalked, one-
celled, three-valved, having a polyspermous parietal placenta in the i

middle of each valve ; the valves sometimes dry and dehiscing, some- |

times fleshy and indehiscent. Seeds attached in several rows to the ii

placentas, usually clothed with a large pulpy aril, compressed, and j

generally scrobiculate. Embryo straight, in the centre of the fleshy i'

thin albumen, having a terete radicle, which is turned towards the ij

hylum ; cotyledons flat and foliaceous. {Q. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are generally very ornamental, but most of them require
a stove in this country, and only a few of the species belonging to the genus Passiflora, and those included in
Tacsonia, are greenhouse plants.

GENUS I.

PASSIFLORA Juss. THE PASSION FLOWER.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA PENTANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Tube of the calyx very short, having the throat ornamented with a filamentous crown. Berry usually pulpy, rarely

membranous. (0. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus have all climbing stems and veiy ornamental flowers, j;
which are very curiously formed. When the plant was originally observed by the Spaniards in Peru, the priests |j
fancied that they discovered in the form of the flower a mysterious representation of the Passion of our Saviour. '
The leaf they expounded to be the spear which pierced his side ; the twined threads of red and white which form
the crown of the flower were supposed the symbol of the lashes of the whip tinged with blood ; the five encircling j
stamens the crown of thorns ; the pistil the column to which our Lord was bound during the flagellation ; and the
three divisions of the stigma the three nails used in the crucifixion. From this supposed emblematical interpreta- i
tion, the plant received the name of the Passion Flower, and “ figures of it were manufactured for devotional i
purposes, made up of crude representations of the instruments themselves instead of their presumptive symbols.”
The fruit of some of the species is eaten, and it is called Granadilla from a supposed resemblance to the fruit of the
Pomegranate. Most of the species require a stove in this country, but some few are greenhouse plants. Ij

1.— PASSIFLORA CAIRULEA Lin.

Synonvmes.- — Gi anadilla pcntapliyllos Du Hamel ; Clematis quin-
quefolia Roh.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 28 ; Bot. Reg., t. 488 ; and om fig. 1,
in PI. 31.

THE COMMON PASSION FLOWER.

Specific Character.-— Leaves palmate, five-parted ; segments
entire. Petioles glandulous. Involucre three-leaved ; leaves entire.
Crown of threads shorter than the corolla.

Description, &c. — This species is very nearly hardy. It is a native of Brazil and Peru, whence it was intro-
duced about 1699. The common Passion Flower is a climbing shrub, extending itself when it has proper support
to the height of twenty feet or more. The branches when old are cylindrical, but when young they are sometimes
slightly cornered in the upper part. The fruit is ovate, of an orange-yellow when ripe, and about the size of a large

■■//./////

/. c.

/.

<y/r . ■■

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

155

plum or a small apricot. The plant flowers best when planted in the free ground of a conservatory, but it will grow
in the open air if it is sheltered from severe frost. It should be grown in a light rich soil, and it may be propagated
by cuttings. When the plant has done flowering, the shoots should be well cut in, as it is found that the shoots
in spring break better from the old wood than from that of the previous year. The flowers are always produced on
the shoots of the current year; they have a faint scent, and only last one day. During the winter the plant should
be kept in perfect rest.

2.— PASSIFLORA ALATO-C^RULEA Lindl. MASTERS’S HYBRID PASSION FLOWER.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 848 ; and our 2, in PI. 31. ' glands. Stipules auriculated, acuminately apiciilated, entire. Pedicels

Specific Character. — Leaves glabrous, cordate, three-lobed ; lobes terete, much longer than the petioles. Branches quadrangular,
quite entire, ovate-lanceolate. Petioles bearing from two to four I

Description, &c. — This is a very showy plant, which was raised in 1823 from seeds of P. alata, a native of the
West Indies, fertilised by the pollen of P. cmrulea, at the nursery of Mr. William Masters, St. Peter’s Street,
Canterbury. “ The stem of this hybrid,” says Dr. Lindley, in the Botanical Register, “bears an evident resem-
blance to that of P. alata, being square ; the membrane of the angles is, however, nearly obsolete, except in
vigorous young shoots. Its leaves are of much the same texture and colour as those of P. alata, but are three-
lobed, and very different from those of any other hardy creeper. The flowers are sweet-scented and extremely
beautiful, the ray being of a rich purple, the petals pink, and the sepals of a delicate white.” The plant is very
nearly hardy, and may be grown in the open air in a sheltered situation with only a very slight protection during
frosty weather.

OTHER SPECIES OF PASSIFLORA.

P. CAIRULEA RACEMOSA Sal.

This is another hybrid which, like the last, is very nearly hardy. It was raised from the seed of P. racemosa,
fertilised by the pollen of P. cmrulea in the year 1820. It is ornamental, but not quite so much so as P. alato-
carulea. There are several other hybrids which have been raised from either the seed or pollen of P. cmrulea, all
of which are more or less ornamental

P. INCARNATA Lin.

This species, the popular names of which are the common Granadilla and May Apple, was the eaidiest known in
this country, having been introduced before 1629. It is a native of Virginia in North America, but it will not live
in this country without the protection of a greenhouse. The flowers are sweeLscented, but not very ornamental.
The fruit, which is about the size of an apple and of a deep orange when ripe, contains a sweet juicy pulp, which is
thought very agreeable to eat. There is a variety of this species, the flowers of which are rather ornamental.

P. LUTEA Lin.

This is another North American species. It has herbaceous stems, and the flowers are of a pale yellow, but
they are very small and not at all ornamental.

P. MIDDLETONIANA Sort.

This is a very singular plant, with strong stems, handsome dark-green shining foliage, and fragrant flowers,
which are of a pale green, with numerous little pink dots on the inside. It is a native of South America, whence it
1 was introduced in 1838.

' There are many other species of Passion Flower, but they all require a stove in Great Britain.

X 2

156

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS II.

DISEMMA Labill THE DISEMMA.

Un. Syst. MONADELPHIA PENTANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Tube of the calyx short, furrowed below; crown of the throat double, the outer row composed of distinct filamentous

threads, the inner one tubular with an entire or toothed border.

Description, &c. — The species contained in this genus were formerly included in Passifiora, but they have been |

separated on account of the formation of the crown, which, instead of being composed of long slender threads as in ||

Passifiora, consists of two rows of very short threads, the outer one of which has the threads erect, while in the j

inner one they are pressed closely down round the pistil, which is remarkably long and erect. Disemma is derived !|

from two Greek words signifying double-crowned, in allusion to the filaments in the centre of the flower. '|

1.— DISEMMA ADIANTIFOLIA Dec. THE NORFOLK ISLAND PASSION FLOWER.

Synonvmes. — Passifiora adiantifolia Ker ; P. glabra Wend. ; P.
adiantum Willd. ; P. aurantia Andr. ; Murucuja adiantifolia Sweet.
Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 233; Bot. Rep., t. 295.

Specific Character. — Leaves glabrous, glandular beneath, truncate

at the base, three or five-lobed ; lobes obtuse, somewhat three-cleft. i

Petioles glandless, a little longer than the pedicels. Petals shorter j
than the calyx. i|

Description, &c. — A very ornamental plant, climbing to a considerable height, and having somewhat angular f
and twisted branches. The leaves bear considerable resemblance in shape to those of the Maiden Hair Fern, but I

they are of a much brighter green, and are delicately veined. The stipules are very small and awl-shaped ; but j

the tendrils are long and spiral. The peduncles of the flowers are jointed a little above the middle. The flowers |i

before they expand look reddish, but when they open they are of a very pale buff, which afterwards changes to a j

brick red ; they have no scent, but are very ornamental, particularly in their later stage. The species is a native ji

of Norfolk Island, where it is found climbing up some of the tallest trees, and hanging in festoons from their

branches, and whence it was introduced in 1792. j

I

I

2.— DISEMMA HERBERTIANA Dec.

Synonvmes. — Passifiora Herbertiana Ker ; Murucuja Herbertiana
Sweet.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 737.

Specific Character. — Leaves pubescent, cordate at the base, broadly

LORD CAERNARVON’S DISEMMA,

three-lobcd ; lobes ovate, acute. Petioles biglandular at the apex.
Pedicels twin, one-flowered. Bracteas bristle-formed, very remote
from the flower. Threads of the outer crown three or four times
shorter than the inner calycine lobes or petals. (0. Don.')

Description, &c. — The flowers of this species are of a greenish white, but the crown is of a golden yellow.

The plant is a native of the interior of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1821 by Lord Caernarvon, in li

honour of whose family name it is called Herbertiana.

3.— DISEMMA AURANTIA Lahill.

Synonvmes. — Murucuja aurantia Pers.; Passifiora aurantia Forst.
Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 4140.

Specific Character. — Leaves glabrous, ovate at the base, broadly
three-lobed ; lobes obtuse, middle lobe the longest ; lateral ones

THE NEW CALEDONIA DISEMMA.

furnished with a kind of appendage each on the outside. Bracteas
bristle-formed, glandular at the apex, rather remote from the flower.
Petioles biglandular at the apex. Threads of outer crown about
equal in length to the inner lobes of the calyx or petals. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — A very ornamental plant, a native of New Caledonia, whence it was introduced in 1844.
The flowers are white in the bud, and on first expanding, but they gradually assume a yellow or orange tinge, and

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

157

finally become of a brick red. The sepals have a very broad keel or deep wing at the back. The general
appearance of the plant closely resembles that of the common Passion Flower, from which when out of blossom
it can scai’cely be distinguished. The flowers are produced in great abundance, and they are very ornamental,
particularly in their latter state.

There ai'e two other species, both natives of Australia, one of which has oval blood-red fruit, and the other
scarlet flowers.

GENUS III.

TACSONIA Juss. THE TACSONIA.

Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA PENTANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Tube of the calyx very long, with a ten-cleft limb, the five inner lobes probably petals; throat furnished with a

scaly membrane. {O. Don.)

Descbiption, &c. — A genus of very ornamental climbing plants, with the habit of the Passion Flowers, but
easily distinguished from them by the immense length of the tube of the calyx. The name of Tacsonia is
derived from that applied to one of the species in Peru. There are numerous species in the genus, but
only two have as yet been introduced.

1.— TACSONIA PINNATISTIPULA Juss. THE FEATHER-STIPULED TACSONIA.

Synonymes. — Passiflora pinnatistipula Cav. ; P. pennipes Smith. I Specific Character. — Leaves white from a velvet-like down on
Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4062 ; Bot. Reg., t. 1536 ; Sweet’s the under surface, trifid beyond the middle ; lobes serrated. Stipules
Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd. series, t. 156 ; The Botanist, t. 171 ; and our | pinnatifid and sometimes parted into slender lobes.

3, in PL 31. 1

Description, &c. — A very ornamental plant, which was first raised in Great Britain in the garden of
Mrs. Mariyat, of Wimbledon, by whom its seeds were procured from Chili. Some of the plants produced by
these seeds were placed “ in the open air, and the remainder in a conservatory. The former perished ; but the
latter have grown luxuriantly, covering the rafters with their long climbing shoots, and flowering in abundance in
the spring and summer months. The blossoms are very large and pendent, of a clear bright pale flesh-colour,
beautifully contrasted with a single row of bright blue thread-shaped rays. They are succeeded by yellow, round,
downy fruit, about the size of a hen’s egg.” The Tacsonia strikes freely from cuttings, and it is also easily raised
from seeds. It was introduced in 1828.

2.— TACSONIA MOLLISSIMA H. B. et K.

Synonyme. — Murucuja mollissima Spreng.

Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 4187 ; Bot. Reg. for 1846, t. 11 ; and
Paxt. Mag. of Bot,, vol. xiii., p. 25.

Specific Character. — Leaves three-parted, pubescently tomentose
on the underside ; segments cordate at the base, ovate-lanceolate,

THE DOWNY-LEAVED TACSONIA.

serrated. Petioles with many glands. Stipules semi-ovate, cuspidately
acuminate, dentate. Peduncle one-flowered. Flowers very smooth.
Segments of the calyx of the same colour as the petals ; a glandular
nectary at the mouth of th^ube.

Description, &c. — This species, though not so ornamental as T. pinnatistipula, has a similar habit of growth.

and like it thrives best in a conservatory. Though a native of the tropics of New Grenada, yet, as it grows at a
height of from nine to eleven thousand feet above the level of the sea, it is evident that a temperate climate suits
it best. In fact, it is found that when the plant is grown in a stove, the blossoms drop off without expanding.
“ The most singular part of the structure of this plant,” says Dr. Lindley, “ is the row of green glands or warts
which stud the purple petiole, and which furnish the best means of recognising the species.” There are twelve

158

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

of these on each petiole. Dr. Lindley further observes that there are several different plants in the countiy,
each bearing the name of Tacsonia mollissima, but which evidently do not belong to that species, as some of
them have only two or three glands on the petioles. It is possible that this may be the reason that opinions
differ so much as to the beauty of the flowers of T. mollissima, as those plants which produce the most beautiful
flowers, may probably belong to some other species.

CHAPTER XXIX.

CRASSULACE^ Dec.

Essential Character. — Sepals from three to twenty, more or less
united at the base, and therefore the calyx is many-parted. Petals
equal in number with the sepals, and alternating with them, cither
distinct or united into a gamopetalous corolla, inserted in the bottom
of the calyx. Stamens inserted with the petals, either equal to them
in number, and alternating with them, or twice as many ; those oppo-
site the petals being shortest, and arriving at perfection after the others;
filaments distinct, subulate ; anthers oval, two-celled, bursting length-
wise. Nectariferous scales several, one at the base of each ovarium

sometimes obsolete. Ovaria of the same number as the petals, oppo-
site to which they are placed around an imaginary axis, usually
distinct, but in some of the anomalous genera rather concrete, all one-
celled, and tapering into one stigma each, opening when ripe by a
longitudinal chink in front, but in one genus on the back. Seeds
attached to the margins of the suture, in two rows, variable in number.
Albumen thin, fleshy. Embryo straight in the axis of the albumen,
having the radicle directed to the hilum. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order have all fleshy stems and leaves, and generally
ornamental flowers produced in clustered heads or cymes. “ The species,” says Mr. Don, “ are found in the dry
situations where not a blade of grass nor a particle of moss can grow, on naked rocks, old walls, sandy hot plains,
alternately exposed to the heaviest dews of night, and the fiercest rays of the noon-day sun. Soil is to them a
something to keep them stationary, rather than a source of nutriment, which in these plants is conveyed by
myriads of mouths invisible to the naked eye, but covering all their surface, to the juicy beds of cellular tissue
which lie beneath them.” The order includes numerous genera, some of which contain only small insignificant
plants, while others have flowers of great magnitude and remarkable beauty.

GENUS I.

CRASSULA Lin. THE CRASSULA.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted. Petals five, distinct. Stamens five ; filaments subulate. Scales five. Carpels five,

many-seeded. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The species are fleshy shrubs or herbaceous plants, generally natives of the Cape of Good
Hope. The genus was formerly very extensive ; but it has been circumscribed by modern botanists, who have
divided the old genus Crassula into five or six modern ones. The word Crassula is derived from crassus, thick,
in reference to the fleshy leaves.

1.— CRASSULA ARBORESCENS Willd. THE TREE CRASSULA.

Synonymes. — C. Cotyledon Curt. ; Cotyledon arborescens site, roundish, mucronate, fleshy, flat, glaucous, dotted above, glabrous.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 384. Cymes trichotomous. ((7. Don.)

Specific Character. — Stem shrubby, erect, terete. Leaves oppo-

Description, &c. — A very curious plant, with thick whitish leaves, which are edged with pink and covered
over the surface with very small dots. The flowers are pretty, and of a pale pink ; but they are very rarely

3>:

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

159

produced, some of the plants in the Chelsea Botanic Garden having grown large enough to form small trees
without showing the slightest indication of bearing flowers. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope,
whence it was introdcced in 1739.

2.— CRASSULA CENTAUROIDBS Willd. THE CENTAURY-LIKE CRASSULA.

Synonyme. — C. pellucida Jacq. Leaves opposite, sessile, flat, oblong-ovate, glabrous, punctately toothed

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1765; and o\xx fig. 1, in PI. 32. on the margins. Peduncles axillary, one-flowered. (jQ. Don.)

Specific Character. — Stems herbaceous, dichotomous, prostrate.

Desceiption, &c. — This is a very pretty little plant, with prostrate stems and rose-coloured flowers. The
species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced about 1820.

OTHER SPECIES OF CRASSULA.

There are many other species of this genus, most of which have either white or pinkish flowers. They all
require a diy sandy soil, which, when they are grown in pots, is generally mixed with brick rubbish. When
cuttings are made from them, they require to be dried for a few days after they have been prepared before they are
planted. All the species should be kept in diy situations, and when in a greenhouse they should be placed on
shelves, and never on either bricks or the ground.

GENUS II.

KALOSANTHES Haw. THE KALOSANTHES.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Generic Character.— Calyx five-lobed. Petals united into a five-parted corolla with the tube cylindrical, two or three times longer than the
spreading limb. Stamens five, inserted in the tube of the corolla. Glands and carpels five. ((?. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — ;The species belonging to this genus are succulent shmbs with opposite leaves and large
heads of ornamental flowers. The name of Kalosanthes is taken from two Greek words, signifying a beautiful
flower.

1.— KALOSANTHES COCCINEA Haw. THE SCARLET KALOSANTHES.

Synonymes. — Larochea coccinea Pers. ; Crassula coccinea lAn. ; Specific Character. — Leaves connate and sheathing at the base,
Dietrichia co«cinea Tmtt. ; Cotyledon africana Comm. ovate-oblong, acutish. ((?. Don.)

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 495. ; and owx fig. 2, in PI. 32.

Desceiption, &c. — Tliis species forms a shrub from one to three feet high. It is the oldest plant of its genus
in this country, having been introduced in 1714. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and requires careful
treatment in this country, being liable not only to be injured by frost, hut to damp off.

2.— KALOSANTHES VERSICOLOR Haw. THE RED AND WHITE KALOSANTHES.

Synonymes. — Crassula versicolor Bwrch. ; Rochea versicolor Dec. sheathing at the base. Stem erect, branched. Flowers in umbellate
Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 320 ; and our fig'. 3, in PI. 32. heads. ((?. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acute, connate and

Desceiption, &c. — A very handsome species, a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in
1817, and where it has been found growing at a considerable height above the level of the sea, some of the seeds

160

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

having been collected on the Table Mountain. From the lofty situations in which this species grows, it is more
hardy than most of the Cape plants ; and as it flowers freely, it is well deserving of cultivation. The flowers are
said in some specimens to give out a delightful fragrance at night. In old plants the stem becomes woody at the

base.

3.— KALOSANTHES ODORATISSIMA Haw.

Synonymes. — Crassula odoratissima ; Larochea odoratissima

Pers, ; Dietrichia odoratissima Trait. ; Rochea odoratissima J)cc.
Engravings. — Bot. Rep., t. 26; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1029.

THE SWEET-SCENTED KALOSANTHES.

Specific Character. — Leaves linear-lanceolate, gradually acumi-
nated, connately stem-clasping. Flowers in umbellate heads. Segments
of the corolla oblong, acutish. ((?. Don^

Description, &c. — A very handsome species with yellow flowers, which have the scent of those of the Tuberose.
The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1793. There is a variety with
white flowers, and another, the flowers of which are partly white and partly red.

OTHER SPECIES OF KALOSANTHES. Ii

There are numerous other species of this genus, but they are very seldom seen in British greenhouses. j[

1

GENUS III.

COTYLEDON Dec. THE COTYLEDON.

Lin. Syst. DECANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted, much shorter than the
tube of the corolla. Corolla gamopetalous ; tube ovate-cylindrical ;
limb fi ve-lobed, spreadingly refiexed or revolute ; lobes obtuse. Stamens

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus

ten, adnate to the base of the tube of the corolla ; the upper part free,
exserted or almost inclosed. Scales oval. Carpels five, continuous
with the styles, which are subulate. ((?. Don.)

are all fleshy shrubs, natives of the Cape of Good Hope,

vith ornamental flowers, which are generally bell-shaped and produced in drooping panicles. The name of Cotyledon
is derived from the Greek word Kotyle, which signifies a cavity, in allusion to the cup-like shape of the leaves of

some of the species. The species are numerous, hut many of them are only very imperfectly known.

1.— COTYLEDON ORBICULATA Lin. THE ROUND-LEAVED COTYLEDON.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 321. I obtuse, with an acumen, glaucous and mealy, margined with red.

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, flat, obovately spatulatc, | Flowers panicled. Caudex erect, branched. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a very singular-looking plant from its white leaves, which have a narrow' margin of
red, and its pink flowers, which in their shape resemble the bells of a Hyacinth, though they are produced on a
drooping stem instead of on one growing decidedly erect. This species is one of the oldest succulent plants in
British greenhouses, having been introduced in 1090. It will flower when young and of a small size, and in this
respect it differs essentially from Crassula Cotyledon, a plant to which in other respects it bears considerable
resemblance. It is now very seldom seen in British greenhouses, though it well deserves a place in them, as it
flowers freely, grows rapidly, and is easily increased by cuttings. It is also well suited for a window plant, as, hke
other succulents, it does not appear to suffer from being exposed to the dry confined air of a living-room. There
are several varieties mentioned in books, but the principal difference is in the form of the leaves.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

161

2.~C0TYLED0N CORUSCANS Haw. THE GLITTERING COTYLEDON.

Synonyms. — C. canalifolia Phil. Mag.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2601 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1030.
Specisic Character. — Leaves decussate, aggregate, cuneate-oblong,

channelled, with thickened margins, apiculate, covered with white
mealiness. Flowers pendulous, disposed in umhellate panicles.
((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — A showy-looking plant with very singular leaves, which are deeply channelled on the upper
surface, having very thick incurved margins, and which are terminated with a purple niucro. The flower-scape
grows above a foot long, and terminates in an umbel-formed panicle of numerous orange-red, long, pendulous
flowers, the colour of which deepens with age. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and was

introduced in 1818.

3.— COTYLEDON DECUSSATA Sims. THE CROSS-LEAVED COTYLEDON.

Synonyms. — C. papillaris Lin. j acute, erect. Flowers in panicles, glabrous. Caudex decumbent.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2518 ; and Bot. Reg., t. 915. f clothed with fine villae. ((?. Don.)

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, terete-ovate, fleshy, glabrous, |

Description, &c. — This species, though very curious, is not nearly so ornamental as either of the other kinds,
and it is easily distinguished by its cylindrical and very fleshy leaves.

OTHER SPECIES OF COTYLEDON.

These are very numerous, but generally speaking there is a sufficient resemblance between all the species to
render it easy to ascertain wliat genus they belong to, and at the same time to render it difficult, by mere words, to
point out the difference between them. One species, however, is so distinct from the rest as to merit a particular
description. This is C. curvijlora Sims, the flowers of which are tubular, yellow streaked with red, and have a
purple mouth, the tube of the flowers being curved, and the peduncles twisted in what appears a somewhat
fantastical manner. The leaves are linear and semicylindrical, and the stem, which is fleshy, is rough in the lower
part, from the vestiges of former leaves.

GENUS IV.

ECHEVERIA Dec. THE ECHEVERIA.

Lin. Syst. DECANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted ; sepals erect, referrible to
leaves, united at the very base. Petals five, also united at the base,
erect, thick, stiflBsh, thickest at the middle nerve, and nearly trigonal

at the base, acute. Stamens ten, shorter than the petals, and adnate
to them at the base. Scales five, short, obtuse. Carpels five, ending
each in a subulate style. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are all ornamental fleshy shrubs, natives of Mexico, with
rather singular but veiy handsome flowers. Most of the species are only of late introduction. The genus is named
in honour of M. Echeveri, the artist employed to make the drawings in the Flora Mexicana, edited by Mocino
and Sesse.

1.— ECHEVERIA RETUSA Lindl. THE BLUNT-LEAVED ECHEVERIA.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg. for 1847, t. 57. dense, subcorymbose ; branches few-flowered. Sepals linear, unequal.

Specific Character. — Leaves obovate-spatulate, somewhat retuse, shorter than the corolla. Petals acutely keeled, gibbous at the base,
glaucous, crenulate ; the stem-leaves linear-oblong, entire. Panicle

Description, &c. — This species was raised from seeds received from Mr. Hartweg in February, 1846, and it is
said “ to have been collected on rocks near Anganguco, in Mexico.” It is a dwarf plant, the leaves of which are at

Y

162

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

first closely imbricated, but “ by degrees separate as the stem lengthens ; they are broad at the point, but acute
when young ; when old they are extremely blunt, and irregularly crenated, as well as bordered with purple. The
flower-stem is from nine inches to a foot high, and hears at the very summit a compact panicle of handsome crimson j
flowers, covered with a delicate bloom, and orange-colom’ed inside.” It is added in the “ Botanical Eegister,” from

5

which work the above extract is made, that it is a pretty greenhouse half-shrubby plant, and grows freely in a |
light mixture of sandy loam with leaf-mould and plenty of sand. It is easily increased by the leaves, rises from one !
to two feet in height, and flowers freely from November to April, that is to say, throughout the winter.” Among '
the other valuable qualities belonging to this plant may be added, that the flowers retain their beauty for several jl

ij

days after they have been cut and placed in water. A specimen which I have in my possession, which has been
cut nearly a week, is now (the 31st of January, 1848) as fresh and beautiful in its appearance as if it had only just j
been taken from the plant.

2.— ECHEVERIA ACUTIFOLIA Lindl. THE SHARP-LEAVED ECHEVERIA.

Engraving.— Bot. Reg. for 1842, t. 29. cylindrical brandies bearing three or four flowers each. Sepals acute,

Specific Character. — Leaves subrhomboid, very acute, concave ; much shorter than the petals. ,

tliose of the stem somewhat rosulate. Flowers in dense panicles, with

Description, t%c. — This is a most ornamental species, the flowers being richly tinted with a most brilliant
scarlet and golden yellow. The leaves, which are large and concave, are of a bright green tinged with red at the
base, and the stems are pink. All the colours are remar’kably brilliant, and the plant altogether has a remarkably j
striking and showy appearance. The species is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1841. j

3.— ECHEVERIA C^SPITOSA Dec. THE TUETED ECHEVERIA. !

SvNONYMEs. — Cotyledon caespitosa Saw. ; C. linguiformis ; C. reflexa Willd.\ Sedum Cotyledon Jixeg. ]'

Specific Character. — Leaves rosulate, narrow, tongue-formed, obcuneated at the apex, and rather mucronate. Flowers cymose. (G. Don.) j|

Description, &c. — This is the oldest species of the genus in British greenhouses, having been introduced in j!
1796. The species is less ornamental than many of the more modern kinds, but it forms an agreeable variety to j
them, as its flowers are yellow and disposed in cymes instead of panicles. j

|!

OTHER SPECIES OF ECHEVERIA. |j

E. GRANDIFOLIA Haw. i

This species is so exceedingly glaucous as to look perfectly blue at a little distance. The flowers are yellow ji
tinged with red. The species was introduced in 1828, and it is figured in “ Sweet’s British Flower Garden,” t. 275. ij
In this work it is observed, “ a singular character belonging to this genus is, that the leaves are slightly attached to '
the stems, though they appear firmly attached ; but by moving them upwards at the back, it will be seen that they I
are quite loose, and come olf easily, as if they were only stuck on ; those, if dried a little, and then planted, will
soon root and produce young plants.”

E. GIBBIFLORA Dec.

The flowers of this species bear considerable resemblance to those of E. acutifolia, but the leaves are more
obtuse. The flowers also grow on long drooping zigzag shoots, and are much less brilliantly coloured. The species
is a native of Mexico, and it was introduced in 1 826. ;

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

163

' E. COCCINEA Dec.

! The plant is softly pubescent, and the spikes of flowers are elongated and leafy. The flowers are scarlet on the

il outside, and of a pale red within. The stamens are yellow. This species is figm’ed in Loddiges’ “ Botanical

Cabinet ” under the name of Cotyledon coccinea. It is a native of Mexico, and was introduced in 1816.

E. RACEMOSA ScJilecJa.

I A native of Mexico, found abundantly on walls at Jalapa. The flowers, which are small and compact in form,

I ^ are disposed in an elongated spike-formed raceme ; they ai’e scarlet, with pale yellow inside. It is stated in the
i j| “ Botanist,” where the species is figm’ed, that this plant “ grows on Monte Serata, and is called Talapulacajhata by
I ,d' the aboriginal inhabitants, among whom it serves, like the Myosotis palustris, or Forget-me-not among European
•' nations, as an emblem of remembrance.” It was introduced in 1836.

• i E. LURID A Haw.

This species is remarkable for the colour of its root-leaves, which have a peculiar livid hue from being deeply
stained with dull purple. The flowers are very small, and of a peculiarly rich scarlet ; they are disposed in
! , I racemose spikes. The species, like the others, is a native of Mexico, and was introduced in 1830.

■I- E. SCHEERII Lindl.

1

■il

'i'

i

If .

i

Though this species is an abundant flowerer, it can scarcely be called handsome, from its untidy habit of growth
and the dingy colour of its flowers. The root-leaves are glaucous and remarkably large. The species was
introduced in 1842.

E. ROSEA Lindl.

This is a remarkably handsome species, from its yellow flowers and bright pink bracts, which give it a very gay
appearance. It has a tall stem, which is tinted yellow ; and the leaves, which are produced in tufts, have a dark
reddish hue on the underside. Like all the species of the genus, it should he kept in the greenhouse all the year,
hut it will not flower unless it has abundance of light.

E. SECUNDA Lindl.

The flowers of this species closely resemble those of E. racemosa, excepting that they are all produced on one
side. The plant has no proper stem, and the flower-scape rises from one side of a tuft of leaves closely resembling
those of the common Houseleek. The species w’as introduced in 1839. Unlike most of the other species of the
genus, this kind flowers in summer.

Two other species have been mentioned in hooks : E. bracteolata, which was found by Mr. Edward Otto in the
Caraccas in 1840, hut which is by no means ornamental ; and E. teretifolia, the leaves of which are cylindrical and
almost loose at the base, and the flowers of which are said to resemble those of E. secunda.

\

GENUS V.

' SEDUM Un. THE STONECROP.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted ; sepals ovate, usually turgid, leaf-formed. Petals five, generally spreading. Stamens ten.
Nectariferous scales entire or hardly emarginate. Carpels five. {0. Don.)

Description, &c. — Most of the plants contained in this genus are hardy, and they consist of herbs or half-

shrubs, the stems of which are usually branched, and the flowers are produced in flat heads, being mostly yellow,

A Y 2

164

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

but sometimes white, blue, or a purplish pink. The most ornamental species of the genus, and the only one which
can be called a greenhouse plant, is Sedum Sieholdii. This plant when grown in a pot and supplied with abundance
of light and air, is one of the most ornamental in the whole range of greenhouse plants, as it spreads widely on every
side, and is completely covered with its very ornamental heads of flowers. The species is a native of Japan, whence
it was introduced in 1836.

GENUS VI.

SEMPERVIVUM Lin. THE HOUSELEEK.

Lin. Syst. DODECANDRIA DODECAGYNIA.

(jKNF.Ric Chahacter. — Calyx from six to twenty-parted. Petals from six to twenty, oblong, acute. Stamens double the number of the petals.
Scales at the base of the carpels toothed or jagged at the apex. Carpels equal in number to the petals. {G. Dm.)

Description, &c. — The common Houseleek is one of the best loiown of English plants, not only because it is ^
common, but because it has been long used for poultices in domestic medicine. It is not, however, so generally i

known that there are many species of Houseleek which are highly ornamental greenhouse plants ; these latter being j

principally natives of the Canai’y Islands and Madeira. The popular name of Houseleek alludes to the plants being I
found frequently in a wild state growing on the roofs of houses. The name of Sempervivum, which signifies to live
for ever, alludes to the extraordinary tenacity of life which has been remarked in all the species.

1.— SEMPERVIVUM GLUTINOSUM Ait. THE CLAMMY HOUSELEEK.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t, 1963 ; and Dot. Reg., t. 278. | rather scattered, fringed with adpressed cartilaginous ciliae. Petals

Specific Character. — Stem frutescent. Leaves cuneiform, viscid, | eight or ten. {0. Don.)

Description, &c. — The flowers of this species are of a golden-yellow', and they are produced on a large loose
panicle, which is divided into numerous branches, the scape growing to the height of two feet or more. “ The
foliage is suffused with a transparent viscous confluent excretion, and looks as if newly varnished. Small insects
are ensnared in this slimy surface.” The fishermen of Madeira are said to mb their nets with the fresh leaves of
this species, and afterwards to dip them in a solution of soda, or some other alkali, which renders them as durable
as if they had been tanned. The species is a native of Madeira, w’hence it w'as introduced in 1777.

2.— SEMPERVIVUM C^SPITOSUM C. Smith. THE TUETED HOUSELEEK.

SvNONYMEs. — S. ciliatum 5tTOS; S. ciliare ATaw. ; S. Simsii (Sicced; j Specific Character. — Radical leaves oblong-oval, acute, ciliated,
S. barbatum Horn. i .and spotted. Stem-leaves ligulate. Flowers on corymbose panicles.

Engraving.— Bot. Mag., t. 1978. |

Description, &c. — This plant in its mode of growth bears considerable resemblance to the common Houseleek,
but both its flowers and leaves are very much more ornamental. It was discovered in the Island of Teneriffe by
Professor Smith, who w’as one of the sufferers in the unfortunate expedition up the Congo. All the Houseleeks
are remarkable for their tenacity of life, and a singular instance of this quality was given by the plant in question,
as a specimen of it which had been kept eighteen months in paper in the Herbarium of Professor Smith grew
immediately on being put into the ground. The species is a native of the Canaiy Islands, and it was introduced
in 1815.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

165

OTHER SPECIES OP SEMPERVIVUM.

S. SMITHII Sims.

This species was found at the same time as the last by Professor Smith in the Island of Teneriffe. It is a
small deciduous shrub, with spreading branches, which are extremely prolific in flowers. The leaves are spotted
on the underside only, and when they fall off, a scar is left on the stem, on which is a row of stiff hairs. These
hairs increase in length as the stem elongates, so that when the plant is required of a considerable size, the stem is
quite hairy. The species was introduced in 181'5.

S. ARBOREUM Lin.

This species, which is the oldest of the genus in our greenhouses, having been introduced before 1640, is
generally called the Tree Houseleek. It has very showy flowers, which, however, do not appear every year ; and
its leaves are rather ornamental, having a delicate white margin. In its native country this plant grows to the
height of from seven to ten feet, with a stem as thick as a man’s arm. It is most abundant in Greece, but it has
also been found in Portugal, Barbaiy, and in the Island of Cyprus.

S. TORTUOSUM Ait.

This is a shrubby plant of low growth, producing numerous fleshy evergreen leaves growing close together ;
and its flowers, which are of a brilliant yellow, glitter like little stars, and bear more resemblance to those of the
different kinds of Sedimi than to those of the Houseleek. It is a native of the Canary Islands, and was introduced
in 1779.

S. ARACHNOIDEUM Lin.

This species, which is frequently found in old greenhouses, is generally known there by the name of the
Cobweb Sedum, having been originally supposed to belong to that genus. When not in flower it has a very
singular appearance, as it grows in tufts like the common Houseleek, and the tops of the leaves being woolly,
when they expand “ they carry this woolly substance with them, which being thus extended, assumes the appear-
ance of a cobweb.” The species is a native of the Alps of Europe and the Pyrenees, and it was introduced in
1699. The flowers differ from those of most of the other species of the genus in being of a deep pink or bright
rose-colour.

S. MONANTHES Ait.

This species, which is a native of the Canary Islands, is remarkable for having only one flower on each
peduncle, from which peculiarity it was formed into a new genus by Haworth, under the name of Monanthes
polyphylla.

S. URBICUM Horn.

This species was one of those discovered by Professor Smith on the roofs of houses in Teneriffe, and it is
remarkable for its very large, dense, pyramidal panicle of flowers.

S. CALICIFORME Maw.

This is a very singular plant, and according to the description in the Botanical Register, “ the leaves are
glaucous, fleshy, very blunt, with a thin curled whitish edge. Before flowering they are so placed as to represent
a small chalice, whence the name has been taken. The flowering stem appears to be glabrous, but the pedicels
and the leaves of the calyx are sparingly covered mth flne transparent glandular hairs. The flowei’s are bright
yellow, with filiform petals, and a single row of stamens of the same colour as the petals, and about half their
length.” This was another species found by Professor Smith in the Island of Teneriffe.

166

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

OTHER GENERA BELONGING TO CRASSULACE^.

SEPTAS Lin.

This is a very small genus, the name of which is derived from the Latin word septem, seven, from the number
seven prevailing in the parts of fructification. The species are natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and they have
tuberous roots, red stems, and white flowers.

GLOBULEA Haw.

The plants composing this genus are also natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and they are not remarkable for
their beauty. The flowers are small and whitish, and in some of the species they never open.

ROCHEA Dec.

The species of tliis genus are tall fleshy shrubs -nith masses of flowers, which are generally tinged with scarlet,
but which are rarely found fully open. They are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope.

CHAPTER XXX.
nCOIDE^ Juss.

Essential Character. — Calyx constantly of a definite number of
sepals, usually five, but varying from four to eight, more or less united
at the base, either cohering with the ovarium, or almost distinct from
it, equal or unequal, quincuncial or valvate in aistivation. Petals
indefinite, coloured, narrow, a little combined at the base, sometimes
Avanting, but in that case the inside of the calyx is coloured. Stamens
indefinite, arising from the calyx, distinct ; anthers oblong, incumbent.

Ovarium distinct, or adnate to the calyx, many-celled, crowned by
numerous distinct stigmas. Capsule either girded by the fleshy calyx
or naked, usually many-celled, but often five-celled, opening in a
stellate manner at the apex. Seeds attached to the inner angle of the
cells, definite or indefinite. Embryo lying on the outside of a mealy
albumen, curved. (G. Lon.')

Description, &c. — The genus Mesembryanthemum is the principal one in this order, as though there are a few
other genera, the plants contained in them are not very ornamental.

GENUS I.

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM Lin. THE FIG-MARIGOLD.

Lin. Syst. ICOSANDRIA TETRA-POLYGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx of five, rarely of two or eight, sepals. Petals indefinite, linear. Stamens indefinite, inserted in the top of the
caly.x along with the petals. Capsule adnate to the calyx, from four to many-celled ; cells many-seeded. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This genus consists entirely of succulent plants, nearly all natives of the Cape of Good
Hope. The flowers are generally very ornamental, and open to the heat of the sun, most of them closing in the
evening. The seed-vessels when ripe only open in moist weather, as that is most suitable to their germination in
the sandy plains in which the plants naturally grow. As there are nearly three hundred and fifty species, which
are too numerous for a work like the present, I shall only describe those species of which I have given figures.
The name of Mesembryanthemwm is derived from two Greek words, signifying mid-day flower, because many of the
species flower in the middle of the day, remaining expanded only while exposed to the direct influence of the
sun’s rays.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

167

1.— MBSEMBRYANTHEMUM ALBIDUM Lin. THE WHITE-LEAVED FIG-MARIGOLD.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1824 ; and o-ax fig, 1, in PI. 33.

Specific Character. — Leaves very thick, subulate, three-cornered, obtuse, with an acumen, hut semiterete at the base, quite entire.

Description, &c. — This species is one of those which are rather shy of flowering, and when it is in blossom,
the flowers open about eight in the morning, and continue open for two hours only. They then close till about
eight in the evening, when they again expand and remain open for two hours longer. They have an agreeable
fragrance, and are very ornamental. The plant is propagated by cuttings, which, like those of most other succulents,
require to be dried before they are put into the ground. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence
it was introduced in 1714.

2.— MBSEMBRYANTHEMUM TRICOLOR Willd. THE THREE-COLOURED FIG-MARIGOLD.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2144 ; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. ix., p. 219 ; and oxa fig. 2, in PL 33.

Specific Character. — Suhcaulescent. Leaves dotted, linear- spatulate, connate, convex on the lower surface, somewhat hollow above.

Description, &c. — A very pretty little annual plant, which should be sown in pots in the month of March,
and the pots plunged in a hotbed. When the plants come up they should be removed into smaller pots in very
sandy soil, and after being gradually hardened, they should be placed in a greenhouse, where they should stand
very near the light. In very warm sunny situations, the pots may occasionally be plunged in the open ground,
where the plants will produce a brilliant effect during the summer months from the great abundance and brilliant
colour of their flowers. Of these plants Paxton observes, “ wherever they may be kept, they should always be well
exposed to the sun, for the flowers will not expand except under the influence of its rays. They continue blooming
for several months, and are interesting even when covered with nothing but seed-vessels.” For saving seeds, he adds,
“a few plants should be reserved in a frame, and from six to a dozen capsules left on each, removing all the other
flowers that show themselves.” The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and was introduced in 1795.

3.— MBSEMBRYANTHEMUM RUBROCINCTUM Haw. THE RED-EDGED FIG-MARIGOLD.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1732 ; and our fig. 3, in PI. 33. 1 flowered. Leaves dark-green edged with red, very smooth. Bracteas

Specific Character. — Stem ascending, branched. Peduncle one- | connate. Flowers very large.

Description, &c. — This is generally considered the largest species of the genus, and it is remarkable for
the splendom’ of its flowers, which are extremely large, and for the red border to the leaves, which is carried up
along the keel on the back. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced about
1830. It is much more hardy than most of the plants belonging to the genus, and has remained for several years
in the open air, being only protected from the frost by a mat.

4.— MBSEMBRYANTHEMUM INCLAUDENS Haw. THE NEVER-CLOSING FIG-MARIGOLD.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1663; Bot. Rep., t. 388; and oxcc fig. 4, in PI. 33.

Specific Character. — ^Leaves hatchet-shaped, sharply crenulated. Corolla always open. Inner petals roundish.

Description, &c. — “ This,” it is observed in the ‘ Botanical Magazine,’ “ is one of the most desirable species
of this numerous genus, both on account of the brilliancy of its flowers and because they remain fully expanded
night and day. Flowering branches when cut off will continue unchanged for days together, so that they may

168

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

be worn in the hair or bosom without danger of drooping from the heat of the ball-room ; but they are without
scent.” The redness of the leaves and branches deepens in intensity in proportion as the plant is fully exposed
to the sun and air. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1802.

5.— MESEMBRYANTHEMUM MICANS Lin. THE GLITTERING FIG-MARIGOLD.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 448 ; and owfig. 5, in PI. 33. I semicylindrical, Uuntish, somewhat recurved, glittering from papulae.

Specific Character.^ — Stem erect. Blanches scabrous. Leaves | Lobes of calyx and petals acutish. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This species has received its name of glittering from the number of little pustules filled
with water that are conspicuous on the stem-leaves, and which have obtained for some of the species the name of
Ice Plant. The flowers are handsome when the sun shines on them, but they lose their beauty the moment the
sun withdraws his rays ; and even in broad day-light, when the sun does not shine full upon them, they assume
a somewhat ragged appearance which is not at all ornamental. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope,
and it was introduced in 171G.

CHAPTER XXXI.

CACTACE^ Dec.

Essential Character. — Calyx composed of many sepals, usually
indefinite in number and confounded Avitb tbe petals, united and
adnate a gi-eat length to tbe ovarium. Petals disposed in two or more
series, bardly distinguishable from the inner sepals, and sometimes
united to them. Stamens indefinite, disposed in many series, more or
less cohering with the petals or inner sepals ; filaments slender, fili-
form ; anthers ovate, versatile, two-celled. Ovarium ovate, fleshy,
one-celled, with numerous ovula arranged on parietal placentas, which

are equal in number to the lobes of the stigma. Style filiform, some-
times full and sometimes fistular. Stigmas numerous, either spreading
or connected into a cluster. Fruit fleshy, one-celled, many-seeded,
either smooth and crowned by the caly.x, or covered with scales, scars,
or tubercles, and umbiculate at the apex. Seeds when young parietal,
but when mature, embedded in the pulp with Avhich the cells are
filled, oval or obovate, without albumen.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are all fleshy or succulent shrubs, very variable in
habit, and frequently of the most grotesque forms. The stems are usually angular, winged, or beset with
tubercles, and when they are cylindrical they are usually jointed. The leaves are frequently wanting, and when
they are present they are generally small, and soon fall off. The plants are furnished with numerous prickles
or bristles, rising in tufts from the axils of the leaves when there are any leaves, and when there are not, disposed in
the angles of the stems and rising from tubercles. The flowers are generally very ornamental, and the fruit, which
is eatable, bears considerable resemblance to that of the gooseberry, though it is less acid. There are several
genera, all of which were once comprised in the Linmean genus Cactus ; which genus modern botanists have
completely set aside. These genera, however, are very distinct from each other, and may be easily distinguished,
when seen, by the form of their stems even when not in flower. Thus the species of Mammillaria are known
by their projecting tubercles ; the different kinds of Melocactus by their large ribs, and by a curious land of
spadix or flowering head fixed on the upper part of the plant, which is densely covered with short woolly brown
bristles. The species of Echinocactus resemble those of the Melocactus, but without the head ; those of Cereus
have long slender stems or leaf-like stems as in Cereus speciosus. The kinds of Opuntia have all fleshy leaf-like
stems ; and those of Pereskia, which require a hot moist stove, are like miniature trees. Most of the plants con-
tained in this order require a stove in Great Britain ; and only a few species of the genus Cereus can be flowered in
a greenhouse.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

169

GENUS I.

CEKEUS Dec. THE TORCH THISTLE.

Un. Syst. ICOSANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Sepals very numerous, imbricate, adnate to ones petal-formed. Style multifid at the apex. Berry areolate,

the base of the ovarium, united into an elongated tube ; outer ones tubercular or scaly from the remains of the sepals. ((?. Don.')

shorter and like a calyx ; middle ones longer and coloured ; innermost

Description, &c. — The species included in this genus differ from those of the other genera in their stems being
excessively elongated, and having a woody axis in the centre. The species vary very much in their habits, but
they all produce their flowers from the fascicles of spines, or when the stems are angular from the indentures on
the angles. Most of the plants belonging to the genus require a stove in this country, but some few will succeed
in a greenhouse. Some of the species contained in the genus have broad leaf-like stems, on which the flowers are
produced, and these are placed in another genus by Mr. Haworth, under the name of Epiphylluni. The meaning
of the word Cereus is pliant, in allusion to the stems of some of the plants being flexible. Only one species is
properly a greenhouse plant.

1.— CEREUS FLAGELLIFORMIS Mill. THE CREEPING CEREUS.

Synonyme. — Cactus flagelliformis Lin. Tubercles crowded, bearing bristles. Style rather shorter than the

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 17. petals. (G. Don.)

Specific Character. — Stems prostrate with about ten angles.

Description, &c. — This is one of the oldest inhabitants of our greenhouses, having been introduced in 1690.
The stems are nearly round, and hang down in such a manner as to fully authorise the specific name of flagelli-
formis, which signifies whip-like, as they certainly look very much like the thong of a carter’s whip. The flowers
are very beautiful, and produced in considerable abundance. The species is a native of South America, and does
not require more than greenhouse heat. It is also a very useful plant for growing in living rooms, as it is not
injured by hot dry air. It may either be suspended in a pot hung from the roof, so that the stems may hang down,
or it may be trained against a trellis work. Though this plant is so different in its outward appearance from the
large triangular-stemmed kinds of Cereus, if a part of the stem of each of them be cut off, it will be seen that they
have exactly the same internal structure, viz. that there is a woody axis in the centre of the stem, and a mass of
fleshy matter round it.

CHAPTER XXXII.

ESCALLONE^ R. Brown.

Essential Character. — Calyx superior, five-toothed. Corolla of
five petals, alternating with the calycine segments, from within which
they rise, forming by their cohesion a tube, but finally separating from
each other, imbricate in sestivation. Stamens arising from the calyx,
alternating with the petals ; anthers bursting lengthwise. Disk conical,
epigynous, plaited, surrounding the base of the style. Ovarium
inferior, two-celled, with two large polyspermous placentas in the axis.

Style simple. Stigma two-lobed. Fruit capsular, two-celled, crowned
by the style and calyx, which are permanent, splitting by the separation
of the cells at their base. Seeds numerous, minute, with a transparent
membranous integument. Embryo minute, in the apex of an oily
albumen, having the radicle pointing to the extremity opposite the
hilum. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants contained in this order are trees or shrubs with simple leaves, which are usually
full of resinous glands. The plants are not generally very ornamental, except those which are contained in the
genus Escallonia, most of the species of which are nearly hardy, being all natives of the mountams of South
America.

170

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS I.

ESCALLONIA Mutis. THE ESCALLONIA.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx five-toothed or five-lobed. Stigma peltate, two-lobed. Capsule baccate, somewhat two-celled,

opening by pores at the base. Seeds scrobiculate. {G. Don^

Description, &c. — This genus is named in honour of Escallon, a Spanish traveller in South America, who
found the first species of the genus, and sent it to Europe. The species are all trees and shrubs, natives of South
America, most of which will stand out in the open air in the neighbomhood of London, if they have only a very
slight protection during winter. The leaves of all the species are full of resinous glands. Only one species is
properly a greenhouse plant, the others being very nearly hardy.

1.— ESCALLONIA ORGANENSIS Gard. THE ORGAN MOUNTAINS ESCALLONIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4274 ; and omfig, 1, in PI. 34.
Specific Character. — Smooth. Branches erect. Leaves oblong,
obtuse and somewhat wedge-shaped at the point, and tapering at the

base into a short petiole, serrated in the upper part, and full of resinous
dots. Panicle terminal, many-flowered. Lobes of the calyx subulate.
Petals spatulate.

Description, &c. — This veiy beautiful plant was discovered on the Organ Mountains of Brazil, almost simul-
taneously by Mr. Gardner and Mr. William Lobb, and it was introduced in 1846. It is a free-growing shrub, rising
to the height of from two to four feet, and producing its beautiful rose-coloured flowers nearly all the summer.

OTHER SPECIES OF ESCALLONIA.

There are four other species of Escallonia to be met with in British gardens, viz. E. rubra, E. Montevidensis,
E. ilUnita and E. pulveridenta ; all of which are very ornamental, but as they will live in the open air in the
neighbourhood of London, and as they form very large shrubs, they can hardly be considered as greenhouse plants.
They are all natives of South America.

CHAPTER XXXIII.
CAPRIFOLIACEtE Richard.

Essential Character. — Calyx superior, four or five-cleft, usually
with bracts at the base. Corolla superior. Stamens epipetalous, equal
in number to the lobes of the corolla and alternate with them. Ovary
with from one to five cells, generally many-seeded. Style one.

Stigmas three or five. Fruit indehiscent, crowned by tbe persistent
lobes of the calyx. Seeds either solitary and pendulous, or numerous
and attached to the axis. Testa often bony. Embryo very small,
in fleshy albumen.

Description, &c. — Most of the genera included in this order contain only hardy plants.

GENUS I.

ABELIA Dec. THE ABELIA.

Lin. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character. — Tube of the calyx oblong ; limb two or five-
parted, leafy, segments oblong. Corolla tubulously funnel-shaped,
five-lobed ; lobes ovate, nearly equal. Stamens four, didynamous or

nearly equal. Stigma capitate. Ovarium three-celled ; cells containing
three seeds, only one of which is fertile. Pericarpium one-seeded,
indehiscent, crowned by the persistent leaves of the calyx.

Description, &c. — Some of the plants belonging to this genus are natives of China and the north of India ;

?.l. 34

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

171

but lately three species have been found in Mexico. By far the most beautiful of these is Ahelia florihunda,
which was introduced in 1847, and which has bright crimson flowers shaped like those of the honeysuclde, but
produced singly. Abelia rupestris is another species of the same genus, a native of China, which was introduced
by Ml’. Fortmie, in 1844.

CHAPTER XXXIV.
SAXIFRAGACE^ Dec.

Essential Character. — Calyx of four or five sepals, which cohere
more or less at their base. Petals five, inserted between the lobes of
the calyx, sometimes wanting. Stamens five or ten ; anthers two-
celled, bursting lengthwise. Ovarium usually consisting of two or
five carpels or follicles, cohering more or less on the inner side, but

distinct at the apex. Stigmas sessile on the tip of the lobes of the
ovarium. Fruit generally a membranous capsule, but sometimes a
four-celled berry. Seeds numerous, very minute, usually with long
hexagonal reticulations on the side of a transparent testa.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are very variable in habit, but the most ornamental are

those included in the genus Saxifraga, which are nearly all hardy, and those contained in the genus Hydrangea.

GENUS I.

HYDRANGEA Lin. THE HYDRANGEA.

Un. Syst. DECANDRIA TRIGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Flowers usually of two forms, only one of distinct. Capsule two-celled, with bent-in valves, dehiscing by a hole
which is fertile and hermaphrodite. Calyx globose, ten-ribbed, rather between the styles,
truncate ; limb five- toothed. Petals five. Stamens ten. Styles two.

Description, &c. — The Hydrangeas are very handsome shrubs with large heads of flowers, which are generally
white, though in the most common species they are pink. Many of the species are hardy, but some require a
greenhouse. The name of Hydrangea is derived from two Greek words, signifying a cup of water, which has been
explained by some botanists to allude to the capsule of the flower resembling a cup ; while others suppose it has
been given to the genus from the plants comprising it requiring a constant supply of water.

1.— HYDRANGEA HORTENSIA Sieh. THE COMMON HYDRANGEA.

SvNONYMEs. — Hortensia opuloides Lam. ; H. speciosa Pers. ; Hy-
drangea bortensis Smith; Primula mutabilis Lour. ; Viburnum ser-
ratum Thunh.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 438.

Specific Character. — Leaves broadly ovate, serrated, acuminate.
Flowers disposed in ample corymbs or cymes, all deformed, with four
or five segments ; segments obovate-roundish, quite entire. Fertile
flowers very few, containing two or three styles. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This very ornamental plant is a native of China and Japan, whence it was introduced in
1790, not quite sixty years ago. The plant is hailed the Globe Flower by the Japanese. The Hydrangea is now
so common, and generally so much admired, that it will probably appear strange to most lovers of gardens to know

that by botanists all the flowers are considered deformed, and that only very few of them bear seed. The plant was
introduced into England by Sir Joseph Banks ; but it was previously known in France, where it was called
Hortensia by Commerson, in honour of Madame Hortehse Lapeaute, who was the wife of his friend M. Lapeaute,
a French watchmaker. Commerson first called the plant Lapeautia, but M. Lapeaute objecting to this, as not
showing the compliment to his wife with sufficient clearness, Commerson changed the name to Hortensia, by which

z 2

172

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

appellation the plant is still popularly called in France. The culture of the common Hydrangea is remarkably easy ;
it should be grown in a rich soil, and have abmidance of water. It is propagated by cuttings, which if taken off
while the plant is in a growing state, take root immediately, and have been known to flower in a month. To keep
the plant in a vigorous state in pots, none of the wood should be more than three years old ; but there should be
a succession of two years’ old shoots kept up for producing flowers. The flowers are generally pink, but they may
be turned to blue, by growing the plant in earth containing oxide of iron. This mineral is sometimes found in
peat or bog-earth, and generally in yellow loam, such as is found on Hampstead Heath, at Stanmore on the Common,
on Wimbledon Common, and in various other places in the neighbourhood of London. Similar soils are found in
many parts of Great Britain, from Cornwall, where they are abundant, to Scotland.

2.— HYDRANGEA JAPONICA Sieh. THE JAPAN HYDRANGEA.

Variety. — H. j. cieiulea Hook.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1844, t. 61. Of the variety, H. j.
(lerulea, Bot. Mag., t. 4253; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. xii., p. 199;
and am jig. 2, in PI. 34.

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, on short petioles, rotund or

broadly cuneate at the base, sometimes tapering into the short thick
footstalk, ovate-oblong, acuminate, sharply serrated, quite smooth.
Cymes of flowers crowded ; branches pubescent. Sterile blossoms
about five, bearing from three to five large, petaloid, rhomboidal sepals,
more or less toothed.

Description, &c. — There are two varieties of this very ornamental plant, one of which has the sterile flowers
of a purplish pink, and the other has them of a dark blue. Both form shrubs from three to four feet high, and
botli are natives of Japan, where they are found wild on the momitains of Nipon. Both kinds appear to have been
introduced at the same time, viz. about 1844. In the “ Botanical Magazine ” it is suggested that the two kinds
may be originally the same, and that the change of colour may depend only on change of soil as in the common
Hydrangea ; but this does not appear to be the case, as both kinds are so common in Japan that they have
received different names.

A plant under the name of Hydrangea Azisai has been exhibited, but it is stated in “ Paxton’s Magazine ”
that it is in every respect similar to the blue-flowered variety of H. japonica.

i

CHAPTER XXXV. !

RUBIACEiE Jnss.

Essential Character. — Tube of calyx adhering to the ovarium ;
limb variable. Corolla gamopetalous, inserted in the upper part of the
tube of the calyx, usually with a four to five-lobed limb ; the lobes or
segments twisted or valvate in aistivation. Stamens equal in number
to the segments of the corolla, alternating with them, and more or
less adnate to its tube. Anthers oval, two-celled, bursting inwardly.

Ovarium situated within the calyx, and adhering to it, crowned by a
fleshy urceolus; stigmas usually two. Fruit variable. Albumen
large, horny or fleshy. Embryo straight or a little curved, inclosed in
the middle of the albumen, with a terete radicle turned towards the
hilum, and leafy cotyledons.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this very extensive order are generally aromatic and have veiy
ornamental flowers. The Coffee-tree, the Cinchona or Peruvian Bark, and the Ipecacuanha, all belong to this

order, together with many of our most beautiful and fragrant greenhouse and stove plants.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

173

GENUS I.

LUCULIA Sweet. THE LUCULIA.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-toothed, deciduous ; lohes folia- linear. Stigma two-parted. Capsule dehiscing at the dissepiment

ceous. Corolla with a longish tube, and a five-lohed expanded limb, from the apex. Wings of seed jagged. (jQ, Don.)
which is imbricate in aestivation. Stamens almost inclosed ; anthers

Description, &c. — This genus is a very small one, and at present only two species have been discovered.
Luculia is only slightly changed from the name given to L. gratissima by the Nepalese.

1.— LUCULIA GRATISSIMA Sweet. THE FRAGRANT LUCULIA.

Synonymes. — Cinchona gratissima Wall.; Mussaenda Luculia
Eamilton.

Engravings. — Sweet’s Brit. Flow. Gard., 1. 145 ; Bot. Mag., t. 3946 ;
The Botanist, t. 41 ; and oav fig. 3, in PI. 34.

Specific Character. — Leaves elliptical, acuminate, many-nerved,
glabrous above, hairy on the nerves beneath. Sepals linear, some-
what obtuse. Tube of the corolla tadce as long as the limb, which is
without tubercles.

Description, &c. — This very ornamental plant is said to form in its native country a tree from sixteen
to twenty feet high ; but in England, even when planted in the free ground of a conservatory, it does not exceed
the height of nine feet. The flowers are not only exceedingly beautiful, and most delightfully fragrant, but they
are very valuable from being produced in the winter season, when so few ornamental plants are in flower. The
species is a native of Nepal, growing on hills in exposed situations, and flowering nearly all the year. It was
introduced in 1823, but till lately it was found difficult to cultivate it, as it was generally grown in a stove, the
atmosphere of which was too hot and close for it, while a common greenhouse was found too cold and damp.
A medium has now been found, by growing the plant in a conservatory which is heated so as to preserve a regular
temperature during the autumn and winter, and admitting air whenever it could be done without chilling the
house. The soil in which it grows should be a mixture of loam and leaf-mould, and no “ other peculiar
management is required except daily syringing during its growth, to destroy the red spider, to whose attacks it is
extremely liable.”

OTHER SPECIES OF LUCULIA.

LUCULIA PINCIANA HooTc.

This is a most splendid plant, closely resembling L. gratissima, excepting in the leaves, which are somewhat
broader; shorter, and more closely veined, and in the flowers, which are white, and each furnished with five pairs
of prominent tubercles or nectaries, which are very conspicuous on the limb of the corolla. The flowers form
a large cyme, sometimes a foot or more in diameter. When they first expand they are of a pure white, but they
soon change to a rich cream-colour, slightly tinged with pink. The outside of the flower is somewhat more deeply
tinged, and the tube is a deep rose-colour. The flowers, like those of L. gratissima, have a most delicious
fragrance. The species is a native of Nepal, whence it was introduced in 1844.

174

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS II.

BOUVARDIA Salisb. THE BOUVARDIA.

Lin. Syst. TETRANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of calyx four-parted. Corolla funnel- linear, inclosed. Capsule membranous, globose, compressed. Seeds
shaped, tubular, uath a four-parted, spreading, short limb. Stamens girded by a membranous border. (<?. Don.)
adnate to the base of the tube, but free above the middle. Anthers

Descbtpxion, &c. — This is a genus of Mexican shrubs, -with very ornamental flowers. The genus was named
in honour of Dr. Charles Bouvard, formerly supeiintendent of the Jardin des Plantes in Paris.

1.— BOUVARDIA TRIPHYLLA Salish.

Synonymes. — B. Jacquini Hum. Bonpl. et Kunth ; Ixora ameri-
cana Jacq.\ I. ternifolia Cav.- Houstonia coccinea Andr.\ Hedyotis
fruticosa Mog. et Sesse ; Tlacoxochilt jasminiflora Hem.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1854; Bot. Reg., t. 107 ; Bot. Rep.,
t. 106 ; and out fig. 1, in PI. 35. Of the variety splendens, Bot.

THE THREE-LEAVED BOUVARDIA.

Mag., t. 3781 ; and Bot. Reg. for 1840, t. 37.

Specific Character. — Branchlets trigonal, hairy. Leaves smooth
above, hairy beneath, three in a whorl, oblong. Corymbs somewhat
trichotomous ; lobes of calyx five times shorter than the tube of the
corolla, which is hairy.

Description, &c. — This species, like many other Mexican plants, was injured when it was first introduced by
being kept too warm ; but it is now found that it is in reality half-hardy, and that it will grow freely in the open
ground if planted in May and taken up again in October. The plants should be kept tolerably diy during the
winter, and fresh potted about the end of February, when they will soon begin to grow, and may be either kept
in the pots till they flower, or planted out in May. It is difficult to propagate this species in the ordinary
way by cuttings ; but it is observed in the “ Botanical Register,” that “ it is very easily increased by the roots from
the yoimg shoots. In the spring, before the plant begins to grow, the roots should be cut into pieces about
two-and-a-half or three inches long, both large and small, and inserted in pots filled with any light sandy soil,
leaving but a small portion of the root above the surface. If then placed upon a moderate hotbed, they will soon
begin to grow, and will malie good plants by the end of May.” The species is a native of Mexico, whence it was
introduced by Sir Joseph Banks in 1794.

2.— BOUVARDIA VERSICOLOR Ker. THE TRUMPET-FLOWERED BOUVARDIA.

Synonyme. — Houstonia alba //orL I Specific Character. — Leaves opposite. Corolla clavate-tubular ;

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 245; and out fig. 2, in PI. 35. ( tube glabrous both within and without.

Description, &c. — This veiy pretty little plant is a native of South America, whence it was introduced in
1814. It differs from B. triphylla in having the leaves in pairs instead of being three together, and in the flowers
being red on the outside of the tube and yellow within. The flowers are entirely without fragrance. The species
is a small shrub, apparently somewhat less hardy than B. triphylla, as it requh’es to be kept in the greenhouse
all the year.

OTHER SPECIES OF BOUVARDIA.

BOUVARDIA FLAYA Decaism.

A graceful little plant, growing about three feet high, with bright yellow flowers, which “ droop gracefully from
their slender purple footstalks.” It is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1845. It appears to be

PI. 36,

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

175

quite as hardy as B. triphylla, and flowers best when planted out in the open ground early in spring; but “in
order to make it bloom abundantly, it should be cut back when it is repotted. ”

GENUS III.

BURCHELLIA R. Br. THE BURCHELLIA.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx drawn out beyond the
ovarium, five-cleft beyond the middle. Corolla clavately funnel-
shaped ; throat naked ; lobes imbricated, and twisted in asstivation.
Filaments adnate to the tube at the base ; anthers inclosed. Stigma

bearing five convex crests on the outside, and tufts of hairs. Berry
crowned by the calyx, turbinately globose. Placentas adnate to the
dissepiment. Seeds angular. Flowers capitate. ((?. Lon.)

Description, &c. — Only two species of this genus have as yet been discovered, and both are shrubs, natives of

the Cape of Good Hope, with scarlet flowers disposed in heads at the top of the branches. The name of Burchellia
was given to the genus in honour of Mr. Burchell, who collected many thousand plants during his travels in South

Africa and South America.

1.— BURCHELLIA CAPBNSIS M. Br. THE CAPE BURCHELLIA.

Synonymes. — B. bubalina Sims; Lonicera bubalina Lin. ; Ce-
phaelis bubalina Pers. ; Buffelhorn Dutch.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2339 ; Bot. Reg., t. 466; and our
fig. 3, in PI. 35.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, acute, clothed with hispid
pubescence. Stipules very broad and very short, cuspidate at the apex.
Anthers adnate to the upper part of the tube of the corolla. {Q. Don.)

Description, &c.— ^This species forms a large shrub at the Cape of Good Hope, where it has received its name

of Buflel or Bufialo-Hom from the hardness of its wood. When it was first introduced it was supposed to be a
kind of Honeysuckle, and was placed in that genus by the younger Linnseus. As, however, it was found on
further examination not fully to accord with that or any other known genus, it received its present name. It
requires to be kept in a warm greenhouse all the year, and it should be grown in rich light soil. The flowers are
very ornamental, and their beauty is increased by having two large leaves close below them, which serve as a back
ground. The species was introduced in 1818.

OTHER SPECIES OF BURCHELLIA.

BURCHELLIA PARVIFLORA Lindl.

This species differs from B. capensis not only in the comparatively small size of its flowers, but in its difierent
shaped leaves. The flowers also form a much more compact head, and they are of a paler and less brilliant
colour. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1824.

GENUS IV.

GARDENIA Ellis. THE CAPE JASMINE.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of tbe calyx truncate or tootbed.
Corolla funnel or salver-shaped, having the tube much longer than the
calyx ; limb twisted in aestivation, from five to nine-parted, spreading.
Anthers from five to nine, linear, nearly sessile in the throat. Stigma

clavate, bifid. Berry fleshy, crowned by the calyx, incompletely from
two to five-celled. Seeds minute, immersed in the fleshy parietal
placentas. (O. Don.)

Description, &c. — Most of the plants belonging to this genus are natives of the Tropics, and, consequently.

176

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

require a stove in Great Britain. Some few, however, only require a greenhouse, and these are not only orna-
mental in their flowers, but remarkable for their delightful fragrance. The genus is named in honour of Dr. Garden
of Charlestown, Carolina, one of the correspondents of Linnseus.

L— GARDENIA FLORIDA Lin.

Synonymes. — G. jasminoides Sol. ; Jasminum capense Mill.
Variety. — G. f. var. Fortuniana Lindl.

Engraving. — Bot. Reg., t. 449.

THE COMMON CAPE JASMINE.

Specific Character. — Shrubby, unarmed. Leaves ovate, attenu-
ated at both ends. Berries elongated, turbinate, ribbed. Segments
of the calyx linear, elongated.

Description, &c. — It is a singular fact that though this plant is generally called the Cape Jasmine, it is
not a native of the Cape of Good Hope, but of China and Japan. In the year 1754 Captain Hutchinson, of the
Godolphin Indiaman, met with a bush of this plant growing in a garden at the Cape of Good Hope, and he was so
much stmck with its beauty, that he brought the whole of it in a pot to England, where he gave it to a friend of
his named Warner, of Woodford Row, Essex, who was a great cultivator of exotics. This gentleman permitted
Mr. Gordon, a nurseryman at Mile End, to take layers from the plant, and it was so much admired that he is said
to have made five hundred pounds by it ; a large sum in those days, when the taste for gardening was much less
common than at the present. It is now common in gardens, where it requires the usual treatment of greenhouse
plants, though when it is wished for it to blossom in early spring, it must be put for a short time into a hotbed or
a stove. The plant first introduced was double flowered, and the single state of the species was not brought to
England till 1820. The flowers, wJiich are of a beautiful cream colour when in perfection, turn buff as they
fade ; and the berries, which are full of an orange-coloured pulp, are used as a dye in China and Japan. The
variety has double flowers, and is very beautiful, resembling a large white Camellia.

2.— GARDENIA RADICANS Thunh. THE DWARF CAPE JASMINE.

Synonyme. — G. florida var. Wall. Specific Character. — Unarmed. Leaves lanceolate. Corolla

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1842 ; Bot. Reg., t. 73 ; Bot. Rep., salver-shaped, obtuse. Calyx angular. Stem rooting,
t. 491 ; and our jig. 4, in PI. 35.

Description, &c. — Only the double-flowered variety of this species is known in England, and, as is observed in
the “ Bot. Reg.,” “ it is difficult to say in what respect it differs from the double-flowered variety of the common
Cape Jasmine, except in size.” The difference in that respect, however, is very great; for the common Cape
Jasmine, under favourable circumstances, often becomes six or seven feet high, while G. radicans rarely exceeds
the height of one foot. The flowers are of nearly the same size, and if anything they are rather larger in the
smallest plant G. radicans is, however, always distinguishable from G. florida by its habit of throwing out roots
from the stem above ground ; but this is only the case when the plant has been kept for some time in a warm
damp situation. The plant should be kept from the autumn till about March in the greenhouse, and then plunged
into a hotbed to throw it into flower, after which it may be returned to the greenhouse, or liept in a room at
pleasure. The species is a native of China, whence it was sent home in 1804. It is propagated by cuttings,
which will flower as soon as they have taken root. Dr. Wallich and Dr. Bindley both think this plant only a
variety of G. florida.

- >

c-iUc^7?^{ (J^T^.-f-'/^^'f.'OJ.M i'/^-/’// ' ■'‘ff.-.i t'. /'-i zz?,/^z z>v ,

• /-'/ ' y ■ y / ■' ' '/T^ '^ /

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

177

OTHER SPECIES OF GARDENIA.

G. THUNBERGIA Lin.

This is a very handsome species, with large, white, fragrant flowers, and shining leaves. It is said to be a
native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced m 1773. It is propagated by cuttings, but the young
plants will not blossom till they are of a considerable size. It is easily distinguished from the other species by the
limb of the calyx being tubular, and only open on one side.

G. ROTHMANNIA Lin.

A very handsome species, with a tree-like stem and a campanulate flower, which is white, spotted with dark red
on the inside, and veiy sweet-scented. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced
in 1774.

G. AMCENA Sims.

This species is a native of China, whence it was introduced in 1823. The flowers are white, tipped with
crimson, and very ornamental, and the stems are spiny.

CHAPTER XXXVI.
COMPOSITE.

Essential Character. — Leaves without stipules, usually simple,
but frequently much divided. Florets collected in dense heads upon
a (Common receptacle surrounded by an involucre. Bracts, when
present, stationed at the base of the florets, and called the paleaj of the
receptacle. Calyx superior, closely adhering to the ovary, and undis-
tinguishable from it ; its limb either wanting or membranous, divided
into bristles, paleae, hairs, or feathers, and called pappus. Corolla
monopetalous, superior, usually deciduous, either ligulate or funnel-

shaped ; in the latter case four or five-toothed, with a valvate aestiv.!-
tion. Stamens equal in number to the teeth of the corolla, and
alternate with them ; the anthers cohering into a cylinder. Ovary
inferior, one-celled, with a single erect ovule. Style simple ; stigmas
three. Fruit a small, indehiscent, dry pericarp, crowned by the limb
of the calyx. Seeds solitary, erect. Embryo with a taper inferior
radicle. Albumen none.

Desceiption, &c. — This is a very large order, but as most of the plants contained in it are natives of the
temperate zones, thei’e are but few greenhouse plants. In New Holland, especially, there are veiy few

CompoSitae. The order takes its name from each flower being composed of numerous florets.

GENUS I.

CINERARIA Un. THE CINERARIA.

Un. Syst. SYNGENESIA POLYGAMIA SUPERFLUA.

Generic Character. — Involucre deeply many-parted ; segments equal. Receptacle naked. Florets of the disk tubular, hermaphrodite ;
those of the ray ligulate, feminine. Anthers naked at the base. Pappus hairy, sessile.

Desceiption, &c. — Many of the species of the old genus Cineraria are included by modern botanists in the
genus Senecio. Some of them are hardy plants, not remarkable for their beauty ; but others are among the most
ornamental greenhouse plants we have. All these plants are either natives of the Canary Islands and Madeira,
or hybrids raised in this country ; and I have included them all in the genus Cineraria (which signifies ashes, and
alludes to the whiteness on the underside of the leaves of some of the species), as they are generally known by that
name in nurseries. There are some greenhouse species natives of the Cape of Good Hope, but they are now
seldom grown.

A A

178

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

L— CINERARIA LANATA Sims. THE WOOLLY CINERARIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 53 ; and our fig. 1, in PI. 36.

Specific Character. — Stem suffruticose. Leaves somewhat five-lobed, woolly beneath. Petioles and peduneles woolly.

/

Description, &c. — This is a very handsome plant, which was introduced in 1770, and it is consequently one of
the oldest species of the genus in British greenhouses. It is said in the “ Botanical Magazine ” to be a native of
Africa, probably because some greenhouse species of the genus were natives of the Cape of Good Hope, but in the
“ Hortus Britannicus ” it is rightly stated to be a native of the Canary Islands. This species is easily distinguished
by the whiteness on the underside of its leaves, and by the white centre of its flowers ; and these peculiarities are
found in all the numerous hybrids that have been raised from it. Perhaps the most ornamental of these is the
hybrid called “ The King.” The great objection to G. lanata is, that it is frequently attacked by a species of
Aphis, from whose ravages it is very difficult to protect it.

2.— CINERARIA CRUENTA Mass. THE PURPLE-LEAVED CINERARIA.

SvNONYMES.— C. aurita Andr. ; Senecio cruentus Dec. Specific Character. — Flowers cymose. Leaves cordate, angular.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 406 ; Bot. Rep., t. 24 ; and our fig. puiple beneath ; petioles of the leaves ear-shaped at the base.

2, in PI. 36.

Description, &c. — This species is a native of the Canary Islands, whence it was introduced in 1777. It
* differs from C. lanata not only in its flowers, but in being herbaceous instead of shrubby, and in its leaves being
tinged with pink or purple on the underside, instead of being woolly. This has also been the parent of numerous
varieties, and, as it ripens seeds freely, it is generally preferred to all other kinds when it is wished to raise
hybrids. “ The seed,” Pa.xton says, “ should be sown as soon as it is ripe in good-sized pots of light rich mould,
and placed in a gentle heating hotbed, where they will soon vegetate ; when the plants have made two or three
leaves, they should be transplanted into small sixties, using the same light rich compost as before recommended,
and replaced in the frame ; in a short time they will require a larger-sized pot, which should be immediately given,
and so on until they reach the size of thirty-two, in which they may be allowed to flower. Towards the middle or
latter end of October, if they have had proper attention, such as w’ater, air, pot-room, &c., they will commence
throwing up strong flower-stalks from the centre, when they should be placed in a light part of the greenhouse,
where they will begin flowering in December, and continue beautiful for several months.” When it is wished to
preserve the plants more than one season, they “ should be cut down after flowering, and placed at the back of a
greenhouse or pit, where they should have but little water. Some time in August their roots should be divided
and potted, treating them as before recommended for seedlings.”

3.— CINERARIA POPULIFOLIA L’Eerit. THE POPLAR-LEAVED CINERARIA.

Synonymes. — Scnecio populifolius Dec. ; Cacalia appendiculata Pair.
Variety. — C. p. cyanopbtbalma ; syn. Senecio Heritieri var.
cyanopbtbalnius HooTc.

Engravings. — The Botanist, t. 215. Of the variety, Bot. Mag.,
t. 3827 ; and our fig. 3, in PI. 36.

Specific Character. — Shrubby. Leaves petiolate, cordate, toothed ;
the upper part smooth when old ; the lower part and the branches
tomentose. Flowers in small corymbs. Pedicels slender, bracteate.
Involucre in from twelve to fifteen scales. Florets of the ray ten or
twelve.

Description, &c. — In “ The Botanist ” it is suggested that C. popuUfolia may be a hybrid or a variety of
C. lanata ; and, in the “ Botanical Magazine,” Sir W. J. Hooker supposes that the vaiiety is also a hybrid from

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

179

C. lanata. Both plants are extremely ornamental and highly deserving of ctdtm’e, as the flowers are not only extremely
beautiful, but delightfully fragrant. The flowers of the variety are particularly interesting, from the colour of the
blossoms being extremely rare in any species of Compositse, the flowers in that order which have a white ray,
having, generally, a yellow disk. Indeed, Sir W. J. Hooker observes, that he “ never before met with any having
a white ray and a blue disk.” This very beautiful variety was raised by Mr. Morrison, gardener at Rosemount,
near Belfast, in 1839. It is probable that the beautiful blue hybrid Cinerarias which are now so common in
gardens have been raised from the seeds of this variety.

OTHER SPECIES OF CINERARIA.

C. TUSSILAGINIS L'Eent.

This is a handsome species, a native of Teneriffe, which was introduced in 1777, but having been soon lost, it
was not again introduced till 1832. The beautiful C. Waterhousiana is said to be a hybrid between this species
and C. cruenta.

C. AURITA L'Eent.

This species was inti-oduced in 1777, and its flowers are rather more of a bluish purple than those of most of
the other species.

Many other species might be named, but those which have been above described, with their hybrids and
varieties, are the kinds most generally found in greenhouses in Great Britain. It may be observed that many of
the kinds are cross breeds, that is, raised from two hybrids, and these generally are much more beautiful than those
which are raised from two species. It must also be observed that all the species and varieties above described are
placed by modern botanists in the genus and that the few species which are left in the old genus Cineraria,

or Cape Aster, have rather small weedy-looking flowers, and are scarcely worth cultivating, particularly as, being all
natives of the Cape of Good Hope, they require a greenhouse in the climate of Great Britain.

GENUS II.

HELICHRYSUM Dec. THE HELICHRYSUM.

Lin. Syst. SYNGENESIA POLYGAMIA SUPERFLUA.

Generic Character. — Flower head composed of numerous florets,
all of which are tubular, hermaphrodite, and five-toothed. Involucre
imbricate ; scales scariose, the interior ones sometimes connivent,
sometimes radiating. Receptacle flat, without paleae, either quite

naked or with alveolae or little hairs. Achaenium not beaked, sessile,
with the point of attachment terminal. Hairs of the pappus in one
row, rough hut not feathered, sometimes free, sometimes connected
equally at the base, or unequally joined or branched.

Desceiption, &c. — Perhaps few kinds of plants have been more confused than those in this genus and its
allied genera, all of which are Imown by the popular English name of Everlasting, from the great length of time

which their flowers remain uninjured after they are cut. Thus w'e find the plants now included in this genus
distinguished in the works of the old botanists under the various names of Gnaphalium, Astelma, Xeranthemum,
and Eliclirysum, besides various other names which have been given to particular species by botanists who have
wished to make these species into genera, but whose generic names have not been adopted by any botanical writers
but themselves. In addition to these, De Candolle has made a new genus, called Aphelexis, out of some of the
species of Helichrysum, and several other genera out of the old genus Gnaphalium. To avoid confusion, however,

A A 2

180

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

I shall include all I have to say of this tribe of plants under the general name of Helichnjsum. The word
Helichnjsum is now generally said to be derived from helios, the sun, and chrysos, gold, though various other
intei’pretations of the name have been given, and which have led to the different ways which have been adopted in
spelling it. As the species are very numerous, it will be impossible in my present limits to describe more than two
or three of the most ornamental.

1.— HELICHRYSUM SQUAMOSUM Dec. THE SCALY HELICHRYSUM.

Synonymes. — Elichrysuin splendens Sims ; Xcranthemum herba- j Specific Character. — Stem fruticose, much branched. Branches
ceum Andr. j one-flowered. Leaves lanceolate, revolute at the margin. Scales of

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1773; Bot. Rep., t. 487. ! the involucrum shining.

Description, &c. — This plant, though now seldom seen in collections, is well deserving of cultivation, from the
brilliancy of its golden yellow flowers, which have rich brown shining scales on the involucrum, and which are
produced in very great abundance. The plants are compact in growth, and veiy bushy, so .that they are ornamental
even without their flowers. The leaves are white on the under side, and give the plant a silvery appearance from
their being curled up at the margin. The whole plant, -particularly the flower, has a brilliant and almost
dazzling appearance, which the flowers retain after they are cut. The species is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, whence it was introduced in 1802.

2.— HELICHRYSUM SESAMOIDES Willd. THE SUPERB HELICHRYSUM.

Synonymes. — Xeranthemum sesamoides Lin. ; Helipterum sesa- Specific Character. — Stem shrubby, branched. Branches one-
moidcs Dec. ; Aphelcxis sesamoides D. Don. flowered. Leaves linear, imbricate.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 425 ; and owv fig. 7, in PI. 36.

Description, &c. — This is one of the most splendid species of the genus, and it has been common in British
greenhouses for upwards of fifty years, having been introduced in 1795. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope,
flowering in May and June, and it is easily propagated by cuttings.

3.— HELICHRYSUM EXIMIUM Willd. THE GIANT HELICHRYSUM.

Synonymes. — H. africanum Edwas'ds ; Astelma eximium Brown ;
Gnaphahum eximium Lin.\ Helipterum eximium Dec.

Specific Character. — Leaves lanceolate, entire, tomentose, decur-
rent. Heads of flowers congested.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 300 ; Bot. Reg., t. 532 ; Bot. Rep., t.
654 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. v., p. 103 ; and our fig. 4, in PI.
36, under the name of Astel/ma eximivm.

Description, &c. — This magnificent plant was introduced in 1793 ; but it was for many years neglected and
very little Imown, till about ten years since, when it was flowered in the greenhouse at Chatsworth ; and since

which time it has been very generally cultivated.

It should be gi’own in a well drained soil, composed of sand and

heath mould, and no moisture should be suffered to rest on the leaves. This plant is very generally named
Astelma m the nurseries.

OTHER SPECIES OF HELICHRYSUM.

H. ACUMINATUM Dec.

This is one of the Cape of Good Hope species, with white flowers, introduced in 1823.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

181

GENUS III.

TRIPTILION Ruiz et Pav. THE TRIPTILION.

Un. Syst. SYNGENESIA .<EQUALIS.

Generic Character. — Head five-flowered, homogatnous. Involucre
shorter than the flowers, and consisting of ten keeled leaflets, each
terminated by a spine ; the leaflets arranged in a double series, the
outer ones spreading, the inner ones erect. Receptacle destitute of

scales, but covered with short hairs. Corolla two-lipped, the outer lip
broad and three-toothed, the inner lip two-cleft. Anthers furnished
with a tail. Pappus feathery.

Description, &c. — This is a very small genus, of which only two species appear to have been introduced into

British gardens, and only one of which is a greenhouse plant. The name of Triptilion alludes to the feathery
pappus of the seed-vessels, which is very long, and generally consists of three stalks bordered by long feathery
hairs.

1.— TRIPTILION SPINOSUM Buiz et Pav. THE SPINY TRIPTILION.

Synonymes. — T. lanceolatum Willd.-, Nassaubia spinosa Z). Zlow. I Specific Character. — Stem herbaceous, much branched. Flowers
Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1841, t. 22; The Botanist, t. 224; produced in corymbs at the ends of the branches. Leaves pinnately
and omfig. 5, in PI. 36. | lohed ; lobes terminating in a spiny mucro.

Description, &c. — This plant is remarkably beautiful, notwithstanding the small size of its flowers, which are
of a most intense and brilliant blue ; though it is remarkable that they become wliite the moment they are
immersed in warm water. This is the more remarkable, as dried specimens retain their colour for an indefinite
period. The plant has tuberous roots, something like those of a Dahlia in miniatm’e. As soon as the plant has
flowered, the stems should be cut down, and the ball of earth having been reduced, the plant should be shifted to a
smaller pot till spring, when it should be potted for flowering in a soil composed of sandy loam mixed with rotten
leaves. The root-leaves, which are very pretty, spring up in autumn as soon as the flowering stems are cut off,
but they die off as the flower stems grow up in summer. The plant has hitherto been only propagated by seeds.

GENUS IV.

BRACHYCOME Cass. THE SWAN RIVER DAISY.

Un.Syst. SYNGENESIA POLYGAMIA SUPERFLUA.

Generic Character. — Head many-flowered, heterogamous. Flowers | membranous at the margins. Receptacle conical, slightly pitted,
of the ray in one series, ligulate, feminine ; those of the disk tubular i Anthers devoid of a tail. Pappus very short and resembling a bristly
and hermaphrodite. Involucre campanulate ; scales in few rows, and ! cro%vn.

Description, &c. — This genus is nearly allied to the Daisy, and most of the plants contained in it are not
worth cultivating. The name of Brachycome signifies short hair, in allusion to the shortness of the pappus.

1.— BRACHYCOME IBERIDIFOLIA Benth. THE LARGE SWAN DAISY.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3876 ; Bot. Reg. for 1841, t. 9 ; The
Botanist, t. 230 ; and our fig. 6, in PI. 36.

Specific Character. — Stem erect, branched. Leaves pinnately
cut, segments linear-subulate, distinct, entire. Peduncles naked, each

bearing a single head of flowers. Involucre furnished ivith oblong
scales somewhat pointed and membranous at the top. Florets of the
ray, tubular. Limb smooth, five-toothed. Stamens five.

Description, &c. — Wlien this beautiful little plant was first introduced, it was supposed to be a hardy annual,
because it was found that when raised from seeds it would flower the first year in the open border. After a little

182

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

time, however, it was discovered that it succeeded much better when treated as a greenhouse perennial, as when
grown in the open border it would never flower well unless the weather was warm and dry, being easily injured
by wet and very apt to damp off. This plant varies very much, and the flowers are of every shade of blue and
lustrous lilac, with considerable divei’sity in the size and shape of the flower heads.

CHAPTER XXXVII.

CAMPANULACE^ A. Dec.

Essential Character. — Calyx superior, usually five-loted, per-
sistent. Corolla monopetalous, regular, permanent, usually five-lobed,
inserted in the top of the calyx. Stamens five, inserted in the calyx
alternately with the lobes of the corolla. Anthers two-celled, distinct.
Ovary inferior, with two or more polyspcrmous cells. Style simple.

covered with collecting hairs. Stigma naked, simple, or with as many
lohes as there are cells. Fruit dry, crowned by the withered calyx and
corolla, always loculicidal. Seeds numerous, attached to a placenta
in the axis.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are all either herbaceous or sufffuticose, and they all
aboimd with a somewhat acrid milky juice. The flowers are ornamental, but .nine-tenths of them are blue. The
order was formerly combined with Lobeliacem, but the two orders differ in their botanical construction, particularly
in the veiy short filaments of the stamens of the Campanulacem, and in the style behig furnished with collecting
hairs, which appear intended to clear out the pollen from the cells of the anthers. These collecting hairs appear
much longer when the flower is in the bud or just opened than they do afterwards when it has been long expanded,
and as they finally disappear, it was supposed that they were deciduous, but it is now found they possess a curious
retractile power like the tentacula, or horns of the snail, and that when they have perfonned their office of
collecting the pollen, they are gradually drawn back into certain cavities lying at their base. Most of the genera
included in this order contain only hardy plants.

If

1

GENUS I.

CANA RINA Juss. THE CANARINA.

Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx and corolla six-lobed. Stamens six. Stigmas six. Cells of the. fruit opposite the stamens and calycine

segments. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — 'There are only two species in this genus, and one of them is a stove-plant. The
greenhouse Canarina was formerly included in the genus Cmipamila, and when it was separated on account of
the difference in the number of stamens and some other particulars, the new genus was called Canarina,
from this plant being a native of the Canaiy Islands.

1.— CANARINA CAMPANULATA Lam. THE CAMPANULATB CANARINA.

Synonymes. — C. liEvigata G. Don ; Campanula canariensis Lin. Stems ascending. Leaves hastately subcordate, irregularly toothed.

Engravings. — Dot. Mag., t. 444 ; Lodd. Bot. C.ab., t. 376. Flowers solitary, terminating axillary branchlets. ((?. Don.)

Specific Character. — Plant glaucescent. Root tuberous, fusiform.

Description, &c. — A large herbaceous plant with thick fleshy roots, and drooping ornamental flowers, which

T

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

183

are remarkable for their colour, as they are orange veined with red, a colour which is never seen in any of the
other Campanulaceae. The species is valuable for flowering in autumn and winter, and continuing tfll about
March, a season when so few other greenhouse plants are in flower. After flowering, the stem dies down, and
the root continues dormant all the summer, when it needs but very little water. In October the stem generally
begins to push forth, and most gardeners at this season, if convenient, either plunge the pot in a hotbed or place
it in a stove in order to make it produce abundance of flower-buds. It must, however, be brought back to the
greenhouse as soon as the buds are formed. The stem grows five or sis feet high. The plant is propagated by
dividing the roots, which must be done very carefully, as they are very fleshy, as if they are broken or wounded
the milky juice will flow out abundantly ; and if the roots are planted before the wounds have dried up, they
generally rot in the ground. The best time for parting the roots is in July, as soon as the stales have decayed.
The soil most suitable for this plant is a mixture of loam and peat.

GENUS II.

ROELLA Lin. THE ROELLA.

lAn. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic CflARiCTER. — Calyx and corolla five-lobed. Stamens five. Capsule two-celled, always terminated by the permanent calycine

segments, dehiscing irregularly at the apex. ((?. Don.')

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are small shrubs, with some few herbaceous plants,
all the species being natives of the Cape of Good Hope. Only one land is common in British greenhouses.
The name of the genus was given in honom’ of Professor Roell of Amsterdam.

1.— ROELLA CILIATA Lin. THE PRICKLY ROELLA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 378 ; Paxt. Mag. of Bot., vol. vii.,
p. 245.

Specific Character. — Leaves erect, linear, acuminated, ciliated;

upper ones longer than the others and entire. Flowers solitary.
Lobes of the calyx ciliated and laciniatedly toothed. Corolla longer
than the calycine lobes.

Description, &c. — The flowers of this plant are very singular from possessing five distinct shades of colour.
At the bottom of the flower there is a large space of white or rather cream-colour ; next is a circle of deep blue,
so dark as closely to resemble black ; the next circle is greyish-blue resembling satin ; and the next nearly white,
the outer part of the flower being of a pale pinkish purple. The flowers are solitary and terminal, and they are
surrounded by imbricated leaves. The shrub is of low growth, and it is a native of the Cape, whence it was
introduced in 1774. It is usually increased by cuttings, but they are rather difficult to strike.

CHAPTER XXXVIII.

LOBELTACE^ A. Dec.

Essential Character. — Calyx superior, five-lobed or entire. Co-
rolla monopetalous, somewhat valvate in sestivation, irregular, inserted
in the calyx, five-lobed or deeply five-cleft. Stamens five, inserted
in the calyx alternately with the lobes of the corolla. Anthers

cohering. Ovary inferior, with from one to three cells. Ovules very
numerous, either attached to the axis or parietal. Style simple.
Stigma surrounded by a cup-like fringe. Fruit capsular, one or more
celled, many-seeded, dehiscing at the apex. {Lindley.)

Description, &o. — This order was formerly included in Campanulacea, from which it differs in the style

t

184

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

being without hairs excepting at the summit surrounding the stigma, and in some other particulars. In both
orders the plants abound in milky juice. Most of the Lobeliacese ai'e poisonous.

GENUS I.

SIPHOCAMPYLOS Pohl. THE SIPHOCAMPYLOS.

Lin. Syst. TETRANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the calyx five-parted. Corolla with a curved undivided tube, which is ventricose in the middle, and a
five-parted bilabiate limb. Stamens and anthers combined ; anthers bearded. Capsule two-celled, two-valved, dehiscent. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a genus of veiy ornamental plants, which were first separated from Lobelia by
Dr. Pohl of Vienna. The name signifies a curved tube, in allusion to the curved tube of the corolla.

1. -SIPHOCAMPYLOS CAVANILLESII Hort. CAVANILLES’ SIPHOCAMPYLOS.

Synonymes. — Lobelia Cavanillesii Mart. ; L. persicitolia llumb. et
Kunth ; L. laxiflora var. angustifolia Dec. ; Rapunticum Kunthianum
Presl.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3600 ; The Botanist, t. 236 ; and our
fig. 1, in PL 37.

. Specific Character. — Stem woody, erect, but slender and lax, and
marked by prominent scars where the leaves have fallen. Leaves
narrow. Lanceolate, acutely serrulate, spreading. Peduncles filiform.

wiry, about as long as the leaves. Calyx undulate, glabrous, five-
cleft ; segments ovate-linear. Corolla glabrous, bilabiate, inserted in
the throat of the calyx, and cleft along the whole of its upper side.
Stamens a little shorter than the corolla and inserted at its base into
the calyx, monadelphous. Anthers coherent along their whole extent,
densely covered with long white hairs, which arise from the lines
between them. Pistil rather shorter than the stamens.

Description, &c. — The flowers of this plant are very pretty, though they are inferior in beauty to those of

S. hicolor. As they ai’e produced early in spring, it is generally reckoned best to keep the plant either in a stove
or a hotbed during the winter months. The species is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1837.

OTHER SPECIES OF SIPHOCAMPYLOS.

S. BICOLOR D. Don.

This species, lilie the preceding one, is now placed by some botanists in the genus Lobelia. It closely
resembles the last species, excepting that its flowers are of a more brilliant colour, and its leaves larger and
broader. It is a native of Mexico, whence it was also introduced in 1837.

S. REVOLUTUS Graham.

This species is said to be a true Siphocampylos, but it is much less ornamental than those which have been
already described. It is also a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1839.

S. BETULyEFOLIA Gardn.

This is perhaps the most splendid of all the genus. The flowers are very large, and extremely beautiful, the
tube being of a remarkably brilliant scarlet, and the limb of a bright golden yellow. The leaves are also very
handsome, but more like those of a Begonia than thoste of a Birch, the sides of each leaf being somewhat unequal,
and the upper surface being of a delicate light green, with a beautiful pale pui'plish hue beneath. The species is a
native of the Organ Mountains in Brazil, whence it was mtroduced in 1842 .

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

1S5

CHAPTER XXXIX.

STYLIDEtE R. Brown.

Essential Character. — Calyx adherent, with from two to six
divisions, bilabiate or regular, persistent. Corolla monopetalous,
falling off late ; its limb irregular, rarely regular, with from five to six
divisions, imbricated in aestivation. Stamens two ; filaments connate
with the style into a longitudinal column ; anthers twin, sometimes
simple, lying over the stigma ; pollen globose, simple, sometimes
angular. Ovary two-celled, many-seeded, sometimes one-celled, in
consequence of the contraction of the dissepiment ; often surmounted

with a single gland in front, or two opposite ones. Style one. Stigma
entire or bifid. Ovules anatropal. Capsule with two valves and two
cells, the dissepiment between which being sometimes either contracted
or separable from the indexed margins of the valves, the capsule
becomes, as it were, one-celled. Seeds small, erect, sometimes stalked,
attached to the axis of the dissepiment ; embryo scarcely known ; said
to be minute, inclosed in a fleshy, somewhat oily, albumen. {Lindley.')

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are mostly natives of New Holland, where they are
found in marshy ground. Their botanical construction is very curious : the stamens and the style are blended so
as to form a column, in a cavity at the apex of which is placed the stigma, “ surrounded and concealed by the

anthers.” The principal genus is Stylidium.

GENUS I.

STYLIDIUM Swartz. THE STYLIDIUM.

Lin. Syst. GYNANDRIA DIANDRIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx two-parted, bilabiate. Column with a double flexure. Anthers two-lobed ; lohes divaricate. Stigma

undivided. Capsule two-celled. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The curious construction of the style and stigma peculiar to the plants of the order is very
conspicuous in this genus, as the column, which is very slender, and longer than the limb of the corolla, bends
over it, or, rather, hangs down between its lobes, so as to be very conspicuous ; and if it is touched with a pin, it
instantly starts from its place to the opposite side of the flower with the greatest rapidity, shrinking from the
approach of the pin as though it really felt pain. The name of Stylidium is derived from the Greek word stylos, a
column. There are numerous species, but it will be sufficient to mention one or two of those most common in
British greenhouses.

1.— STYLIDIUM GRAMINIFOLIUM Swartz. THE GRASS-LEAVED STYLIDIUM.

Synonymes. — S. serrulatum Pers.; Ventenatia major Smith-, Can-
dollea serrulata Labill.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 90 ; and our fiy. 4, in PI. 37.

Specific Character. — Leaves linear, with denticulated edges.
Raceme subspicate and beset, as well as the scape, with glandular hairs.
Lip of the corolla appendiculate at the base.

Description, &c. — This species is remarkable for its slender grass-like leaves, and its being covered in ever}'-
part with glandular hairs somewhat like those of the Drosera, or Sun-dew. The flowers are of a purplish red, and

continue nearly all the summer. The plant is a native of both New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land, whence
it was introduced in 1803. There is no difficulty in the culture, excepting that it should have as much light and
air as possible.

OTHER SPECIES OF STYLIDIUM.

S. DRUMMONDII Qraliam.

This species was introduced from the Swan River in 1839. It is very ornamental, the flowers being large, of
a delicate pale lilac, and disposed in a loose panicle. It generally comes into blossom in November, and as each

B B

186

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

flower remains expanded several weeks, and as the flowers follow each other in succession very slowly, it remains
in perfection all the winter ; and, indeed, the flowers generally continue on it till the middle of March.

S. ADNATUM R. Brown.

This is a very pretty little species with flesh-coloured flowers, which was sent home from King George’s Sound,
in New Holland, in 1824.

S. TENUIFOLIUM R. Brown.

This is the species most commonly found in greenhouses. It has veiy pale flowers, and is by no means so
ornamental as many of the other kinds. It is a native of the country near Port Jackson, whence it was introduced
in 1818.

CHAPTER XL.

GOODENIACE^ Lindl.

Essential Character. — Calyx usually superior, and in from three
to five divisions. Corolla superior, monopetalous, irregular, withering ;
limb five-parted, with one or two lips. Stamens five, distinct, alter-
nate with the segments of the corolla ; anthers two-celled, bursting

longitudinally. Ovary generally one-celled, with a free central placenta.
Style one. Stigma fieshy, surrounded by a membranous cup. Fruit
a capsule. Seeds usually with a thickened testa, which is sometimes
nut-like. Albumen fleshy, with an erect embryo and leafy cotyledons.

Description, &c. — The greatest botanical peculiarity of this order is, the indusium or cup which surrounds the

stigma. The species are generally herbaceous plants, which differ from the Lobelias and Campanulas in being
devoid of milk. There are several genera, most of which contain only Australian plants.

GENUS I.

EUTHALES B. Br. THE EUTHALES.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx inferior, with an unequal five-cleft stigma bilabiate. Capsule four-valved, two-celled at the base. Seeds
limb. Corolla adhering to the tube below the ovarium, cleft on the imbricated, compressed. (<7. Bon.)
upper side, with a bilabiate limb. Style undivided. Indusium of the

Description, &c. — This genus was formed on a species of Goodenia. The name of EutJiales signifies well
flowered, in allusion to its gay and numerous flowers. Only two species have as yet been discovered.

i;

! '

G"

I.— EUTHALES TRINERVIS B. Br. THE THREE-NERVED EUTHALES.

SvNONYMES. — Goodenia tenella And/r. ; Velleia trinervis Lahill.
Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1137 ; Bot. Rep., t. 466.

Specific Character. — Leaves all radical, spatulate, fleshy, veined

beneath. Stems first bending towards the earth and then rising erect,
dichotomous. Flowers solitary, on long peduncles. Capsule four-
cleft at the top.

Description, &c. — This species has golden yellow flowers, with a rich dark crimson spot at the base of the
lower lip. It is a native of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1802, and when raised from seeds it
generally flow^ers the first year.

2.— EUTHALES MACROPHYLLA Lindl. THE LARGE-LEAVED EUTHALES.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1841, t. 3; The Botanist, t. 209; and our fic/. 5, in PL 37.

Specific Character. — Stem erect, fleshy, branched. Leaves opposite, petiolate, oblong, dentate. Flowers in a loose dichotomous panicle.

Description, &c, — “ This species,” says Dr. Lindley, “ is very different from E. trinervis, having a strong

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

187

erect branched stem, with broad deep green leaves as much as six inches long. It grows three or four feet high,
and is covered with gay yellow and brown flowers all the summer.” This plant was introduced in 1840 by
Captain Mangles, to whom the floricultural world is indebted for the introduction of so many new and beautiful
Australian plants. It grows w’ell in any rich free soil, and strikes readily from cuttings. It may be planted out
during the summer months and will flower freely in the open ground, but it is killed by the first approach of frost.
It should be observed that these plants when kept in pots should be well drained, as they are apt to damp off when
they have too much water.

GENUS II.

LESCHENAULTIA R. Br. THE LESCHENAULTIA.

Lin. S]/st. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx superior. Corolla with the tube cleft on the upper side. Anthers at first cohering. Stignia obsolete, bilabiate,
in the bottom of the indusium. Capsule prismatic, two-celled, four-valved. Seeds cubical or nucumentaceous. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The species in this genus are small heath-like shrubs, generally with bright scarlet flowers.
One species, however, has lately been discovered, the flowers of which are of a beautiful clear blue ; thus forming a
complete contradiction to the hj^othesis of De Candolle, who supposed that clear Idue flowers were never found in
the same genus with plants bearing flowers of a bright scarlet or yellowish red. The name of the genus was given
in honour of M. Leschenault, a French botanist and traveller. It may be interesting to botanical students to
know that the pollen in all the species of Leschenaultia is composed of four combined sporules.

1.— LESCHENAULTIA FORMOSA B. Br. THE BEAUTIFUL LESCHENAULTIA.

Synonymes. — L. Baxterii (7. Alow ; L. oblata Sweei. Specific Character. — Flowers axillary, solitary, without bracts,

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2600 ; Bot. Reg., t. 916 ; and omjig. somewhat drooping. Corolla bilabiate, glabrous.

3, in PI. 37.

Description, &c. — This plant is so well known that it seems unnecessary to give any detailed account of it,
and yet its botanical construction is so curious that it well deserves to be described at length. The indusium
which covers the stigma is a compressed two-lipped pm’ple cup, lined with soft down on the outside, and which
appears to serve the purpose of scooping the pollen out of the cells of the anthers, and collecting and retaining it
till it is wanted for the stigma, which lies at the very bottom of it. This species was introduced in 1824 from the
south coast of New Holland, of which it is a native. There are two kinds so nearly allied that it is very difficult
to discern any difl’erence between them, excepting that the flowers of one kind are somewhat larger, brighter, and
more abundant than those of the other.

2.— LESCHENAULTIA BILOBA Lindl.

Synonyme. — L. graudiflora Dec.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1842, t. 2; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot.,
vol. viii., p. 151 ; and our jig. 2, in PI. 37.

Specific Character. — Leaves linear, obtuse. Flowers in few-

Description, &c. — When this plant was first introduced, it created an extraordinary sensation. The old
kinds of Leschenaultia were so well known, and so universally admired, that every one who heard of a blue-
flowered plant in the same genus was desii’ous of possessing it. It was found, however, that the blue-flowered

THE TWO-LOBED LESCHENAULTIA.

flowered lax corymbs. Tube of tbe corolla equal in length to tbe
sepals, smooth on the outer surface, liairy within ; segments wedge-
shaped, two-lobed, points crowned ivitb a mucro. Filaments glabrous.

B B 2

T

188 the LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

species varied exceedingly in different plants, and that some of the plants were not nearly so handsome as the old
L. Baxterii and L. formosa. It is, however, after aU a very handsome plant, and well deserving of cultivation.
It is a native of the neighbourhood of the Swan Eiver, whence it was introduced in 1842, All the species of
Leschenaultia require exactly the same treatment as Heaths. They should be grown in a mixture of peat and
vegetable mould, and should have their shoots occasionally stopped to force them to send out numerous branches
so as to form compact bushes.

OTHER SPECIES OF LESCHENAULTIA.

L. SPLENDENS Bee.

This is an extremely beautiful evergreen plant, growing about two feet high, and bearing a profusion of
brilliant scarlet flowers, which are produced in corymbs at the extremities of the branches. It is a native of the
neighbourhood of the Swan River, whence it was introduced in 1847.

L. ARCUATA Bee.

This is another species also a native of the neighbourhood of the Swan River, whence it was introduced in
1847. Its flowers are remarkably large, being nearly twice the size of those of the other species. They are of a
bright yellow, and tinged at the tips with a pui’plish crimson.

OTHER GENERA BELONGING TO THE ORDER GOODENIACEHS.

GOODENIA Smith.

This genus consists of numerous species of Australian plants, generally with yellow flowers. The handsomest
species is G. grandiflora.

VELLEIA Smith.

The plants in this small genus are very nearly allied to the last. They are also all Australian plants with
yellow flowers.

DAMPIERA R. Br.

This is a genus of very ornamental plants with blue flowei’S.

CHAPTER XLI.

ERICACEAE Juss.

Essential CHAaACTER. — Calyx four or five-cleft, nearly equal,
inferior, persistent. Corolla hypogynous, monopetalous, four or five-
cleft, occasionally separable into four or five pieces, regular or irregular,
often withering, with an imbricated aistivation. Stamens definite,
equal in number to the segments of the corolla, or twice as many,
hypogynous, or scarcely inserted into the base of the corolla ; anthers
two-celled, the cells hard and dry, separate either at the apex or base,
where they are furnished with some kind of appendage, and dehiscing

by a pore. Ovary surrounded at the base by a disk, or secreting scales,
many-celled, many-seeded ; style one, straight ; stigma one, undivided
or toothed, or three-cleft, with an indication of an indusiiim. Fruit
capsular, many-celled, with central placentae ; dehiscence various.
Seeds indefinite, minute ; testa firmly adhering to the kernel ; embryo
cylindrical, in the axis of fleshy albumen ; radicle much longer than
the cotyledons and next the hilum. {Bindley.)

Description, &o. — The plants belonging to this order are very ornamental, but most of them, except those
contained in the genus Erica, are hardy.

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

]89

GENUS I.

EEICA Un. THE HEATH.

Lin. Syst. OCTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx four-parted. Corolla campanulate or to eight-celled, opening with from four to eight valves, surrounded by
ventricose, with a four-lobed limb. Anthers two-horned or emarginate, the persistent calyx,
exserted or latent. Stigma somewhat four-lobed. Capsules from four

Desceiption, &c. — The species included in this genus are all low evergreen shrubs, with slender sharply-
pointed leaves. They are very numerous, amounting to several hundreds. It will, therefore, be impossible
within the limits of a work like the present to do more than to take a very few of the most ornamental.

1.— ERICA BANKSIANA Ait. SIR JOSEPH BANKS’S HEATH.

Synonymes. — E. fragilis Salisb. ; Ectasis Banksiana L. Lon.
Engravings. — Andrews’s Heaths, t. 66 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot.
vol. vii., p. 243 ; and our Jig. 5, in PI. 38.

Specific Character. — Leaves mucronate. Corolla cylindrical,
with a reflexed limb. Stamens much exserted, with dilated filaments.
Pericarp bearded.

Desceiption, &c. — This very beautiful species has the singular appearance of one flower growing out of another,
from the stamens being much exserted and the filaments dilated so as to form a tube, to which the anthers are
attached and form a kind of fringe. The plant is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced
in 1787. It generally begins to flower in February, and continues till July.

2.— ERICA TUMIDA Eer. THE TUMID HEATH.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 65 ; and our Jig. 1, in PI. 38.

Specific Character. — Pubescent. Bracts subulate, near the calyx. Leaves decussate, in fours. Corolla hairy, much longer than the calyx.

Desceiption, &c. — Tliis species is remai’kable for the swollen tube of the flower, which is enormously large in
proportion to the limb. The flowers are very brilliant in colour, but the brightness of their hue is somewhat
dimmed by the thick pubescence which clothes them. The leaves of the plant are of a very glaucous green. The
stamens are completely hidden in the tube of the flower. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope,
whence it was introduced about 1812.

3.— ERICA ARDENS Andr. THE GLOWING HEATH.

Synonyme. — Pachysa ardens L. Lon. Specific Character. — Leaves linear, spreading, glabrous, three in

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 115 ; Andrews’s Heaths, t. 14 ; Lodd. a whorl, stiff. Corolla nearly globose, coriaceous. Stamens inclosed.
Bot. Cab., t. 47 ; and our Jig. 6, in PI. 38.

Desceiption, &c. — A very pretty little plant, which grows in a very compact manner, and forms an elegant
little shrub even when not in flower. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1800.

4.— ERICA AITONIANA Andr. MR. ALTON’S HEATH.

Synonymes. — E. jasminifiora Salisb.', Euryloma Aitonii L. Lon.
Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 429 ; Andrews’s Heatbs, t. 25 ; Lodd.
Bot. Cab., t. 144 ; and omjig. 4, in PI. 38.

Specific Character. — Leaves three in a whorl, linear, serrulated.

erect. Flowers terminal, usnally by threes. Bracteas remote from the
calyx. Corolla viscid, with a cylindrical tube, which is ventricose at
the top, and large ovate segments. Style exserted.

Desceiption, &c. — A very singular-looking species, the flowers of which look shining as though they had
been varnished. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1790.

190

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

I

5.— ERICA JACKSONII Ilort. MR. JACKSON’S HEATH.

Engbavings. — Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. viii., p. 149; and our
fi>j. 2, in PI. 38.

Specific Character. — Leaves in whorls consisting of two large

and two small whorls. Flowers generally four in a cluster, much
inflated at the base ; limb reflexed.

Description, &c. — This is a hj'brid raised by Mr. Jackson, nurseryman, Kingston, in 1841. It is a hard-
wooded plant, and very easy to cultivate.

6.— ERICA NEILLII EorU DR. NEILL’S HEATH.

Engravings.^ — Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. ix., p. 195 ; and om fig. 3, in PL 38.

Specific Character. — Leaves crowded. Flowers tubular. Stamens inclosed.

Description, &c. — This pretty little heath is a hybrid raised in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, and named
in honour of Dr. Neill, who may be regarded as the father of Scottish botany. It was raised in 1842. It is
observed in the description of this species in “ Paxton’s Magazine,” that Heaths should always be watered with
pond or rain-ivater, as if they are watered with hard water their leaves will turn yellow and soon fall off.

CHAPTER XLII.

EPACRIDEiE R. Brown.

Essential Character. — Calyx usually five-parted and coloured,
permanent. Corolla hypogynous, monopetalous ; limb five-cleft,
equal. Stamens equal in number to the segments of the corolla and
alternating with them. Anthers simple, dehiscing longitudinally. Pollen

sub-globose, rather angular, or composed of three combined globules.
Ovarium sessile, usually girded by five scales, generally many-celled.
Style one. Stigma one, sometimes two. Fruit various. Seeds albu-
minous. Embryo straight, slender, longer than the half of the albumen.

Description, &c. There are numerous genera included in this order, but the only ones which will be here
described are Epacris and Styjyhelia.

GENUS I.

STYPHELIA R. Br. THE STYPHELIA.

lAn. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx girded by four or more bracteas. Filaments exserted. Ovarium nearly dry, containing a solid bony
Corolla elongated, tubular ; tube furnished with five fascicles of villa: putamen. {G. Don.)

near the base inside ; segments of the limb revolute, bearded .

Description, &c. — The species mcluded in this genus are all natives of Australia, and they are all singular-
looking plants with the stamens very much exserted wlien the flower is fully expanded. The name of Styphelia is
derived from a Greek word signifying harsh, in allusion to the stiff and compact habit of growth of the species.

1.— STYPHELIA TUBIFLORA Smith. THE TUBE-FLOWERED STYPHELIA.

Engravings. — Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1938 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. xii., p. 29 ; The Botanist, t. 142; and our fig. 8, in PI. 38.

Specific Character. — Leaves linear, obovate, mucronate, rather scabrous above, with revolute edges. Flowers drooping. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — When this very elegant plant first goes into flower, the flowers only slightly open at the
point, so as to show the segments of the limb but entirely to conceal the stamens. By degrees the segments
divide and curl back, so as to show a vei’y considerable portion of the stamens, and in this state the flowers are

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

191

very ornamental, particularly as tlie segments are bearded inside, and therefore display a kind of fringe when they
roll back. The species is a native of the south-eastern portion of Australia, being found abundantly in
the neighbourhood of Port Jackson. It was introduced in 1830.

There are several other species, but the most ornamental, next to that already described, is S. triflora.
S. pinifolia is also very ornamental, but it is now removed to a new genus, under the name of Stenanthera.

GENUS II.

EPACRIS Smith. THE EPACRIS.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx coloured, many-bracteate, the brae- middle. Hypogynous scales five. Placentas adnate to the central
teas of the same texture as the calyx. Corolla tubular, tvith a column. ((?. Don.')
beardless limb. Stamens epipetalous. Anthers peltate above the

Description, &c. — This is a genus of very ornamental plants, bearing so much resemblance to the heaths as to
be supposed to belong to that family by the first settlers in New South Wales. The flowers, however, are easily
distinguished from those of all kinds of heath, not only from their general form, but from their being always
disposed in leafy spikes. The name of Epacris signifies upon a high place, because most of the species grow on lofty
mountains. The species are very numerous, but the limits of the present work will not allow of more than one or
two of the most ornamental kinds being described.

1.— EPACRIS IMPRESSA LaUlL THE BEAUTIFUL EPACRIS.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3407 ; Bot. Reg. for 1 839, t. 19 ; Lodd.
Bot. Cab., t. 1691 ; Sweet’s Flora Austriaca, t. 4 ; Paxton’s Mag. of
Bot., vol. iv., p. 125 ; The Botanist, t. 232 ; and om fig. 7, in PL 38.

Specific Character. — Branches pubescent. Leaves sessile, sub-
reflexed, linear-lanceolate, glaucous, mucronate. Flowers twin, on very
short axillary pedicels. Calyx and scales \vith a velvety pubescence.

Description, &c. — This veiy ornamental species is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, whence it was introduced
in 1824. There are numerous varieties of it, and, in fact, it varies so much when raised from seed, that it is
almost impossible to guess what kind of flower will be produced when the seeds are sown. Luckily both the
species and the varieties are all very ornamental, and, like all the other species of the genus, they are valuable
plants because they flower all the winter. E. impressa may be propagated either by seeds or by cuttings.

OTHER SPECIES OP EPACRIS.

E. MINIATA Undl.

This is perhaps the most beautiful species of the genus, as the tube of its flowers is of a brilliant vermilion,
and the limb a dazzling snow-white. It is, indeed, hardly possible to conceive a more beautiful plant of this family.
The species, like the others, is a native of Van Diemen’s Land, whence it was introduced in 1844.

E. nivalis Lodd.

This species is extremely beautiful, not only on account of its snow-white flowers, but from their habit of
growing always on one side of the branch, so that they hang from it hke fringe, while the branches themselves,
being very long and flexible, may be trained so as to form festoons, or, in short, in any way that may be judged

192

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

desirable. In some places where the species is planted in the free ground in a conservatory, the branches become
most exceedingly ornamental. Like the others this plant is a native of Australia, whence it was introduced
in 1829.

CHAPTER XLIII.

ASCLEPIADE^ B. Brown.

Essential Character. — Calyx five-cleft, permanent. Corolla
monopetalous, hypogynous, five-lobed. Stamens five, alternating witli
the segments of the corolla. Filaments usually connected. Anthers
two-celled. Pollen at the bursting of the anthers coalescing into

masses equal in number to the cells. Ovaria two. Styles two, close
together and having one stigma common to both. Follicles two. Seeds
numerous, usually furnished with a tuft of hairs at the umbilicus.
Albumen twin. Embryo straight, with leafy cotyledons.

Description, &c. — Many of the plants belonging to this order are climbers of great beauty, such as the Hoija
carnosa, so well known for its fleshy leaves and for its umbels of beautiful wax-like odoriferous flowers distilling

honey. There are many other beautiful and curious plants belonging to the order, but I have only room for two,
w’hich are probably not so w’ell known as the rest.

GENUS I.

TWEEDIA Hook. THE TWEEDIA.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA DIGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted. Corolla campanulate ; of pollen ventricose, attenuated at the apex, where they are fixed, and
mouth erowned ; scales five, fleshy, retuse or bifid, exserted. Stamens pendulous. Stigma elongately acuminate, two-cleft,
combined into a tube. Anthers terminating in a membrane. Masses

Description, &c. — This genus was named by Sir W. J. Hooker in honour of Mr. Tweedie, a collector of plants
in South America, and who discovered it and sent it home.

1.— TWEEDIA CAIRULEA B. Bon.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3630 ; Sweet’s Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd
series, t. 407 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol vi., p. 125; The Botanist,
t. 55; and om Jig. 5, in PI. 39.

THE BLUE-FLOI¥ERED TWEEDIA.

Synonyme. — T. versieolor Hook.

Specific Character. — Stem climbing, tomentose. Leaves oppo-
site, eordate-oblong.

Description, &c. — This is an exceedingly beautiful plant when properly grown, but wdien it is kept too warm,
it becomes weak and the flowers turn of a pale bluish grey. The best way of growing it is to keep it in a green-
house till the latter end of May or the beginning of June, and to pmne it and remove it to a greenhouse in autumn.
Thus treated, it appears perfectly herbaceous, but when kept under glass all the year it becomes shrubby. It was
discovered by Mr. Tweedie in the neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres, and introduced by him into this country in 1836.

GENUS II.

PHILIBERTIA H. B. et Kunth. THE PHILIBERTIA.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA DIGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Corolla urceolately rotate, sinuately five-
lobed ; lobes acute, intersected by as many teeth. Corona double ;
outer one ring-formed, in the bottom of the corolla, entire, fleshy,
undulated ; inner one inserted higher up with the tube of the filaments,

five-leaved ; leaflets entire. Anthers terminated by a membrane ;
pollen-masses clavately cylindrical, fixed beneath their apexes, pendu-
lous. Stigma bi-apiculated. {O. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a small genus of South American plants, only one species of which has as yet been

■Pl.3?

4.

Yt^/^/fUo / aJ-^n^yn^^/^^J. , _

7/ CyUO!'' S ,^y^^a^4ut-' CyT’ylUy/ctZy'l

r^/t^/.a/ cy^-^!^(yUa!'

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

193

introduced. It is named in honour of J. C. Philibert, the author of some botanical works published about tlie
beginning of the present century.

1.— PHILIBERTIA GRAND IFLORA Hooh.

Syhonyme. — P. gracilis D. Don.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3618 ; Bot. Reg. for 1843, t. 13 ;
Sweet’s Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd series, t. 403 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot.,
vol. vi., p. 7 ; and The Botanist, t. 46.

THE LARGE-FLOWERED PHILIBERTIA.

Specific Character. — Leaves deeply cordate, acuminate, suh-
tomentose. Corolla three times as long as the calyx, campanulate,
externally hairy, smooth within. Crown double ; exterior one annular,
entire | interior one composed of five fleshy leaf-like segments, each
having a short mucro near the apex.

Description, &c. — This is a very pretty twining plant, the seeds of which were sent from Buenos Ayres by
Mr. Tweedie in 1835. It varies very much in the colour of its flowers, some being of a pale yellow, and others of

various shades of crimson and dark brown. It also vaiies much in the quantity of down which covers it, the wild

specimen which was sent over being quite woolly, while some of the specimens grown in England are only very
slightly tomentose. It should be grown in a friable mould mixed with sand, the soil not being sifted but merely
broken finely and mixed with the hand. The pots should be well drained, as the plants require to be kept nearly
dry during the season of rest. When the plant is kept in a hothouse or in too warm a greenhouse, it is very apt
to be attacked by the red spider.

CHAPTER XLIV.

GENTIANACE^ Undl.

Essential Character. — Calyx divided, inferior, persistent. Corolla l tliem. Ovary composed of two carpels, one or two-celled, many-seeded,
monopetalous, hypogynous ; limb regular, its lobes the same number Style one. Stigmas two. Fruit a capsule or berry. Seeds small ;

as the divisions of the calyx, generally five. Stamens inserted upon testa single. Embryo minute, in the axis of soft fleshy albumen,

the corolla, equal in number to the segments and alternating with |

'Description, &c. — Most of the plants contained in this order are natives of cool, or at least temperate climates,
and only very few require a greenhouse in Great Britain.

GENUS I.

CHIRONIA Lin. THE CHIRONIA.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-parted. Corolla salver-shaped, i Style declinate, a little longer than the stamens. Stigma capitate,
with a narrow tube and a spreading limb, which is much longer than assurgent. Capsule ovate, one-celled, two-valved. Seeds numerous,

the tube. Stamens five ; filaments broad, rising from the top of the ((?. Don.)

tube of the corolla ; anthers connivent, at length spirally twisted. |

Description, &c. — There are several species in this genus and in the genus Roslinia, which has been formed
from it, all of which are very ornamental ; but the limits of the present work will only admit of one species being
described. The word Chironia is derived from the Centaur Chiron, from the plant being anciently used in
medicine, which was one of the sciences he taught to his pupil Achilles.

c c

194

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

1.— CHIRONIA DECUSSATA Vent. THE CROSS-LEAVED CHIRONIA.

Synonymes. — C. frutescens latifolia Wendl. ; Roslinia frutescens Specific Character. — Shrubby, subtomentose. Leaves decussate,
var. Mcench. oblong-obtuse. Calyx globose, in five parts.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 707 ; and our fig, 1, in PI. 39.

Description, &c. — This plaut has been supposed by some botanists to be only a variety of C. frutescens, which
is very inferior to it in beauty. It is occasionally called in the nurseries Chironia latifolia, its leaves being much
broader than those of another common species, viz. C. jasminoides. C. decussata is, however, by far the hand-
somest species of the genus, and it is of easy cultivation provided it be kept all the year in a greenhouse ; but it
will not bear planting out in the open ground, as it is very apt to damp off.

GENUS II.

LISIANTHUS Browne. THE LISIANTHUS.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx campanulate, five-clcft ; segments incumbent, revolute when old. Style elongated. Stigma bilaminate,
erect, with membranous incumbent edges. Corolla funnel-shaped ; Seeds small, angular. {G. Don.')
tube ventricose on one side ; limb equal, five-cleft. Anthers sagittate.

Description, &c. — Most of the species belonging to this genus are annual plants, natives of the tropics, but
some few are found in the southern part of Brazil, in a sufficiently mild climate to requu’e only a greenhouse in
Great Britain. The name of Ldsianthus signifies dissolving flower, in allusion to some medicinal properties
attributed to the genus.

1.— LISIANTHUS RTJSSELLIANUS Hook. THE DUKE OF BEDFORD’S LISIANTHUS.

Synonyme. — L. glaucifolius Nutt.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3626 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. vi.,
p. 31 ; The Botanist, t. 148 ; and our fig. 2, in PI. 39.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, very acute, from three to

five-nerved. Flowers in panicles. Calyx deeply cut ; segments very
long, subulate. Corolla in five parts, campanulately funnel-shaped;
segments broad, obovate, spreading.

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant is a native of Mexico, but it has also been found in the warmer
parts of North America. It was at first supposed to be an annual, but it is now found to be a half hardy perennial.

It is generally propagated by seeds, which should be raised on a hotbed ; but as seedling plants do not flower till
they are three or fom’ years old, it is now judged better to raise young plants from cuttings, which strike when the
pots are plunged in a hotbed. This beautiful plant only thrives as an inhabitant of the greenhouse, as it is apt
to damp off when planted in the open ground. It is found, however, to flower best when it can be placed in a stove
or hotbed early in spring, so as to give it a little additional excitement when it is about to form its flower-buds.
Great care should be taken in shifting it, as its roots are few and very fragile. The species was introduced
in 1835.

CHAPTER XLV.

BIGNONIACE^E R. Brown.

Essential Character. — Corolla monopetalous, hypogynous, usually
irregular, with a four or five-lobed limb. Stamens five ; filaments
unequal ; anthers two-celled, cells usu.ally divaricate. Ovarium

girded by a glandular disk, two-celled, many-seeded. Style one.
Stigma bilaminate. Capsule two-valved, two-celled. Seeds trans-
versely foliaceous, compressed. Embryo straight, foliaceous.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order have generally trumpet-shaped flowers which are

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

195

extremely ornamental. Most of the species are natives of tropical America, and, of course, req[uire a stove in
Gi’eat Britain ; but others will live in a greenhouse, and some few are quite hardy.

GENUS I.

BIGNONIA Tourn. THE BIGNONIA.

Un. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character.— Calyx five-toothed. Corolla with a short tube, a campanulate throat, and a five-lobed limb. Stamens five, didynamous;
lobes of the anthers divaricate. Capsule silique-formed. Seeds transverse, compressed, wnged on the margin.

Desceiption, &c. — This genus was named in honour of the Abbe Bignon, Librarian to Louis XIV. The
plants included in it are generally climbing shrubs, furnished with tendrils, and having very ornamental flowers.
Most of the species are stove shi’ubs, natives of tropical America and Madagascar. Modern botanists have
separated some of the species and formed them into a new genus under the name of Tecoma, but as the difference
between the two genera only consists in the position of the seeds in the seed-vessel, I have not thought it worth
while in the present work to keep them distinct. Tecoma is altered from the Mexican name of one of the species.

1.— BIGNONIA TELFAIRIAl Bojer. MRS. TELFAIR’S BIGNONIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2976 ; and our fig. 4, in PI. 39. oblong, acuminate, shining. Flowers in lax terminal panicles. Silique

Specific Character. — Arboreous. Leaves opposite, pinnate, having cylindrical, acuminate, fleshy. Seeds broadly winged,
from six to nine pairs of leaflets and one terminal one ; leaflets ovate-

Desceiption, &c. — This very beautiful plant is a native of Madagascar, where it is cultivated to a great extent,
not only for the beauty of its flowers, but for its fleshy seed-pod, which is much admired as an article of food.
Though a native of the tropics, it only requires a greenhouse in this country, as it is found only in temperate
mountainous regions. It was introduced in 1830.

2 — BIGNONIA JASMINOIDES Cmn. THE JASMINE-LIKE BIGNONIA.

Synonyme. — Tecoma jasminoides I/vndl.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4004 ; Bot. Reg., t. 2002 ; Paxton’s
Mag. of Bot., vol. vi , p. 199 ; and our fig. 3, in PI. 39, under the
name of Tecoma jasminoides.

Specific Character. — Leaves pinnate, with two or three pairs of
leaflets and a terminal one ; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, shining.
Corolla campanulately funnel-shaped ; limb flat ; lobes nearly equal,
undulate, crenate.

Desceiption, &c. — This very beautiful greenhouse climber is a native of Moreton Bay, on the north-east coast

of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1830. It bears its beautiful flowers in the month of August.
B. Pandorea Vent., syn. Tecoma australis, is another very splendid species of this genus which only requires a

greenhouse.

CHAPTER XLVI.

SOLANACE^ Juss.

Essential Character. — Calyx usuaUy five-cleft, permanent, in-
ferior. Corolla monopetalous, hypogynous ; limb usually five-cleft
and regular. Stamens epipetalous, equal in number to the segments

of the corolla and alternating with them. Ovarium from one to four-
celled, many-seeded. Style one. Stigma obtuse, rarely lobed. Fruit
a capsule or a berry. Seeds numerous, sessile. Albumen fleshy.

Description, &c. — The genera in this order are very numerous, and generally speaking very ornamental.
Many of them are annual plants, and some are quite hardy.

c c 2

196

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS I.

SOLANUM Tourn. THE NIGHTSHADE.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, rarely four-cleft. Corolla rotate, rarely campanulate, usually five-cleft. Anthers connivent, dehiscing

by pores at the apex. Berry two, rarely four-celled. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This genus is well known as containing the potato, hut it is not perhaps so generally known
that it also contains many very ornamental plants, principally natives of South America, hut some also from New
Zealand and various parts of Australia. In the present work only one species will be described, but it will be
sufficient to give a general idea of the ornamental character of the plants.

1.— SOLANUM LYCIOIDES Lin. THE LYCIUM-LIKE SOLANUM.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1846, t. 25 ; and our 5, in PI. 40. I lanceolate, petiolate, glabrous, sometimes suhovate. Peduncles filiform,
Specific Character. — Stem shrubby. Branches spiny. Leaves I one-flowered.

Description, &c. — A very beautiful little plant, which in a wild state is so completely covered with clusters of
flowers as quite to load its little spiny branches. In cultivation, however, it is observed in the “ Botanical
Kegister,” “ it loses some of its stiff spiny habit, and has not hitherto yielded flowers in clusters, but they are
larger than in a wild state.” It should be grown in sandy loam, mi.ved with a little rough peat; and we are told
in the “ Botanical Register ” that to flower it well, “ it seems necessary to place it out of doors during summer, in
some exposed situation where it can remain till the end of September. By that time the flower buds will be
formed, and they expand in a short time after the plant is taken in doors.” The species is a native of Peru, whence
it was first introduced about sixty years ago, but it was soon lost, and was not again seen in British gardens till
1845, when it was sent home by Mr. Hartweg.

GENUS II.

ANTHOCERCIS Labill. THE ANTHOCERCIS.

Lin. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft. Corolla campanulate; limb equal. Stamens inclosed. Fruit capsular, having the margins of the
valves bent in and inserted in the parallel placentas. Seeds reticulated. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. —This is a very small genus of Australian plants, which have generally white fragrant flowers.
The name of Anthocercis is from two Greek words, signifying a flower and a ray, in allusion to the radiated corolla
of the plants belonging to the genus.

1.— ANTHOCERCIS VISCOSA B. Br. THE CLAMMY ANTHOCERCIS.

Engravings. Bot. Mag., t. 2961 ; Bot. Reg., t. 1624; The rough at the margin. Young branches finely pubescent. Capsule
Botanist, t. 59; and out fig. 3, in PI. 40. ovate, equal in length to the calyx.

Specific Character. — Leaves obovate, glandulously punctate,

Description, &c. — This plant is a native of the southern coast of New Holland, whence it was introduced in
1822. It is propagated by cuttings, and should be grown in a soil composed of peat, loam, and sand ; but, as is
observed in the “ Botanical Register,” “ being of a soft nature, never forming any hard wood, or well-ripened shoots,
it is peculiarly liable to injury from over-watering, or from the earth in which it is planted becoming saturated ;
if this happens, it immediately sickens, its leaves losing their dark green colour, and becoming of a pale yellow

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

]97

hue.” The remedy for this is, of course, to have the pot thoroughly well-drained hy filling the bottom up to
tiearly one quarter of its depth with broken potsherds, and taking care not to let the pot stand either in a saucer
or on the ground. There are two or three other species, one of which (A. alhicans) has fragrant white flowers, and
another (A. Uttorea) has yellow flowers.

GENUS III.

OESTRUM Lin. THE OESTRUM.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Limb of the corolla conduplicate in a:stivation, plicate. Stamens inclosed. Berry one-celled, few-seeded.

Placentas central, free.

Description, &c. — Most of the species of this genus are not ornamental, hut one which has lately been
introduced is very much so. One peculiarity in this genus is, that though the flowers are usually sweet-scented,
the leaves have a peculiarly disagreeable smell when bruised. The name of Cestruni is from the Greek word

Kestron, which signifies hetony ; but there does not appear any reason why it should he applied to this plant.

1.— OESTRUM AURANTIACUM Lindl. THE ORANGE-FLOWERED OESTRUM.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., for 1845, t. 22; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot.,
vol. xiv., p. 77 ; and our fig. 6, in PL 40.

Specific Character. — Glabrons. Leaves petiolate, oval-acute, un-

dulated. Flowers sessile, spicate. Bracteas deciduous. Calyx five-
ribbed, five-toothed. Corolla glabrous, funnel-shaped, with a reflexed
limb. Filaments pubescent at the base. Berries pear-shaped.

Description, &c. — This species is very ornamental, having large dark-green shining leaves, bright orange
flowers, and abundance of snow-white pear-shaped berries, which remain on during winter after the leaves have
fallen. The flowers have the pleasant perfume of orange-peel, hut the berries are said to be poisonous. The plants

are said to flower best when their pots ai’e set out in the open air for a few weeks in early summer. They should
be taken into the greenhouse as soon as the flower-buds are formed. The flowers generally begin to expand in
August, and they continue till the latter end of October or November. The species is a native of Guatemala, and
it was introduced in 1844.

CHAPTER XLVII.

SCROPHULARINH5 R. Brown.

Essential Character. — Calyx four or five-parted, permanent. I fifth. Ovarium two-celled. Style one. Stigma two-lobed or un-
Corolla monopetalous, hypogynous, deciduous, irregular, bilabiate, divided. Fruit capsular, rarely baccate, two-celled, two or four-
personate or ringent, imbricate in aestivation. Stamens usually four, valvcd. Seeds small. Albumen copious. ((?. Don.)
didynamous, sometimes only two, and sometimes with a rudiment of a |

Description, &c. — There are few orders that contain more ornamental plants than this, and among them are
some of our most beautiful climbers.

GENUS I.

LOPHOSPERMUM D. Don. THE LOPHOSPERMUM.

Un. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character.. — Corolla bilabiate ; tube wide, gibbous at the base. Capsule dehiscing irregularly under the apex. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — Very beautiful climbing plants with highly ornamental flowers. The name of Lopho-
spermum signifies a crested seed.

198

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

1.— LOPHOSPERMUM ATROSANGUINEUM G. Don. THE DARK-PURPLE LOPHOSPERMUM.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3367; Bot. Reg., t. 1755; Siveet’s
Blit. Flow. Gard., 2nd series, t. 250 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. ii.,
p. 27 ; and our fig. 4, in PI. 40, under tFe name of Rhodochiton
voluhile.

Synonvmes. — L. Rhodochiton D.Don.-., Rhodochiton voluhile Zucc.
Specific Character. — Leaves cordate, acuminate, coarsely and
dentatedly serrated. Calyx partly five-cleft, spreading. Corolla
tubular. Filaments simple. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant, which is generally Imown under the name of Rhodochiton voluhile,

is M'ell deserving of cultivation in shady places, as it thrives best when it is not exposed to the full glare of the
sun. It is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1832.

OTHER SPECIES OF LOPHOSPERMUM.

L. SCANDENS EooTc.

This is one of the most beautiful plants of the genus, and as it ripens seed freely, new varieties of it are
continually being raised. It is extremely valuable as a climbing plant, and may be planted in the open air in dry
warm situations, where it will grow freely and continue expanding its beautiful flowers from June till October.
It is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1830. L. Hendersonii and L. spectahile are varieties of this
species, which is also known in some places under the name of L. erubescens.

GENUS II.

MAURANDYA Ortega. THE MAURANDYA.

Un. Syst. DID YN AMI A ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character. — Corolla personate, gibbous at the base. Capsule dehiscing by ten teeth at the apex. {G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This genus is named in honour of Dr. Maurandy, a botanical professor at Carthagena. All
the species are climbing shrubs, and one of them (Jf. Barclmjana) is one of the most ornamental climbing plants in
British gardens. It is best raised from seeds on a hotbed, and planted out in the open ground in May, where
it will continue flowering and ripening abundance of seeds all the summer, though it will be killed bj”- the first
frost in autumn. It was introduced in 1825. There is a variety of this species with delicate white flowers which
is extremely beautiful ; and there are two other species, viz. M. semperflorens, with pinkish flowers somewliat
like those of the common Lophospermum, and M. antirrhiniflora, which has dark purple flowers of nearly the
same colour as those of M. Barclayana, but very inferior in beauty.

GENUS III.

TORENIA Lin. THE TORENIA.

Un. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Ch.aracter. — Calyx plicate, obliquely five-toothed. Stamens four, with arched elongated filaments and anthers approximating or
cohering by pairs, the tivo lower filaments appendiculate or gibbous at the base. {O. Don.)

Description, &c. — A genus of pretty perennial plants which are generally considered inhabitants of the stove,
as they are all natives of Java and other parts of the East Indies. It has been found, however, that one species at

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

199

least will flower magnificently during the summer months in the open air, and that it will live in a greenhouse all
the year, only requiring a little extra heat when it is about to form its flower-buds in spring. The genus is named
after Olof Toreen, a Swedish clergyman, a friend of Linnseus, who discovered T. asiatica in China and first brought
it to Europe.

1.— TORENIA ASIATICA Lin. THE ASIATIC TORENIA.

Synonymes. — T. cordifolia Benth. ; T. diffusa D. Don-, T. pedun-
cularis Wall. ; T. vagans Roxh. ; T. alba Hamilton ; T. hirsuta
Willd. ; Gratiola alata Car, ; Bonnaya alata Spreng. ; Henckelia
alata Link.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 4249 ; and our fig. 1, in PI. 40.
Specific Character. — Leaves ovate. Peduncles axillary, sub-
fasciculate. Calyx oblong and attenuated at the base. Corolla twice
the length of the calyx.

Descbiption, &c. — It is hardly possible for any description to do justice to the beauty of the flowers of this
plant, as nothing can exceed the richness of the dark purple blotches. The stems are quadrangular, and the foliage
is somewhat coarse, but the beauty of the flowers makes the plant highly deserving of cultivation. It was at first
supposed that it would not live out of a hothouse, but it is now found to flower best in the open air or in a green-
house, as both the leaves and flowers assume a much paler hue when grown in a stove. The species is only an
annual, or at least it is generally considered so, hut it may be propagated by cuttings, which root readily, and in

this manner may be preserved throughout the winter. When treated as an annual, the seed should be raised on a
hotbed, and the young plants either planted out or placed in a greenhouse about May.

OTHER SPECIES OF TORENIA.

T. SCABRA R. Br.

This species is a native of New Holland, whence it was introduced in 1830. It has very handsome flowers,
though they are inferior in beauty to those of T. asiatica.

T. CONCOLOR Lindl.

This species is closely allied to T. asiatica, but it differs in the flowers being smaller and in their being destitute
of the blotches of rich dark purple which make the flowers of T. asiatica so very ornamental. It is a native of
China, whence it was introduced by Mr. Fortune in 1844. All the species of Torenia require a moist atmosphere,
and abundance of water during the summer months.

GENUS IV.

MIMULUS Lin. THE MONKEY-FLOWER.

Lin. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-toothed. Corolla personate. Capsule two-valved, with flatfish margins. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — The species belonging to this genus are all hardy or half hardy herbaceous plants, growing
with coarse foHage, but very ornamental flowers. Almost all the species hybridise freely, and as some of them are
yellow and some red, many very beautiful flowers are produced by the mingling of these colours. Some of the
most ornamental of these have been raised in the Botanic Garden at Edinburgh.

200

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS V.

VERONICA Tourn. THE SPEEDWELL.

Lin. Syst. DIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx four or five-parted. Corolla rotate, unequal. ((7. Don.)

Description, &c. — The hardy plants belonging to this genus, under their English name of Speedwell, are well
known in every part of Great Britain, hut the greenhouse species are hy no means common. Some of these are
remarkably handsome, particulaidy V. speciosa, which is a native of New Zealand, whence it was introduced in 1841.
V. lahiata is also a very pretty plant. It has fragrant white flowers, and it is a native of Australia, whence, it was
introduced in 1820. V. Lindleijana is a beautiful species with long spikes of white flowers, which, contrary to the
general habit of the genus, are drooping instead of being erect, and which are produced in such profusion that
twelve spikes have been counted on one short branch. This species is a native of New Zealand, whence it was
introduced in 1843. Dr. Bindley supposes it to be the same as V. salicifolia, whicli was introduced and lost
several years since, but this appears by no means certain.

GENUS VI.

CH^NOSTOMA Benth. THE CHtENOSTOMA.

Lin. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft. Anthers all alike exserted. Bracteas free from the pedicels. Corolla campanulate or

funnel-shaped. (jQ, Don.)

Description, &c. — Herbs and small shrubs, natives of South Africa. The species in general are not remarkable
for their beauty. The name of Chmiostoma is derived from two Greek words, signifying a gaping mouth, in
reference to the wide throat of the corolla.

1.— CHAINOSTOMA POLYANTHUM Benth. THE MANY-FLOWERED CHAINOSTOMA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1847, t. 32 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot.,
vol. xiii., p. 31 ; and our^gf. 7, in PI. 40.

Specific Character. — Much branched at the base. Branches
doivny at the top, panicled. Leaves ovate, toothed, cuneated at the

base ; upper ones oblong, glabrous or canescent beneath. Racemes
loose. Calyx hispid. Corolla funnel-shaped ; tube scarcely exceeding
the calyx. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a dwai’f bushy little plant, which produces an immense quantity of flowers nearly all
the year. It is a native of South Africa, whence it was introduced in 1845.

GENUS VII.

BUDDLEA Houston. THE BUDDLEA.

Un. Syst. TETRANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx campanulate, five-toothed. Corolla tubular ; limb four or five-cleft, equal, spreading. Stamens four or five,
nearly equal, inclosed. Anthers composed of two parallel distinct lobes. Stigma clavate, two-lobed. Capsule crustaceous.

Description, &c. — The shrubs included in this genus have usually quadrangular branches, and are half hardy
plants in Great Britain. The genus is generally known by B. glohosa, which being very nearly hardy is frequently

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

201

found growing in the open air in sheltered situations in British gardens, but this gives a false idea of the other
species, as its flowers are collected in globular heads, while those of most of the other species are in spikes or
panicles. The name of Buddlea was given in honour of Adam Buddie, a friend of Bay.

1.— BUDDLEA LINDLEYANA Fortune. DR. LINDLEY’S BUDDLEA.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1846, t. 4 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., subserrate. Flowers tomentose, in verticillate spikes. Teeth of the
vol. xiv., p. 5 ; and oxit fig. 2, in PI. 40. calyx very short, triangular. Tube of the corolla elongated, somewhat

Specific Character. — Glabrous, fruticose. Branches quadran- ventricose above the middle ; segments obtuse,
gular. Leaves ovate, acuminate, on very short petioles, sometimes

Desceiption, &c. — This is a very ornamental shrub, which is particularly valuable as it flowers very late in the
autumn, and retains its flowers during a portion of the winter. When planted in the free ground of a conservatory,
it soon attains a large size and flowers profusely, seven spikes of flowers having been known to be produced on a
branch not above eighteen inches long. Very poor gravelly soil is said to suit it best, as if it is grown in rich soil
it is apt to produce leaves instead of flowers.

GENUS VIII.

CALCEOLARIA Feuill. THE CALCEOLARIA.

Un. Syst. DIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Lovver lip of the corolla incurved, calceolate ; upper lip small. Stamens two. ((?. Don.)

Desceiption, &c. — The species contained in this genus are generally either suffruticose or herbaceous plants.
The name of Calceolaria signifies a httle slipper, in allusion to the form of the corolla. The number of species in
the genus is very great, and if we add to them the immense mass of hybrids and varieties that are continually being
raised, it will be evident that in a woi’k like the present it will be impossible to do more than mention a few of
the most distinct of the original species, from which the principal hybrids have been raised.

1.— CALCEOLARIA CRENATIFLORA Cav. THE CRENATE-FLOWERED CALCEOLARIA.

Synonymes. — C. anomala Pers. ; C. pcndula Sweet ; C. subcrecta Hort.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3255 ; Bot. Reg., t. 1609 ; Sweet’s Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd series, t. 155 ; and our fig. 1, in PI. 41.

Specific Character. — Leaves obovate-oblong, unequally serrated, rather tomentose. Lower lip of the corolla crenated. (Ct Don.)

Description, &c. — This is one of the handsomest species of the Chilian Calceolarias, and it was introduced
about 1832. It is herbaceous, of remarkably vigorous growth and handsome foliage, and it has very showy
flowers. Perhaps none of the Calceolarias have been parents of a more numerous progeny than this one, as almost
all the handsome spotted kinds have been raised from it, as also many of those with a dark blotch in the centre.
It should have abundance of water while growing, as from the large size of its leaves evaporation is very great.

2.-CALCE0LARIA ARACHNOIDEA Graham. THE COBWEB CALCEOLARIA.

Synonyme. — C. tinctoria Gillies.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2874; Bot. Reg., t. 1454; Lodd.
Bot. Cab., t. 1557 ; and omfig. 2, in PI. 41.

Specific Character. — Stem herbaceous. Branches spreading.

Description, &c. — This is another vigorous growing

Leaves ligulate, oblong, subdentate, opposite, woolly. Peduncles
terminal, twin, elongated, dichotomous. Calyx and pedicel covered
with cobweb-like tomentum.

species, whicli has been also very frequently used for

D D

202

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

producing hybrids, C. fulgens and some other magnificent looking plants having been produced between this kind
and C. crenatiflora. The species is herbaceous, and a native of the province of Mendoza in Chili, whence it
was introduced in 1828. It is the hardiest of all the species of Calceolaria.

OTHER SPECIES OF CALCEOLARIA.

C. CORYMBOSA Ruiz et Pav.

This very handsome plant is a native of Chili. It has also been the parent of numerous hybrids, but generally
speaking they are not either so vigorous or so splendid in their colom's as those raised from C. crenatiflora.

C. PURPUREA Graham.

This has also been the pai’ent of many hybrids, but generally speaking it is as inferior for this purpose to
C. arachnoidea as C. corymhosa is to C. crenatiflora. C. •purpurea is a native of Chili, whence it was introduced
in 1827.

CHAPTER XLVIIL
GESNERACEtE Richard.

Essential Character. — Calyx five-cleft. Corolla oblique ; tube
drawn out behind and in front ; limb five-cleft, sub-bilabiate. Stamens
four, didynamous, with usually the rudiment of a fifth, alternating with
the divisions of the corolla, the upper one abortive. Anthers distinct.

cohering by pairs or altogether. Ovarium one-celled. Placentas two
parietal, bilamellate. Fruit capsular or baccate, silique-formed or
round. Seeds numerous, hanging by long funicles or erect. ((?. Don.)

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are nearly all very ornamental. The roots are usually
tuberous. Most of the species require a hothouse in Great Britain, but some few are greenhouse plants.

GENUS I.

ACHIMENES P. Browne. THE ACHIMENES.

Lin. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character. — Tube of the calyx adnate to the ovarium ;
limb five-parted ; lobes lanceolate. Corolla tubularly funnel-shaped,
somewhat gibbous at the base ; limb five-cleft ; lobes nearly equal and

roundish. Stamens four, didjmamous, with the rudiments of a fifth.
Anthers not cohering. Ovarium girded by a ring. Capsule dry, one-
celled. Placentas two, parietal.

Description, &c. — The first species of this genus that was discovered was called by Dr. Patrick Browne

Achimenes, but it afterwards received four or five other names, by one or two of which it was generally known, till

now, after the lapse of seventy years, it has been restored to its original appellation. For many years only this one
species was known in Great Britain, but in 1841 several others were sent to England by Mr. Hai’tweg, and since
that period still more have been introduced. The name of Achmenes signifies unable to bear tempestuous weather.

but the application of it to this plant does not appear very clear.

1.— ACHIMENES COCCINEA Pers. THE SCARLET ACHIMENES.

Synonymes. — A. minor P, Bro’wne •, Trevirania pulchella Willd.;
Cyi'illa pulcheUa L’He'rit. ; Buchnera coccinea Scop. ; Columnea
erecta Lam. ; Gesnera pulchella Swartz.

Engraving. — Bot. Mag., t. 374.

Specific Character. — Plant tomentosely hairy. Leaves three in
a whorl, ovate, acuminated at both ends, seiTated, with minute leaves
in the axils. Peduncles solitary, axillary.

Description, &c. — This species, under the names of Trevirania and Cyrilla, is well known in nurseries. It used

oien

«5/

s a^i

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

203

formerly to be considered as a hothouse plant, but though it is a native of Jamaica, it is only found growing in
mountainous places, and therefore does not require so much heat as might naturally be expected. It is now found
that the best method of managing it is the following, which is quoted from the “ Botanical Kegister.” “ The stems
die off after flowering, and the roots must then be kept perfectly dry throughout the winter and spring before the
plant begins to grow. When it shows signs of growth, it should be repotted and divided if necessary, and then put
in a situation near the light and freely watered. It is best to start it in a gentle heat, such as in a warm green-
house, or cucumber-frame, to enable it to form its stems and flower-buds, and then it may be brought out to flower
in the conservatory or the sitting room. It will grow in any rich free soil, and may be propagated by cuttings, or by
the numerous imbricated buds which it forms both underground and on the stem.”

2.— ACHIMENES LONGIFLORA Bentli. THE LONG-FLOWERED ACHIMENES.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3980; Bot. Reg. for 1842, t. 19;
Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. ix., p. 151 ; and onx fig. 3, in PI. 41.
Specific Character. — Leaves in whorls of three or four, ovate-

ohlong, grossly serrated. Stem hairy. Pedicels one-flowered, shorter than
the calyx. Segments of the calyx lanceolate, erect, four times shorter
than the tube of the corolla. Limb of the corolla broad, spreading.

Description, &c. — This species is a native of Guatemala, whence its tuberous roots were sent home by

Mr. Hartweg in 1841. It requires the same kind of culture as A. coccinea, but it is hardier, and after the flowering
season has passed and the stems have died down, the roots require no other care than keeping them perfectly dry
and free from frost during winter. The plant begins to flower in August, and it continues flowering for three or
four months.

3.— ACHIMENES PATENS Bentli. THE SPREADING ACHIMENES.

Engravings. — Paxton’s Mag. of Bot., vol. xiii., p. 197 ; Journal cels longer than the calyx, which is pubescent. Tube of the corolla
of the Horticultural Society, vol. i., t. 7 ; and oxixfig. 4, in PI. 41. saccate, longer than the limb ; spur conical.

Specific Character. — Leaves opposite, somewhat serrated. Pedi-

Description, &c. — This very beautiful species was found by Mr. Hartweg in Mexico in December 1845. He
had seen it in flower previously and marked the spot where it grew, but as in the meantime the stems had withered,
and there was not a leaf to be seen, he had great difflculty in finding the roots. It requires the same treatment as
A. coccinea, but it flowers somewhat earlier.

OTHER SPECIES OF ACHIMENES.

A. ROSEA Lindl.

This beautiful little plant was introduced at the same time as A. longiflora, but it presents a very striking
contrast to that species from the very small size and brilliant scarlet of its flowers. It requires the same treatment
as the other species.

A. PEDUNCULATA Benth.

This species has splendid scarlet blossoms, streaked in the centre of the mouth with dark brown. It is a native
of Guatemala, whence it was introduced by Mr. Hartweg in 1843. It begins to flower in August, and continues
till November, but the stems do not die down like those of the other species, and it requires a moist warm
atmosphere during winter. Curious little bulb-like tubers are formed on the upper part of the peduncles, along with
minute leaves, and the tubers being red, they produce a very singular appearance.

D D 2

204

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

A. PICTA Benth.

This is certainly one of the most beautiful species of the genus, as the flowers, which are of a brilliant scarlet
in the upper part, are yellow below and beautifully streaked and spotted. The leaves are also very beautifully
marked with a paler green upon a rich dark green. The species is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced
in 1846. It is most nearly allied to A. pedunculata, and, like that species, it seems very nearly allied to the
Gesneras. It likewise requires rather more warmth.

A. SKINNERI Lindl.

This is a handsome species, forming a link between the tall and the dwarf kinds, and its flowers being exactly
intermediate between A. grandiflora and A. hirsuta. It was introduced from Guatemala in 1847.

A. PYROP./EA Lindl.

This has small ruby-coloured flowers, which are produced in great abundance, and which are very ornamental.

There are many other species, some of which, such as A. grandiflora, A. hirsuta, and A. multiflora, are very
beautiful, but they require to be kept in a stove.

GENUS II.

AMPHICOME Rotjle. THE AMPHICOME.

Lin. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx tubular, five-toothed. Corolla tubular, ventricose near the base ; limb five-lobed, ciliated. Stamens four, didy-
namous, with the rudiment of a fifth. Stigma bilamellate. Capsule silique-formed. Seeds rvinged at both ends, and bearded. (G. Bon.')

Description, &c. — Only one species of this genus has as yet been introduced. The name of Amphicome is
from two Greek words, signifying hair on both sides, in allusion to the seeds being bearded at both ends.

1.— AMPHICOME ARGUTA Boyle. THE FINELY-CUT AMPHICOME.

Synonyme. — Incarvillea arguta R. Br.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1838, t, 19 ; Paxton’s Mag. of Bot.,
vol. vi., p. 79 ; and our fig. 5, in PI. 41.

Specific Character. — Leaflets opposite, on short petioles, three or
four pairs, lanceolate, acuminate, unequal at the base, dentately
serrated. (G. Don.)

Description, &c. — This is a very elegant little shrub, a native of the Himalayas, where it was found growing
at an elevation of from six to eight thousand feet. Seeds of it were sent home by Professor Royle in 1836, and
from these one single plant was raised, which blossomed in the Horticultural Society’s Garden in August 1837.
The flowers were succeeded by long elegant seed pods, in which abundance of seed was ripened, and the plant has
now become comparatively common. The botanical construction of this plant is very curious, particularly in the
anthers, which appear to be clinging round the style, and which have a horn on each lobe, and another on the
connective or part between the lobes. The seed pods are remarkably long and slender. The plant is a perennial,
and does not flower till the second year. The flowers appear from June till September. The plant may be called
half hardy, as it only requires to be protected from severe frosts ; but it is veiy impatient of wet even in summer,
and requires to be kept particularly dry during winter.

H,42

OF ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

205

CHAPTER XLIX.

ACANTHACEtE R. Brown.

Essential Character. — Calyx usually five-parted and very much
imbricated, persistent. Corolla monopetalous, hj-pogynous, bearing the
stamens, generally irregular ; the limb ringent or two- lipped, but
sometimes one-lipped or nearly equal, deciduous. Stamens mostly
two, both bearing anthers, sometimes four, didynamous, the shorter
ones being sometimes sterile. Anthers one or two-celled, generally

opening lengthwise. Ovary seated in a disk, two-celled; the cells
either two or many-seeded. Placentae parietal, though adhering in the
axis. Style one. Stigma two-lobed, rarely undivided. Capsule two-
celled, bursting elastically with two valves. Seeds roundish, hanging
by the ascending processes of the placenta. Testa loose. Albumen
none. Cotyledons large, ronndish.

Description, &c. — Most of the plants belonging to this order are natives of the tropics, and most of them have
very ornamental flowers. Very few can be said to belong to the greenhouse, but those which do are extremely
ornamental. Some of the species that are properly stove plants may be grown in the open air by treating them as
annuals, and raising them from seed every year on a hotbed. Thus, though most of the plants included in the
order are natives of hot climates, singularly enough the one from which the order takes its name is perfectly hardy

in Great Britain.

GENUS I.

RUELLIA Un. THE RUELLIA.

LiM. Syst. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-cleft, equal. Corolla funnel- | Capsule many-seeded, splitting across the cells into two valves, each
shaped ; limb five cleft, nearly equal, spreading. Anthers two-celled. | bearing a portion of the dissepiment across the centre.

Description, &c. — Nearly all the species of this genus are stove plants, but two of them may be kept in a
greenhouse provided they have a little heat by plunging the pots in a hot-bed, or giving them bottom-heat in some
other way, just when the plants are forming their flower buds. The name of Ruellia was given to this genus in
honour of Dr. Ruelle, a French botanist.

1.— RUELLIA CILIATIFLORA Hook. THE FRINGE-FLOWERED RUELLIA.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 3718 ; and ova fig. 1, in PI. 42.
Specific Character. — Herbaceous. Leaves petiolate, ovate, un-
equally serrated, covered with a hairy pubescence. Panicles terminal.

leafless. Calyx in unequal lobes; segments subulate. Tube of the
corolla angularly curved ; limb oblique, lobes undulated, sub-rotund,
dentately ciliated.

Description, &c. — This very beautiful plant was brought by Mr. Tweedie from Buenos Ayres in 1839, and
it produces its beautifully fringed and delicate lilac flowers in September. It is truly herbaceous, growing about
a foot and a half high, and it has very handsome foliage.

OTHER SPECIES OF RUELLIA.

R. AUSTRALIS Cav.

This species is a native of New Holland, where it has been found in the neighbourhood of Port Jackson. It
seems, however, to have a very widely extended botanical range, as it has also been found in several parts of the
East Indies. It has small dark-hlue flowers. It was introduced in 1820.

206

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

CHAPTER L.

PRIMULACEiE Vent.

Essential Character. — Calyx generally five-cleft, inferior or half
superior, regular, persistent. Corolla monopetalous, hypogynous,
regular; the limb generally five-cleft. Stamens inserted upon the
corolla, equal in number to its segments and opposite to them.

Ovary one-celled. Style one. Stigma capitate. Capsule opening
with valves. Placenta central, distinct. Seeds numerous, peltate.
Embryo included within fleshy albumen, and lying across the hilum.
(Lindley.)

Description, &c. — The commou Primrose gives its name to this order ; but many of the plants included
in it bear very little general resemblance m their flowers, and can only be recognised by their botanical
construction, and particularly by the curious form and arrangement of the seed-vessel. One of the plants included
in the order (the Common Pimpernel), a British weed, generally ripens abundance of seed every year, and if its
capsule be examined, it will be found to consist of a round ball-like case, the upper part of which falls off when it
is ripe and shows the seeds packed so curiously and closely together as not to leave the least space between them.

GENUS I.

CYCLAMEN Lin. THE CYCLAMEN.

Lin. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx campanulate, somewhat five-cleft, i Filaments very short, in the tube of the corolla. Anthers connivent.
persistent; segments ovate. Tube of the corolla sub-glohose, tmce as Style longer than the stamens. Stigma acute. Capsule globose,
long as the calyx ; limb five-parted ; segments very much reflcxcd. | opening in the middle. Seeds numerous, suhovate, angular.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to the genus Cyclamen are all very ornamental, and at the same
time singular from the bending back of the limb of the corolla. The name of Cyclamen is from a Greek word
signifying a circle, in allusion to the roundness of the leaves. Most of the species are hardy, but the Persian
Cyclamen requires a greenhouse in this country.

1 CYCLAMEN PERSICUM Mill. THE PERSIAN CYCLAMEN.

Variety. — C. p. var. laciniatum Lindl. Specific Character. — Leaves oblong-ovate, cordate, sometimes

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 44 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 751 ; and reniform and cordate, crenated. Segments of the corolla oblong,
our fig 2, in PI. 42.

Description, &c. — This plant is not only extremely beautiful, but delightful for its fragrance. It is a native
of the Isle of Cyprus, but it is also found in Persia and Asia Minor. It was introduced in 1731. It is
decidedly a greenhouse plant, and should be grown in pots in vegetable mould and loam, taking care that it has
plenty of air in summer, and that it is kept as dry as possible in winter, as if the plant is kept moist, the tuberous
root is very apt to decay. There are numerous varieties, one of which is entirely without fragrance, and another
has the flowers purely white ; but the most remarkable is the one figured in the “ Botanical Register,” the flower
of which is of gigantic size, having the segments very much cut and not at all reflexed.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

207

GENUS II.

PRIMULA Lin. THE PRIMROSE.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx five-toothed. Corolla salver-shaped ; tube cylindrical. Stamens five ; filaments very short ; anthers oblong-

oval, included within the tube. Capsules one-celled ; apex ten-toothed.

Desceiption, &c. — The species of the genus Primula are very numerous, and most of them are very
ornamental. By far the greater part, however, are hardy plants, for even when they are natives of hot countries,
they generally grow on the tops of mountains where the climate is temperate. The only species which is properly
an inhabitant of the greenhouse is the Chinese Primrose. The word Primula is derived from the Latin
primus, in allusion to the flowers being among the first that blossom in the spring.

1.— PRIMULA SINENSIS Hook. THE CHINESE PRLMROSE.

Synonyme. — P. prsenitens Ker.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 2564 ; Bot. Reg., t. 539 ; Lodd. Bot.
Cab., t. 916 ; and om-jiy. 3, in PI. 42.

Specific Character. — Leaves all radical, cordate-ovate, many-

lobed ; lobes dentate. Petioles longer than the leaves, and as well as
the whole plant covered with a soft pubescence. Scapes several from
the same root. Flowers umbellate ; umbels frequently twice prolife-
rous, making the flowers verticillate. Calyx conical, inflated at the base.

Description, &c. — This species was first introduced by T. C. Palmer, Esq., of Bromley, in Kent, a gentleman

in whose greenhouses some of our most beautiful Camellias and other Chinese plants were blossomed for the
first time in England, the plants in question having been introduced by Mr. Palmer’s brother-in-law. Captain

Rawes. The Chinese Primrose, it is stated in the “ Botanical Magazine,” was at first considered very shy in
producing seed, but it was found after a little experience that this was occasioned by the pollen not becoming
readily detached from the anthers, and that when the flower was blown into abundance of seeds ripened. At
present, innumerable varieties have been raised, some of which are white and others of different tinges of lilac ;
some of all colours are double, and many of these are beautifully fringed at the edges. The plants require only
the ordinary treatment of greenhouse plants ; they thrive best in rich loam with a large pi’oportion of sand, and
they require to be well watered, but not over the crown, as it is apt to rot. The species is a native of China,
whence it was introduced in 1820.

CHAPTER LI.

PLUMBAGINACE^ Undl.

Essential Character. — Calyx tubular, plaited, persistent. Corolla
of very thin texture, monopetalous, with a narrow angular tube, or of
five petals, which have a long narrow claw. Stamens definite, opposite
the petals ; in the monopetalous species hypogynous ; in the polypetalous
species arising from the petals. Ovary superior, composed of five valvate

carpels, one-celled, one-seeded. Ovule pendulous from the point of
an umbilical cord, arising from the bottom of the cavity. Styles five.
Stigmas five. Fruit a nearly indehiscent utricle. Seed inverted, with
a rather small quantity of mealy albumen.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this order are distinguished by the plaited calyx of the flower, and
by the singular position of the solitary seed, which is suspended by a cord rising from the base of the ovary and
passing over it. It is also remarkable that the ovary is only one-celled, and contains but one seed, though there
are five stigmas. The most interesting genera in the order are Plumbago and Statice.

208

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

GENUS I.

PLUMBAGO Tourn. THE LEADWORT.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx tubular, plicate, five-toothed, persistent. Corolla monopetalous, salver-shaped ; limb five-parted. Stamens
hypogjTiouB. Style filiform. Stigmas five, acute. Capsule valvate. Seeds albuminous.

Description, &c. — The species of Plumbago differ widely in their habits, some being hardy perennials, others
stove climbers, and others greenhouse half-shrubby plants. All the species are ornamental, and they generally
have flowers which are either some shade of blue or white. The name of Plumbago probably alludes to the popular
name of Leadwort, Plumbago being the scientific name of what is commonly called black-lead. Some botanists,
however, give it quite a different derivation.

1.— PLUMBAGO CAPENSIS Thunb. THE CAPE LEADWORT.

Engravings.— Bot. Mag., t. 2110 ; Bot. Reg., t. 417 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 295 ; and OMxfig. 4, in PI. 42.

Specific Character. — -Leaves petiolate, oblong, entire, glaucous beneath. Stem erect.

Description, &c. — This very handsome plant is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced
about 1818. It is of very easy culture, and only requires to be well drained, and to be grown in pots in which the
soil contains a considerable proportion of sand. Its comparative hardiness, and the little attention it requires
combined, have long rendered this one of the most popular of our greenhouse plants.

OTHER SPECIES OF PLUMBAGO.

P, LARPENT^ Undl.

This very ornamental species w’as discovered by Mr. Fortune growing on a wall in China. In this country it
proves one of those greenhouse plants which, if they are kept from the frost dm’ing winter, may be turned into the
open ground dm’ing the summer, and will there flower profusely. The species in question is said to have produced
upwards of four thouuand flowers when planted in the open ground, in the summer of 1847, in IGiight’s Exotic
Nm’sery, Chelsea. The flowere are much smaller than those of P. capensis, and their colour is a deep
mazarine blue.

GENUS II.

STATICE Lin. THE SEA LAVENDER.

Un. Syst. PENTANDRIA PENTAGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Flowers spiked orpanicled. Calyx of a single piece, monosepalous, plaited, somewhat scarious. Petals five, slightly
connate. Stamens attached to the base of the petals. Utricle one-seeded, inclosed in the ealyx. (JBentham.)

Description, &c. — Most of the species contained in this genus bear a great resemblance to the common Sea
Lavender, and hence they are not particularly ornamental. Statice arborea, however, and some other kinds ai’e
greenhouse plants. The name of the genus is derived from a Greek word, signifying to stop, from some of the
species being powerfully astringent. 8. arborea is a native of the Island of Teneriffe, whence it mus introduced
about 1829.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

209

CHAPTER LIE
PROTEACE.E Juss.

Essential Character. — Calyx four-cleft, witL a valvate aestivation. Stamens four, sometimes in part sterile, opposite the segments of the calyx.

Ovary consisting of a single carpel, superior. Style simple. Stigma undivided. Fruit dehiscent or indehisceut. Seed without albumen.

Description, &c. — The genus from which this order takes its name consists of plants which are more curious
than beautiful ; but in some of the other genera belonging to the order the plants are very ornamental. In all,
however, there is a certain singularity of form which distinguishes them from every other order. Most of these
plants are natives of Australia, particularly those belonging to the genera Banksia and Dryandra, which were
discovered by Sir Joseph Banks and named after him and Dr. Dryander who accompanied him. The flowers of
these plants, though very cm'ious, can scarcely be called ornamental, and, in fact, the only genus containing
ornamental greenhouse plants is Grevillea.

GENUS I.

GREVILLEA R. Br. THE GREVILLEA.

Un. Syst. TETRANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Corolla irregular ; petals secund, the apices concave, staminiferous. Anthers inclosed. Hypogynous gland single,
dimidiate. Stigma oblique, depressed. Follicles one-celled, tivo-seeded ; seeds having a margin or a short wing at the apex.

Description, &c. — The botanical construction of these plants is very curious, and the great length of the style
with its depressed stigma is so very peculiar that no one who has once observed the flower of a Grevillea can ever
be in any doubt respecting any other species of the genus. The name of Grevillea was given in honom’ of the
Right Honourable Charles Francis Greville.

1.— GREVILLEA PUNICEA B. Br.

Synonymes. — Embothrium sericeum var. Smith ; Lyssanthe spe-
ciosa Knight et Salisb.

Engravings. — Bot. Reg., t. 1319 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab., t. 1357
and OUT fig. 5, in PI. 42.

Description, &c. — This is a very beautiful species,
colours. It is a native of New Holland, whence it was

THE CRIMSON GREVILLEA.

Specific Character. — Leaves elliptic-oblong, somewhat attenuated
at the base, reflexed at the margin. Racemes of flowers branched; flowers
downy inside. Calyx clothed internally with a long white beard.
Pistil smooth.

nearly allied to G. sericea, but much more brilliant in its
introduced in 1829.

OTHER SPECIES OF GREVILLEA.

G. SERICEA R. Brown.

This species was introduced in 1790, and consequently was one of the first known in this country. It is a
hardy greenhouse plant, flowering nearly all the year.

G. BUXIFOLIA R. Brown.

This is a very curious species of the genus, and is remarkable for having the appearance of a box-tree when not
in flower. It was introduced at the same time as G. sericea, but being less ornamental in its flowers, it is now
very seldom seen.

e e

210

THE LADIES’ FLOWER-GARDEN

There are many other species, but they bear so much general resemblance to each other that those which have
been already mentioned will serve as a type of the rest.

CHAPTER LIII.

THYMELACErE Lindl.

Essential Character. — Stems shrubby, very seldom herbaceous,
with tenacious bark. Leaves without stipules, alternate or opposite,
entire. Flowers capitate or spiked, terminal or axillary, occasionally
solitary, sometimes dioecious by abortion, often inclosed in an involucre.
Calyx inferior, tubular, coloured ; the limb four-cleft, seldom five-
cleft, with an imbricated astivation. Corojla 0, or sometimes scale-like
jietals in the orifice of the calyx. Stamens definite, inserted in the tube
or its orifice, often eight, sometimes four, less frequently two ; when equal

in number to the segments of the calyx or fewer opposite to them ;
anthers two-celled, dehiscing lengthwise in the middle. Ovary com-
posed of a single carpel, with one solitary pendulous anatropal ovule ;
style one ; stigma undivided. Fruit hard, diy, and nut-like, or drupa-
ceous. Albumen none, or thin and fleshy ; embryo straight ; coty-
ledons plano-convex, sometimes lohed and crumpled ; radicle short,
superior. ( Lindley.)

Desceiption, &c. — The plants included in this order have generally ornamental flowers, resembling more or
less those of the common Mezereou. The bark is caustic and remarkably tenacious. The inner bark is also
remarkable for the tenacity of its fibres, and the capacity which it possesses of being drawn out to an almost
indefinite extent. The Lagetta or Lace-bark of the West Indies is a remarkable example of this extraordinary
tenacity. A soft kind of paper is made from the inner bark of some of the Idnds of Daphne, and the bark of one
species of Gnidia is manufactured into ropes in Madagascar.

GENUS I.

GNIDIA Juss. THE GNIDIA.

Lin. S7jst. OCTANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx Avith a long filiform tube and a four-cleft limb. Scales four to eight, alternating with the segments of the

calyx. Style filiform, lateral. Stigma capitate, hispid.

Description, &c. — Tliis genus consists of a number of neat little plants, generally natives of the Cape of Good
Hope. The meaning of the word Gnidia is not exactly understood.

1.— GNIDIA OPPOSITIFOLIA Lin. THE OPPOSITE-LEAVED GNIDIA.

Synonymes. — G. laevigata Thwnh. ; Thymelaia africana Plulc. ;
Passerina laevigata Willd. ; Nectaudra laivigata Berg.

Engravings. — Bot. Mag., t. 1902; Bot. Reg., t. 2 ; Lodd. Bot.
Cab., t. 16; and our fig. 6, in PL 42.

Specific Character. — Leaves decussate, ovate or oval-lanceolate,
acute, glabrous. Scales stamen-like, appearing above the mouth of
the calyx. Stamens eight, inclosed within the calyx.

Description, &c. — This is a curious little plant, which differs very much in different specimens ; those plants
which are exposed to the air and a powerful sun becoming yellowish in their flowers, while those which ai’e grown
in more shady places are cream-colom’ed, and sometimes pure white. The plant is a low shrub, growing from a foot
to two feet high, and the leaves have a glaucous hue, which proceeds from a whitish efflorescence, appearing like
shagreen when inspected through a magnifying-glass. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence
it was sent to Kew Gardens in 1783. There are iflany other species of Gnidia, but they all bear a strong
resemblance to each other.

OP ORNAMENTAL EXOTIC PLANTS.

211

GENUS II.

PIMELEA Banks et Solander. THE PIMELEA.

Lin. Syst. DIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.

Generic Character. — Calyx funnel-shaped ; limb four-cleft ; throat destitute of scales. Stamens two, inserted in the mouth of the calyx,
opposite the segments. Style lateral. Stigma capitate. Capsule a nut, rarely a berry.

Description, &c. — The plants belonging to this genus are Australian shrubs with heads of whitish flowers.

The name of Pimelea is said to signify fat, but there does not appear any reason for the word being applied to these

plants.

1.— PIMELEA INC ANA B. Brown. THE HOARY PIMELEA.

Synonyme. — P. nivea Knowles,

Engravings. — Bot. Reg. for 1838, t. 24 ; The Botanist, t. 147 ;
Floral Cabinet, t. 9 ; and our fig. 7, in PI. 42.

Specific Character. — Leaves ovate, sometimes orbicular, recurved
at the margin, tomentosely pubescent below. Flowers collected in
small heads.

Description, &c. — This is a pretty little plant, which is said to have been imported in 1824, but which is still
very rare in collections. It requires the usual treatment of greenhouse plants. The species is a native of Van
Diemen’s Land.

E E 2

INDEX TO THE GENERA AND SOME OF THE SPECIES

Abelia, 170
Abutilou, 25
Acacia, 121
Acanthacese, 205
Achimenes, 202
Achyronia, 102
Adesmia, 113
JEgle, 53
Aitonia, 83
Ampelidese, 58
Amphicome, 204
Anemone, 5
Angophora, 148
Aniseed Tree, 9
Anthocercis, 196
Aphelexis, 179
Apple Berry, 27
Asclepiadese, 192
Ascja’um, 56
Aspalathus, 105
Astelma, 179
Aurantiacese, 48

Beeckia, 152
Banksia, 209
Bead Tree, 58
Beaufortia, 144
Beauty-plant, 138
Bengal Quince, 53
Bignonia, 195
Bignoniacem, 194
Billardiera, 27
Billotia, 151
Black Tea, 47
Borbonia, 102
Boronia, 78
Bossisea, 99
Botany Bay Tea-Tr
Bottle-brush Trees,
Bouvardia, 174
Brachycome, 181
Brachysema, 92
Buddlea, 200
Burchellia, 175
Bursaria, 30
Burtonia, 97
Byttneriacese, 37

ENGLISH AND BOTANIC NAMES.

ee, 80
149

Cactacese, 168
Calceolaria, 201
Callistachys, 92
Callistemon, 148
Calothamuus, 145
Calpurnia, 97
Calythrix, 141
Camellia, 43
Campanulaceoe, 182
Campylanthera, 31
Campylia, 64
Canarina, 182
Candollea, 8
Cape Jasmine, 175
Caper, 36
Capparideae, 36
Capparis, 36
Caprifoliacese, 170
Cedrelese, 58
Cereus, 169
Cestrum, 1 97
Chaenostoma, 200
Chamaelaucium, 143
Chinese Box Tree, 52
Chironia, 193
Chorisma, 66
Chorozema, 87
Ciconium, 66
Cineraria, 177
Cissus, 58
Cistineae, 11
Cistus, 11
Citron, 49
Citrus, 48
Clematis, 3
Clianthus, 111
Comesperma, 17
Compositae, 177
Cookia, 53
Coral Tree, 118
Coronilla, 112
Corraea, 80
Cotyledon, 160
Crane’s Bill, 61
Crassula, 158
Crassulaceae, 158
Crotalaria, 104
Crowea, 79

Cuphea, 139
Cyclamen, 206
Cyclopia, 86
CyrUla, 202
Cytisus, 106

Dampiera, 188
Darwinia, 143
Daviesia, 97
Dichilus, 105
Dilleniacese, 6
DUlwynia, 94
Dimacria, 64
Diosma, 74
Diplopeltis, 57
Disemma, 156
Dryandra, 209

Echeveria, 161
Edwardsia, 85
Elephant Apple, 53
Elichrysum, 179
Epacrideae, 190
Epacris, 191
Erica, 189
Ericaceae, 188
Eriostemon, 80
Erodium, 62
Erythrina, 118
Escalloneae, 169
Escallonia, 170
Eucalyptus, 148
Euchilus, 94
Eudesmia, 147
Eutaxia, 95
Euthales, 186
Everlasting, 179

Fabricia, 152
Feronia, 53
Ficoideae, 166
Fig-Marigold, 166
Flat-Pea, 99
Flax, 18
Flindersia, 58
Forbidden Fruit, 50

INDEX,

214

Fringe Myrtle, 142
Fuchsia, 130

Gardenia, 175
Gastrolobium, 97
Genetyllis, 143
Genista, 107
Gentianacese, 193
Geraniaceae, 59
Geranium, 61
Gesneraceae, 202
Globe-Flower, 171
Globe-Mallow, 21
Globulea, 166
Glory- Pea, 111
Gnaphalium, 179
Gnidia, 210
Gompholobium, 93
Goodenia, 188
Goodeniaceae, 186
Goodia, 99
Gordonia, 42
Green Tea, 46
Grenvillea, 65
Grevillea, 209
Gum Trees, 148

HalUa, 104
Hardcnbergia, 115
Heath, 189
Helianthemum, 12
Helichry.sum, 179
Hermannia, 39
Hibbcrtia, 7
Hibiscus, 21
Hoarea, 63
Hortensia, 171
Houseleek, 164
Hovea, 97
Hudsonia, 13
Hydrangea, 171
Hypericinese, 54
Hypericum, 54
Hypocalymma, 143
Hypocalyptus, 105

Tllicium, 9
Indian-Cress, 72
Indian-Lilac, 58
Indigofera, 108
Indigo Tree, 108
Isopetalum, 66

Jacksonia, 97
Japan Rose, 43
Jenkinsonia, 65

Kalosanthes, 159
Kennedy a, 113
Knowltonia, 6

Lagerstroomia, 140
Lalage, 98
Lancretia, 56
Lasiopetalum, 38
Leadwort, 208
Lebeckia, 105
Leguminosre, 83

Lemon, 49
Leptospermum, 150
Leschenaultia, 187
Lessertia, 110
Lime, 49
Linacese, 17
Linum, 18
Liparia, 102
Lisianthus, 194
Lobeliacese, 183
Loblolly-Bay, 42
Loddigesia, 105
Lophospermum, 197
Luculia, 173
Lytliracese, 138

Magallana, 74
Magnolia, 10
Magnoliacese, 8
Mahemia, 40
Mallow, 19
Malva, 19
Malvacem, 19
Manihot, 22
Marianthus, 31
Mam’andya, 198
May-Apple, 155
Melaleuca, 146
Melia, 58
Meliacese, 58
Mesembryanthemum, 166
Metrosideros, 150
Milkwort, 14
Mimosese, 120
Mimulus, 199
Mh’belia, 97
Monanthes, 165
Monkey-Flower, 199
Monnma, 17
Monsonia, 59
Mundia, 17
Mural tia, 16
Murraya, 52
Myrtacese, 141
Myrtle, 153
MjTtle Cistus, 55
Myrtus, 153

New Zealand Tea Tree, 151
Nightshade, 196

Ochranthe, 56
Onagraceoe, 130
Orange, 50
Otidia, 64
Oxleya, 58
Oxylobium, 91

Palmate Manihot, 22
Papilionaceaj, 83
Passiflora, 154
Passifloracete, 154
Passion-Flower, 154
Peach-Myrtle, 143
Pelargonium, 62
Peristeria, 67
Philibertia, 192
Phyllota, 97
Phymatanthus, 64
Physolobium, 117

I Pileanthus, 143
j Pimelea, 211
Pittosporacese, 26
Pittosporum, 29
Platylobium, 99
Plem’andra, 8
Plumbaginacese, 207
Plumbago, 208
Podalyria, 87
Podolobium, 90
Polyactium, 67
Polygala, 14
Polygalese, 14
Polyspora, 42
Pride of India, 141
Priestleya, 103
Primi’ose, 207
Primula, 207
Primulacese, 206
Pronaya, 31
Proteacese, 209
Psoralea, 108
Pultenma, 96

Rafnia, 101
Ranimculacese, 3
Reaumuria, 57
Reaumuriacese, 56
Reevesia, 37
Rhodochiton, 198
Rochea, 166
Rock-Rose, 11
Roella, 183
Rose Cistus, 12
Rubiacese, 172
Ruellia, 205
Rulingia, 38
Rutacem, 74

St. John's Wort, 54
Sapindacese, 57
Sarcocaulon, 60
Sarcophyllum, 105
Sarracenia, 34
Sarraceniese, 34
Saxifragaceae, 171
Scottia, 100
Scrophularinae, 197
Sea Lavender, 208
Sedum, 163
Sempervivum, 164
Septas, 166
Seville Orange, 51
Seymoiu’ia, 65
Shaddock, 52
Sida, 24

Side-Saddle Flower, 34
Silk Tree, 129
Siphocampylos, 184
Solanacese, 195
Solanum, 196
Sollya, 28
Sophora, 84
South-Sea Myrtle, 151
Speedwell, 200
Spheeralcea, 21
Statice, 208
Stonecrop, 163
Stork’s-Bill, 62
Stringy Bark, 148
Stylidese, 185
Stylidium, 185

INDEX.

215

Styphelia, 190

Toi’enia, 198

Vitis, 58

Sun Rose, 12

Tremandra, 33

Sutlierlandia, 111

Tremandreee, 32

Swainsonia, 110

Trevirania, 202

Wampee Tree, 53

Swan River Daisy, 181

Triptilion, 181

Wattle Tree, 125

Sweet Lime, 49

Tristania, 144

Tropseolacese, 71

Tropaeolum, 72

White Tea-Tree, 145

Tacsonia, 157

Tea, 46

Tecoma, 195

Tweedia, 192

Xeranthemum, 179

Templetonia, 100

Ternstrcjemiacese, 41

Vascoa, 101

Yellow Wood, 58

Velleia, 188

Tetratheca, 32

Veronica, 200

Thea, 46.

Verticordia, 142

Thymelacese, 210

Viborgia, 105

Zichya, 116

Torch Thistle, 169

Viminaria, 97

Zieria, 83

THE END.

1,0ND0N :

UhADBUK* AKD UVANS, PRINTKKS, WUITUFUIAKS.

^ '9

"-»T5ma

X

\

-t

0

(rt:i

\

Jf ,

0

■- ..-

4

/

f *

j

)(

.* : ^

\

'-iici'l

■1^

I

i

F

©

.,S

i

'-'■=1

■■'f

1"

•fi

0 \

(

'■ t

;

w

C($

iiiliiwai

iltfAUiMIliiiiiii

iMiaaaijw

iXi

K

m

WM

jg

M

M

PG

t3

n

t3

lt,-mHl

|n